§ kathāvatāra

p.319, l.1

(p.319, l.1)|| śrīgaṇeśāya namaḥ ||

|| śrīgaṇeśāya namaḥ ||

p.319, l.2

p.319, l.4

(p.319, l.4)bho tatrabhavanto bhavantaḥ pratyekaśo bṛhaspatisamānavaibhavāḥ | tarhi mama saṃpattiratiśāyinī | nāhaṃ dhanasya
(p.319, l.5)vidyamānasya saṃkhyāṃ kalayāmi | paraṃ tu mama tanayo nāsti | kimatra kāraṇam | tatastaiḥ samastairapi saṃbhūya
(p.319, l.6)jagade | haradatta dattakarṇamākarṇayatu bhavān | sarvaṃ jānīte | tarhyetāvadeva jñānasya kimiti gocarata-
(p.319, l.7)yā vidhuro 'si | itare padārthāḥ sarve 'pyudyamādhikaraṇasāmagryā prāduṣkārayituṃ śakyāḥ | paraṃ yaśastathā
(p.319, l.8)saṃtatiśca sukṛtasaṃcayavañcanayā na kathaṃcana tadubhayaṃ sādhayituṃ śakyate |

bho tatrabhavanto bhavantaḥ pratyekaśo bṛhaspatisamānavaibhavāḥ | tarhi mama saṃpattiratiśāyinī | nāhaṃ dhanasya vidyamānasya saṃkhyāṃ kalayāmi | paraṃ tu mama tanayo nāsti | kimatra kāraṇam | tatastaiḥ samastairapi saṃbhūya jagade | haradatta dattakarṇamākarṇayatu bhavān | sarvaṃ jānīte | tarhyetāvadeva jñānasya kimiti gocaratayā vidhuro 'si | itare padārthāḥ sarve 'pyudyamādhikaraṇasāmagryā prāduṣkārayituṃ śakyāḥ | paraṃ yaśastathā saṃtatiśca sukṛtasaṃcayavañcanayā na kathaṃcana tadubhayaṃ sādhayituṃ śakyate |

p.319, l.9

p.319, l.11

(p.319, l.11)manaḥkāṅkṣito manorathastadānīmevāsādyate yadā parameśvare niratiśāyinī bhaktirjāgarti | parameśvarānugrahaṃ
(p.319, l.12)vinā na kāpi kāmanā phalāya kalpate |

manaḥkāṅkṣito manorathastadānīmevāsādyate yadā parameśvare niratiśāyinī bhaktirjāgarti | parameśvarānugrahaṃ vinā na kāpi kāmanā phalāya kalpate |

p.319, l.13

p.319, l.17

(p.319, l.17)ityabhihite tena haradattena parameśvaraprītiprakarṣodayasiddhaye vividhadānapuṇyarudrajapakoṭihomādi pramukhakarma
(p.319, l.18)kartumādadhre | tena sukṛtātiśayena tasya tanayaḥ samajaniṣṭa | tasminputrajanidine haradattaḥ paṭahodghoṣapuraḥsaraṃ
(p.319, l.19)yāvanto yācakāstānadaridrānakārṣīt | arthināmavasarātikramo nātighaṭiṣṭa |

ityabhihite tena haradattena parameśvaraprītiprakarṣodayasiddhaye vividhadānapuṇyarudrajapakoṭihomādi pramukhakarma kartumādadhre | tena sukṛtātiśayena tasya tanayaḥ samajaniṣṭa | tasminputrajanidine haradattaḥ paṭahodghoṣapuraḥsaraṃ yāvanto yācakāstānadaridrānakārṣīt | arthināmavasarātikramo nātighaṭiṣṭa |

p.319, l.20

p.319, l.22

(p.319, l.22)tanayajanane yatkiṃciddānādi sukṛtaṃ vidhīyate tena śreyasā bālakasyāyurvardhate grahāḥ sugrahā bhavanti
(p.319, l.23)sarve 'pyupadravāḥ pradrāvyante |

tanayajanane yatkiṃciddānādi sukṛtaṃ vidhīyate tena śreyasā bālakasyāyurvardhate grahāḥ sugrahā bhavanti sarve 'pyupadravāḥ pradrāvyante |

p.319, l.24

p.320, l.1

(p.320, l.1)bhāvapuraḥsaraṃ manasi vikṣepaṃ bibhrāṇaḥ sāttvikavāsanayā yatsukṛtasaṃcayamārjayati tasya sukṛtasya
(p.320, l.2)phalamadhikatvena bobhavīti | bhāvānusāriṇī siddhiradhigamyate | tadanu tena haradattena daivajñānāhūya
(p.320, l.3)jātakarma niramāyi | madanasena iti nāmadheyaṃ vyadadhat | tataḥ krameṇānnaprāśanacaulakarmavratabandhādikaṃ
(p.320, l.4)vidhāya samastakalākalāpebhyaḥ snātakamakārayat | tato vaṅgadeśanivāsinaḥ kumudakośanāmadheyasya putrī
(p.320, l.5)nāmataḥ prabhāvatī prabhāvitīrṇasamastajananayanāhlādakāriṇī | tāmeṇīdṛśaṃ madanasenaḥ paryaṇaiṣīt |
(p.320, l.6)sarvāṅgasaundaryavibhramavatī sakalakalākovidā saṃgītasāhityarasābhinayavilasadasamaśaraśaranikarahatipa-
(p.320, l.7)ravaśā parirambhasaurabhyavijṛmbhamāṇaviṣamaviṣayarasaviṣamañjarī kaṭākṣacchaṭākṣepaparikṣiptajanatā ghanatāpa-
(p.320, l.8)saṃpāditānekalokaśokasaṃvardhanaprabhāvatī | tena madanasenena tattadbhāvakalākalāpakuśalena bhṛśamanvarajyata |
(p.320, l.9)tayorapyatiśāyī premabhāvo 'vardhiṣṭa | sukhena tṛtīyapuruṣārthamaseviṣātām | yadi muhūrtārdhamapi parasparaṃ
(p.320, l.10)na dadṛśāte tadānīmanekayugāvagāḍhavirahavedanāvaidhuryamāvirbhāvyate | anayā rītyā tena madanasenena
(p.320, l.11)puruṣārthadvayādviratena garīyaḥ sukhamanubhūya bhūyasānehasā kāmapuruṣārtharasopasevāyāṃ prāvartiṣṭa |

bhāvapuraḥsaraṃ manasi vikṣepaṃ bibhrāṇaḥ sāttvikavāsanayā yatsukṛtasaṃcayamārjayati tasya sukṛtasya phalamadhikatvena bobhavīti | bhāvānusāriṇī siddhiradhigamyate | tadanu tena haradattena daivajñānāhūya jātakarma niramāyi | madanasena iti nāmadheyaṃ vyadadhat | tataḥ krameṇānnaprāśanacaulakarmavratabandhādikaṃ vidhāya samastakalākalāpebhyaḥ snātakamakārayat | tato vaṅgadeśanivāsinaḥ kumudakośanāmadheyasya putrī nāmataḥ prabhāvatī prabhāvitīrṇasamastajananayanāhlādakāriṇī | tāmeṇīdṛśaṃ madanasenaḥ paryaṇaiṣīt | sarvāṅgasaundaryavibhramavatī sakalakalākovidā saṃgītasāhityarasābhinayavilasadasamaśaraśaranikarahatiparavaśā parirambhasaurabhyavijṛmbhamāṇaviṣamaviṣayarasaviṣamañjarī kaṭākṣacchaṭākṣepaparikṣiptajanatā ghanatāpasaṃpāditānekalokaśokasaṃvardhanaprabhāvatī | tena madanasenena tattadbhāvakalākalāpakuśalena bhṛśamanvarajyata | tayorapyatiśāyī premabhāvo 'vardhiṣṭa | sukhena tṛtīyapuruṣārthamaseviṣātām | yadi muhūrtārdhamapi parasparaṃ na dadṛśāte tadānīmanekayugāvagāḍhavirahavedanāvaidhuryamāvirbhāvyate | anayā rītyā tena madanasenena puruṣārthadvayādviratena garīyaḥ sukhamanubhūya bhūyasānehasā kāmapuruṣārtharasopasevāyāṃ prāvartiṣṭa |

p.320, l.12

p.320, l.20

(p.320, l.20)itthaṃ madanasenaḥ samastamapi nijamudyamamapahāya viṣayopabhoga evāśrāntaviśrāntaḥ | tadānīṃ tasya pitrā
(p.320, l.21)śikṣitumādadre | ityabhyadhāyi ca | re madanasena | tvamātmīyaṃ vyāpāraṃ parityajyāharniśaṃ dayitāyatta eva
(p.320, l.22)vartamāno 'si | tarhi tvadīyametadvyavasitamaucityaṃ nānuṣajjate |

itthaṃ madanasenaḥ samastamapi nijamudyamamapahāya viṣayopabhoga evāśrāntaviśrāntaḥ | tadānīṃ tasya pitrā śikṣitumādadre | ityabhyadhāyi ca | re madanasena | tvamātmīyaṃ vyāpāraṃ parityajyāharniśaṃ dayitāyatta eva vartamāno 'si | tarhi tvadīyametadvyavasitamaucityaṃ nānuṣajjate |

p.320, l.23

p.320, l.27

(p.320, l.27)asmātkāraṇānnātiśayaḥ kāmasevāyāṃ tvayā kāryaḥ | puruṣeṇa sthāneṣveteṣu saṃtoṣa evādartavyaḥ |

asmātkāraṇānnātiśayaḥ kāmasevāyāṃ tvayā kāryaḥ | puruṣeṇa sthāneṣveteṣu saṃtoṣa evādartavyaḥ |

p.320, l.28

p.320, l.30

(p.320, l.30)itthaṃ pitrā bahuśo 'nuśāsito 'pi madanaseno viṣayāsaktamānaso na taduditamabhimanute sma |

itthaṃ pitrā bahuśo 'nuśāsito 'pi madanaseno viṣayāsaktamānaso na taduditamabhimanute sma |

p.320, l.31

p.320, l.35

(p.320, l.35)kāraṇādetasmānmadanaseno na pituḥ śāsanamabhimanutetarām | tato 'yaṃ haradattaḥ putrasyopālambhaṃ tri-
(p.320, l.36)vikramanāmānaṃ mitramāśrāvayat | tatastamākarṇya trivikramo haradattamavādīt | śṛṇu sakhe | manmathara-
(p.321, l.1)sākrāntasvānto janaḥ kathamekahelayaivānayituṃ śakyaḥ | hṛdayāntaḥsthagitaprathamarasāvasthodgāḍhā na kiṃ sevante |
(p.321, l.2)antaḥkaraṇaguṇahārdabaddhasaṃbandhaśaithilyaparipāṭyā parimṛditaraṇaraṇakatāsamāśraye vyāvahārikī buddhiriya-
(p.321, l.3)mupavarṇayitumudarkasaṃparkopayoginī bhavati | ..... trivikrama tvaṃ joṣamāssva | ahameva śanaiḥ śanairupapattiviśeṣaistaṃ
(p.321, l.4)śikṣiṣye ityabhidhāya haradatto nijamandiraṃ samāsadat | tadanu haradattaḥ putrasya viṣayopabhoge niratyutkarṣa-
(p.321, l.5)viśeṣamabhivīkṣya tadasoḍhatayā dehamātmīyaṃ parityaktuṃ paryaicchat | trivikramo vārttāmapi śuśrāva | tatastvaramā-
(p.321, l.6)ṇo haradattopāntamājagmivān | tāvatāsau haradattaḥ samagrāmapi prāyopaveśasāmagrīṃ nirmāyāvasthito
(p.321, l.7)vartate | tataḥ tamaticukopa | haradatta tvāṃ vihāya nānyaṃ kaṃcana mandamatimupalabhe | tvaṃ dehatyāgāya kimarthaṃ
(p.321, l.8)vṛthaiva pravṛtto 'si | deho 'yaṃ kiyatā mahāyāsenāsādyate | dehenānena padārthacatuṣṭayamapi sādhyaṃ
(p.321, l.9)saṃpādyate | asya dehasya kṛte yoginaḥ siddhāḥ sādhakāśca nānārasarasāyanādiṣu paricinvate |

kāraṇādetasmānmadanaseno na pituḥ śāsanamabhimanutetarām | tato 'yaṃ haradattaḥ putrasyopālambhaṃ trivikramanāmānaṃ mitramāśrāvayat | tatastamākarṇya trivikramo haradattamavādīt | śṛṇu sakhe | manmatharasākrāntasvānto janaḥ kathamekahelayaivānayituṃ śakyaḥ | hṛdayāntaḥsthagitaprathamarasāvasthodgāḍhā na kiṃ sevante | antaḥkaraṇaguṇahārdabaddhasaṃbandhaśaithilyaparipāṭyā parimṛditaraṇaraṇakatāsamāśraye vyāvahārikī buddhiriyamupavarṇayitumudarkasaṃparkopayoginī bhavati | ..... trivikrama tvaṃ joṣamāssva | ahameva śanaiḥ śanairupapattiviśeṣaistaṃ śikṣiṣye ityabhidhāya haradatto nijamandiraṃ samāsadat | tadanu haradattaḥ putrasya viṣayopabhoge niratyutkarṣaviśeṣamabhivīkṣya tadasoḍhatayā dehamātmīyaṃ parityaktuṃ paryaicchat | trivikramo vārttāmapi śuśrāva | tatastvaramāṇo haradattopāntamājagmivān | tāvatāsau haradattaḥ samagrāmapi prāyopaveśasāmagrīṃ nirmāyāvasthito vartate | tataḥ tamaticukopa | haradatta tvāṃ vihāya nānyaṃ kaṃcana mandamatimupalabhe | tvaṃ dehatyāgāya kimarthaṃ vṛthaiva pravṛtto 'si | deho 'yaṃ kiyatā mahāyāsenāsādyate | dehenānena padārthacatuṣṭayamapi sādhyaṃ saṃpādyate | asya dehasya kṛte yoginaḥ siddhāḥ sādhakāśca nānārasarasāyanādiṣu paricinvate |

p.321, l.10

p.321, l.14

(p.321, l.14)ata eva tvamucitaṃ parijihāno 'si | ākarṇayatu nāma bhavān | putrasya śrama īdṛśastava gṛhītumayuktaḥ |

ata eva tvamucitaṃ parijihāno 'si | ākarṇayatu nāma bhavān | putrasya śrama īdṛśastava gṛhītumayuktaḥ |

p.321, l.15

p.321, l.17

(p.321, l.17)tato haradatto 'pyabhāṣīt | ahametasmātputravyasanajanitaduḥkhāddavīyānbhaviṣyāmi | tādṛśaḥ prakāraḥ kaści-
(p.321, l.18)dasti cettadānīmācakṣva | tadānīṃ trivikramastamācaṣṭa | malayaparvate guṇasāgarasaṃjñaḥ śuko 'sti | tathā
(p.321, l.19)himavataḥ śṛṅge malayavatī nāma śārikā vartate | tau dvāvapi muniśāpataḥ pakṣiṇāvajāyetām | tau
(p.321, l.20)dvāvānetavyau | tatastau bhavataḥ putrāya upadeśaṃ dāsyataḥ | tato haradatto 'vādīt | tau kathaṃ pakṣiṇau
(p.321, l.21)jātau | kena doṣeṇa muninā śaptau | tvamapyetatkathaṃ jānīṣe | tadetadvṛttāntamanastamitasāmānyaṃ bhavānavādīt |
(p.321, l.22)tacchrutvā trivikramaḥ śukaśārikayoḥ prathamavṛttāntamabhyuditavān | ākarṇaya mitra rājavaiśyavarya mānasaṃ
(p.321, l.23)sara uttarasyāṃ diśi yojanamātre parvate nivasatyekam | tatra caikastaponidhināmadheyastapodhano bahubhi-
(p.321, l.24)rmunibhirupāsitaḥ samāste | sa caikasmindine vidyādhananāmānaṃ śiṣyaṃ devārcanāya puṣpāṇyāhartuṃ prātiṣṭhipat |
(p.321, l.25)sa munīśvarasyājñāsamayamanantarameva niragāt |

tato haradatto 'pyabhāṣīt | ahametasmātputravyasanajanitaduḥkhāddavīyānbhaviṣyāmi | tādṛśaḥ prakāraḥ kaścidasti cettadānīmācakṣva | tadānīṃ trivikramastamācaṣṭa | malayaparvate guṇasāgarasaṃjñaḥ śuko 'sti | tathā himavataḥ śṛṅge malayavatī nāma śārikā vartate | tau dvāvapi muniśāpataḥ pakṣiṇāvajāyetām | tau dvāvānetavyau | tatastau bhavataḥ putrāya upadeśaṃ dāsyataḥ | tato haradatto 'vādīt | tau kathaṃ pakṣiṇau jātau | kena doṣeṇa muninā śaptau | tvamapyetatkathaṃ jānīṣe | tadetadvṛttāntamanastamitasāmānyaṃ bhavānavādīt | tacchrutvā trivikramaḥ śukaśārikayoḥ prathamavṛttāntamabhyuditavān | ākarṇaya mitra rājavaiśyavarya mānasaṃ sara uttarasyāṃ diśi yojanamātre parvate nivasatyekam | tatra caikastaponidhināmadheyastapodhano bahubhirmunibhirupāsitaḥ samāste | sa caikasmindine vidyādhananāmānaṃ śiṣyaṃ devārcanāya puṣpāṇyāhartuṃ prātiṣṭhipat | sa munīśvarasyājñāsamayamanantarameva niragāt |

p.321, l.26

p.321, l.30

(p.321, l.30)tato 'sau puṣpāharaṇāya gacchanpathi puṣpavāṭikāmapaśyat | dṛṣṭvā ca tāṃ puṣpāṇyupacetumantaḥ prāvikṣat |
(p.321, l.31)tatra ca ghanasaṃpiṇḍitaparṇapuñjasaṃpūritaṃ phalasamāhārātsamantato namraṃ mākandataruṃ makarandarasonmadiṣṇu-
(p.321, l.32)madanamaṅgalamahodayaṃ manaḥsarvasvāpahārakaṃ locanagocaraṃ cakāra | tasya tale gandharvamithunaṃ dadarśa | sureśva-
(p.321, l.33)rapurī gāyako viśvāvasusaṃjñako gandharvarājaḥ | tathā tasya dharmacāriṇī mālāvatyāhvayā | taddvayamapi
(p.321, l.34)krīḍākautukaparavaśaṃ vipañcīṃ gṛhītvā militvā gānaṃ kurvāṇamabhūt | tayorgāyatoḥ sa ko 'piḥpi layaḥ
(p.321, l.35)prādurabhūdyena sākṣācchrīpārvatīnāthaścandramaulireva svayaṃ parituṣyati | tacchrutvā sa vidyādhanaḥ svaṃ vidheyaṃ
(p.321, l.36)vismṛtya tadevākarṇayaṃstatraivātiṣṭhat |

tato 'sau puṣpāharaṇāya gacchanpathi puṣpavāṭikāmapaśyat | dṛṣṭvā ca tāṃ puṣpāṇyupacetumantaḥ prāvikṣat | tatra ca ghanasaṃpiṇḍitaparṇapuñjasaṃpūritaṃ phalasamāhārātsamantato namraṃ mākandataruṃ makarandarasonmadiṣṇumadanamaṅgalamahodayaṃ manaḥsarvasvāpahārakaṃ locanagocaraṃ cakāra | tasya tale gandharvamithunaṃ dadarśa | sureśvarapurī gāyako viśvāvasusaṃjñako gandharvarājaḥ | tathā tasya dharmacāriṇī mālāvatyāhvayā | taddvayamapi krīḍākautukaparavaśaṃ vipañcīṃ gṛhītvā militvā gānaṃ kurvāṇamabhūt | tayorgāyatoḥ sa ko 'pi layaḥ prādurabhūdyena sākṣācchrīpārvatīnāthaścandramaulireva svayaṃ parituṣyati | tacchrutvā sa vidyādhanaḥ svaṃ vidheyaṃ vismṛtya tadevākarṇayaṃstatraivātiṣṭhat |

p.322, l.1

p.322, l.3

(p.322, l.3)itthaṃ tayorvinodaparavaśayorgānaṃ kurvāṇayoḥ kālātikramaḥ prāvartiṣṭa surādhīśasya sevāsamayo 'pacakrāma |
(p.322, l.4)tataḥ pākaśāsanastatrājagāma | śatakratumākrāntasaṃnikṛṣṭapradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā prabhuḥ kopaṃ kariṣyatīti bhītyā
(p.322, l.5)viśvāvasumālāvatībhyāṃ śukaśārikayoradhāriṣātāṃ rūpe | rūpānyatvaṃ racitamabhivīkṣya sutrāmā sāsūyaṃ
(p.322, l.6)provāca | bhavantau martyaloke rūpābhyāmetābhyāṃ sthāsyataḥ | tatprabhoḥ kopaprakarṣaparuṣaśāparūpaṃ krakacasaṃparkakarka-
(p.322, l.7)śaduḥsahaṃ vacanamākarṇya dvāvapyavanatavadanāvatiṣṭhatām | tatastau dīnavadanāvabhivīkṣya divaspatermanastaru-
(p.322, l.8)ṇakaruṇābhareṇāsvādīkṛtam |

itthaṃ tayorvinodaparavaśayorgānaṃ kurvāṇayoḥ kālātikramaḥ prāvartiṣṭa surādhīśasya sevāsamayo 'pacakrāma | tataḥ pākaśāsanastatrājagāma | śatakratumākrāntasaṃnikṛṣṭapradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā prabhuḥ kopaṃ kariṣyatīti bhītyā viśvāvasumālāvatībhyāṃ śukaśārikayoradhāriṣātāṃ rūpe | rūpānyatvaṃ racitamabhivīkṣya sutrāmā sāsūyaṃ provāca | bhavantau martyaloke rūpābhyāmetābhyāṃ sthāsyataḥ | tatprabhoḥ kopaprakarṣaparuṣaśāparūpaṃ krakacasaṃparkakarkaśaduḥsahaṃ vacanamākarṇya dvāvapyavanatavadanāvatiṣṭhatām | tatastau dīnavadanāvabhivīkṣya divaspatermanastaruṇakaruṇābhareṇāsvādīkṛtam |

p.322, l.9

p.322, l.11

(p.322, l.11)etallakṣaṇalakṣitaṃ satāṃ caritamabhyupagantavyam | tatastenākṛtakṛtyayoḥ śatakratunānugrahaḥ kṛtaḥ | martyaloke
(p.322, l.12)nivasatorbhavatormadanasenākhyasya haradattatanayasyopayogo bhaviṣyati | tato 'sāvanujñāsyati saṃtuṣyaiva
(p.322, l.13)bhavantau | tadānīṃ punarnagaramasmadīyamavāpsyatha | ityabhidhāya niragātsakrandanaḥ | tatsamastamapi caritaṃ vi-
(p.322, l.14)dyādhano 'vekṣamāṇa āsīt | tataḥ puṣpāṇāmapaharaṇāya samayo 'pyaticakrāma | tataḥ sumanasaḥ samānīya
(p.322, l.15)munisamīpamupayātaḥ | tato vyāhāri tapodhanena | vidyādhana | vayaṃ devānarcayituṃ puṣpāharaṇāya prahiṇuma
(p.322, l.16)tvām | tarhi samayātikramaṃ kasmādakārṣīstvam | asmadīyā devapūjā vighnitā | tato malīmasamānanaṃ
(p.322, l.17)vidhāyāsthāt |

etallakṣaṇalakṣitaṃ satāṃ caritamabhyupagantavyam | tatastenākṛtakṛtyayoḥ śatakratunānugrahaḥ kṛtaḥ | martyaloke nivasatorbhavatormadanasenākhyasya haradattatanayasyopayogo bhaviṣyati | tato 'sāvanujñāsyati saṃtuṣyaiva bhavantau | tadānīṃ punarnagaramasmadīyamavāpsyatha | ityabhidhāya niragātsakrandanaḥ | tatsamastamapi caritaṃ vidyādhano 'vekṣamāṇa āsīt | tataḥ puṣpāṇāmapaharaṇāya samayo 'pyaticakrāma | tataḥ sumanasaḥ samānīya munisamīpamupayātaḥ | tato vyāhāri tapodhanena | vidyādhana | vayaṃ devānarcayituṃ puṣpāharaṇāya prahiṇuma tvām | tarhi samayātikramaṃ kasmādakārṣīstvam | asmadīyā devapūjā vighnitā | tato malīmasamānanaṃ vidhāyāsthāt |

p.322, l.18

p.322, l.20

(p.322, l.20)atha tena vidyādhanena gandharvavṛttāntaṃ taponidhestasya purastādupavarṇitam | tadākarṇya munīndro 'sāvato
(p.322, l.21)'diṣṭa | vidyādhana | viśvāvasumālāvatyau vāsavo 'bhiśaptavān | tatastau martyalokamāpatatāṃ tatastvaṃ martya-
(p.322, l.22)lokamavāpsyasi | tatastenānugraho yācitaḥ | tadanu karuṇākrāntasvānto munīndro vyāhṛtavān | tvaṃ martyaloke
(p.322, l.23)nivasan jātismartā bhaviṣyasi | haradattena samaṃ maitramutpatsyate tasyopayogāya bhaviṣyasi | tataḥ punara-
(p.322, l.24)pyāśramamasmadīyamāgamiṣyasi | tataḥ so 'haṃ vidyādhanastrivikramo bhūtvāvatatāra | ata eva śukaśāri-
(p.322, l.25)kayoḥ prathamavṛttāntaṃ jānāno 'smi | tarhi te śukaśārike 'trāgacchataḥ | tathā karavāṇi | tataḥ śuciḥ
(p.322, l.26)snāto bhūtvā sauparṇaṃ mantraṃ japtavān śukaśārikayorāvāhanamuddiśya | tatastajjaptakṣaṇa eva tau pakṣiṇau
(p.322, l.27)pāṇiprāptāvajāyetām | tata ekasminpañjare prakṣipya madanasenasya mandire citraśālāyāḥ pañjare antarā-
(p.322, l.28)sthāpayat | haradattatrivikramau niyatau bhūtvā yathābhilaṣitaṃ niragātām | itthaṃ bhūyāṃsyatikrāntāni
(p.322, l.29)dināni | tatastayā śārikayā babhāṣe śukaḥ | bho prāṇanātha | yasmai kāryāyāvāmānītau tarhi tvaṃ
(p.322, l.30)prayojanaviśeṣeṇāsmai madanasenāya na kimapyabhidadhāsi | tato 'smadāgamanasya ko nāmopayogaviśeṣaḥ |
(p.322, l.31)tadākarṇya kīro 'pi girāmudgāramāvirabhāvayat | priye tvaṃ yadabhidhatse mamāpi mānasaṃ tadvimṛ-
(p.322, l.32)śatyaharniśaṃ paraṃ prastāvo na samāpatati |

atha tena vidyādhanena gandharvavṛttāntaṃ taponidhestasya purastādupavarṇitam | tadākarṇya munīndro 'sāvato 'diṣṭa | vidyādhana | viśvāvasumālāvatyau vāsavo 'bhiśaptavān | tatastau martyalokamāpatatāṃ tatastvaṃ martyalokamavāpsyasi | tatastenānugraho yācitaḥ | tadanu karuṇākrāntasvānto munīndro vyāhṛtavān | tvaṃ martyaloke nivasan jātismartā bhaviṣyasi | haradattena samaṃ maitramutpatsyate tasyopayogāya bhaviṣyasi | tataḥ punarapyāśramamasmadīyamāgamiṣyasi | tataḥ so 'haṃ vidyādhanastrivikramo bhūtvāvatatāra | ata eva śukaśārikayoḥ prathamavṛttāntaṃ jānāno 'smi | tarhi te śukaśārike 'trāgacchataḥ | tathā karavāṇi | tataḥ śuciḥ snāto bhūtvā sauparṇaṃ mantraṃ japtavān śukaśārikayorāvāhanamuddiśya | tatastajjaptakṣaṇa eva tau pakṣiṇau pāṇiprāptāvajāyetām | tata ekasminpañjare prakṣipya madanasenasya mandire citraśālāyāḥ pañjare antarāsthāpayat | haradattatrivikramau niyatau bhūtvā yathābhilaṣitaṃ niragātām | itthaṃ bhūyāṃsyatikrāntāni dināni | tatastayā śārikayā babhāṣe śukaḥ | bho prāṇanātha | yasmai kāryāyāvāmānītau tarhi tvaṃ prayojanaviśeṣeṇāsmai madanasenāya na kimapyabhidadhāsi | tato 'smadāgamanasya ko nāmopayogaviśeṣaḥ | tadākarṇya kīro 'pi girāmudgāramāvirabhāvayat | priye tvaṃ yadabhidhatse mamāpi mānasaṃ tadvimṛśatyaharniśaṃ paraṃ prastāvo na samāpatati |

p.322, l.33

p.322, l.35

(p.322, l.35)itthaṃ kasmiṃścidavasare madanasenaḥ śukaṃ vyājahāra | bho rāmacandra | vārttāmekāṃ vyācaṣṭāṃ bhavān | tataḥ
(p.322, l.36)śukaḥ provāca | śṛṇuṣvāvahito madanasena | adyatane samaye tvāṃ vihāya nānyaḥ kaścana sarvato 'bhimānaṃ
(p.323, l.1)svamānasenānubadhnāti | dharmārthakāmalakṣaṇapuruṣārthatrayasādhanena tvayaivāsārasya saṃsārasya saṃsāratā vidhīyate
(p.323, l.2)tato te 'pyatiśayamokṣaḥ | prathamajaḥ puruṣārthastvayaiva nādhigataḥ | sarvasvamanvabhāvi puruṣārthadvayabādhanena | eta
(p.323, l.3)eva puruṣārthāḥ pūrvapuruṣaiḥ pūrvaparipāṭyā sādhayitavyāḥ | vyatikramo na kartumanveṣṭavyaḥ |

itthaṃ kasmiṃścidavasare madanasenaḥ śukaṃ vyājahāra | bho rāmacandra | vārttāmekāṃ vyācaṣṭāṃ bhavān | tataḥ śukaḥ provāca | śṛṇuṣvāvahito madanasena | adyatane samaye tvāṃ vihāya nānyaḥ kaścana sarvato 'bhimānaṃ svamānasenānubadhnāti | dharmārthakāmalakṣaṇapuruṣārthatrayasādhanena tvayaivāsārasya saṃsārasya saṃsāratā vidhīyate tato te 'pyatiśayamokṣaḥ | prathamajaḥ puruṣārthastvayaiva nādhigataḥ | sarvasvamanvabhāvi puruṣārthadvayabādhanena | eta eva puruṣārthāḥ pūrvapuruṣaiḥ pūrvaparipāṭyā sādhayitavyāḥ | vyatikramo na kartumanveṣṭavyaḥ |

p.323, l.4

p.323, l.6

(p.323, l.6)anyacca | viṣamaviśikhasya vyasanaparavaśaṃ tvāmabhivīkṣya tava pitarau duḥkhākrāntasvāntau staḥ | tayorduḥkhavi-
(p.323, l.7)taraṇe tava garīyānpratyavāyo 'bhīpsitaploṣamāpādayannaharniśaṃ jarījṛmbhīti | yastu mātāpitarāva-
(p.323, l.8)vajānīte taṃ vihāya nānyaḥ kaścana patito 'stīti |

anyacca | viṣamaviśikhasya vyasanaparavaśaṃ tvāmabhivīkṣya tava pitarau duḥkhākrāntasvāntau staḥ | tayorduḥkhavitaraṇe tava garīyānpratyavāyo 'bhīpsitaploṣamāpādayannaharniśaṃ jarījṛmbhīti | yastu mātāpitarāvavajānīte taṃ vihāya nānyaḥ kaścana patito 'stīti |

p.323, l.9

p.323, l.11

(p.323, l.11)tasmādākarṇayatu bhavān | etadarthe mahābhāratīyamitihāsamekaṃ tvāṃ prati vakṣyāmi | ityabhidhāya madanasenaṃ
(p.323, l.12)prati śukaḥ paurāṇikīṃ kathāmekāṃ vyāhartuṃ pravavṛte | śṛṇu madanasena | mālavajanapadamadhye nāgapuraṃ nāmā-
(p.323, l.13)grahāraḥ | tatra vijayaśarmāhvayo brāhmaṇo hyavātsīt | tasya tanayo devaśarmābhavat | tena samastā api
(p.323, l.14)vidyā abhyastāḥ paraṃ śāntirmanasyudayaṃ nāsādayati sma | tataḥ pitarāvabhāṣiṣṭa | ahamanyā api vidyā
(p.323, l.15)adhyetuṃ vrajiṣyāmi | tatastau niṣeddhuṃ pracakramāte | tatastayoruditamavamatya dvitīyameva deśāntaraṃ nira-
(p.323, l.16)gāt | itthaṃ deśāntare 'ṭāvyaṃ kurvāṇo 'nekatīrthāni devāyatanāni pavitrakṣetrāṇi darśaṃ darśaṃ darśādiṣu
(p.323, l.17)viśeṣaparvasu parvasaparyāparāyaṇo bhūtvā tāpasaveṣānusaraṇarasikaḥ paraṃ vairāgyamavalambya viṣayavāsanā-
(p.323, l.18)vitṛṣṇo niḥspṛhatayā pravartamānaḥ citrakūṭaparvatamāsasāda | tatra pavitramekaṃ tapovanamālokya mahāmeruprāsādaṃ
(p.323, l.19)śivasya dṛṣṭvā nirmalajalaparipūrṇaṃ saraścābhivīkṣya samāsādya cāplavanaṃ saṃdhyopāsanaṃ surapitṛtarpaṇaṃ ca
(p.323, l.20)vidhāya prāsādamāsādya śivamarcayitvā stotrādinā saṃtoṣya praṇipatya ca svacetasi paramaṃ samādhā-
(p.323, l.21)namanubhūya tatraikasya tarostale niṣasāda | padmāsana upaviśya nāsikāgre dṛśau vinyasya śyāmalāṅgaṃ
(p.323, l.22)caturbhujaṃ śaṅkhacakragadāpadmodāyudhamāśrayaṃ śriyaḥ purodeśāvasthitasaṃbandhayojitakarayugalagaruḍamityādivi-
(p.323, l.23)śeṣaṇaviśiṣṭaṃ śrīmantamādinārāyaṇaṃ dhyātvā sāṃsārikadehāhaṃkāratāpuraskṛtavyāpāro paramacetasoni-
(p.323, l.24)vāraṇatayā sakalāvaraṇapariṇatāśayaḥ kṣaṇaṃ sthitavān |

tasmādākarṇayatu bhavān | etadarthe mahābhāratīyamitihāsamekaṃ tvāṃ prati vakṣyāmi | ityabhidhāya madanasenaṃ prati śukaḥ paurāṇikīṃ kathāmekāṃ vyāhartuṃ pravavṛte | śṛṇu madanasena | mālavajanapadamadhye nāgapuraṃ nāmāgrahāraḥ | tatra vijayaśarmāhvayo brāhmaṇo hyavātsīt | tasya tanayo devaśarmābhavat | tena samastā api vidyā abhyastāḥ paraṃ śāntirmanasyudayaṃ nāsādayati sma | tataḥ pitarāvabhāṣiṣṭa | ahamanyā api vidyā adhyetuṃ vrajiṣyāmi | tatastau niṣeddhuṃ pracakramāte | tatastayoruditamavamatya dvitīyameva deśāntaraṃ niragāt | itthaṃ deśāntare 'ṭāvyaṃ kurvāṇo 'nekatīrthāni devāyatanāni pavitrakṣetrāṇi darśaṃ darśaṃ darśādiṣu viśeṣaparvasu parvasaparyāparāyaṇo bhūtvā tāpasaveṣānusaraṇarasikaḥ paraṃ vairāgyamavalambya viṣayavāsanāvitṛṣṇo niḥspṛhatayā pravartamānaḥ citrakūṭaparvatamāsasāda | tatra pavitramekaṃ tapovanamālokya mahāmeruprāsādaṃ śivasya dṛṣṭvā nirmalajalaparipūrṇaṃ saraścābhivīkṣya samāsādya cāplavanaṃ saṃdhyopāsanaṃ surapitṛtarpaṇaṃ ca vidhāya prāsādamāsādya śivamarcayitvā stotrādinā saṃtoṣya praṇipatya ca svacetasi paramaṃ samādhānamanubhūya tatraikasya tarostale niṣasāda | padmāsana upaviśya nāsikāgre dṛśau vinyasya śyāmalāṅgaṃ caturbhujaṃ śaṅkhacakragadāpadmodāyudhamāśrayaṃ śriyaḥ purodeśāvasthitasaṃbandhayojitakarayugalagaruḍamityādiviśeṣaṇaviśiṣṭaṃ śrīmantamādinārāyaṇaṃ dhyātvā sāṃsārikadehāhaṃkāratāpuraskṛtavyāpāro paramacetasonivāraṇatayā sakalāvaraṇapariṇatāśayaḥ kṣaṇaṃ sthitavān |

p.323, l.25

p.323, l.29

(p.323, l.29)evamākāravikāranirākaraṇenāsau devaśarmā dhyānanimīlitacakṣuratiṣṭhat | tadanvādau tundilāntaḥkaraṇo
(p.323, l.30)bahirviṣayasaṃbandhābhibandhibodhavidhuro madhyaṃdinātikramamapi nājñāsīt | tato bhikṣānimittaṃ prati-
(p.323, l.31)niragāt | tato 'mbarapadavīmavagāhamānā balākā tasyoparyadūṣayat | yāvatā upari paśyati tāvatā
(p.323, l.32)balākāmāluloke | tatastāṃ sāsūyamaśapat | śāpavitaraṇasamayasamanantarameva bhuvastalaṃ sā gatāsuḥ papāta |
(p.323, l.33)tadavekṣya devaśarmā manasi mahāntamanutāpamāsasāda | varākaḥ prāṇī vṛthaiva garīyāṃsaṃ nigrahaṃ grāhitaḥ |
(p.323, l.34)alpīyasyaparādhe daṇḍabāhulyamāsañjitaṃ kopaparādhīnatayā na kiṃcidajñāsiṣaṃ tapaso 'smadvihitasya
(p.323, l.35)pariploṣaḥ samavartiṣṭa |

evamākāravikāranirākaraṇenāsau devaśarmā dhyānanimīlitacakṣuratiṣṭhat | tadanvādau tundilāntaḥkaraṇo bahirviṣayasaṃbandhābhibandhibodhavidhuro madhyaṃdinātikramamapi nājñāsīt | tato bhikṣānimittaṃ pratiniragāt | tato 'mbarapadavīmavagāhamānā balākā tasyoparyadūṣayat | yāvatā upari paśyati tāvatā balākāmāluloke | tatastāṃ sāsūyamaśapat | śāpavitaraṇasamayasamanantarameva bhuvastalaṃ sā gatāsuḥ papāta | tadavekṣya devaśarmā manasi mahāntamanutāpamāsasāda | varākaḥ prāṇī vṛthaiva garīyāṃsaṃ nigrahaṃ grāhitaḥ | alpīyasyaparādhe daṇḍabāhulyamāsañjitaṃ kopaparādhīnatayā na kiṃcidajñāsiṣaṃ tapaso 'smadvihitasya pariploṣaḥ samavartiṣṭa |

p.323, l.36

p.324, l.3

(p.324, l.3)ityabhidhāya devaśarmā tasya doṣasyāpākaraṇakāmyayā punarapi snānadevārcanādikarmāvaśeṣaṃ nirmāya
(p.324, l.4)samādhāvupaviśyaikāntacitto bhūtvā kāmapi mantrānuvṛttiṃ kṛtavāndvaitabhāvaparityāgena |

ityabhidhāya devaśarmā tasya doṣasyāpākaraṇakāmyayā punarapi snānadevārcanādikarmāvaśeṣaṃ nirmāya samādhāvupaviśyaikāntacitto bhūtvā kāmapi mantrānuvṛttiṃ kṛtavāndvaitabhāvaparityāgena |

p.324, l.5

p.324, l.7

(p.324, l.7)tadanu nimittaṃ nirmāya nagarāntargantuṃ prakrāntavān | tato nārāyaṇanāmadheyasya brāhmaṇasya gṛhaṃ bhikṣā-
(p.324, l.8)haraṇāyāgacchat | tatastadīyapatnyā dvāri gataṃ bhikṣumavekṣya bhikṣāṃ dātuṃ prāpātraṃ kare 'kāri | tāvatā
(p.324, l.9)tasyāḥ patirnārāyaṇo gṛhānagacchat | tatastayā bhikṣāpātraṃ sthāpayitvā kṣaṇamātraṃ sthātavyamiti devaśarmā
(p.324, l.10)vyāhāri | bhartre jalapātraṃ dattvā snāpanāya salilaṃ samānīya snānasurasaparyābhojanādisāmagrīsaṃpādanaṃ
(p.324, l.11)saṃsādhya devaśarmabhikṣunimittaṃ bhikṣāmāhṛtavatī | tato devaśarmā tāmavādīt | etāvantaṃ samayamahaṃ dvāryeva
(p.324, l.12)tiṣṭhāmi | tvaṃ vilambena bhikṣāṃ vitariṣyasi | tarhi garīyānpratyavāyastavāghaṭiṣṭa | tataḥ sā bhikṣumavocan |
(p.324, l.13)ekasmādvidheyaviśeṣādekasya balavattaratā | yasyāsti dharmo 'tra yasminnucitatvamukhyatā sa tenādau vi-
(p.324, l.14)dhātavyaḥ | tato 'nyasmai prayojanāya pravartitavyam |

tadanu nimittaṃ nirmāya nagarāntargantuṃ prakrāntavān | tato nārāyaṇanāmadheyasya brāhmaṇasya gṛhaṃ bhikṣāharaṇāyāgacchat | tatastadīyapatnyā dvāri gataṃ bhikṣumavekṣya bhikṣāṃ dātuṃ pātraṃ kare 'kāri | tāvatā tasyāḥ patirnārāyaṇo gṛhānagacchat | tatastayā bhikṣāpātraṃ sthāpayitvā kṣaṇamātraṃ sthātavyamiti devaśarmā vyāhāri | bhartre jalapātraṃ dattvā snāpanāya salilaṃ samānīya snānasurasaparyābhojanādisāmagrīsaṃpādanaṃ saṃsādhya devaśarmabhikṣunimittaṃ bhikṣāmāhṛtavatī | tato devaśarmā tāmavādīt | etāvantaṃ samayamahaṃ dvāryeva tiṣṭhāmi | tvaṃ vilambena bhikṣāṃ vitariṣyasi | tarhi garīyānpratyavāyastavāghaṭiṣṭa | tataḥ sā bhikṣumavocan | ekasmādvidheyaviśeṣādekasya balavattaratā | yasyāsti dharmo 'tra yasminnucitatvamukhyatā sa tenādau vidhātavyaḥ | tato 'nyasmai prayojanāya pravartitavyam |

p.324, l.15

p.324, l.17

(p.324, l.17)asmābhiḥ pativarivasyānusaṃdhātavyā |

asmābhiḥ pativarivasyānusaṃdhātavyā |

p.324, l.18

p.324, l.20

(p.324, l.20)etāvatāsmadīyaṃ samastamapi vyavasitaṃ caritārthaṃ bhavati |

etāvatāsmadīyaṃ samastamapi vyavasitaṃ caritārthaṃ bhavati |

p.324, l.21

p.324, l.23

(p.324, l.23)bhavādṛśānāṃ yogīśvarāṇāṃ kṣamaiva bhāvyā | tadānīmevāvikalaṃ yogasya phalamāsādyate | itarathā vyarthaḥ
(p.324, l.24)pariśrama evodeti | tato 'sau saroṣabhrūbhaṅgadurdṛśyatārakaṃ nyaphālayat | tadanu tayā pativratayāvādi |
(p.324, l.25)bhavatāṃ kopena kiṃ nāma śakyate kartum | kathamahaṃ sā balākā yā kopena bhavato 'ntarikṣādapatat |
(p.324, l.26)etadākarṇya devaśarmā vismayavivaśaḥ saṃjātaḥ | anyapradeśajanitaṃ vṛttāntaṃ kathameṣā dṛgviṣayībhāvamāpāda-
(p.324, l.27)yituṃ pragalbhate | na hyasau sāmānyasaṃbhāvanāsaṃbhāvyā bhavati | abhidhāyetthaṃ tāṃ daṇḍavatpraṇatavān |
(p.324, l.28)vyābhāṣīcca | tvayāhamupadeṣṭavyaḥ | tavedṛśamatīndriyaṃ jñānaṃ kutastyam | tataḥ sāśrāvayat | yasya prāṇino
(p.324, l.29)yo dharmo 'bhihito 'sti taṃ yathāvadanutiṣṭhati | tarhi svabhāvata eva jñānodayastasminnāspadaṃ saṃpādayati |
(p.324, l.30)mama patyurupācaraṇena jñānaṃ jarījṛmbhīti | bhavānvārāṇasīṃ gacchatu | tatra dharmavyādho nāma mṛgayuradhivasa-
(p.324, l.31)ti | sa tubhyaṃ jñānopadeśaṃ dāsyati | tataḥ sādhvīvacasāsau devaśarmā vārāṇasīṃ prati prasthitavān | śanaiḥ
(p.324, l.32)śanairviśvanāthanagaraṃ muktikṣetramāsāditavān | nagaramadhyamāviśya tīrthe samāplāvya śrīviśveśvaramabhipūjya
(p.324, l.33)pradakṣiṇaṃ kṛtvā daṇḍavatpraṇipatya pavitramātmānaṃ vidhāya dharmavyādhaṃ didṛkṣustadupāntamagacchat | tatastena
(p.324, l.34)darśanasamanantaramevābhāṣi | kiṃ pativratayā prasthāpitā bhavantaḥ | tadākarṇya tamavadat | tayaiva prasthāpito
(p.324, l.35)yuṣmatsaṃnikṛṣṭamāgato 'smi | tato dvāvapi vyādhasya niketanaṃ gatau vyādhena devaśarmāṇamāsanāyāsanaṃ
(p.325, l.1)pracikṣipe | tadanu vyādhasya vṛddhau pitarau tiṣṭhataḥ | tayorupāntaṃ gatvā draviṇamārjitaṃ tatpurastādavasthāpya
(p.325, l.2)daṇḍavatpraṇipatya karau yojayitvā atithireko 'bhyāgato vartata ityavādīt | tacchrutvā pitarau jagadatuḥ |
(p.325, l.3)atithirāgataśceddaivamasmadīyam | tasya saparyā jyāyasī kāryā |

bhavādṛśānāṃ yogīśvarāṇāṃ kṣamaiva bhāvyā | tadānīmevāvikalaṃ yogasya phalamāsādyate | itarathā vyarthaḥ pariśrama evodeti | tato 'sau saroṣabhrūbhaṅgadurdṛśyatārakaṃ nyaphālayat | tadanu tayā pativratayāvādi | bhavatāṃ kopena kiṃ nāma śakyate kartum | kathamahaṃ sā balākā yā kopena bhavato 'ntarikṣādapatat | etadākarṇya devaśarmā vismayavivaśaḥ saṃjātaḥ | anyapradeśajanitaṃ vṛttāntaṃ kathameṣā dṛgviṣayībhāvamāpādayituṃ pragalbhate | na hyasau sāmānyasaṃbhāvanāsaṃbhāvyā bhavati | abhidhāyetthaṃ tāṃ daṇḍavatpraṇatavān | vyābhāṣīcca | tvayāhamupadeṣṭavyaḥ | tavedṛśamatīndriyaṃ jñānaṃ kutastyam | tataḥ sāśrāvayat | yasya prāṇino yo dharmo 'bhihito 'sti taṃ yathāvadanutiṣṭhati | tarhi svabhāvata eva jñānodayastasminnāspadaṃ saṃpādayati | mama patyurupācaraṇena jñānaṃ jarījṛmbhīti | bhavānvārāṇasīṃ gacchatu | tatra dharmavyādho nāma mṛgayuradhivasati | sa tubhyaṃ jñānopadeśaṃ dāsyati | tataḥ sādhvīvacasāsau devaśarmā vārāṇasīṃ prati prasthitavān | śanaiḥ śanairviśvanāthanagaraṃ muktikṣetramāsāditavān | nagaramadhyamāviśya tīrthe samāplāvya śrīviśveśvaramabhipūjya pradakṣiṇaṃ kṛtvā daṇḍavatpraṇipatya pavitramātmānaṃ vidhāya dharmavyādhaṃ didṛkṣustadupāntamagacchat | tatastena darśanasamanantaramevābhāṣi | kiṃ pativratayā prasthāpitā bhavantaḥ | tadākarṇya tamavadat | tayaiva prasthāpito yuṣmatsaṃnikṛṣṭamāgato 'smi | tato dvāvapi vyādhasya niketanaṃ gatau vyādhena devaśarmāṇamāsanāyāsanaṃ pracikṣipe | tadanu vyādhasya vṛddhau pitarau tiṣṭhataḥ | tayorupāntaṃ gatvā draviṇamārjitaṃ tatpurastādavasthāpya daṇḍavatpraṇipatya karau yojayitvā atithireko 'bhyāgato vartata ityavādīt | tacchrutvā pitarau jagadatuḥ | atithirāgataśceddaivamasmadīyam | tasya saparyā jyāyasī kāryā |

p.325, l.4

p.325, l.8

(p.325, l.8)tato dharmavyādhastasminnatithau satkāramakārṣīt | tato devaśarmābhyabhāṣata | tvaṃ ca sarvajñastvayā dharmopadeśaḥ
(p.325, l.9)kartavyaḥ | taduditamākarṇya mṛgayurjagāda | tvaṃ patitastvamupadeśayogyo na bhavasi | atithiriti matvā
(p.325, l.10)mānanīyo 'smākam |

tato dharmavyādhastasminnatithau satkāramakārṣīt | tato devaśarmābhyabhāṣata | tvaṃ ca sarvajñastvayā dharmopadeśaḥ kartavyaḥ | taduditamākarṇya mṛgayurjagāda | tvaṃ patitastvamupadeśayogyo na bhavasi | atithiriti matvā mānanīyo 'smākam |

p.325, l.11

p.325, l.13

(p.325, l.13)tvaṃ pitṛbhyāmuditaṃ na karoṣi | kimarthaṃ tīrtheṣu bhrāntyā śramaṃ vyarthamāpādayasyātmani | tavaitadvilasitaṃ sakalaṃ
(p.325, l.14)vyarthameva | tvaṃ punargṛhāngaccha pitroḥ śuśrūṣāṃ sādhīyasīṃ samācara | etāvatā svata eva jñānamutpadyate |
(p.325, l.15)ayameva tavopadeśaḥ kṛtaḥ | tato vyādhavacasā nijameva niketanaṃ nirjagāma devaśarmā | pitṛbhyāṃ samāgamat |
(p.325, l.16)tayormanasi tanayasamāgamajanitaṃ niratiśayaṃ saukhyaṃ pravartiṣṭa | etāvatāsau devaśarmā niṣpāpaḥ saṃjātaḥ |
(p.325, l.17)ata eva madanasena tvayā pitroḥ paricaryā kartavyā | etāvatā tvamapi vicitrapātraṃ bhaviṣyasi | kāle
(p.325, l.18)pitrorupāsanamapahāya nāparaṃ kimapi nṛṣu prārthitaphalapradaṃ jāgarti | paśyaitadviṣaye tavaikamudāharaṇamupa-
(p.325, l.19)varṇayāmi | bhāgīrathītaraṃgiṇītīre pāṇḍarapurasaṃjñakaṃ pṛthu nagaram | tatra puṇḍarīkastu pitrorupāstiṃ
(p.325, l.20)mahanīyāmaharniśamācarati | tajjātatapo'tiśayasāmarthyena svayamevākuṇṭhadhāmā vaikuṇṭhaparivṛḍho vaikuṇṭha-
(p.325, l.21)vasatiṃ śithilīkṛtya tamupaḍuḍhauke | so 'dyāpi tatrārtha evāvasthito 'bhūt | tatsthānaṃ dakṣiṇadvārakātvena
(p.325, l.22)sarvatra prakhyātamāvirbibharti | etāvatphalaṃ pitrorasti paricaryāyāḥ | tarhi tvamapi pitroḥ sevāmupāsva |
(p.325, l.23)kathāmenāṃ madanasenaṃ prati śuko 'bhāṣiṣṭa | tadākarṇya madanasenaḥ kīraṃ gīrbhirupācarat | kīra tvadīyapra-
(p.325, l.24)sādena paramo bodho mama hyudiyāya | ityabhidhāya madanasenaḥ pitroḥ samīpaṃ praritivrajya daṇḍavatpraṇipatya
(p.325, l.25)karau saṃyojya vyajijñapat | etāvato divasānmuṣitasarvārthasārtho 'smi yo 'haṃ bhavatāmādeśaṃ na kṛtavān |
(p.325, l.26)tadetadvimānasugataṃ mamājāyata | adya prabhṛti preṣye yathādeśaḥ pradīyate tathaitāvatprayojanapreṣaṇaṃ mayi
(p.325, l.27)dātavyam | etadākarṇya haradattaḥ saṃtuṣya paraṃ pramodabharaṃ prāptavān |

tvaṃ pitṛbhyāmuditaṃ na karoṣi | kimarthaṃ tīrtheṣu bhrāntyā śramaṃ vyarthamāpādayasyātmani | tavaitadvilasitaṃ sakalaṃ vyarthameva | tvaṃ punargṛhāngaccha pitroḥ śuśrūṣāṃ sādhīyasīṃ samācara | etāvatā svata eva jñānamutpadyate | ayameva tavopadeśaḥ kṛtaḥ | tato vyādhavacasā nijameva niketanaṃ nirjagāma devaśarmā | pitṛbhyāṃ samāgamat | tayormanasi tanayasamāgamajanitaṃ niratiśayaṃ saukhyaṃ pravartiṣṭa | etāvatāsau devaśarmā niṣpāpaḥ saṃjātaḥ | ata eva madanasena tvayā pitroḥ paricaryā kartavyā | etāvatā tvamapi vicitrapātraṃ bhaviṣyasi | kāle pitrorupāsanamapahāya nāparaṃ kimapi nṛṣu prārthitaphalapradaṃ jāgarti | paśyaitadviṣaye tavaikamudāharaṇamupavarṇayāmi | bhāgīrathītaraṃgiṇītīre pāṇḍarapurasaṃjñakaṃ pṛthu nagaram | tatra puṇḍarīkastu pitrorupāstiṃ mahanīyāmaharniśamācarati | tajjātatapo'tiśayasāmarthyena svayamevākuṇṭhadhāmā vaikuṇṭhaparivṛḍho vaikuṇṭhavasatiṃ śithilīkṛtya tamupaḍuḍhauke | so 'dyāpi tatrārtha evāvasthito 'bhūt | tatsthānaṃ dakṣiṇadvārakātvena sarvatra prakhyātamāvirbibharti | etāvatphalaṃ pitrorasti paricaryāyāḥ | tarhi tvamapi pitroḥ sevāmupāsva | kathāmenāṃ madanasenaṃ prati śuko 'bhāṣiṣṭa | tadākarṇya madanasenaḥ kīraṃ gīrbhirupācarat | kīra tvadīyaprasādena paramo bodho mama hyudiyāya | ityabhidhāya madanasenaḥ pitroḥ samīpaṃ prativrajya daṇḍavatpraṇipatya karau saṃyojya vyajijñapat | etāvato divasānmuṣitasarvārthasārtho 'smi yo 'haṃ bhavatāmādeśaṃ na kṛtavān | tadetadvimānasugataṃ mamājāyata | adya prabhṛti preṣye yathādeśaḥ pradīyate tathaitāvatprayojanapreṣaṇaṃ mayi dātavyam | etadākarṇya haradattaḥ saṃtuṣya paraṃ pramodabharaṃ prāptavān |

p.325, l.28

p.325, l.30

(p.325, l.30)tataḥ saṃtuṣya haradattaḥ putraṃ pratyuvāca | tvayā kuṭumbasya paścādbhāge cintodvahanaṃ kartavyam | ahaṃ dhanārjana-
(p.325, l.31)vyavasāyāya pravrajiṣyāmi | dhanahīnaḥ pumāṃstṛṇasyāpi na vinimayatāmarhati |

tataḥ saṃtuṣya haradattaḥ putraṃ pratyuvāca | tvayā kuṭumbasya paścādbhāge cintodvahanaṃ kartavyam | ahaṃ dhanārjanavyavasāyāya pravrajiṣyāmi | dhanahīnaḥ pumāṃstṛṇasyāpi na vinimayatāmarhati |

p.325, l.32

p.326, l.5

(p.326, l.5)iti piturabhihitaṃ niśamya madanaseno janakaṃ jagāda | mayi putre vidyamāne yadi tatrabhavadbhiḥ prayāsaḥ
(p.326, l.6)kartavyastadānīṃ putrasya ka upayogaḥ | yastu tanayo janayitroḥ saparyāyāmananuyuktaḥ kiṃ tasya janmanā |

iti piturabhihitaṃ niśamya madanaseno janakaṃ jagāda | mayi putre vidyamāne yadi tatrabhavadbhiḥ prayāsaḥ kartavyastadānīṃ putrasya ka upayogaḥ | yastu tanayo janayitroḥ saparyāyāmananuyuktaḥ kiṃ tasya janmanā |

p.326, l.7

p.326, l.9

(p.326, l.9)yastu pitroḥ saparyayā sukhaṃ janayati tasyaiva saphalaṃ janma netarasya |

yastu pitroḥ saparyayā sukhaṃ janayati tasyaiva saphalaṃ janma netarasya |

p.326, l.10

p.326, l.14

(p.326, l.14)ata eva bhavanto 'traiva tāvattiṣṭhantu | ahameva vāṇijyavidhānāya vrajiṣyāmi | ityanujñāmādāya nirga-
(p.326, l.15)tavān | nijamandiramāsādya prāṇapriyāṃ prabhāvatīṃ prati prāvocat | priye prabhāvati | dhanamārjayituṃ
(p.326, l.16)vyavasāyoddeśena iyāsurasmi | tvayā na kaścinmadvirahajanyaśramaḥ samavalambanīyaḥ | mayāpi bhavatyāḥ kṣaṇa-
(p.326, l.17)syāpi viyogaḥ soḍhumaśakyaḥ | paraṃ janakavacanamanatilaṅghanīyamiti matvā gamanasaṃjāyamānamanā asmi |
(p.326, l.18)tadviṣamaviśikhaviṣayavimukhaṃ viṣādaviṣaviśeṣapoṣakaṃ guruvacoviṣavedanāyanātiploṣaparaṃ patyuḥ krakacakarkaśaṃ
(p.326, l.19)vacanamatiduḥsahaṃ śrutvā nirastajīviteva vidhvastāpaghanā vigalitāṅgasaṃdhibandhā galitakalā pairāha-
(p.326, l.20)taprabhā prabhāvatī mohānandasaṃdohabhūyasyā tāpoṣṇavyathayā galagṛhīteva prāṇeśvaraṃ prati provāca | śṛṇuṣva
(p.326, l.21)prāṇanātha | piturvacanamanatikramaṇīyaṃ paramo dharmaḥ | paramanyadapyasti | yaduktaṃ |

ata eva bhavanto 'traiva tāvattiṣṭhantu | ahameva vāṇijyavidhānāya vrajiṣyāmi | ityanujñāmādāya nirgatavān | nijamandiramāsādya prāṇapriyāṃ prabhāvatīṃ prati prāvocat | priye prabhāvati | dhanamārjayituṃ vyavasāyoddeśena iyāsurasmi | tvayā na kaścinmadvirahajanyaśramaḥ samavalambanīyaḥ | mayāpi bhavatyāḥ kṣaṇasyāpi viyogaḥ soḍhumaśakyaḥ | paraṃ janakavacanamanatilaṅghanīyamiti matvā gamanasaṃjāyamānamanā asmi | tadviṣamaviśikhaviṣayavimukhaṃ viṣādaviṣaviśeṣapoṣakaṃ guruvacoviṣavedanāyanātiploṣaparaṃ patyuḥ krakacakarkaśaṃ vacanamatiduḥsahaṃ śrutvā nirastajīviteva vidhvastāpaghanā vigalitāṅgasaṃdhibandhā galitakalā pairāhataprabhā prabhāvatī mohānandasaṃdohabhūyasyā tāpoṣṇavyathayā galagṛhīteva prāṇeśvaraṃ prati provāca | śṛṇuṣva prāṇanātha | piturvacanamanatikramaṇīyaṃ paramo dharmaḥ | paramanyadapyasti | yaduktaṃ |

p.326, l.22

p.326, l.24

(p.326, l.24)etattritayamapi puruṣasyātikaṣṭataram |

etattritayamapi puruṣasyātikaṣṭataram |

p.326, l.25

p.326, l.27

(p.326, l.27)etāvatsu prayojaneṣu puruṣeṇātyutsukatayā prayatanīyam |

etāvatsu prayojaneṣu puruṣeṇātyutsukatayā prayatanīyam |

p.326, l.28

p.326, l.30

(p.326, l.30)itthaṃ prabhāvatī prābravīt | paraṃ na tattasya cetasi paryeti | tadanu hiraṇyagarbhagṛhiṇīhṛdayaṃgamaiḥ priyavacobhiḥ
(p.326, l.31)samāśvāsya tāṃ niragāt | tatastayābhyadhāyi | madanasena tava mama cettādṛśaṃ paramaṃ premasāmagryaṃ tarhi
(p.326, l.32)māmīdṛśīṃ parityajya tvayā gamanaṃ kathaṃ kriyamāṇamasti | tato 'sāvajalpat | ahaṃ yatra kvāpi gatavāntarhi
(p.326, l.33)tatrāpi tvaṃ mama hṛdaye vasantyevāsi | evaṃ nayamikadṛśā jānīhi |

itthaṃ prabhāvatī prābravīt | paraṃ na tattasya cetasi paryeti | tadanu hiraṇyagarbhagṛhiṇīhṛdayaṃgamaiḥ priyavacobhiḥ samāśvāsya tāṃ niragāt | tatastayābhyadhāyi | madanasena tava mama cettādṛśaṃ paramaṃ premasāmagryaṃ tarhi māmīdṛśīṃ parityajya tvayā gamanaṃ kathaṃ kriyamāṇamasti | tato 'sāvajalpat | ahaṃ yatra kvāpi gatavāntarhi tatrāpi tvaṃ mama hṛdaye vasantyevāsi | evaṃ nayamikadṛśā jānīhi |

p.327, l.1

p.327, l.5

(p.327, l.5)vyāhṛtyetthaṃ madanaseno niragacchat | tatastayā bahujalapariplute vilocane akāriṣātām | tadālokya mada-
(p.327, l.6)nasenastasyāḥ samīpe samāgatya nibiḍaparirambhasamārambhasaurabhyamabhyasyātmīyapāṇināśruparimārjanaṃ vidhāya
(p.327, l.7)śukaśārike avocat | ākarṇayatāṃ guṇasāgaro mālāvatī ca | iyaṃ prabhāvatī sarvasminnapi viṣaye
(p.327, l.8)bhavatorupahāre tiṣṭhantī | bhavadbhyāmetasyāścetaso virahajanyapralayakālasaṃkāśaṃ kaṣṭaṃ śanaiḥ śanairuktiviśeṣaira-
(p.327, l.9)pohitavyam | iyaṃ bhavaddhaste dattāsti | etasyā viraho vardhituṃ na dātavyaḥ | ityabhidhāya madanaseno
(p.327, l.10)vaṇikkaraṇanimittaṃ manīṣitaṃ kṛtvā deśapradeśamuddiśya nirayāsīt | tadupari prabhāvatī vivoḍhurvirahave-
(p.327, l.11)danāvasthayā vihvalāvayavā rātriṃdivaṃ tadavasthāmavalambamānā sānnodakakriyāyāmapi na spṛhāṃ badhnāti |
(p.327, l.12)tatastasyā virahavyathābāhulyamabhivīkṣya śārikā śukamuvāca | rāmacandra | madanasenena prabhāvatī dattā-
(p.327, l.13)sīdāvayoḥ | yadiyaṃ bhavadbhirvirahavyathākadarthanato nivāraṇīyā | tarhyetāṃ viyogavanajvalanajvālāja-
(p.327, l.14)ṭālajājvalyamānāpaghanāṃ mārakārāgāravihāraviklavakleśaviśeṣavigalitāṅgasarvasvāṃ vikṣatekṣaṇe 'kṣaṇaśo-
(p.327, l.15)kaśaṅkunikāraparikaramanākulamābadhnānāṃ tvameva kimiti kathācaritretihāsādibhiḥ kautukādhikaṃ jana-
(p.327, l.16)yanduḥkhaviśeṣāpākaraṇena na śikṣayasi | tava maunālambanamanupadaṃ tavaiva vacanīyatāmāpādayiṣyati |
(p.327, l.17)tato niśamitakāntāvacanaḥ śakuntastadvacanānukūlakalitakalevarakāntasaṃkocakliṣṭāntaḥkaraṇagaṇastāmabhāṣīt |
(p.327, l.18)prāṇādhipe | strīṇāṃ cetāṃsi kṣaṇikāni durvārāṇi nirvāhaśūnyāni ca | paśyāmi tāvadetasyāścetaso
(p.327, l.19)'vasthitāyatiḥ kimudarketi | tatastadavabodhāttadanurūpaṃ kamapyupāyaṃ racayāmi |

vyāhṛtyetthaṃ madanaseno niragacchat | tatastayā bahujalapariplute vilocane akāriṣātām | tadālokya madanasenastasyāḥ samīpe samāgatya nibiḍaparirambhasamārambhasaurabhyamabhyasyātmīyapāṇināśruparimārjanaṃ vidhāya śukaśārike avocat | ākarṇayatāṃ guṇasāgaro mālāvatī ca | iyaṃ prabhāvatī sarvasminnapi viṣaye bhavatorupahāre tiṣṭhantī | bhavadbhyāmetasyāścetaso virahajanyapralayakālasaṃkāśaṃ kaṣṭaṃ śanaiḥ śanairuktiviśeṣairapohitavyam | iyaṃ bhavaddhaste dattāsti | etasyā viraho vardhituṃ na dātavyaḥ | ityabhidhāya madanaseno vaṇikkaraṇanimittaṃ manīṣitaṃ kṛtvā deśapradeśamuddiśya nirayāsīt | tadupari prabhāvatī vivoḍhurvirahavedanāvasthayā vihvalāvayavā rātriṃdivaṃ tadavasthāmavalambamānā sānnodakakriyāyāmapi na spṛhāṃ badhnāti | tatastasyā virahavyathābāhulyamabhivīkṣya śārikā śukamuvāca | rāmacandra | madanasenena prabhāvatī dattāsīdāvayoḥ | yadiyaṃ bhavadbhirvirahavyathākadarthanato nivāraṇīyā | tarhyetāṃ viyogavanajvalanajvālājaṭālajājvalyamānāpaghanāṃ mārakārāgāravihāraviklavakleśaviśeṣavigalitāṅgasarvasvāṃ vikṣatekṣaṇe 'kṣaṇaśokaśaṅkunikāraparikaramanākulamābadhnānāṃ tvameva kimiti kathācaritretihāsādibhiḥ kautukādhikaṃ janayanduḥkhaviśeṣāpākaraṇena na śikṣayasi | tava maunālambanamanupadaṃ tavaiva vacanīyatāmāpādayiṣyati | tato niśamitakāntāvacanaḥ śakuntastadvacanānukūlakalitakalevarakāntasaṃkocakliṣṭāntaḥkaraṇagaṇastāmabhāṣīt | prāṇādhipe | strīṇāṃ cetāṃsi kṣaṇikāni durvārāṇi nirvāhaśūnyāni ca | paśyāmi tāvadetasyāścetaso 'vasthitāyatiḥ kimudarketi | tatastadavabodhāttadanurūpaṃ kamapyupāyaṃ racayāmi |

p.327, l.20

p.327, l.22

(p.327, l.22)ityuktvā pakṣī joṣamāsādyātiṣṭhat | tadanvekasmindivase prabhāvatī svasyopatyakāyāṃ sthitavatī | tato
(p.327, l.23)vinayakandarpeṇa pārthivakumāreṇa tatrasthā samanmathāvasthā kadarthitānāṃ svasthakaraṇapariṇatadivyamahauṣadhī
(p.327, l.24)sā dadṛśe | tadanvanekakalākovidā vīkṣaṇakṣaṇābhilakṣaṇābhilakṣitaharṣotkarṣotpādanavailakṣaṇyāstātkā-
(p.327, l.25)likottaravinimayaniyamitamanovṛttisvecchāviharaṇaparihṛtavigrahāḥ śrutisamuditaparabrahmātyantikānubhava-
(p.327, l.26)saṃbhāvitāḥ stokālokaśokaśaṅkūtkīlanakovidāḥ patyurmanasi saṃśrutya kṛtamapyātmīyamaparādhaṃ vismāraya-
(p.327, l.27)ntīrvyavahāre paramārthe ca nānodāharaṇānugṛhītopapattisaṃpattisphuritādharā evaṃvidhā dūtīḥ prabhāvatīṃ
(p.327, l.28)prati jighāya | tāśca tasyāḥ saṃnidhānamāgatya śanaiḥ śanairbahuvidhāṃ vibudhahṛdayaṃgamāṃ goṣṭhīṃ kurvanti
(p.327, l.29)manovāsanānurūpaṃ nirūpayanti | anena prakāreṇa prabhāvatyā saha naikaṭyaṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tataśca vyāhartumādadre |
(p.327, l.30)prabhāvati tvaṃ bharturviyogaṃ kasmādbibharṣi | avidyamānamapi śramaṃ nije mānase kasmādāropayasi | adyatanaṃ
(p.327, l.31)dinaṃ dvitīyadine na nirvahati | gatāstu divasā na punarāgacchanti | adya tvaṃ nijāvayavavidyamānānurā-
(p.327, l.32)gaṃ tāruṇyaṃ lāvaṇyaṃ ca kimiti kimiti vṛthaiva parikṣapayasi | tvaṃ yadviyogaṃ bibhrāṇāsi sa cedbhavatyāṃ
(p.327, l.33)premaparavaśaḥ syāttadātmanā samaṃ kimiti na nayati | sa tu puratogatābhirnitambinībhiḥ samaṃ divyaṃ
(p.327, l.34)viṣayasukhamupabhuñjannāste | tvaṃ bharturbhaktyā kiṃ na bhakṣayasi | anayā patiśuśrūṣayā kā nāma jāteti
(p.327, l.35)mahyamekāmapi pradarśaya | paralokopabhogyātpātakādbibheṣi cettadā sa paralokastatpātakaṃ ca kasya
(p.327, l.36)locanagocaropabhāvamāpannaṃ vijṛmbhitam |

ityuktvā pakṣī joṣamāsādyātiṣṭhat | tadanvekasmindivase prabhāvatī svasyopatyakāyāṃ sthitavatī | tato vinayakandarpeṇa pārthivakumāreṇa tatrasthā samanmathāvasthā kadarthitānāṃ svasthakaraṇapariṇatadivyamahauṣadhī sā dadṛśe | tadanvanekakalākovidā vīkṣaṇakṣaṇābhilakṣaṇābhilakṣitaharṣotkarṣotpādanavailakṣaṇyāstātkālikottaravinimayaniyamitamanovṛttisvecchāviharaṇaparihṛtavigrahāḥ śrutisamuditaparabrahmātyantikānubhavasaṃbhāvitāḥ stokālokaśokaśaṅkūtkīlanakovidāḥ patyurmanasi saṃśrutya kṛtamapyātmīyamaparādhaṃ vismārayantīrvyavahāre paramārthe ca nānodāharaṇānugṛhītopapattisaṃpattisphuritādharā evaṃvidhā dūtīḥ prabhāvatīṃ prati jighāya | tāśca tasyāḥ saṃnidhānamāgatya śanaiḥ śanairbahuvidhāṃ vibudhahṛdayaṃgamāṃ goṣṭhīṃ kurvanti manovāsanānurūpaṃ nirūpayanti | anena prakāreṇa prabhāvatyā saha naikaṭyaṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tataśca vyāhartumādadre | prabhāvati tvaṃ bharturviyogaṃ kasmādbibharṣi | avidyamānamapi śramaṃ nije mānase kasmādāropayasi | adyatanaṃ dinaṃ dvitīyadine na nirvahati | gatāstu divasā na punarāgacchanti | adya tvaṃ nijāvayavavidyamānānurāgaṃ tāruṇyaṃ lāvaṇyaṃ ca kimiti kimiti vṛthaiva parikṣapayasi | tvaṃ yadviyogaṃ bibhrāṇāsi sa cedbhavatyāṃ premaparavaśaḥ syāttadātmanā samaṃ kimiti na nayati | sa tu puratogatābhirnitambinībhiḥ samaṃ divyaṃ viṣayasukhamupabhuñjannāste | tvaṃ bharturbhaktyā kiṃ na bhakṣayasi | anayā patiśuśrūṣayā kā nāma jāteti mahyamekāmapi pradarśaya | paralokopabhogyātpātakādbibheṣi cettadā sa paralokastatpātakaṃ ca kasya locanagocaropabhāvamāpannaṃ vijṛmbhitam |

p.328, l.1

p.328, l.3

(p.328, l.3)tattvamupabhogavirahitamātmīyaṃ janma kimiti vṛthaivātivāhayasi | svecchayā sukhopabhogamācarantyā bhavatyā
(p.328, l.4)vayamapi sāhāyyabhāvaṃ yāsyāmaḥ | anena rājakumāreṇa vinayakandarpeṇa samaṃ bhavatyāḥ saṃgamaṃ kārayāmaḥ |
(p.328, l.5)etāvatāpi januḥ saphalaṃ bhaviṣyati | etādṛśairvacobhistasyā mānasaṃ bhramitam |

tattvamupabhogavirahitamātmīyaṃ janma kimiti vṛthaivātivāhayasi | svecchayā sukhopabhogamācarantyā bhavatyā vayamapi sāhāyyabhāvaṃ yāsyāmaḥ | anena rājakumāreṇa vinayakandarpeṇa samaṃ bhavatyāḥ saṃgamaṃ kārayāmaḥ | etāvatāpi januḥ saphalaṃ bhaviṣyati | etādṛśairvacobhistasyā mānasaṃ bhramitam |

p.328, l.6

p.328, l.14

(p.328, l.14)tataḥ sā prabhāvatī bhūyobhirbhūṣaṇairātmānaṃ bhūṣayitvā vyabhicaraṇāya nirgantuṃ prāvartata | tadānīṃ śārikā
(p.328, l.15)pakṣiṇaṃ vyābhāṣīt | madanasenena iyaṃ prabhāvatyāvayorupahāre niveśitāsīt | tasyaiṣā vyabhicāre pravarta-
(p.328, l.16)mānā | tattvaṃ kasmādenāṃ na nivārayasi | tadanu kīra udīrayāmāsa | tvaṃ tūṣṇīmāsva | yadabhidhātavyaṃ
(p.328, l.17)tatsvayamevaināmahaṃ vyāhariṣye | yāvatā vihaga upāyaṃ viracayati tāvatā śārikā prālapat | prabhāvati
(p.328, l.18)yattvaṃ vidhātumabhilaṣasi tena tvaṃ vināśamavāpsyasi | ityākarṇya tayā dūtīmukhamudaikṣi | tato dūtī
(p.328, l.19)rarāṇa | iyaṃ pakṣiṇī pāpinī nihantavyā yā pareṣāmasukhāya pratyūhavyūhamācarati | tadā prabhāvatī
(p.328, l.20)samīpamāgamya pañjarārgalamapācakāra | pāṇinā dhṛtvā śārikā vipādanīyeti manasi pravartamānāsīt |
(p.328, l.21)tāvatā śārikā samuḍḍīyāpalāyiṣṭa | tataḥ sarvā api babhāṣire | niragamadiyaṃ tadaiva | sādhvajaniṣṭa |
(p.328, l.22)tataḥ prabhāvatyā sakalavṛttānta āveditaḥ | tacchrutvā śuko 'pyakathayat | tadetadruciraṃ vyaraci | sarvadaivāhaṃ
(p.328, l.23)bhavatīṃ manmathāvasthābhṛśārditāṅgīmāloke | kimapi bhavatīmetadviṣayaṃ vyāhartumanvicchāmi | paraṃ pareṣāṃ
(p.328, l.24)manobhāvaṃ ko nāma jñātumīṣṭe | saṃsāre sādhvabhisaraṇaṃ vihāya netaratsukhaṃ bhūyasā jarījṛmbhīti |
(p.328, l.25)tarhīdaṃ tvayā sādhvācaritam | paramatrānyadapi vidyate | guṇaśālinīva saṃkīrṇāvaprasaṅgaprāptā uttaraṃ
(p.328, l.26)kartuṃ prabhavasi cettadetadbahvāyāsavibhāvyaṃ vidheyamaṅgīkuru | ityuditā prabhāvatī babhāṣe | kā nāma
(p.328, l.27)guṇaśālinī | kīdṛśaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇam | tadupavarṇayatāṃ nāma bhavān | tataḥ śuko vyāvarṇayati |
(p.328, l.28)prabhāvatī vayasyā pativratā paripṛcchati | itīyaṃ prathamā kathā itarāsāṃ kathānāṃ mūlapīṭhikārūpā
(p.328, l.29)vyāvarṇitā | iti kathākośe kathāvatāraḥ ||

tataḥ sā prabhāvatī bhūyobhirbhūṣaṇairātmānaṃ bhūṣayitvā vyabhicaraṇāya nirgantuṃ prāvartata | tadānīṃ śārikā pakṣiṇaṃ vyābhāṣīt | madanasenena iyaṃ prabhāvatyāvayorupahāre niveśitāsīt | tasyaiṣā vyabhicāre pravartamānā | tattvaṃ kasmādenāṃ na nivārayasi | tadanu kīra udīrayāmāsa | tvaṃ tūṣṇīmāsva | yadabhidhātavyaṃ tatsvayamevaināmahaṃ vyāhariṣye | yāvatā vihaga upāyaṃ viracayati tāvatā śārikā prālapat | prabhāvati yattvaṃ vidhātumabhilaṣasi tena tvaṃ vināśamavāpsyasi | ityākarṇya tayā dūtīmukhamudaikṣi | tato dūtī rarāṇa | iyaṃ pakṣiṇī pāpinī nihantavyā yā pareṣāmasukhāya pratyūhavyūhamācarati | tadā prabhāvatī samīpamāgamya pañjarārgalamapācakāra | pāṇinā dhṛtvā śārikā vipādanīyeti manasi pravartamānāsīt | tāvatā śārikā samuḍḍīyāpalāyiṣṭa | tataḥ sarvā api babhāṣire | niragamadiyaṃ tadaiva | sādhvajaniṣṭa | tataḥ prabhāvatyā sakalavṛttānta āveditaḥ | tacchrutvā śuko 'pyakathayat | tadetadruciraṃ vyaraci | sarvadaivāhaṃ bhavatīṃ manmathāvasthābhṛśārditāṅgīmāloke | kimapi bhavatīmetadviṣayaṃ vyāhartumanvicchāmi | paraṃ pareṣāṃ manobhāvaṃ ko nāma jñātumīṣṭe | saṃsāre sādhvabhisaraṇaṃ vihāya netaratsukhaṃ bhūyasā jarījṛmbhīti | tarhīdaṃ tvayā sādhvācaritam | paramatrānyadapi vidyate | guṇaśālinīva saṃkīrṇāvaprasaṅgaprāptā uttaraṃ kartuṃ prabhavasi cettadetadbahvāyāsavibhāvyaṃ vidheyamaṅgīkuru | ityuditā prabhāvatī babhāṣe | kā nāma guṇaśālinī | kīdṛśaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇam | tadupavarṇayatāṃ nāma bhavān | tataḥ śuko vyāvarṇayati | prabhāvatī vayasyā pativratā paripṛcchati | itīyaṃ prathamā kathā itarāsāṃ kathānāṃ mūlapīṭhikārūpā vyāvarṇitā | iti kathākośe kathāvatāraḥ ||

§ 1

p.328, l.30

(p.328, l.30)atha candravatī nāma nagarī | tatra bhīmaseno nāma rājā | tatra mohananāmā vaṇik | tasya bhāryā
(p.328, l.31)nāmato guṇaśālinī | sā rūpeṇātiśayaṃ prakarṣaṃ prāptā | tato vasudattatanayastāmīkṣitavān | tadvīkṣaṇakṣaṇa
(p.328, l.32)evāyaṃ manmathamathitasarvārthasārthaḥ prāvartata | tato 'pārthīkṛtetaravyāpāro dūtībhistatprārthanāṃ niravartayat |
(p.328, l.33)paraṃ sā norīkṛtavatī | tataḥ kuṭṭinīkarmanirmāṇopāyaparipūrṇāṃ pūrṇābhidhāṃ māsopavāsinīṃ prārthayata
(p.328, l.34)dūtakṛtye | yadi guṇaśālinī māmanusaratīti tvaṃ cetkariṣyasi tarhi yathā tvaṃ saṃtuṣyasi tathāhaṃ nirmime |
(p.328, l.35)yadyāciṣyase tadvitariṣyāmi | tadānīṃ tayā tathā karavāṇītyaṅgīcakre | tataḥ samyaṅmuhūrtamālokya guṇa-
(p.328, l.36)śālinīgṛhamagacchat | tayā samaṃ pratyahaṃ gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīmanutiṣṭhati pratidinaṃ śrīkṛṣṇavilāsamallāyodha-
(p.328, l.37)kandukakelipramukhāni caritāni gāyati purātanabālatvasya goṣṭhīṃ nirmimīte | itthaṃ tayormaitrī samajāyata |
(p.329, l.1)tata ekasmindine pūrṇāyai kimapi dātumudadhunat | tataḥ sā tanna gṛhṇīte | mamaitasya bhavatyā vitīrṇasya
(p.329, l.2)kasyāpi vastuno na spṛhāmābadhnāti mānasam | yadahaṃ tvāṃ vadāmi tattvayānuṣṭhātavyamiti sā guṇaśā-
(p.329, l.3)linī tayoditamurarīcakāra | tataḥ pūrṇābravīt | yadi madīyamabhihitaṃ kariṣyasi tadānīmidamarthe
(p.329, l.4)tvayā mahyaṃ tathyavāk dātavyā | tato guṇaśālinī satyaṃ pratiśrutavatī | tataḥ pūrṇā nijodīrṇaṃ tayā
(p.329, l.5)samaṃ nirṇīya vyāharat | tvayā tasmai surataṃ dātavyam | ātmīyamabhihitaṃ satyaṃ kartumanā hyasi cettadā-
(p.329, l.6)nīmidaṃ nijoditaṃ paripālaya | tato guṇaśālinī pūrvaṃ tadākṛtamajānatī taduditaṃ pratiśrutya paścā-
(p.329, l.7)dbahuvicāracittā saṃvṛttā | etasyā duṣṭāyāḥ pūrvamahamāśayānnājñāsiṣam | ajānatyā mayā pratiśuśruve |
(p.329, l.8)kimataḥ paraṃ vidhānamavadhātavyam | yadi nijavācaṃ satyāṃ karavai tadānīṃ vyabhicārato duritamūrīkṛtaṃ
(p.329, l.9)kariṣyate | yadyabhisaraṇaṃ nāṅgīkriyate tadā svasatyasya dūrataḥ pravāsaḥ | itthamekaṃ saṃdhitsato 'nyatpracyavate
(p.329, l.10)tundilādharapānamaithunavat | tadanayormadhye kiṃ vicārakoṭimāṭīkariṣyate | śarīramapyādhīkṛtya satyatyāgo na
(p.329, l.11)bhavituṃ dātavyaḥ | itthaṃ prācyavipaścidvacanoṭghodghoṣaṇā prakāśate | yathābhisaraṇe kṛte tatsatyahānirna kariṣyatetarām |

atha candravatī nāma nagarī | tatra bhīmaseno nāma rājā | tatra mohananāmā vaṇik | tasya bhāryā nāmato guṇaśālinī | sā rūpeṇātiśayaṃ prakarṣaṃ prāptā | tato vasudattatanayastāmīkṣitavān | tadvīkṣaṇakṣaṇa evāyaṃ manmathamathitasarvārthasārthaḥ prāvartata | tato 'pārthīkṛtetaravyāpāro dūtībhistatprārthanāṃ niravartayat | paraṃ sā norīkṛtavatī | tataḥ kuṭṭinīkarmanirmāṇopāyaparipūrṇāṃ pūrṇābhidhāṃ māsopavāsinīṃ prārthayata dūtakṛtye | yadi guṇaśālinī māmanusaratīti tvaṃ cetkariṣyasi tarhi yathā tvaṃ saṃtuṣyasi tathāhaṃ nirmime | yadyāciṣyase tadvitariṣyāmi | tadānīṃ tayā tathā karavāṇītyaṅgīcakre | tataḥ samyaṅmuhūrtamālokya guṇaśālinīgṛhamagacchat | tayā samaṃ pratyahaṃ gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīmanutiṣṭhati pratidinaṃ śrīkṛṣṇavilāsamallāyodhakandukakelipramukhāni caritāni gāyati purātanabālatvasya goṣṭhīṃ nirmimīte | itthaṃ tayormaitrī samajāyata | tata ekasmindine pūrṇāyai kimapi dātumudadhunat | tataḥ sā tanna gṛhṇīte | mamaitasya bhavatyā vitīrṇasya kasyāpi vastuno na spṛhāmābadhnāti mānasam | yadahaṃ tvāṃ vadāmi tattvayānuṣṭhātavyamiti sā guṇaśālinī tayoditamurarīcakāra | tataḥ pūrṇābravīt | yadi madīyamabhihitaṃ kariṣyasi tadānīmidamarthe tvayā mahyaṃ tathyavāk dātavyā | tato guṇaśālinī satyaṃ pratiśrutavatī | tataḥ pūrṇā nijodīrṇaṃ tayā samaṃ nirṇīya vyāharat | tvayā tasmai surataṃ dātavyam | ātmīyamabhihitaṃ satyaṃ kartumanā hyasi cettadānīmidaṃ nijoditaṃ paripālaya | tato guṇaśālinī pūrvaṃ tadākṛtamajānatī taduditaṃ pratiśrutya paścādbahuvicāracittā saṃvṛttā | etasyā duṣṭāyāḥ pūrvamahamāśayānnājñāsiṣam | ajānatyā mayā pratiśuśruve | kimataḥ paraṃ vidhānamavadhātavyam | yadi nijavācaṃ satyāṃ karavai tadānīṃ vyabhicārato duritamūrīkṛtaṃ kariṣyate | yadyabhisaraṇaṃ nāṅgīkriyate tadā svasatyasya dūrataḥ pravāsaḥ | itthamekaṃ saṃdhitsato 'nyatpracyavate tundilādharapānamaithunavat | tadanayormadhye kiṃ vicārakoṭimāṭīkariṣyate | śarīramapyādhīkṛtya satyatyāgo na bhavituṃ dātavyaḥ | itthaṃ prācyavipaścidvacanodghoṣaṇā prakāśate | yathābhisaraṇe kṛte tatsatyahānirna kariṣyatetarām |

p.329, l.12

p.329, l.16

(p.329, l.16)iti vimṛśya guṇaśālinī pūrṇāṃ babhāṇa | tvayābhihitaṃ tavābhipretaṃ pumāṃsamānaya | tāvatāhaṃ parasminde-
(p.329, l.17)vatālaye nivasāmi | tataḥ pradoṣasamaye pūrṇā tamānetuṃ gatavatī janasaṃmarde taṃ nopalakṣayantī tatsā-
(p.329, l.18)dṛśyasthagitamānasā guṇaśālinyāḥ patiṃ kare gṛhītvā tasminsaṃketaniketane samāninye | tadā tena
(p.329, l.19)nijadayitā tayā ca nijapatiścopalakṣitaḥ | tarhyabhidhehi prabhāvati | tathāvidhe 'sminsaṃkocasamaye ki-
(p.329, l.20)muttaramakāri tayā | etatpurastādastāśaṅkamācakṣva paścādyāhi | prabhāvatī vimarśavatī samajani paraṃ
(p.329, l.21)taduttaraṃ nājñāsīt | tāvatā rātrirapyatyavartata | tataḥ śukamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyāhārṣīt | sā taṃ
(p.329, l.22)bhartāraṃ parijñāya kacairnigṛhya capeṭābhistāḍayāmāsa | tvaṃ matpurastādastāśaṅkaṃ sadaivaṃ vyāharasi yadahaṃ
(p.329, l.23)bhavatīṃ vihāya nānyāṃ kāṃcana kāminīṃ jānāmīti | tavaitādṛśaṃ visadṛśaṃ caritaṃ mayā dṛśāpi
(p.329, l.24)spraṣṭuṃ na śakyate | tato māṃ janakamandiraṃ prāpaya | no vā rājñe āvedayiṣye tvāṃ daṇḍayiṣye | tadānīmasau
(p.329, l.25)mohano guṇaśālinyāścaraṇayorapatat | mamāyaṃ mahānaparādha āyāditi bhavatyā kṣantavya ityabhidhāya
(p.329, l.26)tāṃ samatoṣayat | tarhi prabhāvatyevaṃvidhaṃ karma kartuṃ prabhavasi cettadānīṃ bāhulyavibhāvyamidamādartavyam ||
(p.329, l.27)iti prathamā kathā || 1 ||

iti vimṛśya guṇaśālinī pūrṇāṃ babhāṇa | tvayābhihitaṃ tavābhipretaṃ pumāṃsamānaya | tāvatāhaṃ parasmindevatālaye nivasāmi | tataḥ pradoṣasamaye pūrṇā tamānetuṃ gatavatī janasaṃmarde taṃ nopalakṣayantī tatsādṛśyasthagitamānasā guṇaśālinyāḥ patiṃ kare gṛhītvā tasminsaṃketaniketane samāninye | tadā tena nijadayitā tayā ca nijapatiścopalakṣitaḥ | tarhyabhidhehi prabhāvati | tathāvidhe 'sminsaṃkocasamaye kimuttaramakāri tayā | etatpurastādastāśaṅkamācakṣva paścādyāhi | prabhāvatī vimarśavatī samajani paraṃ taduttaraṃ nājñāsīt | tāvatā rātrirapyatyavartata | tataḥ śukamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyāhārṣīt | sā taṃ bhartāraṃ parijñāya kacairnigṛhya capeṭābhistāḍayāmāsa | tvaṃ matpurastādastāśaṅkaṃ sadaivaṃ vyāharasi yadahaṃ bhavatīṃ vihāya nānyāṃ kāṃcana kāminīṃ jānāmīti | tavaitādṛśaṃ visadṛśaṃ caritaṃ mayā dṛśāpi spraṣṭuṃ na śakyate | tato māṃ janakamandiraṃ prāpaya | no vā rājñe āvedayiṣye tvāṃ daṇḍayiṣye | tadānīmasau mohano guṇaśālinyāścaraṇayorapatat | mamāyaṃ mahānaparādha āyāditi bhavatyā kṣantavya ityabhidhāya tāṃ samatoṣayat | tarhi prabhāvatyevaṃvidhaṃ karma kartuṃ prabhavasi cettadānīṃ bāhulyavibhāvyamidamādartavyam || iti prathamā kathā || 1 ||

§ 2

p.329, l.28

(p.329, l.28)punarapi prabhāvatī vinayakandarpaniketanamupagantuṃ pakṣiṇaṃ papraccha | śuko 'bhidadhe | tvamapi yaśodāvadupā-
(p.329, l.29)yakalpanāṃ pariśīlayasi cettato yāhi | tadākarṇya prabhāvatī kīraṃ prati praśnamādṛtavatī | yaśodā-
(p.329, l.30)yāśceṣṭitaṃ vyācaṣṭāṃ bhavān | iti tayodite patatrī gatodrekaḥ pratyabhāṣata | madanapurābhidhānaṃ nagaram |
(p.329, l.31)tatra nandananāmā narapatiḥ pālayati bhūtadhātrīm | tasya tanayo rājaśekharaḥ | tasya bhāryā śaśiprabhā |
(p.329, l.32)saikena vaṇiṅnandanena nayanaviṣayamāpāditā | taddarśanasamayasamanantaramevāsau madanamārgaṇaprahṛtijharjha-
(p.329, l.33)ritaśarīraparihṛtadhairyo bhūtvā yugapadavasthāviśeṣānanubhavannuttarasthitahṛdayaḥ sadā tadāptyupāyaṃ parici-
(p.329, l.34)nvaṃstadekatānatāpadavīmavagāhamāno vidyate | paraṃ samarthasya yuvatiḥ kathaṃ kena prakāreṇa samāsādyate
(p.329, l.35)iti pratidinaṃ cintayā śuṣyaccharīro galitakalādhanaḥ kṛṣṇapakṣaśaśīva pariśeṣitanāmadheyāśrayo
(p.329, l.36)bhūtvāvatiṣṭhate | itthaṃ tajjananī tādṛśīmavasthāmavekṣya tamaprākṣīt | putra tvamitthaṃ vartase | tava manasi
(p.330, l.1)yaduditamasti tanmatpurastādastatrapaṃ bhavānvadatviti mātrābhihite 'sau cittasthitaṃ sarvamabhiprāyaṃ tasyā
(p.330, l.2)agre ujjagāra | yadi śaśiprabhā madaṅgasaṃgamaṅgīkurute tadānīṃ majjīvitamasti netarathā | tarhi prabhāvati
(p.330, l.3)tvameva pūrvamupavarṇaya | tasyābhilāṣo yaśodayā kathamapūri | yaśodā śaśiprabhāṃ kathaṃ saṃyojitavatī |
(p.330, l.4)etadabhidhāya yathoddiṣṭaṃ vrajatu bhavatī | tadākarṇya prabhāvatī tadvicāracintāsaṃtānavitānaikarasā pravṛttā |
(p.330, l.5)paraṃ na viveda | tataḥ prātaḥ pattrarathaṃ papraccha | so 'pi jagāda | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tadānīṃ yaśodayā
(p.330, l.6)tapasvinīveṣamālambya kāṣāyadhāraṃ tripuṇḍratilakāṅkitaṃ galagṛhītarudrākṣamālaṃ tathātmanā samamekaṃ
(p.330, l.7)bandhumānīya tasya skandhe 'ṣṭadalakalāvaṣṭabdhadevasaṃpuṭaṃ kusumakaraṇḍaṃ cāvasthāpya garīyāṃsaṃ samārambhaṃ
(p.330, l.8)parikalpya tathā caikā śunī samānītā | iti parikalpitaparikarā śaśiprabhāyā dvāradeśamagacchat |
(p.330, l.9)tatrāgatya dvārapālakānabravīt | vayaṃ saurāṣṭrasomanāthayātrāyai gatvā mārge tīrthaviśeṣānālokamānāḥ
(p.330, l.10)samāgatāḥ | adya tu bhṛśaṃ pariśrāntāḥ | aparato gantuṃ na prabhavāmaḥ | tarhi adyatanaṃ divasamatraiva niva-
(p.330, l.11)sāmaḥ | prabhātasamaye purogamanāya mārgamupalabdhamavalambāmahe | ityabhidhāya tatraiva sthitavatī | tatasteṣāṃ
(p.330, l.12)paśyatāṃ tatraiva gomayopalepanaṃ nirmāya niramāyi tayā devārcanaṃ devatāvanejanaṃ kṛtvā dhūpadīpanaivedyāni
(p.330, l.13)vidhāya daṇḍavatpraṇipatya saṃnidhāyinīṃ śunīṃ samapūjayatsamastopahāranamaskārādinā | taccaritaṃ sarve
(p.330, l.14)'pyabhivīkṣya visismire | itthaṃ pratidinaṃ tatrāvasthāya śunīsaparyāṃ vidhāyānte daṇḍavatpraṇipātanādikaṃ
(p.330, l.15)karoti | tāṃ vārttāṃ śaśiprabhā śuśrāva | tatastatkautukālokanāya ekasmindivase śaśiprabhā tatrāḍuḍhaukat |
(p.330, l.16)tadanu taccaritaṃ yaśodāmapṛcchat | kaiṣā śunī | etadvṛttāntaṃ mahyamāvedayatu bhavatī | tato 'syāḥ praśnānugrahaṃ
(p.330, l.17)dṛṣṭvā yaśodayā netre arṇaḥpūrṇe akāriṣātām | avādi ca | śaśiprabhe kasmādetatpṛcchasi | etatsvarūpe
(p.330, l.18)'bhihite tavāpi garīyān śramo bhaviṣyati | tayā tathābhihite sati śaśiprabhā tatpraśnāvabodhāyāgrahaṃ
(p.330, l.19)bhūyāṃsamakarot | tatastadāgrahatāratamyamālokya yaśodā tadvaktavyāya viviktapradeśamayācata |

punarapi prabhāvatī vinayakandarpaniketanamupagantuṃ pakṣiṇaṃ papraccha | śuko 'bhidadhe | tvamapi yaśodāvadupāyakalpanāṃ pariśīlayasi cettato yāhi | tadākarṇya prabhāvatī kīraṃ prati praśnamādṛtavatī | yaśodāyāśceṣṭitaṃ vyācaṣṭāṃ bhavān | iti tayodite patatrī gatodrekaḥ pratyabhāṣata | madanapurābhidhānaṃ nagaram | tatra nandananāmā narapatiḥ pālayati bhūtadhātrīm | tasya tanayo rājaśekharaḥ | tasya bhāryā śaśiprabhā | saikena vaṇiṅnandanena nayanaviṣayamāpāditā | taddarśanasamayasamanantaramevāsau madanamārgaṇaprahṛtijharjharitaśarīraparihṛtadhairyo bhūtvā yugapadavasthāviśeṣānanubhavannuttarasthitahṛdayaḥ sadā tadāptyupāyaṃ paricinvaṃstadekatānatāpadavīmavagāhamāno vidyate | paraṃ samarthasya yuvatiḥ kathaṃ kena prakāreṇa samāsādyate iti pratidinaṃ cintayā śuṣyaccharīro galitakalādhanaḥ kṛṣṇapakṣaśaśīva pariśeṣitanāmadheyāśrayo bhūtvāvatiṣṭhate | itthaṃ tajjananī tādṛśīmavasthāmavekṣya tamaprākṣīt | putra tvamitthaṃ vartase | tava manasi yaduditamasti tanmatpurastādastatrapaṃ bhavānvadatviti mātrābhihite 'sau cittasthitaṃ sarvamabhiprāyaṃ tasyā agre ujjagāra | yadi śaśiprabhā madaṅgasaṃgamaṅgīkurute tadānīṃ majjīvitamasti netarathā | tarhi prabhāvati tvameva pūrvamupavarṇaya | tasyābhilāṣo yaśodayā kathamapūri | yaśodā śaśiprabhāṃ kathaṃ saṃyojitavatī | etadabhidhāya yathoddiṣṭaṃ vrajatu bhavatī | tadākarṇya prabhāvatī tadvicāracintāsaṃtānavitānaikarasā pravṛttā | paraṃ na viveda | tataḥ prātaḥ pattrarathaṃ papraccha | so 'pi jagāda | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tadānīṃ yaśodayā tapasvinīveṣamālambya kāṣāyadhāraṃ tripuṇḍratilakāṅkitaṃ galagṛhītarudrākṣamālaṃ tathātmanā samamekaṃ bandhumānīya tasya skandhe 'ṣṭadalakalāvaṣṭabdhadevasaṃpuṭaṃ kusumakaraṇḍaṃ cāvasthāpya garīyāṃsaṃ samārambhaṃ parikalpya tathā caikā śunī samānītā | iti parikalpitaparikarā śaśiprabhāyā dvāradeśamagacchat | tatrāgatya dvārapālakānabravīt | vayaṃ saurāṣṭrasomanāthayātrāyai gatvā mārge tīrthaviśeṣānālokamānāḥ samāgatāḥ | adya tu bhṛśaṃ pariśrāntāḥ | aparato gantuṃ na prabhavāmaḥ | tarhi adyatanaṃ divasamatraiva nivasāmaḥ | prabhātasamaye purogamanāya mārgamupalabdhamavalambāmahe | ityabhidhāya tatraiva sthitavatī | tatasteṣāṃ paśyatāṃ tatraiva gomayopalepanaṃ nirmāya niramāyi tayā devārcanaṃ devatāvanejanaṃ kṛtvā dhūpadīpanaivedyāni vidhāya daṇḍavatpraṇipatya saṃnidhāyinīṃ śunīṃ samapūjayatsamastopahāranamaskārādinā | taccaritaṃ sarve 'pyabhivīkṣya visismire | itthaṃ pratidinaṃ tatrāvasthāya śunīsaparyāṃ vidhāyānte daṇḍavatpraṇipātanādikaṃ karoti | tāṃ vārttāṃ śaśiprabhā śuśrāva | tatastatkautukālokanāya ekasmindivase śaśiprabhā tatrāḍuḍhaukat | tadanu taccaritaṃ yaśodāmapṛcchat | kaiṣā śunī | etadvṛttāntaṃ mahyamāvedayatu bhavatī | tato 'syāḥ praśnānugrahaṃ dṛṣṭvā yaśodayā netre arṇaḥpūrṇe akāriṣātām | avādi ca | śaśiprabhe kasmādetatpṛcchasi | etatsvarūpe 'bhihite tavāpi garīyān śramo bhaviṣyati | tayā tathābhihite sati śaśiprabhā tatpraśnāvabodhāyāgrahaṃ bhūyāṃsamakarot | tatastadāgrahatāratamyamālokya yaśodā tadvaktavyāya viviktapradeśamayācata |

p.330, l.20

p.330, l.22

(p.330, l.22)ityabhidhāya rahasi vaktuṃ pravṛttā | śṛṇu śaśiprabhe | pūrvamahamiyaṃ tvaṃ ca śunī ceti tisraḥ sodaryaḥ
(p.330, l.23)svasāra ekasya vaṇijo niketane vartāmahe | iti satyahaṃ vyabhicāraparāyaṇā nijecchayā pravṛttā | yaṃ tu
(p.330, l.24)pumāṃsaṃ kāmārtaṃ paśyāmi tasmai suratopabhogaṃ prayacchāmi | tvamapi yasyopari mānasamullasati tasmai
(p.330, l.25)surataṃ dadāsi nānyasmai prayacchasi | etāvadeva tvayi vaiguṇyaṃ pratiṣṭhitam | ārteṣu dīyate dānamiti
(p.330, l.26)vākyaparipālanasāmarthyopabṛṃhitaṃ mama pūrvajātismaraṇalakṣaṇaṃ jñānamudiyāya tvaṃ tu nijāgrahavyagramānasā
(p.330, l.27)etāvadvaiguṇyādbhogaviśeṣaṃ prāptāsi paraṃ na bhāgyasaṃpado jñānaviśeṣasya | anyā caiṣā dvayorapyāvayorjyāyasī
(p.330, l.28)nijena pātivratyaviśeṣeṇa nigīrṇā na kasmai cārtāya ratiṃ prayacchati | tatpātakavrātenaiṣā śunītvamanīyata |
(p.330, l.29)tarhi śaśiprabhe tavāpāradustarasaṃsārottaraṇākāṅkṣā jāgarti yadi tadā tvayāpyārtāya puruṣāya upabhogaḥ
(p.330, l.30)prayoktavyaḥ | etāvatā svata eva jñānamutpatsyate | tadānīṃ śaśiprabhā vyābhāṣata | atidustaramasāraṃ saṃsāraṃ
(p.330, l.31)nistarāmi tatrabhavatyā eva prasādo 'bhyudayanīyaḥ | tvamasmadīyakuladevatā | tarhi tvayā yaḥ ko 'pi
(p.330, l.32)kandarpakaṅkapattrakarkaśaparāhatiparigalitanikhiladhairyagāmbhīryaḥ pumāṃścakṣuṣā viṣayīkriyate sa matsaṃnidhā-
(p.330, l.33)namānetavya ityabhidhāya daṇḍavatpraṇipatitavatī | tata itarasmindine yaśodā ākrāntaprāntadaśābhyu-
(p.330, l.34)dayopakramaṃ nijatanayamānīya atithirabhyupagato 'stīti śaśiprabhāṃ jñāpitavatī | sā tamāgatamatithiṃ
(p.330, l.35)pariṇatirasanibhṛtopacāraiḥ cārutayā paricitavatī | tarhi prabhāvatyetādṛśaprapañcitopāyacāturyaṃ pari
(p.330, l.36)kalpasi yadi tathā vidheyaviśeṣe 'muṣminsādhanabuddhirbhava ||
(p.330, l.37)iti dvitīyā kathā || 2 ||

ityabhidhāya rahasi vaktuṃ pravṛttā | śṛṇu śaśiprabhe | pūrvamahamiyaṃ tvaṃ ca śunī ceti tisraḥ sodaryaḥ svasāra ekasya vaṇijo niketane vartāmahe | iti satyahaṃ vyabhicāraparāyaṇā nijecchayā pravṛttā | yaṃ tu pumāṃsaṃ kāmārtaṃ paśyāmi tasmai suratopabhogaṃ prayacchāmi | tvamapi yasyopari mānasamullasati tasmai surataṃ dadāsi nānyasmai prayacchasi | etāvadeva tvayi vaiguṇyaṃ pratiṣṭhitam | ārteṣu dīyate dānamiti vākyaparipālanasāmarthyopabṛṃhitaṃ mama pūrvajātismaraṇalakṣaṇaṃ jñānamudiyāya tvaṃ tu nijāgrahavyagramānasā etāvadvaiguṇyādbhogaviśeṣaṃ prāptāsi paraṃ na bhāgyasaṃpado jñānaviśeṣasya | anyā caiṣā dvayorapyāvayorjyāyasī nijena pātivratyaviśeṣeṇa nigīrṇā na kasmai cārtāya ratiṃ prayacchati | tatpātakavrātenaiṣā śunītvamanīyata | tarhi śaśiprabhe tavāpāradustarasaṃsārottaraṇākāṅkṣā jāgarti yadi tadā tvayāpyārtāya puruṣāya upabhogaḥ prayoktavyaḥ | etāvatā svata eva jñānamutpatsyate | tadānīṃ śaśiprabhā vyābhāṣata | atidustaramasāraṃ saṃsāraṃ nistarāmi tatrabhavatyā eva prasādo 'bhyudayanīyaḥ | tvamasmadīyakuladevatā | tarhi tvayā yaḥ ko 'pi kandarpakaṅkapattrakarkaśaparāhatiparigalitanikhiladhairyagāmbhīryaḥ pumāṃścakṣuṣā viṣayīkriyate sa matsaṃnidhānamānetavya ityabhidhāya daṇḍavatpraṇipatitavatī | tata itarasmindine yaśodā ākrāntaprāntadaśābhyudayopakramaṃ nijatanayamānīya atithirabhyupagato 'stīti śaśiprabhāṃ jñāpitavatī | sā tamāgatamatithiṃ pariṇatirasanibhṛtopacāraiḥ cārutayā paricitavatī | tarhi prabhāvatyetādṛśaprapañcitopāyacāturyaṃ pari kalpasi yadi tathā vidheyaviśeṣe 'muṣminsādhanabuddhirbhava || iti dvitīyā kathā || 2 ||

§ 3

p.331, l.1

(p.331, l.1)punaḥ prabhāvatī vivakṣuḥ pakṣiṇaṃ cakṣurbhyāṃ lakṣīcakāra | tato 'bravītpatatrī | devi narottamanṛpativadbhavatī
(p.331, l.2)yadyabhiyogaṃ nirṇetuṃ pārayati tadetadādriyatām | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntamapṛcchat | pataṃganṛpa caritaṃ
(p.331, l.3)tadabhidhātavyamiti samabhihite śukaḥ sakalaṃ kathākautukamakathayat | viśālapurāhvayaṃ nagaram | tatra
(p.331, l.4)narottamo nṛpatiḥ paripālayati dharitrīm | skandhāvatāre tasminvimalanāmā vaṇik | tasya dve bhārye |
(p.331, l.5)ekā rukmiṇī varṇavyāhāryā itarā ca sundarī saṃjñayā | taddve api striyau atyantameva cittapramāthinyau
(p.331, l.6)vilokya kuṭilākhyo dhūrtaḥ smaraśaranikaraparihatihṛtāmandapramodamahodayaḥ kamapi prakāraviśeṣaṃ cikīrṣuḥ
(p.331, l.7)ārirādhayiṣuḥ ṣoḍaśopacārapracārācaraṇacāturyaparicayavaicitryacitrīyamāṇacittāṃ tadabhimatadevatāṃ
(p.331, l.8)pratyakṣīkṛtyābhilaṣitaṃ praṇutāditi devatābhihitaḥ kuṭilo 'pyātmano rūpaṃ vimalasyevānadhikapramāṇa-
(p.331, l.9)varṇavayo'vayavasaundaryasamudāyānekatarapratīyamānapārthakyaṃ prārthitavān | tato devatayā tathā bhaviṣyatītyukte
(p.331, l.10)tadākṛtyavalambanasamayasamanantaramanyasmindivase vimalaṃ grāmāntaragatamavagatya svayaṃ tadagāraṃ gatvā dvārgo-
(p.331, l.11)ptāramadyaprabhṛti bhavato dviguṇaṃ jīvitaṃ bhaktaṃ śītatrāṇapaṭīyasīrdvipaṭīḥ prayacchāmi tadānīmevetyābhāṣya
(p.331, l.12)matsamānarūpaḥ kaścidapyantaḥ praveṣṭumadātavya ityabhidhāya dhiṣṇyamadhyamadhyāsya saundaryādiguṇagaṇodārā-
(p.331, l.13)ndārānākārya jāyayordvayoḥ śucīni cīrāṇi alaṃkāranicayāṃśca vitīrya sevakalokamācchādanā-
(p.331, l.14)śanapriyoktibhiḥ paribhāṣya sarvāṃstānātmīyānvidhāya manīṣitānbhogānupabhuñjāno dānapuṇyaviśeṣāṃśca
(p.331, l.15)nirmimāṇaḥ sukhasaṃcayamāsādyādhyavāsītsaḥ | tatastadgṛhiṇībhyāṃ parasparaṃ samakathyata kathāpi | parivṛḍho
(p.331, l.16)'smākaṃ varāṭīvyaye 'pi bhṛśaṃ vyasīdat | idānīmeva saṃpado dānabhogādinā samāgamodayamagaṇaya-
(p.331, l.17)nsaṃprayogamādarīdarīti | tarhi kamatra cittaparigatamāśayaṃ kalayāma | kimātmani purastādaniṣṭaṃ darīdṛ-
(p.331, l.18)ṣṭamitaḥ prakṛtabādhenāgāmino 'pasargeṇa cetasi vaikṛtaṃ kimapyāviṣkṛtam | tadā sā vārttā vimalasyāpi
(p.331, l.19)śravaṇaviṣayamagamat | tato 'śeṣavidheyabādhena vidhuritopalabdhirdhāvamāna eva nijāgāradvāramāgatya dvāraṃ
(p.331, l.20)pravivikṣandvārgopakena gale gṛhītvā pariloṭhito bahirnirayāsīttathyavimalaḥ | tato 'sāvargalaṃ gṛhītvā
(p.331, l.21)dvāḥsthānavādīt | ahametanniketananāyakaḥ | kasmānmāmapasārayanti bhavantaḥ | tato dvāḥstho 'pyavadat |
(p.331, l.22)svāmī veśmano 'ntarnivasati | tvaṃ parato 'bhisaretyabhidhāya nirākarottam | tato 'sau satyavimala-
(p.331, l.23)stāvattaṃ rājānamāvedayāmāsa | deva mahārāja | madīye mandire dhūrtaḥ kaścidāgamya praviśya nivasati |
(p.331, l.24)mama samagrāmapi saṃpadaṃ vyayātiśayakaraṇena vipadaṃ prāpayati | tarhi madīyo yo nirṇayaḥ tvatpurastā-
(p.331, l.25)tkārayitavyaḥ |

punaḥ prabhāvatī vivakṣuḥ pakṣiṇaṃ cakṣurbhyāṃ lakṣīcakāra | tato 'bravītpatatrī | devi narottamanṛpativadbhavatī yadyabhiyogaṃ nirṇetuṃ pārayati tadetadādriyatām | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntamapṛcchat | pataṃganṛpa caritaṃ tadabhidhātavyamiti samabhihite śukaḥ sakalaṃ kathākautukamakathayat | viśālapurāhvayaṃ nagaram | tatra narottamo nṛpatiḥ paripālayati dharitrīm | skandhāvatāre tasminvimalanāmā vaṇik | tasya dve bhārye | ekā rukmiṇī varṇavyāhāryā itarā ca sundarī saṃjñayā | taddve api striyau atyantameva cittapramāthinyau vilokya kuṭilākhyo dhūrtaḥ smaraśaranikaraparihatihṛtāmandapramodamahodayaḥ kamapi prakāraviśeṣaṃ cikīrṣuḥ ārirādhayiṣuḥ ṣoḍaśopacārapracārācaraṇacāturyaparicayavaicitryacitrīyamāṇacittāṃ tadabhimatadevatāṃ pratyakṣīkṛtyābhilaṣitaṃ praṇutāditi devatābhihitaḥ kuṭilo 'pyātmano rūpaṃ vimalasyevānadhikapramāṇavarṇavayo'vayavasaundaryasamudāyānekatarapratīyamānapārthakyaṃ prārthitavān | tato devatayā tathā bhaviṣyatītyukte tadākṛtyavalambanasamayasamanantaramanyasmindivase vimalaṃ grāmāntaragatamavagatya svayaṃ tadagāraṃ gatvā dvārgoptāramadyaprabhṛti bhavato dviguṇaṃ jīvitaṃ bhaktaṃ śītatrāṇapaṭīyasīrdvipaṭīḥ prayacchāmi tadānīmevetyābhāṣya matsamānarūpaḥ kaścidapyantaḥ praveṣṭumadātavya ityabhidhāya dhiṣṇyamadhyamadhyāsya saundaryādiguṇagaṇodārāndārānākārya jāyayordvayoḥ śucīni cīrāṇi alaṃkāranicayāṃśca vitīrya sevakalokamācchādanāśanapriyoktibhiḥ paribhāṣya sarvāṃstānātmīyānvidhāya manīṣitānbhogānupabhuñjāno dānapuṇyaviśeṣāṃśca nirmimāṇaḥ sukhasaṃcayamāsādyādhyavāsītsaḥ | tatastadgṛhiṇībhyāṃ parasparaṃ samakathyata kathāpi | parivṛḍho 'smākaṃ varāṭīvyaye 'pi bhṛśaṃ vyasīdat | idānīmeva saṃpado dānabhogādinā samāgamodayamagaṇayansaṃprayogamādarīdarīti | tarhi kamatra cittaparigatamāśayaṃ kalayāma | kimātmani purastādaniṣṭaṃ darīdṛṣṭamitaḥ prakṛtabādhenāgāmino 'pasargeṇa cetasi vaikṛtaṃ kimapyāviṣkṛtam | tadā sā vārttā vimalasyāpi śravaṇaviṣayamagamat | tato 'śeṣavidheyabādhena vidhuritopalabdhirdhāvamāna eva nijāgāradvāramāgatya dvāraṃ pravivikṣandvārgopakena gale gṛhītvā pariloṭhito bahirnirayāsīttathyavimalaḥ | tato 'sāvargalaṃ gṛhītvā dvāḥsthānavādīt | ahametanniketananāyakaḥ | kasmānmāmapasārayanti bhavantaḥ | tato dvāḥstho 'pyavadat | svāmī veśmano 'ntarnivasati | tvaṃ parato 'bhisaretyabhidhāya nirākarottam | tato 'sau satyavimalastāvattaṃ rājānamāvedayāmāsa | deva mahārāja | madīye mandire dhūrtaḥ kaścidāgamya praviśya nivasati | mama samagrāmapi saṃpadaṃ vyayātiśayakaraṇena vipadaṃ prāpayati | tarhi madīyo yo nirṇayaḥ tvatpurastātkārayitavyaḥ |

p.331, l.26

p.331, l.28

(p.331, l.28)etasmātkāraṇānmamātrabhavāñcharaṇamāvirāsīt | tato mahīpālastamalīkavimalamānetuṃ mānuṣānanūnudat |
(p.331, l.29)tadanvasya nṛpatiśāsanamāyātamabhivīkṣya rājñe darśanavidheyenārpyāṇi mauktikāni ratnāni vastrāṇi
(p.331, l.30)cāparicitapūrvāṇi samānītavān |

etasmātkāraṇānmamātrabhavāñcharaṇamāvirāsīt | tato mahīpālastamalīkavimalamānetuṃ mānuṣānanūnudat | tadanvasya nṛpatiśāsanamāyātamabhivīkṣya rājñe darśanavidheyenārpyāṇi mauktikāni ratnāni vastrāṇi cāparicitapūrvāṇi samānītavān |

p.331, l.31

p.331, l.33

(p.331, l.33)itthaṃ rājānaṃ dṛṣṭavān | athāsau rājñā nijagade | tvametadīyāṃ saṃpadaṃ kimiti vyayīkaroṣi | tacchrutvā-
(p.331, l.34)vitathavimalo vācaṃ prāpañcayat | saṃpattiriyaṃ madīyā | dasyurasau | tathaiva samyagvimalo vācā jijṛmbhe |
(p.331, l.35)evaṃ sthite sati rājño 'pi sātiśayaḥ saṃdehasamudaya udiyāya | dvāvapi sādṛśyaṃ spṛśantau na cāna-
(p.331, l.36)yorekasya mithyātvasaṃjñānaṃ saṃpādayituṃ prabhūyate kenāpi | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapi vicārayatu nāma |
(p.332, l.1)sa tayornirṇayakathakaghaṭakakoṭiṃ kathamaṭīkṛtavān | tadākarṇya prabhāvatyapi pratibhāvijṛmbhamānavicāracā-
(p.332, l.2)turyapariṇatimavagāhamānā tamasvinīmanīniṣatpāram | paraṃ tato na tannirṇayo buddhidarpaṇe pratiphalati |
(p.332, l.3)tathā prātaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣī prabhāvatīṃ pratyāha | tadā tvavanīnāyako vimalasya dve striyau samānīyāprākṣīt |
(p.332, l.4)bhavatyorvivāhasamaye bhavadbhartrā bhavatyoḥ kṛte bhūṣaṇāni kāni kalpitāni | tayorvyāhṛtaṃ śrutvā dvāvapi
(p.332, l.5)vimalau pṛthagavasthāpya pūrvoditamevāpṛcchat | taduditaṃ satyavimalavacasā tādātmyamāpanīpannam | tacchrutvā
(p.332, l.6)nṛpatiḥ satyavimalaṃ mānayitvā svagṛhānprati prāhaiṣīt | dhūrtavimalāya cukopa satyavimalasya saṃpattiṃ
(p.332, l.7)tasyaivākarot | tarhi prabhāvati nirṇayādāvitthaṃ pratibhāprabhāvaprabhutāmālambase cettadānīmatyutkṛṣṭamava-
(p.332, l.8)gāhyametadaṅgīkāryam ||
(p.332, l.9)iti tṛtīyā kathā || 3 ||

itthaṃ rājānaṃ dṛṣṭavān | athāsau rājñā nijagade | tvametadīyāṃ saṃpadaṃ kimiti vyayīkaroṣi | tacchrutvāvitathavimalo vācaṃ prāpañcayat | saṃpattiriyaṃ madīyā | dasyurasau | tathaiva samyagvimalo vācā jijṛmbhe | evaṃ sthite sati rājño 'pi sātiśayaḥ saṃdehasamudaya udiyāya | dvāvapi sādṛśyaṃ spṛśantau na cānayorekasya mithyātvasaṃjñānaṃ saṃpādayituṃ prabhūyate kenāpi | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapi vicārayatu nāma | sa tayornirṇayakathakaghaṭakakoṭiṃ kathamaṭīkṛtavān | tadākarṇya prabhāvatyapi pratibhāvijṛmbhamānavicāracāturyapariṇatimavagāhamānā tamasvinīmanīniṣatpāram | paraṃ tato na tannirṇayo buddhidarpaṇe pratiphalati | tathā prātaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣī prabhāvatīṃ pratyāha | tadā tvavanīnāyako vimalasya dve striyau samānīyāprākṣīt | bhavatyorvivāhasamaye bhavadbhartrā bhavatyoḥ kṛte bhūṣaṇāni kāni kalpitāni | tayorvyāhṛtaṃ śrutvā dvāvapi vimalau pṛthagavasthāpya pūrvoditamevāpṛcchat | taduditaṃ satyavimalavacasā tādātmyamāpanīpannam | tacchrutvā nṛpatiḥ satyavimalaṃ mānayitvā svagṛhānprati prāhaiṣīt | dhūrtavimalāya cukopa satyavimalasya saṃpattiṃ tasyaivākarot | tarhi prabhāvati nirṇayādāvitthaṃ pratibhāprabhāvaprabhutāmālambase cettadānīmatyutkṛṣṭamavagāhyametadaṅgīkāryam || iti tṛtīyā kathā || 3 ||

§ 4

p.332, l.10

(p.332, l.10)punaḥ prabhāvatī upapatyupāntamīyuṣī pataṃgapuṃgavaṃ jagāda | so 'pi bahusutamantrīvatsamāsannamāyāsaghanaṃ
(p.332, l.11)kāryaṃ nistarītumīśiṣe yadi tadānīmanutiṣṭheti prabhāvatīmavādīt | sāpi kathaṃ bahusutamantrī sāyāsaṃ
(p.332, l.12)kāryaṃ nistīrṇastadabhidhatsveti | tataḥ so 'pi tatpraśnaṃ vaktuṃ pracakrame | somapurākhye nagare somaśarmābhidho
(p.332, l.13)brāhmaṇo nyavātsīt | tasyaikā kanyā | na kaścidapi tāmudvahate alakṣaṇaparicitasarvāṅgatvāt | itthaṃ sāpi
(p.332, l.14)vivāhasamayamatinītavatī | tatastasyāḥ pitā tāṃ saha nītvā tadvaradarśanāya pradeśaviśeṣānākrāmadbhūyasaḥ |
(p.332, l.15)na kaścidapi tāṃ vṛṇīte | tadanu janakasthānaṃ nāma puṭabhedamāsasāda | tatra govindo nāma vidyārthī
(p.332, l.16)maṭhe vidyābhyāsaṃ praguṇayati | sa somaśarmā tasmai svāṃ duhitaraṃ dadau | sa govindo bahubhirnivāryamāṇo
(p.332, l.17)'pi paraṃ tāṃ paryanaiṣīt | tataḥ pitā tāmudvāhya nijaṃ nagaramājagāma | sa govindo bhāryayā saha
(p.332, l.18)tatrāvasthātuṃ pravavṛte | tadanu divaseṣvatikrānteṣu tayā jāyayā sa govindo 'bhyadhāyi | yadāprabhṛtyahaṃ
(p.332, l.19)bhavatodvāhitā tadānīmārabhya bhaktabhojyaviśeṣo na kvacidāsādyate | ātmāndhasā hīnā bubhukṣayā mriyamā-
(p.332, l.20)ṇāsmi | tarhyuttiṣṭhata | yāmo matpiturgṛhān | tatra gatānāmasmākaṃ pitṛdarśanaṃ bhaviṣyati | śvaśuro mā-
(p.332, l.21)nayiṣyati bhavato vasanādinā | atra tu ko 'pyupāyaviśeṣastiṣṭhati | sa gṛhamasmākamāpādayati |

punaḥ prabhāvatī upapatyupāntamīyuṣī pataṃgapuṃgavaṃ jagāda | so 'pi bahusutamantrīvatsamāsannamāyāsaghanaṃ kāryaṃ nistarītumīśiṣe yadi tadānīmanutiṣṭheti prabhāvatīmavādīt | sāpi kathaṃ bahusutamantrī sāyāsaṃ kāryaṃ nistīrṇastadabhidhatsveti | tataḥ so 'pi tatpraśnaṃ vaktuṃ pracakrame | somapurākhye nagare somaśarmābhidho brāhmaṇo nyavātsīt | tasyaikā kanyā | na kaścidapi tāmudvahate alakṣaṇaparicitasarvāṅgatvāt | itthaṃ sāpi vivāhasamayamatinītavatī | tatastasyāḥ pitā tāṃ saha nītvā tadvaradarśanāya pradeśaviśeṣānākrāmadbhūyasaḥ | na kaścidapi tāṃ vṛṇīte | tadanu janakasthānaṃ nāma puṭabhedamāsasāda | tatra govindo nāma vidyārthī maṭhe vidyābhyāsaṃ praguṇayati | sa somaśarmā tasmai svāṃ duhitaraṃ dadau | sa govindo bahubhirnivāryamāṇo 'pi paraṃ tāṃ paryanaiṣīt | tataḥ pitā tāmudvāhya nijaṃ nagaramājagāma | sa govindo bhāryayā saha tatrāvasthātuṃ pravavṛte | tadanu divaseṣvatikrānteṣu tayā jāyayā sa govindo 'bhyadhāyi | yadāprabhṛtyahaṃ bhavatodvāhitā tadānīmārabhya bhaktabhojyaviśeṣo na kvacidāsādyate | ātmāndhasā hīnā bubhukṣayā mriyamāṇāsmi | tarhyuttiṣṭhata | yāmo matpiturgṛhān | tatra gatānāmasmākaṃ pitṛdarśanaṃ bhaviṣyati | śvaśuro mānayiṣyati bhavato vasanādinā | atra tu ko 'pyupāyaviśeṣastiṣṭhati | sa gṛhamasmākamāpādayati |

p.332, l.22

p.332, l.26

(p.332, l.26)itthaṃ tayā jāyayāpyaśabdi | govindastu na tanmanasi kurvanpunarabravīt | vacanametattathyamupapannaṃ na nīti-
(p.332, l.27)padavīṃ davīyasīṃ prakalpayati | yatra pradeśe puṃso nodyamaviśeṣaḥ kaścinna tena tatrāvasthātavyam | paraṃ
(p.332, l.28)śvaśurāśrayaṃ śritavatāṃ śāstre loke 'pi nitarāmavamatyatā vidyotatetarām |

itthaṃ tayā jāyayāpyaśabdi | govindastu na tanmanasi kurvanpunarabravīt | vacanametattathyamupapannaṃ na nītipadavīṃ davīyasīṃ prakalpayati | yatra pradeśe puṃso nodyamaviśeṣaḥ kaścinna tena tatrāvasthātavyam | paraṃ śvaśurāśrayaṃ śritavatāṃ śāstre loke 'pi nitarāmavamatyatā vidyotatetarām |

p.332, l.29

p.332, l.31

(p.332, l.31)govindenetthamabhihite 'pi paraṃ tayā durāgraho gṛhītaḥ | balādeva sā taṃ nītavatī nijajanakasamī-
(p.332, l.32)poddeśam | tato govindaḥ śatāṅgaṃ sajjīkṛtya tamadhiruhya dvāvapi niragātām | tato gacchatormārge
(p.332, l.33)keśavaḥ sahaprasthāyī saṃgatavān | davīyasi vartmani tena samaṃ gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīmanutiṣṭhan govindastamapi
(p.332, l.34)śakaṭamāropitavān | tadanu mārge mūtramutsraṣṭuṃ govindaḥ syandanādavārukṣat | tato 'sau keśavastvavatī-
(p.332, l.35)rṇamālakṣyānaḍvāhau pratodena tūrṇagatyā prāṇudat | tadanu śakaṭopari parapuruṣeṇa samaṃ saṃjātamanīṣiṇī
(p.333, l.1)jātā | viviktatayā dvayorapi hṛdaruṃtudaḥ sātiśayaḥ kaścana premā prāvardhiṣṭa | tadanusārī govindo
(p.333, l.2)'pi śakaṭamāṭīkate smākapaṭasnehaḥ śakaṭamāroḍhuṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tato govindaḥ keśavenolluṭhya parataḥ pari-
(p.333, l.3)cikṣipe | anuyāsyasi yadi tadānīṃ sādhutayā śikṣayiṣyāmi | madīyā jāyā madīyaḥ śakaṭaḥ | na
(p.333, l.4)niścinomi tvāṃ kutastanaṃ pāripanthikam | kasmācchakaṭamārurukṣasi | itthaṃ karuṇayā śakaṭamāropitaḥ
(p.333, l.5)keśavaścaṇḍālacaṇḍatāmamaṇḍayat | itthaṃ tayorvivadamānayoḥ govindastu naradevamāvedayat | nṛpasamakṣaṃ
(p.333, l.6)vyavahāro 'jāyatobhayorapi | eko vakti madīyeyamiti | itaro 'pi tathaiva | tatratyāḥ sabhāsadaḥ striyaṃ
(p.333, l.7)tāmaprākṣuḥ | kasya tvaṃ jāyeti | tayā saṃjātanūtanamaitro dhūrta eva bhartṛtvena parigṛhītaḥ | tāṃ dṛṣṭvā go-
(p.333, l.8)vindo jagāda | pāpametadabhilāṣamanīṣayā vyavaharamāṇā vartate | tadanu pṛthvīpraśāstā pradhāninaṃ babhāṣe |
(p.333, l.9)tvayā sa vivādo nirṇetavyaḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvameva pratibhānavatī bhūtvaitaduttaraṃ vāvadīhi | kenopāyena
(p.333, l.10)vivādastayoratruṭyat | tataḥ prabhāvatī cintāvatī babhūva paraṃ na hṛdayasaṃdehamapanudatī | tataḥ pṛṣṭvā śukaṃ
(p.333, l.11)taduttaradānotsukaṃ cakāra | tadānīmamātyastāṃ striyamavocat | bhavantau saṃvasanānniragātām | tarhyasyāṃ
(p.333, l.12)triyāmāyāṃ kimabhyavahāri | tathā caitadeva govindakeśavau ca praśnīkṛtavān | strīvyāhṛtena govindagaditaṃ
(p.333, l.13)saṃgatamabadhnāt | tataḥ keśavamavamatya govindāya tāṃ striyaṃ vitatāra | prabhāvati prabhāvavaibhavametādṛśaṃ
(p.333, l.14)bhāvayasi cettadānīmetadādaraṇīyam ||
(p.333, l.15)iti caturthī kathā || 4 ||

govindenetthamabhihite 'pi paraṃ tayā durāgraho gṛhītaḥ | balādeva sā taṃ nītavatī nijajanakasamīpoddeśam | tato govindaḥ śatāṅgaṃ sajjīkṛtya tamadhiruhya dvāvapi niragātām | tato gacchatormārge keśavaḥ sahaprasthāyī saṃgatavān | davīyasi vartmani tena samaṃ gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīmanutiṣṭhan govindastamapi śakaṭamāropitavān | tadanu mārge mūtramutsraṣṭuṃ govindaḥ syandanādavārukṣat | tato 'sau keśavastvavatīrṇamālakṣyānaḍvāhau pratodena tūrṇagatyā prāṇudat | tadanu śakaṭopari parapuruṣeṇa samaṃ saṃjātamanīṣiṇī jātā | viviktatayā dvayorapi hṛdaruṃtudaḥ sātiśayaḥ kaścana premā prāvardhiṣṭa | tadanusārī govindo 'pi śakaṭamāṭīkate smākapaṭasnehaḥ śakaṭamāroḍhuṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tato govindaḥ keśavenolluṭhya parataḥ paricikṣipe | anuyāsyasi yadi tadānīṃ sādhutayā śikṣayiṣyāmi | madīyā jāyā madīyaḥ śakaṭaḥ | na niścinomi tvāṃ kutastanaṃ pāripanthikam | kasmācchakaṭamārurukṣasi | itthaṃ karuṇayā śakaṭamāropitaḥ keśavaścaṇḍālacaṇḍatāmamaṇḍayat | itthaṃ tayorvivadamānayoḥ govindastu naradevamāvedayat | nṛpasamakṣaṃ vyavahāro 'jāyatobhayorapi | eko vakti madīyeyamiti | itaro 'pi tathaiva | tatratyāḥ sabhāsadaḥ striyaṃ tāmaprākṣuḥ | kasya tvaṃ jāyeti | tayā saṃjātanūtanamaitro dhūrta eva bhartṛtvena parigṛhītaḥ | tāṃ dṛṣṭvā govindo jagāda | pāpametadabhilāṣamanīṣayā vyavaharamāṇā vartate | tadanu pṛthvīpraśāstā pradhāninaṃ babhāṣe | tvayā sa vivādo nirṇetavyaḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvameva pratibhānavatī bhūtvaitaduttaraṃ vāvadīhi | kenopāyena vivādastayoratruṭyat | tataḥ prabhāvatī cintāvatī babhūva paraṃ na hṛdayasaṃdehamapanudatī | tataḥ pṛṣṭvā śukaṃ taduttaradānotsukaṃ cakāra | tadānīmamātyastāṃ striyamavocat | bhavantau saṃvasanānniragātām | tarhyasyāṃ triyāmāyāṃ kimabhyavahāri | tathā caitadeva govindakeśavau ca praśnīkṛtavān | strīvyāhṛtena govindagaditaṃ saṃgatamabadhnāt | tataḥ keśavamavamatya govindāya tāṃ striyaṃ vitatāra | prabhāvati prabhāvavaibhavametādṛśaṃ bhāvayasi cettadānīmetadādaraṇīyam || iti caturthī kathā || 4 ||

§ 5

p.333, l.16

(p.333, l.16)punarapi yāminīmukhe vinayakandarpasamīpamiyāsuḥ prabhāvatī prālapaditi pakṣiṇam | so 'pi svopari
(p.333, l.17)paryāptaṃ tamaparādhamaparasyopari kṣeptuṃ bālasarasvatīvadbuddhivaibhavena prabhavasi cettadānīṃ saṃjīvatāmiti
(p.333, l.18)prājalpat | prabhāvatyapi bālasarasvatyāścaturacaritamavabubhutsuḥ kīraṃ gīrbhirudīrayat | so 'pi caritaṃ
(p.333, l.19)tatprabhāvatīmavajigamiṣurvācaṃ prāpañcayat | ākarṇayatu kumudanandinī | ujjayinyāṃ guṇagaṇaprāgalbhyena jaga-
(p.333, l.20)ttrayajayinyāṃ nagaryāṃ samākrāntākrāmadviṣatparākramo vikramārkaḥ | sa sāgarāmbarāṃ yathāvadāhārṣīt | sakalaka-
(p.333, l.21)lākuśalā kāmakalikā nāma kalākalāpānubhavakautukasaṃjīvanaprathamāṅkurā mahīpateḥ sāndrānandāmanda-
(p.333, l.22)niṣyandodabindusaṃdohabandhūbhavadaviralavilasitataralatānalavisṛmarasmarasamarasamārabdhataraṃgitānaṅgarasapa-
(p.333, l.23)rirambhasaṃrambhasaurabhyalaharī vihārocitaprayāsā kāmimanorathapātraṃ parijṛmbhate sma | sāpi ca pṛthvīpateḥ
(p.333, l.24)puro nijaṃ pātivratyaṃ nitarāṃ prakaṭīkaroti | tvaṃ matprāṇanāthaḥ | āvayordehakṛtaiva dvibhidā cittagatyā
(p.333, l.25)tu na dvaitavṛttiparikḷptiḥ prabalībhavatīti vacoviśeṣādviśāṃ patiṃ śrāvayati rājaścaraṇamudrāmudritamā-
(p.333, l.26)tmīyottamāṅgamaṅgīkurute niyamaracitāṃ kulaśīlasaṃpatpradāṃ tulasīṃ patyuḥ pādayorarpayati abhyavahṛteḥ pūrvam |
(p.333, l.27)tataḥ kasmiṃścidekasminnahani bhūbhartā mahiṣī caikabhājana eva bubhujāte | tadā pṛthivīpatiḥ prathamāspadāṃ
(p.333, l.28)priyāṃ pratyāha | niḥsīmānaṃ svādumahimānaṃ samuddyotayantyadyatanā mīnāḥ | tatkimiti na bhavatībhirabhyavahṛ-
(p.333, l.29)tiviṣayatāmāpadyante | tatastayāpyarāṇi | kimiti prabhubhirasamaṃjasamabhidhīyate | atitīvrasatīvrataparaprakarṣa-
(p.333, l.30)prabhāvapradaṃ caritamidamasmadīyaṃ nāvadadhati bhavantaḥ | matpatitvamāpannān śrīmato 'trabhavataḥ parihṛtya
(p.333, l.31)puṃnāmaparimitapadaṃ padārthaṃ nāhaṃ dṛśā spṛśāmi kiṃ punastadupabhogaṃ hariharītyabhidhāya śravaṇau pā-
(p.333, l.32)ṇibhyāmapyadhāt | tatastādṛśaṃ tatsamīritaṃ niśamya sthālastho matsyo 'hasiṣṭa | tadālokya bhūpālaḥ paraṃ
(p.333, l.33)viṣādamāsādya sthalādudasthāt | tato gaṇḍūṣācamanādinā śuddhimātmano vidhāya tāmbūlaṃ svyakārṣīt | tataḥ
(p.333, l.34)prātaḥ prātastanīṃ kriyāṃ nirmāya nirmaryādavikramo vikramārkaḥ saṃsadamāsadat | tatra cānekaśo vipaścitaḥ
(p.333, l.35)svādeśinaḥ sūcanakṣaṇa evaṃ svamanīṣāniṣaṇṇatatavacaḥprapañcena pareṣāṃ cetasi parājayaṃ kartuṃ prabhaviṣṇavo
(p.333, l.36)dhvanitairevādhvadhvāntavidhvaṃsakāḥ sarvajñādiguṇagaṇaiḥ prakaṭīkṛtamahimātiśayā nṛpateḥ purastādadhyāsāmāsuḥ |
(p.333, l.37)rājā ca tānmatsyahāsakāraṇamaprākṣīt | tatastadanimeṣahasitaṃ na ko 'pi vipaścidvivektuṃ śaknoti | tadanu
(p.334, l.1)te maunamevālalambire | bhūpo 'pi sarvebhyo vidvadbhyo 'krudhyat | etāvantaḥ sarve bhavantaḥ bhaṭṭapaṇḍitavyā-
(p.334, l.2)sapurohitapradhānamukhyā yadi yadeva jñānakriyāvyāptiṃ na pariśīlayanti tadānīṃ ko nāmāsmākaṃ
(p.334, l.3)yuṣmākamupayogaḥ | tarhi bhavadbhirmadīyajanapadānnirgantavyam |

punarapi yāminīmukhe vinayakandarpasamīpamiyāsuḥ prabhāvatī prālapaditi pakṣiṇam | so 'pi svopari paryāptaṃ tamaparādhamaparasyopari kṣeptuṃ bālasarasvatīvadbuddhivaibhavena prabhavasi cettadānīṃ saṃjīvatāmiti prājalpat | prabhāvatyapi bālasarasvatyāścaturacaritamavabubhutsuḥ kīraṃ gīrbhirudīrayat | so 'pi caritaṃ tatprabhāvatīmavajigamiṣurvācaṃ prāpañcayat | ākarṇayatu kumudanandinī | ujjayinyāṃ guṇagaṇaprāgalbhyena jagattrayajayinyāṃ nagaryāṃ samākrāntākrāmadviṣatparākramo vikramārkaḥ | sa sāgarāmbarāṃ yathāvadāhārṣīt | sakalakalākuśalā kāmakalikā nāma kalākalāpānubhavakautukasaṃjīvanaprathamāṅkurā mahīpateḥ sāndrānandāmandaniṣyandodabindusaṃdohabandhūbhavadaviralavilasitataralatānalavisṛmarasmarasamarasamārabdhataraṃgitānaṅgarasaparirambhasaṃrambhasaurabhyalaharī vihārocitaprayāsā kāmimanorathapātraṃ parijṛmbhate sma | sāpi ca pṛthvīpateḥ puro nijaṃ pātivratyaṃ nitarāṃ prakaṭīkaroti | tvaṃ matprāṇanāthaḥ | āvayordehakṛtaiva dvibhidā cittagatyā tu na dvaitavṛttiparikḷptiḥ prabalībhavatīti vacoviśeṣādviśāṃ patiṃ śrāvayati rājaścaraṇamudrāmudritamātmīyottamāṅgamaṅgīkurute niyamaracitāṃ kulaśīlasaṃpatpradāṃ tulasīṃ patyuḥ pādayorarpayati abhyavahṛteḥ pūrvam | tataḥ kasmiṃścidekasminnahani bhūbhartā mahiṣī caikabhājana eva bubhujāte | tadā pṛthivīpatiḥ prathamāspadāṃ priyāṃ pratyāha | niḥsīmānaṃ svādumahimānaṃ samuddyotayantyadyatanā mīnāḥ | tatkimiti na bhavatībhirabhyavahṛtiviṣayatāmāpadyante | tatastayāpyarāṇi | kimiti prabhubhirasamaṃjasamabhidhīyate | atitīvrasatīvrataparaprakarṣaprabhāvapradaṃ caritamidamasmadīyaṃ nāvadadhati bhavantaḥ | matpatitvamāpannān śrīmato 'trabhavataḥ parihṛtya puṃnāmaparimitapadaṃ padārthaṃ nāhaṃ dṛśā spṛśāmi kiṃ punastadupabhogaṃ hariharītyabhidhāya śravaṇau pāṇibhyāmapyadhāt | tatastādṛśaṃ tatsamīritaṃ niśamya sthālastho matsyo 'hasiṣṭa | tadālokya bhūpālaḥ paraṃ viṣādamāsādya sthalādudasthāt | tato gaṇḍūṣācamanādinā śuddhimātmano vidhāya tāmbūlaṃ svyakārṣīt | tataḥ prātaḥ prātastanīṃ kriyāṃ nirmāya nirmaryādavikramo vikramārkaḥ saṃsadamāsadat | tatra cānekaśo vipaścitaḥ svādeśinaḥ sūcanakṣaṇa evaṃ svamanīṣāniṣaṇṇatatavacaḥprapañcena pareṣāṃ cetasi parājayaṃ kartuṃ prabhaviṣṇavo dhvanitairevādhvadhvāntavidhvaṃsakāḥ sarvajñādiguṇagaṇaiḥ prakaṭīkṛtamahimātiśayā nṛpateḥ purastādadhyāsāmāsuḥ | rājā ca tānmatsyahāsakāraṇamaprākṣīt | tatastadanimeṣahasitaṃ na ko 'pi vipaścidvivektuṃ śaknoti | tadanu te maunamevālalambire | bhūpo 'pi sarvebhyo vidvadbhyo 'krudhyat | etāvantaḥ sarve bhavantaḥ bhaṭṭapaṇḍitavyāsapurohitapradhānamukhyā yadi yadeva jñānakriyāvyāptiṃ na pariśīlayanti tadānīṃ ko nāmāsmākaṃ yuṣmākamupayogaḥ | tarhi bhavadbhirmadīyajanapadānnirgantavyam |

p.334, l.4

p.334, l.6

(p.334, l.6)tatastaiḥ sarvaiḥ saṃbhūya rājā vijñaptaḥ | deva dinapañcakamasmabhyametadvicāraparicāraṇāya dātavyam | pañcabhi-
(p.334, l.7)rahobhirmatsyahāsasya hetuṃ vyāhariṣyāmahe | dharitrīśvaro 'pi tattadudīritamurarīkaroti sma | tataḥ saṃsarga-
(p.334, l.8)visarge sarve 'pi svānsvāngṛhānagaman | mantrī ca nijāgāramāgatya ugracintāgrahagrasta upāvikṣat | tadanu
(p.334, l.9)tatkanyā bālasarasvatī tadantikamāgatya janakaṃ jagāda | tāta cintāsaṃtānanitāntasvāntānākalayāmi
(p.334, l.10)kimu tatrabhavataḥ | tarhi tatkāraṇaṃ mamāpi vyāharaṇīyam | tathokte tu tayā amātyo 'pi svāpatya
(p.334, l.11)pratyāha | tvaṃ bālikā | kimetayā cintayā te | tvayā dīvyantyā sukhenāvasthātavyam | tacchrutvā sāpi
(p.334, l.12)prāsūta sarasvatīm | kimiti bhavanta evamabhāṣiṣata |

tatastaiḥ sarvaiḥ saṃbhūya rājā vijñaptaḥ | deva dinapañcakamasmabhyametadvicāraparicāraṇāya dātavyam | pañcabhirahobhirmatsyahāsasya hetuṃ vyāhariṣyāmahe | dharitrīśvaro 'pi tattadudīritamurarīkaroti sma | tataḥ saṃsargavisarge sarve 'pi svānsvāngṛhānagaman | mantrī ca nijāgāramāgatya ugracintāgrahagrasta upāvikṣat | tadanu tatkanyā bālasarasvatī tadantikamāgatya janakaṃ jagāda | tāta cintāsaṃtānanitāntasvāntānākalayāmi kimu tatrabhavataḥ | tarhi tatkāraṇaṃ mamāpi vyāharaṇīyam | tathokte tu tayā amātyo 'pi svāpatya pratyāha | tvaṃ bālikā | kimetayā cintayā te | tvayā dīvyantyā sukhenāvasthātavyam | tacchrutvā sāpi prāsūta sarasvatīm | kimiti bhavanta evamabhāṣiṣata |

p.334, l.13

p.334, l.15

(p.334, l.15)tatastena tatkāraṇamupavarṇitam | tanniśamya bālasarasvatī babhāṇa | tāta etāvataiva kimiti cintāsaṃtā-
(p.334, l.16)naprakarṣamātanoti | imaṃ hetumahameva vyāhariṣye | tadānīṃ rājā vijñaptaḥ | deva matsyasya hāsahetuṃ matkanyakā
(p.334, l.17)vyāhariṣyati | tadākarṇya tadānīmeva nṛpatirapi tāmānaya iti rājāpyāgatya sabhāmabhāsayat | bā-
(p.334, l.18)lasarasvatyā āsikāmupababandha | tāmaprākṣītkṣatriyeśvaraḥ | tayāpi tataḥ pratīyate sma | deva tvaṃ sarvajñaḥ
(p.334, l.19)sakalakalākalāpakuśalaḥ | tarhyetasyārthasya praṣṭavye nānyaḥ samucitaucityamatyantamābadhnāti |

tatastena tatkāraṇamupavarṇitam | tanniśamya bālasarasvatī babhāṇa | tāta etāvataiva kimiti cintāsaṃtānaprakarṣamātanoti | imaṃ hetumahameva vyāhariṣye | tadānīṃ rājā vijñaptaḥ | deva matsyasya hāsahetuṃ matkanyakā vyāhariṣyati | tadākarṇya tadānīmeva nṛpatirapi tāmānaya iti rājāpyāgatya sabhāmabhāsayat | bālasarasvatyā āsikāmupababandha | tāmaprākṣītkṣatriyeśvaraḥ | tayāpi tataḥ pratīyate sma | deva tvaṃ sarvajñaḥ sakalakalākalāpakuśalaḥ | tarhyetasyārthasya praṣṭavye nānyaḥ samucitaucityamatyantamābadhnāti |

p.334, l.20

p.334, l.22

(p.334, l.22)ityetādṛśaṃ strīṇāṃ caritaṃ devānāmapi vijñānasya na viṣayībhavati | māyāśatamapyasti yo na tāsāṃ
(p.334, l.23)cittaṃ kiṃcidapi kalayati |

ityetādṛśaṃ strīṇāṃ caritaṃ devānāmapi vijñānasya na viṣayībhavati | māyāśatamapyasti yo na tāsāṃ cittaṃ kiṃcidapi kalayati |

p.334, l.24

p.334, l.26

(p.334, l.26)tvayaivedaṃ cāru vicāraṇīyam | nānyaḥ praśnārhaḥ | kaḥ samīhate | itthaṃ pāpamatyāgrahaparigrahaṃ gṛhṇīṣe |
(p.334, l.27)tarhi ślokamekamahaṃ gṛṇāmi | tasyārthavicāramācara | kṛte 'pi vicāre yadyabhiprāyaṃ na pariśīlayasi
(p.334, l.28)tadānīmahamāvedayiṣyāmi |

tvayaivedaṃ cāru vicāraṇīyam | nānyaḥ praśnārhaḥ | kaḥ samīhate | itthaṃ pāpamatyāgrahaparigrahaṃ gṛhṇīṣe | tarhi ślokamekamahaṃ gṛṇāmi | tasyārthavicāramācara | kṛte 'pi vicāre yadyabhiprāyaṃ na pariśīlayasi tadānīmahamāvedayiṣyāmi |

p.334, l.29

p.334, l.31

(p.334, l.31)ślokamimaṃ pūrvaṃ caturacetasā vicāraya | ityabhidhāya bālasarasvatī nijāgāramāgamat |
(p.334, l.32)iti pañcamī kathā || 5 ||

ślokamimaṃ pūrvaṃ caturacetasā vicāraya | ityabhidhāya bālasarasvatī nijāgāramāgamat | iti pañcamī kathā || 5 ||

§ 6

p.334, l.33

(p.334, l.33)punarapi nṛpatirbālasarasvatīmāhūtavān | timipramodanidānamapṛcchat | taṃ praśnamāśritya sāpi viśvaṃbha-
(p.334, l.34)reśvaramaśrāvayat | etatkāraṇādbhavato 'nutāpa udeṣyati | maṇḍakāgamanasyānuyogato vaṇijo jāyāyā
(p.335, l.1)ajāyata | tavāpi tādṛkprakāraḥ prāduṣkariṣyate | tadā rājāpi tathā pṛṣṭavānmaṇḍakāgamanacaritam |
(p.335, l.2)bālasarasvatyādadhvāna | jayantyāṃ nagaryāṃ sumatināmadheyo vipaṇirnyavātsīt | tasya bhāryā padminī |
(p.335, l.3)itthaṃ kālakalitasukṛtasaṃskārasya dhanamapi paryahīyata | sa tu tṛṇakāṣṭhādyāharaṇadāridryamudrikādraviṇā-
(p.335, l.4)haraṇenodaraparipūraṇaṃ vidadhāti | itthaṃ pravartamāno 'sāvekasmindine kāṣṭhabhāramāhartumaraṇyaṃ gatavān |
(p.335, l.5)tadānīṃdine vane 'pi nāsau kāṣṭhānyavāptavān | evaṃ kāṣṭhavirahitaḥ parāmṛṣṭakaṣṭo gṛhānagacchat | sali-
(p.335, l.6)laviharalaharīpoplavamānasamantakakubhaṃ prāvṛḍmāyāntamabhivīkṣya saṃnihitagaṇeśaprāsādamāsādya utthi-
(p.335, l.7)tavān | tatra ca gaṇeśābhimukhaṃ nirahlādayat | kāṣṭhaghaṭitāṃ gaṇeśamūrtiṃ adrākṣīt | tāṃ dṛṣṭvā svamanasi
(p.335, l.8)samatuṣyat | adyatanīṃ kuṭumbabharaṇajīvikāmetadgaṇeśamūrtikāṣṭhabhareṇa kalpayāmi | ayamevopāyo mama vṛtte-
(p.335, l.9)rityabhidhāya kuṭhāraṃ gṛhītvā sajjīkṛtavān | tataḥ prahṛtisamaye gaṇeśo vaṇijaṃ vyājahāra | are
(p.335, l.10)krūrakarmanpāpiṣṭhatara kimetaccikīrṣasi | so 'bravīt | ahaṃ tvanmūrtikāṣṭhāni śakalīkṛtya bhāraṃ prakalpya
(p.335, l.11)kreṣyāmi | tena dhanenādyatanīṃ kuṭumbajīvikāṃ prakalpayiṣyāmi | ityabhihite gaṇapatirapi prājalpadenam |
(p.335, l.12)tavāyāsabāhulyamālakṣya vayaṃ tvāṃ prati prasīdāmaḥ | tvayā pratyahaṃ prātaḥ āgantavyaṃ matpurastātsaghṛtaśarkaraṃ
(p.335, l.13)maṇḍakapañcakamatrāvatiṣṭhate tattvayā gṛhītvaiva gantavyam | tadbhavataḥ samastakuṭumbasya sauhityasamarthanamitara-
(p.335, l.14)vitaraṇaparyāptamapi bhavati | paramanyasmai yadi vakṣyasi tadā na sphuriṣyati | iti paulastyavacanaṃ niyamaṃ
(p.335, l.15)niraṇaiṣīt | tataḥ sumatistattathā niścitya nijamandiramājagmivān | kāṣṭhavirahitamavekṣya tatpatnī praya-
(p.335, l.16)tnavatī taṃ babhāṣe | tvamadya kiṃ kāṣṭhabhāraṃ nānaiṣīḥ | kathamadya pākakalpanaṃ kurmahe | tadanu so 'bravīt |
(p.335, l.17)kenāpyupāyenādyatanaṃ dinamativāhaya vallabhajanopalambhanaprakalpananiyamanena | prātarārabhyetarebhyo 'pi vi-
(p.335, l.18)taraṇapariṇatiparīṇasaśauṭhyamadhyaṃmadhye janasyāsyate bhavatībhirapi | tataḥ saṃjātaṃ prātaravagatya vaṇigga-
(p.335, l.19)ṇādhīśagṛhānagacchat acchasaudhāvataḥ | vighnasaṃghātavighaṭanapaṭutaraghanaghoṣasaṃgharṣapraharṣajagattrayasya devasyāgre
(p.335, l.20)śarkarāsarpiravāñcitaprapañcamaṇḍakapañcakamapi locanagocarīkaroti sma | gṛhītvā svagṛhamāgatya gṛhiṇīpā-
(p.335, l.21)ṇimalaṃkṛtavān | tadāsāvatyantasauhityasāhityamāpanīpannaḥ saha kuṭumbakena | sukhenetthaṃ pravartamāno 'sau
(p.335, l.22)paramapariṇāmaprakarṣaṃ puṣṇānaḥ samayaṃ nayati sma | tataḥ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
(p.335, l.23)prāgatikaṣṭaduṣṭadiṣṭadinediṣṭatāstava saṃprati paramaśamaṃ parikarmanarmasaktinirmaryādaḥ karmaviśeṣamanirmimāṇaḥ
(p.335, l.24)parānandamahodayasamunmiṣanmatiriti sarvānvaḥ sukhinaḥ kalayāmi pūrvaṃ tu dāridryamudrābhṛtopadravā abhūta |
(p.335, l.25)idānīṃ tu na tathā | kimetatkāraṇamiti tayābhihite padminī tāmabhāṇīt | madbhartā vratamaṇḍakānā-
(p.335, l.26)nayati | tānabhyavahṛtya sukhena tiṣṭhāmaḥ | kutastānānayatīti na vidāṃkaravai | tadanu mandodarī giramu-
(p.335, l.27)dīrayāmāsa | tarhi tvayā nijapatiriti praṣṭavyaḥ | kasmātpradeśādetānānayanti bhavanto maṇḍakāniti |
(p.335, l.28)tadvākyaparāmṛṣṭapraśnā padminī ramaṇaṃ nijamanuyunakti sma | maṇḍakāstu kutratyā ānīyanta iti matpurastā-
(p.335, l.29)dastarahasyaṃ samastamapyavyāhṛtaṃ vyāhartavyam | ityākarṇya vaṇigapi tatpratyuttarārpaṇāya vāṇīṃ praguṇīcakāra |
(p.335, l.30)kimanena vṛthāgrahaparigrahavilasanena cikīrṣitaṃ bhavatyā | etadarthāvagamātsamīhitasiddhirapi kā nāma |
(p.335, l.31)yadā parameśvaraḥ prasīdati tadā sarvamapyapekṣaṇīyamanāyāsasamarthitamarthāpayati |

punarapi nṛpatirbālasarasvatīmāhūtavān | timipramodanidānamapṛcchat | taṃ praśnamāśritya sāpi viśvaṃbhareśvaramaśrāvayat | etatkāraṇādbhavato 'nutāpa udeṣyati | maṇḍakāgamanasyānuyogato vaṇijo jāyāyā ajāyata | tavāpi tādṛkprakāraḥ prāduṣkariṣyate | tadā rājāpi tathā pṛṣṭavānmaṇḍakāgamanacaritam | bālasarasvatyādadhvāna | jayantyāṃ nagaryāṃ sumatināmadheyo vipaṇirnyavātsīt | tasya bhāryā padminī | itthaṃ kālakalitasukṛtasaṃskārasya dhanamapi paryahīyata | sa tu tṛṇakāṣṭhādyāharaṇadāridryamudrikādraviṇāharaṇenodaraparipūraṇaṃ vidadhāti | itthaṃ pravartamāno 'sāvekasmindine kāṣṭhabhāramāhartumaraṇyaṃ gatavān | tadānīṃdine vane 'pi nāsau kāṣṭhānyavāptavān | evaṃ kāṣṭhavirahitaḥ parāmṛṣṭakaṣṭo gṛhānagacchat | salilaviharalaharīpoplavamānasamantakakubhaṃ prāvṛḍmāyāntamabhivīkṣya saṃnihitagaṇeśaprāsādamāsādya utthitavān | tatra ca gaṇeśābhimukhaṃ nirahlādayat | kāṣṭhaghaṭitāṃ gaṇeśamūrtiṃ adrākṣīt | tāṃ dṛṣṭvā svamanasi samatuṣyat | adyatanīṃ kuṭumbabharaṇajīvikāmetadgaṇeśamūrtikāṣṭhabhareṇa kalpayāmi | ayamevopāyo mama vṛtterityabhidhāya kuṭhāraṃ gṛhītvā sajjīkṛtavān | tataḥ prahṛtisamaye gaṇeśo vaṇijaṃ vyājahāra | are krūrakarmanpāpiṣṭhatara kimetaccikīrṣasi | so 'bravīt | ahaṃ tvanmūrtikāṣṭhāni śakalīkṛtya bhāraṃ prakalpya kreṣyāmi | tena dhanenādyatanīṃ kuṭumbajīvikāṃ prakalpayiṣyāmi | ityabhihite gaṇapatirapi prājalpadenam | tavāyāsabāhulyamālakṣya vayaṃ tvāṃ prati prasīdāmaḥ | tvayā pratyahaṃ prātaḥ āgantavyaṃ matpurastātsaghṛtaśarkaraṃ maṇḍakapañcakamatrāvatiṣṭhate tattvayā gṛhītvaiva gantavyam | tadbhavataḥ samastakuṭumbasya sauhityasamarthanamitaravitaraṇaparyāptamapi bhavati | paramanyasmai yadi vakṣyasi tadā na sphuriṣyati | iti paulastyavacanaṃ niyamaṃ niraṇaiṣīt | tataḥ sumatistattathā niścitya nijamandiramājagmivān | kāṣṭhavirahitamavekṣya tatpatnī prayatnavatī taṃ babhāṣe | tvamadya kiṃ kāṣṭhabhāraṃ nānaiṣīḥ | kathamadya pākakalpanaṃ kurmahe | tadanu so 'bravīt | kenāpyupāyenādyatanaṃ dinamativāhaya vallabhajanopalambhanaprakalpananiyamanena | prātarārabhyetarebhyo 'pi vitaraṇapariṇatiparīṇasaśauṭhyamadhyaṃmadhye janasyāsyate bhavatībhirapi | tataḥ saṃjātaṃ prātaravagatya vaṇiggaṇādhīśagṛhānagacchat acchasaudhāvataḥ | vighnasaṃghātavighaṭanapaṭutaraghanaghoṣasaṃgharṣapraharṣajagattrayasya devasyāgre śarkarāsarpiravāñcitaprapañcamaṇḍakapañcakamapi locanagocarīkaroti sma | gṛhītvā svagṛhamāgatya gṛhiṇīpāṇimalaṃkṛtavān | tadāsāvatyantasauhityasāhityamāpanīpannaḥ saha kuṭumbakena | sukhenetthaṃ pravartamāno 'sau paramapariṇāmaprakarṣaṃ puṣṇānaḥ samayaṃ nayati sma | tataḥ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * prāgatikaṣṭaduṣṭadiṣṭadinediṣṭatāstava saṃprati paramaśamaṃ parikarmanarmasaktinirmaryādaḥ karmaviśeṣamanirmimāṇaḥ parānandamahodayasamunmiṣanmatiriti sarvānvaḥ sukhinaḥ kalayāmi pūrvaṃ tu dāridryamudrābhṛtopadravā abhūta | idānīṃ tu na tathā | kimetatkāraṇamiti tayābhihite padminī tāmabhāṇīt | madbhartā vratamaṇḍakānānayati | tānabhyavahṛtya sukhena tiṣṭhāmaḥ | kutastānānayatīti na vidāṃkaravai | tadanu mandodarī giramudīrayāmāsa | tarhi tvayā nijapatiriti praṣṭavyaḥ | kasmātpradeśādetānānayanti bhavanto maṇḍakāniti | tadvākyaparāmṛṣṭapraśnā padminī ramaṇaṃ nijamanuyunakti sma | maṇḍakāstu kutratyā ānīyanta iti matpurastādastarahasyaṃ samastamapyavyāhṛtaṃ vyāhartavyam | ityākarṇya vaṇigapi tatpratyuttarārpaṇāya vāṇīṃ praguṇīcakāra | kimanena vṛthāgrahaparigrahavilasanena cikīrṣitaṃ bhavatyā | etadarthāvagamātsamīhitasiddhirapi kā nāma | yadā parameśvaraḥ prasīdati tadā sarvamapyapekṣaṇīyamanāyāsasamarthitamarthāpayati |

p.335, l.32

p.335, l.34

(p.335, l.34)tarhi tvameva tajjijñāsitasya māgrahaṃ parigṛhāṇa | tūṣṇīmāpnuhi | tena nyakkṛtā sā maunāvalambanaparāyaṇā
(p.335, l.35)tasthau | tataḥ prātarutthitā sā punarapi mandodaryā samudairi | aho tvayā maṇḍakasamāgamakāraṇamavagacchāmi
(p.335, l.36)na vā kim | tadā tadākarṇya padminī yāminīsamatītaṃ caritaṃ vyāhṛtavatī | tanniśamya mandodarī
(p.335, l.37)nijodarodgāraṃ girāṃ vyāhāraṃ vyaracayat | yasya jñīpsetsthitaṃ yadmatireva na spṛśati tasya dayitātvaṃ
(p.336, l.1)vyarthaṃjīvitā bharturbhāryā vyavahāraparihāryā sā | jājvalītu jīvitaṃ bhavatyā iti | narākūtaprabhāmāsā-
(p.336, l.2)dayāmyāpṛcchya bhavatyai vyāhariṣyāmītyavādīt | tato vibhāvaryāṃ sā bhartāramanvayuṅkta | tadākarṇanāttatpatiḥ
(p.336, l.3)pratyavadat | pāpiṣṭhe patīnāṃ sukhapoṣaṇaploṣaṇāya kimityuditatvarāsi | tvaṃ maunamavalambasva | tena tathā-
(p.336, l.4)bhihite 'pi sāgrahaṃ parijagrāha | maṇḍakāgamanakāraṇamidamevākarṇayasi yadi tadānīṃ jīvāmi netarathā |
(p.336, l.5)iti tadāgrahagrahaparigṛhītagalo 'sau vṛttāntamāśrāvayāmāsa tām | tayā ca prativeśinyai prājalpi |
(p.336, l.6)sā ca tathā kārayiṣurmandodarī kuṭhāraskandhaṃ vidhāya gaṇeśamūrtigatadārubhedanāya gaṇeśaprāsādaṃ prati
(p.336, l.7)prāṇaiṣītprāṇanātham | etāvatā tubhyamapi vratamaṇḍakānvitariṣyati pratidinaṃ paśupatinandanaḥ | niśamyetthaṃ
(p.336, l.8)so 'pi sumatisamanvito vināyakanikāyyamāseditavān | tadanu lambodaro 'pi tayorvivatsubuddhi-
(p.336, l.9)nibandhanamabhiprāyamavabudhyālambakabodhyaiḥ pāśairabadhnāt | alakṣitaprahārāstu śarīrasyoparyuparyāpatanti | evaṃ
(p.336, l.10)jīvitavyanirapekṣaspṛhau kṛtvā vighnanāśanaḥ sumatimavādīt | are duṣṭamate nivārito 'bhūrmayā pūrvaṃ
(p.336, l.11)na kasyāpi purastādvyāhartavyamiti tatkasmādbhavānabhyadhāt | niśamyeti gaṇeśamuvāca | kiṃ nāma tvāmahaṃ
(p.336, l.12)vyāvacam | pūrvajanmadurantaduritaparipākāt | tarhi bhūmahendra vicārayatastavāpītthaṃ bhavati ||
(p.336, l.13)iti ṣaṣṭhī kathā || 6 ||

tarhi tvameva tajjijñāsitasya māgrahaṃ parigṛhāṇa | tūṣṇīmāpnuhi | tena nyakkṛtā sā maunāvalambanaparāyaṇā tasthau | tataḥ prātarutthitā sā punarapi mandodaryā samudairi | aho tvayā maṇḍakasamāgamakāraṇamavagacchāmi na vā kim | tadā tadākarṇya padminī yāminīsamatītaṃ caritaṃ vyāhṛtavatī | tanniśamya mandodarī nijodarodgāraṃ girāṃ vyāhāraṃ vyaracayat | yasya jñīpsetsthitaṃ yadmatireva na spṛśati tasya dayitātvaṃ vyarthaṃjīvitā bharturbhāryā vyavahāraparihāryā sā | jājvalītu jīvitaṃ bhavatyā iti | narākūtaprabhāmāsādayāmyāpṛcchya bhavatyai vyāhariṣyāmītyavādīt | tato vibhāvaryāṃ sā bhartāramanvayuṅkta | tadākarṇanāttatpatiḥ pratyavadat | pāpiṣṭhe patīnāṃ sukhapoṣaṇaploṣaṇāya kimityuditatvarāsi | tvaṃ maunamavalambasva | tena tathābhihite 'pi sāgrahaṃ parijagrāha | maṇḍakāgamanakāraṇamidamevākarṇayasi yadi tadānīṃ jīvāmi netarathā | iti tadāgrahagrahaparigṛhītagalo 'sau vṛttāntamāśrāvayāmāsa tām | tayā ca prativeśinyai prājalpi | sā ca tathā kārayiṣurmandodarī kuṭhāraskandhaṃ vidhāya gaṇeśamūrtigatadārubhedanāya gaṇeśaprāsādaṃ prati prāṇaiṣītprāṇanātham | etāvatā tubhyamapi vratamaṇḍakānvitariṣyati pratidinaṃ paśupatinandanaḥ | niśamyetthaṃ so 'pi sumatisamanvito vināyakanikāyyamāseditavān | tadanu lambodaro 'pi tayorvivatsubuddhinibandhanamabhiprāyamavabudhyālambakabodhyaiḥ pāśairabadhnāt | alakṣitaprahārāstu śarīrasyoparyuparyāpatanti | evaṃ jīvitavyanirapekṣaspṛhau kṛtvā vighnanāśanaḥ sumatimavādīt | are duṣṭamate nivārito 'bhūrmayā pūrvaṃ na kasyāpi purastādvyāhartavyamiti tatkasmādbhavānabhyadhāt | niśamyeti gaṇeśamuvāca | kiṃ nāma tvāmahaṃ vyāvacam | pūrvajanmadurantaduritaparipākāt | tarhi bhūmahendra vicārayatastavāpītthaṃ bhavati || iti ṣaṣṭhī kathā || 6 ||

§ 7

p.336, l.14

(p.336, l.14)punaḥ prabhāte rājavṛndasamabhyarcitaśāsano vikramādityo bālasarasvatīmānāyya visārihasitakāraṇa-
(p.336, l.15)maprākṣīt | sāpyūce | deva keśavasya yogadaṇḍena yathābhūttathā te bhaviṣyati | keśavavṛttāntaṃ vadetyuktā
(p.336, l.16)sāpi babhāṣe rājānam | śrīpuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra keśavanāmā dvijaḥ | so 'tyantaṃ nirdhanaḥ | tataḥ
(p.336, l.17)kadācitsvasyāyatanānnirjigamiṣurmahāpuruṣamekaṃ cakṣuṣoratithīcakāra | taṃ nijāsanādhyāsīnamāsādya tasmā-
(p.336, l.18)ddeśāddeśamupadiśya muhūrtamātramavasthāya tadanvatithiryadi kaścidasmadīye dṛśau svadarśavitaraṇena caritā-
(p.336, l.19)rthayati tadānīṃ tadarthitaṃ niṣpratyūhamāpūrayāmi sarvamapyahaṃ praveśanasāmarthyenetyabhihite mahātmanā sa keśavaḥ
(p.336, l.20)saṃnihitāśrayaḥ sansakāmanayā pariṇatacittavṛttiratithirahamātiṣṭhāmīti mahātmānamabhāṣiṣṭa | tatasta-
(p.336, l.21)cchravaṇapariṇatasaṃbandhaviśeṣābādhāvabodhane nidhanādyanekavidhavedanāvaikalyaviśuddhabuddhivaidhuryoddharaṇavividha-
(p.336, l.22)viśeṣavidhihalākadarthanā samarthitā pṛthuprathanaṃ prathamaspaṃdasaṃpatpradarśasudarśanāśrayādyaśrāntāsārāśramapariśrā-
(p.336, l.23)ntājanutānujaṃ na saṃjīvanadhanārthinamāha sa mahātmā | tvametaṃ manorathapūrakaṃ yogadaṇḍaṃ gṛhāṇa | pratyahamasau
(p.336, l.24)pañcaśatīṃ svarṇānāṃ tubhyaṃ dāsyati | yadyetaccaritaṃ parakarṇasaṃgataṃ viracayasi tadānīṃ madīyo yogadaṇḍaḥ
(p.336, l.25)punarmatkarasādbhaviṣyati na kimapi tava phalayiṣyati | tadāgrajanmāsau yogadaṇḍaṃ gṛhītvā niragamat |
(p.336, l.26)prasiddhaprabhavāṃ svapurīṃ upeyivān | tataḥ śṛṅgārasāgaramahormikarmisarganisargavigrahavatī vilāsavatī nāma
(p.336, l.27)kāmināṃ niḥsīmānandasaṃdohalaharī kācana tṛtīyapuruṣārthaparadevatā samullasati sma veśyā | gatvāsau
(p.336, l.28)tatra tāmanusṛtya yogadaṇḍasamudbhūtadraviṇavitaraṇena tyāgabhogādi nirmimāṇaḥ pratidinaṃ paramaiśvaryasukhamu-
(p.336, l.29)pabhuñjāno mahendra iva paramapramodamupāsīdati sma | tata ekasmindivase jaratī vilāsavatījananī nijāṃ
(p.336, l.30)tanayāmidamanvayuṅkta | ayi keśavo 'yaṃ vyavasāyaviśeṣaviśeṣitaṃ na kaṃcana vyavahāraṃ dadhāno bhavati |
(p.336, l.31)ayameka evābhivīkṣyate | tarhyetasyaitāvaddhanaṃ kutastanamāyātīti tvayāgrahapuraḥsaramasau praṣṭavyaḥ | tato vilā-
(p.336, l.32)savatī vasateḥ keśavaṃ dhanāgamanakāraṇamaprākṣīt | tato 'sau keśavo na vyāharati sma | tadanu bhāvavilā-
(p.336, l.33)savatyatiśayasaṃbhogāviṣkaraṇena śṛṅgāralaharīparirabdhaṃ manmathāpārasāgarasaṃtatarāgamahormikarmīritaśarma-
(p.336, l.34)nirmāṇavarmāyitākramacaṅkrameṇa viśrāntasvāntaṃ satataitonatāviśrāntaṃ parihṛtetaraviṣayaparicayaṃ ca vidhāya
(p.336, l.35)kāñcanacittānandavigalitopāsaketaravyāpārāgamanakāraṇaṃ tatpṛcchati sma | tadā smaraparavaśo 'sau
(p.336, l.36)yogadaṇḍaṃ samastadraviṇakāraṇamāvedayāmāsa | tataḥ kuṭṭinī taṃ yogadaṇḍamapāhārṣīt | sa tu yogadaṇḍa-
(p.336, l.37)statpradeśānmahadabhyāśamāsedivān | keśavasya dhanāgamo 'pi na vidyate | tadanu taṃ nirdhanamavabudhya kuṭṭinī
(p.337, l.1)nirasārayat | tadā keśavo rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva madīyo yogadaṇḍaḥ pratidinaṃ pañcaśatīmaṣṭāpadānāṃ
(p.337, l.2)prasūte | sa kuṭṭinyāpāhāri | tataḥ pṛthvīpatiḥ sakuṭṭinīṃ vilāsavatīmāhūya bhavadbhyāmetadasyāgrajanmano
(p.337, l.3)yogadaṇḍo 'pajahre | etadīyaḥ so 'pyetasmai dātavyaḥ | tato vilāsavatīkuṭṭinī vācaṃ prācīkaṭayat |
(p.337, l.4)deva brāhmaṇasyāsya mānasaṃ mattatayānutiṣṭhitaṃ piturdraviṇaṃ ca sarvamapyavayīt | nedānīṃ tadupānte
(p.337, l.5)draviṇakaṇo varīvarti | tato vayametasya gṛhasaṃnidhānāgamamatyarautsaṃ na ca dvāri praveśamapi prayacchāmi |
(p.337, l.6)tena kāraṇena tasya kandarpakarapadaṃ paiśācyamāpanīpannamasti | idānīṃ svayaṃ vadanavinirgatavacanaṃ vadati
(p.337, l.7)saṃnipātaparisarārta iva vyājena hrīyamāṇo jāgartyaharniśaṃ parikṣīṇamandākṣaḥ | tasyāstathāvidhamabhihitaṃ
(p.337, l.8)niśamya sarve 'pyāsthānīsamāsīnā idamitthameveti niraṇaiṣata etatsarveṣāmapi hṛdayapadavīmadhyārūḍham |
(p.337, l.9)sarve 'pi keśavāyākrudhyan | rājñā nijanīvṛtto bahiranīyata janaiḥ keśavaḥ | tarhi rājannamuṣminkāraṇā-
(p.337, l.10)nuyoge tavāpītthamāpatsyate | ślokasyaivārthamācara | ityabhidhāya sāgacchat ||
(p.337, l.11)iti saptamī kathā || 7 ||

punaḥ prabhāte rājavṛndasamabhyarcitaśāsano vikramādityo bālasarasvatīmānāyya visārihasitakāraṇamaprākṣīt | sāpyūce | deva keśavasya yogadaṇḍena yathābhūttathā te bhaviṣyati | keśavavṛttāntaṃ vadetyuktā sāpi babhāṣe rājānam | śrīpuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra keśavanāmā dvijaḥ | so 'tyantaṃ nirdhanaḥ | tataḥ kadācitsvasyāyatanānnirjigamiṣurmahāpuruṣamekaṃ cakṣuṣoratithīcakāra | taṃ nijāsanādhyāsīnamāsādya tasmāddeśāddeśamupadiśya muhūrtamātramavasthāya tadanvatithiryadi kaścidasmadīye dṛśau svadarśavitaraṇena caritārthayati tadānīṃ tadarthitaṃ niṣpratyūhamāpūrayāmi sarvamapyahaṃ praveśanasāmarthyenetyabhihite mahātmanā sa keśavaḥ saṃnihitāśrayaḥ sansakāmanayā pariṇatacittavṛttiratithirahamātiṣṭhāmīti mahātmānamabhāṣiṣṭa | tatastacchravaṇapariṇatasaṃbandhaviśeṣābādhāvabodhane nidhanādyanekavidhavedanāvaikalyaviśuddhabuddhivaidhuryoddharaṇavividhaviśeṣavidhihalākadarthanā samarthitā pṛthuprathanaṃ prathamaspaṃdasaṃpatpradarśasudarśanāśrayādyaśrāntāsārāśramapariśrāntājanutānujaṃ na saṃjīvanadhanārthinamāha sa mahātmā | tvametaṃ manorathapūrakaṃ yogadaṇḍaṃ gṛhāṇa | pratyahamasau pañcaśatīṃ svarṇānāṃ tubhyaṃ dāsyati | yadyetaccaritaṃ parakarṇasaṃgataṃ viracayasi tadānīṃ madīyo yogadaṇḍaḥ punarmatkarasādbhaviṣyati na kimapi tava phalayiṣyati | tadāgrajanmāsau yogadaṇḍaṃ gṛhītvā niragamat | prasiddhaprabhavāṃ svapurīṃ upeyivān | tataḥ śṛṅgārasāgaramahormikarmisarganisargavigrahavatī vilāsavatī nāma kāmināṃ niḥsīmānandasaṃdohalaharī kācana tṛtīyapuruṣārthaparadevatā samullasati sma veśyā | gatvāsau tatra tāmanusṛtya yogadaṇḍasamudbhūtadraviṇavitaraṇena tyāgabhogādi nirmimāṇaḥ pratidinaṃ paramaiśvaryasukhamupabhuñjāno mahendra iva paramapramodamupāsīdati sma | tata ekasmindivase jaratī vilāsavatījananī nijāṃ tanayāmidamanvayuṅkta | ayi keśavo 'yaṃ vyavasāyaviśeṣaviśeṣitaṃ na kaṃcana vyavahāraṃ dadhāno bhavati | ayameka evābhivīkṣyate | tarhyetasyaitāvaddhanaṃ kutastanamāyātīti tvayāgrahapuraḥsaramasau praṣṭavyaḥ | tato vilāsavatī vasateḥ keśavaṃ dhanāgamanakāraṇamaprākṣīt | tato 'sau keśavo na vyāharati sma | tadanu bhāvavilāsavatyatiśayasaṃbhogāviṣkaraṇena śṛṅgāralaharīparirabdhaṃ manmathāpārasāgarasaṃtatarāgamahormikarmīritaśarmanirmāṇavarmāyitākramacaṅkrameṇa viśrāntasvāntaṃ satataitonatāviśrāntaṃ parihṛtetaraviṣayaparicayaṃ ca vidhāya kāñcanacittānandavigalitopāsaketaravyāpārāgamanakāraṇaṃ tatpṛcchati sma | tadā smaraparavaśo 'sau yogadaṇḍaṃ samastadraviṇakāraṇamāvedayāmāsa | tataḥ kuṭṭinī taṃ yogadaṇḍamapāhārṣīt | sa tu yogadaṇḍastatpradeśānmahadabhyāśamāsedivān | keśavasya dhanāgamo 'pi na vidyate | tadanu taṃ nirdhanamavabudhya kuṭṭinī nirasārayat | tadā keśavo rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva madīyo yogadaṇḍaḥ pratidinaṃ pañcaśatīmaṣṭāpadānāṃ prasūte | sa kuṭṭinyāpāhāri | tataḥ pṛthvīpatiḥ sakuṭṭinīṃ vilāsavatīmāhūya bhavadbhyāmetadasyāgrajanmano yogadaṇḍo 'pajahre | etadīyaḥ so 'pyetasmai dātavyaḥ | tato vilāsavatīkuṭṭinī vācaṃ prācīkaṭayat | deva brāhmaṇasyāsya mānasaṃ mattatayānutiṣṭhitaṃ piturdraviṇaṃ ca sarvamapyavayīt | nedānīṃ tadupānte draviṇakaṇo varīvarti | tato vayametasya gṛhasaṃnidhānāgamamatyarautsaṃ na ca dvāri praveśamapi prayacchāmi | tena kāraṇena tasya kandarpakarapadaṃ paiśācyamāpanīpannamasti | idānīṃ svayaṃ vadanavinirgatavacanaṃ vadati saṃnipātaparisarārta iva vyājena hrīyamāṇo jāgartyaharniśaṃ parikṣīṇamandākṣaḥ | tasyāstathāvidhamabhihitaṃ niśamya sarve 'pyāsthānīsamāsīnā idamitthameveti niraṇaiṣata etatsarveṣāmapi hṛdayapadavīmadhyārūḍham | sarve 'pi keśavāyākrudhyan | rājñā nijanīvṛtto bahiranīyata janaiḥ keśavaḥ | tarhi rājannamuṣminkāraṇānuyoge tavāpītthamāpatsyate | ślokasyaivārthamācara | ityabhidhāya sāgacchat || iti saptamī kathā || 7 ||

§ 8

p.337, l.12

(p.337, l.12)nṛpaśca bālasarasvatīṃ nijaparicaravartinīṃ vidhāya visārahāsyapraśnamanuyuyukṣū raṇati sma | bālasarasvati
(p.337, l.13)pūrvapraśnasyārthaṃ vāggrathanenottarayatarām | ityavagatyāmātyasutā vyāyacchadvācam | devākarṇite 'muṣya kāraṇe
(p.337, l.14)ekasya vaṇiggṛhiṇyā yathājāyata siddhaṃ gṛhamapi jvalanajvālākarālitaṃ tathā vāṃchitajanasaṃyogo
(p.337, l.15)'pi nāghaṭiṣṭa | tatkathaṃ prāvartateti narapatinābhihite bālasarasvatī tadvṛttāntamupavarṇayiṣurvāṇīṃ rasanā-
(p.337, l.16)raṅganartakīmakārṣīt | śaṅkhapurākhyaṃ nagaram | tatra trivikramanāmadheyo vikramākrāntasakaladharāmaṇḍalo
(p.337, l.17)maṇḍaleśvaro mahīmaṇḍalaṃ paripāti sma | tasyāṃ puryāṃ manoharo ratnadattanāmā vaṇik | tasya prāṇapriyā
(p.337, l.18)saubhāgyavatī | sā cāvirataṃ parapuruṣaniratā | tāṃ tathāvidhāṃ vijñāya te gṛharakṣakāḥ tasyā bahirgama-
(p.337, l.19)namapi nākurvan | tadānīṃ tayā manovayasyābhyabhāṇi | adya tvaṃ madupapatiṃ pradoṣasamaye purovartini
(p.337, l.20)devatāprāsāde madāgamanaparyantaṃ sthāpaya | tadanvahaṃ gṛhamagnisaṃgataṃ karomi | tadagnijanitasaṃmardasamākrandanamadhye
(p.337, l.21)'hamalakṣitaprakāraṃ tadupakaṇṭhamakuṇṭhitapracārā maṇḍayiṣyāmi nijāvasthāraṇaraṇakatā tatsaṃnidhisaṃgatā-
(p.337, l.22)ṅgasāndrānandalaharī parirabdhaśarīrasamucchrayā gṛhāgatā grahāścāgnibādhāvināśāya prayatiṣyante | madā-
(p.337, l.23)gamanaṃ nirgamanaṃ ca na kaścidapi jijñāsyatītyādeśaṃ vayasyāyai prādāt | tadanu pradoṣasamaye nijamandiraṃ
(p.337, l.24)hutāśanaparikalpitāśanaṃ vidhāya sā svayaṃ devatāprāsādamāsasāda | yāvatāsau tatsaṃketaniketanaṃ gatavatī
(p.337, l.25)tāvatā tatrāvasthita upapatirnagarāntarāgnyupasargamavajigamiṣustatkautukāvalokanāyāyāsīt | sā śūnya-
(p.337, l.26)muparamaṇavirahitaṃ sthānamāsādya vyāvṛtya nijamandiramayāsīt | tāvatā svagṛhamapi jajvāla | tasyā evaṃ
(p.337, l.27)viśiṣṭam | tatsvamanasi samunmiṣati sma | mayā dvayamanvaṣṭhāyi | dvayormadhye naikamapi māṃ prati phalaprada-
(p.337, l.28)majāyata | gṛhamagnisādajaniṣṭa tathopapatimapi nopātiṣṭham | tarhyevaṃ jñīpsanena tavāpyevamudbhaviṣyati
(p.337, l.29)kukīrtiriti prabhāṣya tadīyaṃ praśnāgrahaṃ nigṛhya bālasarasvatī nijamandiramāsasāda ||
(p.337, l.30)ityaṣṭamī kathā || 8 ||

nṛpaśca bālasarasvatīṃ nijaparicaravartinīṃ vidhāya visārahāsyapraśnamanuyuyukṣū raṇati sma | bālasarasvati pūrvapraśnasyārthaṃ vāggrathanenottarayatarām | ityavagatyāmātyasutā vyāyacchadvācam | devākarṇite 'muṣya kāraṇe ekasya vaṇiggṛhiṇyā yathājāyata siddhaṃ gṛhamapi jvalanajvālākarālitaṃ tathā vāṃchitajanasaṃyogo 'pi nāghaṭiṣṭa | tatkathaṃ prāvartateti narapatinābhihite bālasarasvatī tadvṛttāntamupavarṇayiṣurvāṇīṃ rasanāraṅganartakīmakārṣīt | śaṅkhapurākhyaṃ nagaram | tatra trivikramanāmadheyo vikramākrāntasakaladharāmaṇḍalo maṇḍaleśvaro mahīmaṇḍalaṃ paripāti sma | tasyāṃ puryāṃ manoharo ratnadattanāmā vaṇik | tasya prāṇapriyā saubhāgyavatī | sā cāvirataṃ parapuruṣaniratā | tāṃ tathāvidhāṃ vijñāya te gṛharakṣakāḥ tasyā bahirgamanamapi nākurvan | tadānīṃ tayā manovayasyābhyabhāṇi | adya tvaṃ madupapatiṃ pradoṣasamaye purovartini devatāprāsāde madāgamanaparyantaṃ sthāpaya | tadanvahaṃ gṛhamagnisaṃgataṃ karomi | tadagnijanitasaṃmardasamākrandanamadhye 'hamalakṣitaprakāraṃ tadupakaṇṭhamakuṇṭhitapracārā maṇḍayiṣyāmi nijāvasthāraṇaraṇakatā tatsaṃnidhisaṃgatāṅgasāndrānandalaharī parirabdhaśarīrasamucchrayā gṛhāgatā grahāścāgnibādhāvināśāya prayatiṣyante | madāgamanaṃ nirgamanaṃ ca na kaścidapi jijñāsyatītyādeśaṃ vayasyāyai prādāt | tadanu pradoṣasamaye nijamandiraṃ hutāśanaparikalpitāśanaṃ vidhāya sā svayaṃ devatāprāsādamāsasāda | yāvatāsau tatsaṃketaniketanaṃ gatavatī tāvatā tatrāvasthita upapatirnagarāntarāgnyupasargamavajigamiṣustatkautukāvalokanāyāyāsīt | sā śūnyamuparamaṇavirahitaṃ sthānamāsādya vyāvṛtya nijamandiramayāsīt | tāvatā svagṛhamapi jajvāla | tasyā evaṃ viśiṣṭam | tatsvamanasi samunmiṣati sma | mayā dvayamanvaṣṭhāyi | dvayormadhye naikamapi māṃ prati phalapradamajāyata | gṛhamagnisādajaniṣṭa tathopapatimapi nopātiṣṭham | tarhyevaṃ jñīpsanena tavāpyevamudbhaviṣyati kukīrtiriti prabhāṣya tadīyaṃ praśnāgrahaṃ nigṛhya bālasarasvatī nijamandiramāsasāda || ityaṣṭamī kathā || 8 ||

§ 9

p.337, l.31

(p.337, l.31)tato dvitīye dine medinīnāthaḥ padyārthasyāvindako bālasarasvatīmābhāṣyāsmadīyaṃ hṛdayaṃ yathārthā-
(p.337, l.32)vedanena viśadasaṃvidāpādayeti nivedite viditavedyā sāpi taṃ jagāda | rājannadasīye 'bhidheye 'bhihite
(p.337, l.33)raṇabāhubalakumbhakārasya yathā purāvartiṣṭa tathārthāvedanasāmarthyena prakalpitajīvasya vibādhā yathā
(p.337, l.34)kumbhakārasya tādṛkprakārāviṣkārastavāpyupakārāsaṃskārāya prakalpiṣyate | iti nimitavācā samucitaṃ
(p.337, l.35)cālocyopacayapracayapariceyāpacetāḥ pracetīcikīrṣurātmānaṃ pratyuvāca sacivasutām | caritaṃ tadācakṣveti
(p.337, l.36)prokte babhāṣe bālasarasvatī | kollāpuraṃ kṣetram | tatraikaḥ kumbhakāro grāmakūṭo raṇabāhubala ityabhidhā-
(p.338, l.1)prathitaḥ | sa tvekadā bhāṇḍabhraṣṭramacīkarat | tatastadābhāṣaparipūraṇaṃ cikīrṣurvegitayā gatyā gacchanskhalitvā-
(p.338, l.2)ṅghriṇā paryapatat | pātabalopabṛṃhito 'vanikhanicitagargarikāgalaśakalastabdhalalāṭaphalako niśitacandrahā-
(p.338, l.3)saprahāraprahasa iva parito hāsamāno niśitahetiśatasaṃmarde prasṛmaraviṣamasamaravilasadasamasaṃpatsamupabho-
(p.338, l.4)gasamāpatadatitarakālakaravālakavalitapratyarthipārthivacamūsamūhasāmarthyoditvarāṅgakaṇṭhatruṭyatkaṅkaṭaviśaṃkaṭā-
(p.338, l.5)bhimāno bhāvayanvīravarāṃ dharitrīṃ savīrasūṃ kalayāmāsa | itthaṃ ca bahubhirahobhiḥ prathamāsitaṃ saṃbandhinivāsaṃ
(p.338, l.6)śithilīkṛtya sthānīyāntaramāsādya tatratyaṃ pṛthupratimaṃ pṛthivīnāthaṃ netrayoratithīcakāropadhanapāṇiḥ
(p.338, l.7)raṇabāhubala ityātmanaḥ saṃjñāṃ purastātprācīkaśat | tatra rājā tasyālīke viśālaṃ karavālarājaprahā-
(p.338, l.8)ramālakṣya sādhīyānprathanaprathitapragalbho 'yaṃ padātiḥ kalitālikaphalakaprahṛtirnaraślāghanīyamūrtiḥ surā-
(p.338, l.9)gragaṇyo 'bhūdbhāgyāṅgīkṛtāgamana ityātmīyānabhidhāyātmanaḥ samīpe taṃ samāhitavān | mānādinā
(p.338, l.10)samyaksaṃtoṣyātmanaḥ paṅktau psānaṃ tasyākalpayat | anayā rītyā tatrāvasthitānāmasau mānyānāmagragaṇyo
(p.338, l.11)bhūtvā rājābhimatāttasmātsarve 'pi parivārā bibhyati | iti tadupakaṇṭhe nivasantaṃ vasumatīpatirekadā
(p.338, l.12)tamaprākṣīt | aho bāhubaladeva ṣaṭtriṃśadrājatalopalakṣita viśālāloke kṣatriyaloke kiṃkulāntaḥpā-
(p.338, l.13)tino bhavanto bhavatāṃ ca bhīmasaṃgadiṣṇuhṛdayodayabhūtaḥ samīke kasminprabhāso 'likamalaṃcakāra | kautukaṃ
(p.338, l.14)tadeva tvāśrāvayantvasmān | tato 'sau tannṛpādiṣṭamāgatya tameveti vyājahāra | mahārāja tvaṃ viṣṇoḥ
(p.338, l.15)sākṣātsvarūpamasi | tarhi bhavatāṃ purato vyalīkavākyāni prakalpante 'stokapātakavrātāsañjanāya | ahaṃ
(p.338, l.16)jātyā tu kulālaḥ | na kadācana mayā dṛśorgocarīkṛtamastyāyodhanam | ahaṃ bhāṇḍānyāvahannupacikīrṣurve-
(p.338, l.17)gitagatiḥ skhalitacaraṇo nyapatam | tato 'vanigatakarparakhaṇḍollikhitalalāṭo 'haṃ khaḍgavidalanasaṃśayamutpā-
(p.338, l.18)dayanparito bhrāmyāmi | paṇamadhye 'pi nāhaṃ vīkṣitavānāhavam | tadāntarniśamyetthaṃ narapatirāścaryaparaṃparā-
(p.338, l.19)parāmṛṣṭāntaḥkaraṇaścitranyasta iva sthitavān | ardhacandraṃ pradāya nirākṛto 'sau karīrakāraḥ | tarhi
(p.338, l.20)prabhūtabhūtanātha sthānaviśeṣe satyaṃ vyādriyate kasmiṃścidasatyamapi | paramāgrahavidhānenātiśayaḥ kutrā-
(p.338, l.21)pyupayogodarko jāgarti | ślokārthameva vicāraya | ityabhidhāya bālasarasvatī svaveśma praviveśa ||
(p.338, l.22)iti navamī kathā || 9 ||

tato dvitīye dine medinīnāthaḥ padyārthasyāvindako bālasarasvatīmābhāṣyāsmadīyaṃ hṛdayaṃ yathārthāvedanena viśadasaṃvidāpādayeti nivedite viditavedyā sāpi taṃ jagāda | rājannadasīye 'bhidheye 'bhihite raṇabāhubalakumbhakārasya yathā purāvartiṣṭa tathārthāvedanasāmarthyena prakalpitajīvasya vibādhā yathā kumbhakārasya tādṛkprakārāviṣkārastavāpyupakārāsaṃskārāya prakalpiṣyate | iti nimitavācā samucitaṃ cālocyopacayapracayapariceyāpacetāḥ pracetīcikīrṣurātmānaṃ pratyuvāca sacivasutām | caritaṃ tadācakṣveti prokte babhāṣe bālasarasvatī | kollāpuraṃ kṣetram | tatraikaḥ kumbhakāro grāmakūṭo raṇabāhubala ityabhidhāprathitaḥ | sa tvekadā bhāṇḍabhraṣṭramacīkarat | tatastadābhāṣaparipūraṇaṃ cikīrṣurvegitayā gatyā gacchanskhalitvāṅghriṇā paryapatat | pātabalopabṛṃhito 'vanikhanicitagargarikāgalaśakalastabdhalalāṭaphalako niśitacandrahāsaprahāraprahasa iva parito hāsamāno niśitahetiśatasaṃmarde prasṛmaraviṣamasamaravilasadasamasaṃpatsamupabhogasamāpatadatitarakālakaravālakavalitapratyarthipārthivacamūsamūhasāmarthyoditvarāṅgakaṇṭhatruṭyatkaṅkaṭaviśaṃkaṭābhimāno bhāvayanvīravarāṃ dharitrīṃ savīrasūṃ kalayāmāsa | itthaṃ ca bahubhirahobhiḥ prathamāsitaṃ saṃbandhinivāsaṃ śithilīkṛtya sthānīyāntaramāsādya tatratyaṃ pṛthupratimaṃ pṛthivīnāthaṃ netrayoratithīcakāropadhanapāṇiḥ raṇabāhubala ityātmanaḥ saṃjñāṃ purastātprācīkaśat | tatra rājā tasyālīke viśālaṃ karavālarājaprahāramālakṣya sādhīyānprathanaprathitapragalbho 'yaṃ padātiḥ kalitālikaphalakaprahṛtirnaraślāghanīyamūrtiḥ surāgragaṇyo 'bhūdbhāgyāṅgīkṛtāgamana ityātmīyānabhidhāyātmanaḥ samīpe taṃ samāhitavān | mānādinā samyaksaṃtoṣyātmanaḥ paṅktau psānaṃ tasyākalpayat | anayā rītyā tatrāvasthitānāmasau mānyānāmagragaṇyo bhūtvā rājābhimatāttasmātsarve 'pi parivārā bibhyati | iti tadupakaṇṭhe nivasantaṃ vasumatīpatirekadā tamaprākṣīt | aho bāhubaladeva ṣaṭtriṃśadrājatalopalakṣita viśālāloke kṣatriyaloke kiṃkulāntaḥpātino bhavanto bhavatāṃ ca bhīmasaṃgadiṣṇuhṛdayodayabhūtaḥ samīke kasminprabhāso 'likamalaṃcakāra | kautukaṃ tadeva tvāśrāvayantvasmān | tato 'sau tannṛpādiṣṭamāgatya tameveti vyājahāra | mahārāja tvaṃ viṣṇoḥ sākṣātsvarūpamasi | tarhi bhavatāṃ purato vyalīkavākyāni prakalpante 'stokapātakavrātāsañjanāya | ahaṃ jātyā tu kulālaḥ | na kadācana mayā dṛśorgocarīkṛtamastyāyodhanam | ahaṃ bhāṇḍānyāvahannupacikīrṣurvegitagatiḥ skhalitacaraṇo nyapatam | tato 'vanigatakarparakhaṇḍollikhitalalāṭo 'haṃ khaḍgavidalanasaṃśayamutpādayanparito bhrāmyāmi | paṇamadhye 'pi nāhaṃ vīkṣitavānāhavam | tadāntarniśamyetthaṃ narapatirāścaryaparaṃparāparāmṛṣṭāntaḥkaraṇaścitranyasta iva sthitavān | ardhacandraṃ pradāya nirākṛto 'sau karīrakāraḥ | tarhi prabhūtabhūtanātha sthānaviśeṣe satyaṃ vyādriyate kasmiṃścidasatyamapi | paramāgrahavidhānenātiśayaḥ kutrāpyupayogodarko jāgarti | ślokārthameva vicāraya | ityabhidhāya bālasarasvatī svaveśma praviveśa || iti navamī kathā || 9 ||

§ 10

p.338, l.23

(p.338, l.23)tataśca bhūyo bālasarasvatīṃ svopāntakalitoddeśāṃ vidhāyānimiṣahasitanidānapraśnopakramāya pragalbhāṃ
(p.338, l.24)cakre | bālasarasvatī tacchrutvoditavatī | deva bahvāgrahānugrahasaraṇena kasmādetatpipṛcchiṣasi | niṣiddho 'pi
(p.338, l.25)nāgrahaṃ jihāsasi | yathā mātulaḥ paścātpariśramaṃ mahāntamavāptavānsa prakārastvayi bhaviṣyati | tatasta-
(p.338, l.26)davabubhutsuḥ kiṃ taccaritamiti pratyāha pārthivaḥ pradhānaputrīm | sāpi tadākhyānena pṛthivīprabhuṃ cāca-
(p.338, l.27)ritārthayat | yathā śṛṇu bhūpate | pratiṣṭhānanāmadheyaṃ nagaram | tatraikasya mālikasya vāṭikā | tatrātibahūni
(p.338, l.28)vālukaphalānyajāyanta | tatastamasvinyāmāgatya jambuka eko vāṭīmadhyagatāni phalāni pratyahamabhakṣayat |
(p.338, l.29)mālikastu pratiniśaṃ rakṣaṇāya prayatate paraṃ nāsāvāsādyate | ekadā tu phalāni pradarśya paraṃ sauhityamā-
(p.338, l.30)tmānamātanvānaḥ tṛṣāparigato jalaṃ pātuṃ gaṅgāmadhyagacchat | jalamāpīya taraṃgiṇyāstīre kṣaṇaṃ sthitvā-
(p.338, l.31)tīvadurbalaṃ rajakasya gardabhaṃ tṛṇāni carantaṃ lakṣīcakāra | tasyāsthiśeṣāṇyaṅgāni vīkṣya mṛgadhūrto 'vā-
(p.338, l.32)dīt | mātula bhavantaḥ kimiti durbaladehāḥ | śrutvetthaṃ gardabho 'pi babhāṣe | kiṃ vacmi bhāgineya | madīyaḥ
(p.338, l.33)putro nirṇejako 'harniśaṃ karuṇāṃ niruṇaddhi | asādhāraṇaṃ sicayanicayaṃ parikṣipati mamopari | na
(p.338, l.34)rātrāvāhāraṃ ca prayacchati | divase tvetāndūrvāṅkurānkavalīkaravai | etāvatā bubhukṣayā stimitamānasa
(p.338, l.35)eva tiṣṭhāmi | kāraṇādetasmādahaṃ durbalakalebavaraḥ | nānyaḥ kaścana mamopadravasaṃmardī vartate |

tataśca bhūyo bālasarasvatīṃ svopāntakalitoddeśāṃ vidhāyānimiṣahasitanidānapraśnopakramāya pragalbhāṃ cakre | bālasarasvatī tacchrutvoditavatī | deva bahvāgrahānugrahasaraṇena kasmādetatpipṛcchiṣasi | niṣiddho 'pi nāgrahaṃ jihāsasi | yathā mātulaḥ paścātpariśramaṃ mahāntamavāptavānsa prakārastvayi bhaviṣyati | tatastadavabubhutsuḥ kiṃ taccaritamiti pratyāha pārthivaḥ pradhānaputrīm | sāpi tadākhyānena pṛthivīprabhuṃ cācaritārthayat | yathā śṛṇu bhūpate | pratiṣṭhānanāmadheyaṃ nagaram | tatraikasya mālikasya vāṭikā | tatrātibahūni vālukaphalānyajāyanta | tatastamasvinyāmāgatya jambuka eko vāṭīmadhyagatāni phalāni pratyahamabhakṣayat | mālikastu pratiniśaṃ rakṣaṇāya prayatate paraṃ nāsāvāsādyate | ekadā tu phalāni pradarśya paraṃ sauhityamātmānamātanvānaḥ tṛṣāparigato jalaṃ pātuṃ gaṅgāmadhyagacchat | jalamāpīya taraṃgiṇyāstīre kṣaṇaṃ sthitvātīvadurbalaṃ rajakasya gardabhaṃ tṛṇāni carantaṃ lakṣīcakāra | tasyāsthiśeṣāṇyaṅgāni vīkṣya mṛgadhūrto 'vādīt | mātula bhavantaḥ kimiti durbaladehāḥ | śrutvetthaṃ gardabho 'pi babhāṣe | kiṃ vacmi bhāgineya | madīyaḥ putro nirṇejako 'harniśaṃ karuṇāṃ niruṇaddhi | asādhāraṇaṃ sicayanicayaṃ parikṣipati mamopari | na rātrāvāhāraṃ ca prayacchati | divase tvetāndūrvāṅkurānkavalīkaravai | etāvatā bubhukṣayā stimitamānasa eva tiṣṭhāmi | kāraṇādetasmādahaṃ durbalakalevaraḥ | nānyaḥ kaścana mamopadravasaṃmardī vartate |

p.338, l.36

p.339, l.3

(p.339, l.3)tarhi bhāgineya kutrāpyasmākamāhārāvāptirbhaviṣyati tathā kriyatāṃ nāma | tataḥ kroṣṭā vyācaṣṭa | ahaṃ
(p.339, l.4)tubhyamāhāraṃ saṃpādayiṣyāmi | paraṃ tavodaramāpūrṇaṃ cedetāvatā tvaṃ na huṃkāradhvanimudgiriṣyasi | tāvatā
(p.339, l.5)dhvanyupādarśitasmṛtipatho 'sāvāgatya māmapi laguḍaistāḍayiṣyati tvamapi prahāraśatavidalitadehaḥ śramaṃ
(p.339, l.6)bhūyaḥ samupeṣyasi | tataḥ prasabhaṃ saṃbabhāṣe rāsabhaḥ | pūrṇe 'pi mamodare nāhaṃ huṃkṛtidhvanimādarīdarīmi |
(p.339, l.7)amuṣminviṣaye bhāṣeyaṃ madīyā | ityukte pracaṇḍacaṇḍimāpāṇḍityākāṇḍoddaṇḍatāṇḍavitāḍambaraḥ pheruṇḍī
(p.339, l.8)gardabhasaṃbhāvitapaścādbhāgaḥ vālukāvāṭīnikaṭabhuvamaṭīkaroti sma | tadanu pradoṣasamaye tamālamālinyamā-
(p.339, l.9)tanvati jagati tatra vāṭikāyāmantaḥ praviśya vālukāphalānyabhyavajahratuḥ | gardabhastu vālukāṃ bhuktvā
(p.339, l.10)vālukālatāmunmūlayati sma | itthaṃ gardabhodaraṃ paryapūri | etāvatā huṃkāraṇadhvanirapi praroditi | tatra
(p.339, l.11)rakṣaṇamuddiśya māliko babhrāmyamāṇo 'bhūt | sa tvaritagatirdhvanyupalakṣitaṃ sthānamājagmivān | tāvatā
(p.339, l.12)palāyya mṛgavañcako manaḥsamīhitaṃ pradeśamājagmivān | sa tu gardabho nigṛhya laguḍaprahāraiḥ śataśo dalitā-
(p.339, l.13)khilāṅgabandhāsthisaṃcayaḥ kṛtaḥ | nirjīva iti matvā parityaktaḥ | gale ca sthūlakāṣṭhapariluptakāyaṃ tu kākaraṇaṃ
(p.339, l.14)prayojitavān | mahatā duḥkhena vadankliśyanparamapīḍāmanubhavanbhagnacaraṇapāṇiḥ śanairnirayāsīt | kaṇṭhaca-
(p.339, l.15)lanamadhikṣeptuṃ bhavati yatra tatra kāṣṭhabandhanena ca mṛtakalpo 'gacchat | pathi kroṣṭāraṃ dṛṣṭavān | tena cā-
(p.339, l.16)bhyadhāyi | madīyamabhihitaṃ na kariṣyasi udare pūrṇe tvaṃ gānameva pragalbhase | tarhi gītasyaitādṛśaṃ phalaṃ
(p.339, l.17)hastaprāptaṃ tavājāyata yatnavataḥ |

tarhi bhāgineya kutrāpyasmākamāhārāvāptirbhaviṣyati tathā kriyatāṃ nāma | tataḥ kroṣṭā vyācaṣṭa | ahaṃ tubhyamāhāraṃ saṃpādayiṣyāmi | paraṃ tavodaramāpūrṇaṃ cedetāvatā tvaṃ na huṃkāradhvanimudgiriṣyasi | tāvatā dhvanyupādarśitasmṛtipatho 'sāvāgatya māmapi laguḍaistāḍayiṣyati tvamapi prahāraśatavidalitadehaḥ śramaṃ bhūyaḥ samupeṣyasi | tataḥ prasabhaṃ saṃbabhāṣe rāsabhaḥ | pūrṇe 'pi mamodare nāhaṃ huṃkṛtidhvanimādarīdarīmi | amuṣminviṣaye bhāṣeyaṃ madīyā | ityukte pracaṇḍacaṇḍimāpāṇḍityākāṇḍoddaṇḍatāṇḍavitāḍambaraḥ pheruṇḍī gardabhasaṃbhāvitapaścādbhāgaḥ vālukāvāṭīnikaṭabhuvamaṭīkaroti sma | tadanu pradoṣasamaye tamālamālinyamātanvati jagati tatra vāṭikāyāmantaḥ praviśya vālukāphalānyabhyavajahratuḥ | gardabhastu vālukāṃ bhuktvā vālukālatāmunmūlayati sma | itthaṃ gardabhodaraṃ paryapūri | etāvatā huṃkāraṇadhvanirapi praroditi | tatra rakṣaṇamuddiśya māliko babhrāmyamāṇo 'bhūt | sa tvaritagatirdhvanyupalakṣitaṃ sthānamājagmivān | tāvatā palāyya mṛgavañcako manaḥsamīhitaṃ pradeśamājagmivān | sa tu gardabho nigṛhya laguḍaprahāraiḥ śataśo dalitākhilāṅgabandhāsthisaṃcayaḥ kṛtaḥ | nirjīva iti matvā parityaktaḥ | gale ca sthūlakāṣṭhapariluptakāyaṃ tu kākaraṇaṃ prayojitavān | mahatā duḥkhena vadankliśyanparamapīḍāmanubhavanbhagnacaraṇapāṇiḥ śanairnirayāsīt | kaṇṭhacalanamadhikṣeptuṃ bhavati yatra tatra kāṣṭhabandhanena ca mṛtakalpo 'gacchat | pathi kroṣṭāraṃ dṛṣṭavān | tena cābhyadhāyi | madīyamabhihitaṃ na kariṣyasi udare pūrṇe tvaṃ gānameva pragalbhase | tarhi gītasyaitādṛśaṃ phalaṃ hastaprāptaṃ tavājāyata yatnavataḥ |

p.339, l.18

p.339, l.20

(p.339, l.20)bhavānpaścāttāpaṃ kartuṃ pravavṛte | ahaṃ tava niṣedhaṃ nāṅgīkṛtavān | tatastasyaitādṛśaṃ phalaṃ prāpto 'smi |
(p.339, l.21)tarhi rājendra tathātvamudeṣyati | tvametatpraśnātkalpitodyogaḥ sukhamāsādaya | ślokasyārthavicāramaticāturyeṇa
(p.339, l.22)paricintaya | ityabhidhāya bālasarasvatī nijamandiramāgatavatī ||
(p.339, l.23)iti daśamī kathā || 10 ||

bhavānpaścāttāpaṃ kartuṃ pravavṛte | ahaṃ tava niṣedhaṃ nāṅgīkṛtavān | tatastasyaitādṛśaṃ phalaṃ prāpto 'smi | tarhi rājendra tathātvamudeṣyati | tvametatpraśnātkalpitodyogaḥ sukhamāsādaya | ślokasyārthavicāramaticāturyeṇa paricintaya | ityabhidhāya bālasarasvatī nijamandiramāgatavatī || iti daśamī kathā || 10 ||

§ 11

p.339, l.24

(p.339, l.24)punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpasya saṃketasadanamīpsantī kīramujjarīgariti sma | tataḥ so 'pi vacaḥ
(p.339, l.25)prayuyuje | ślokasyārthamabhidhehi devi | sā ca tamevāpṛcchat | tataḥ pakṣī vācā lakṣīcakāra | aharārambhe
(p.339, l.26)bālasarasvatīṃ mahīnātho matsyahāsasyāvirbhāvaprathamāṅkuraṃ jñīpsati sma | sā ca rājānaṃ pratyavadat |
(p.339, l.27)narendra enamatiśayaṃ kasmādādarīdarīṣi | avidyamānānnaiṣaṇāviśeṣānālakṣayanti vicakṣaṇāḥ | anyadīyo
(p.339, l.28)vyāpāro yadyanyena sisādhayiṣyate tadānīmaśrāntaṃ śramāśraya eva viśrāmyate | gardabhasyaikasyāvidheyavidhā-
(p.339, l.29)nabuddheranutāpakhedaścāsādayāmiyāya | tathā tavāpi bhobhaviṣyati | tato medinīvinodastāṃ taṃ vṛttā-
(p.339, l.30)ntamaprākṣītsāpyavādīt | śṛṇu śravaṇīyaguṇāgragaṇya | kalyāṇasaṃjñe nagare śvāparatyāhvo rajako dvitīyāṃ
(p.339, l.31)gṛhiṇīṃ svāṃ gṛhiṇītvena parigṛhītavān | tadāvartane niśīthinyāṃ pāripanthiko vivāhavihārapariśrā-
(p.339, l.32)ntānakhilasadmasasāsannajanānnidrāvidrāvitamānasavilāsānālakṣya tadveśmamadhye praviveśa | tadā dvāri
(p.339, l.33)sthitibhājaṃ bhaṣakaṃ gardabho dadarśa | tena ca bhaṣako babhāṣe | are śvanko 'pi corastu khātaṃ pradāya
(p.339, l.34)veśmāntaḥ pravivikṣurjāgarti | ayaṃ ca sarvamapi gṛhāntaḥsthitavastujātaṃ gṛhītvā gamiṣyati | tarhi tvaṃ nijaṃ
(p.339, l.35)vyāpāraṃ kimiti parijihīrṣasi | tacchrutvā śvā vacaḥ saṃcaskāra | na kadācanāyaṃ madīyāṃ sukhaduḥkhā-
(p.339, l.36)dicintāṃ vicārayati | tadāhaṃ bubhukṣita eva tiṣṭhāmi | na kadāpyannaṃ mahyaṃ prayacchati | sarvasvanāśaścedasya
(p.340, l.1)bhaviṣyati tadānīṃ mama kācana kṣatirna jāghaṭīti | yasya prabhoḥ parisare dānamānamatīva nopapadyate
(p.340, l.2)tasya kāryaviṣaye sevako yadi svakāyakleśavāsanākadarthita upekṣālakṣitavailakṣaṇyapakṣakṣuṇṇatayā pari-
(p.340, l.3)śīlayati tadānīṃ tasya pātakapratīpapātārdho 'nusaṃpadyate | tathā cānucaro yadyātmanaḥ sādhīyasīṃ prasā-
(p.340, l.4)dhanāmanusaṃdadhāti āviṣkāramāpādayanmaraṇamapyaṅgīkariṣṇuḥ svaśarīraṃ praharajharjharitaṃ vidhāya sevāṃ
(p.340, l.5)vidhatte | tathāvidhaṃ bhṛtyaṃ svāmī yadi dānamānādinā mānayati tadānīṃ tasminnadhamavarṇāvarṇavarṇanā-
(p.340, l.6)vṛttimābadhnāti | tarhyetasya prabhormama ka upayogaḥ | nagnīkṛtaścettadānīṃ na kimapi hīyate |

punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpasya saṃketasadanamīpsantī kīramujjarīgariti sma | tataḥ so 'pi vacaḥ prayuyuje | ślokasyārthamabhidhehi devi | sā ca tamevāpṛcchat | tataḥ pakṣī vācā lakṣīcakāra | aharārambhe bālasarasvatīṃ mahīnātho matsyahāsasyāvirbhāvaprathamāṅkuraṃ jñīpsati sma | sā ca rājānaṃ pratyavadat | narendra enamatiśayaṃ kasmādādarīdarīṣi | avidyamānānnaiṣaṇāviśeṣānālakṣayanti vicakṣaṇāḥ | anyadīyo vyāpāro yadyanyena sisādhayiṣyate tadānīmaśrāntaṃ śramāśraya eva viśrāmyate | gardabhasyaikasyāvidheyavidhānabuddheranutāpakhedaścāsādayāmiyāya | tathā tavāpi bhobhaviṣyati | tato medinīvinodastāṃ taṃ vṛttāntamaprākṣītsāpyavādīt | śṛṇu śravaṇīyaguṇāgragaṇya | kalyāṇasaṃjñe nagare śvāparatyāhvo rajako dvitīyāṃ gṛhiṇīṃ svāṃ gṛhiṇītvena parigṛhītavān | tadāvartane niśīthinyāṃ pāripanthiko vivāhavihārapariśrāntānakhilasadmasasāsannajanānnidrāvidrāvitamānasavilāsānālakṣya tadveśmamadhye praviveśa | tadā dvāri sthitibhājaṃ bhaṣakaṃ gardabho dadarśa | tena ca bhaṣako babhāṣe | are śvanko 'pi corastu khātaṃ pradāya veśmāntaḥ pravivikṣurjāgarti | ayaṃ ca sarvamapi gṛhāntaḥsthitavastujātaṃ gṛhītvā gamiṣyati | tarhi tvaṃ nijaṃ vyāpāraṃ kimiti parijihīrṣasi | tacchrutvā śvā vacaḥ saṃcaskāra | na kadācanāyaṃ madīyāṃ sukhaduḥkhādicintāṃ vicārayati | tadāhaṃ bubhukṣita eva tiṣṭhāmi | na kadāpyannaṃ mahyaṃ prayacchati | sarvasvanāśaścedasya bhaviṣyati tadānīṃ mama kācana kṣatirna jāghaṭīti | yasya prabhoḥ parisare dānamānamatīva nopapadyate tasya kāryaviṣaye sevako yadi svakāyakleśavāsanākadarthita upekṣālakṣitavailakṣaṇyapakṣakṣuṇṇatayā pariśīlayati tadānīṃ tasya pātakapratīpapātārdho 'nusaṃpadyate | tathā cānucaro yadyātmanaḥ sādhīyasīṃ prasādhanāmanusaṃdadhāti āviṣkāramāpādayanmaraṇamapyaṅgīkariṣṇuḥ svaśarīraṃ praharajharjharitaṃ vidhāya sevāṃ vidhatte | tathāvidhaṃ bhṛtyaṃ svāmī yadi dānamānādinā mānayati tadānīṃ tasminnadhamavarṇāvarṇavarṇanāvṛttimābadhnāti | tarhyetasya prabhormama ka upayogaḥ | nagnīkṛtaścettadānīṃ na kimapi hīyate |

p.340, l.7

p.340, l.9

(p.340, l.9)bhaṣakeṇetthaṃ bhāṣitaṃ niśamya gardabho 'bhyadhāt | yadi na bhāṣasi tvaṃ tadānīmahaṃ huṃkaromi | tenāyamapi
(p.340, l.10)sāvadhāno bhaviṣyati | ityāśrāvya śvā vācamaśiśriyat | śvānaḥ vyaktaṃ dhvananti tato janāḥ sāvadhānāḥ
(p.340, l.11)saṃbhavanti | udyamo 'yamasmadīyaḥ | na bhavādṛśāṃ vilasitamatastvaṃ maunamavalambasva | iti vārito 'pi
(p.340, l.12)śunā gardabhastadīyaṃ mataṃ nānumanute sma | tadā gardabho 'tiparuṣaṃ jagarda | tacchabdakārkaśyākarṇanasamayasa-
(p.340, l.13)manantaramevākarṇayatāṃ karṇāni bādhiryaṃ śirāṃsi ca paramāmārtimāpedire | paraṃ gardabho nirṇejakasya
(p.340, l.14)mūrdhna upari gardanamaśeṣayati | tadā rajako vyājahāra | pāpajātiścaṇḍālo 'yaṃ nidropadravaṃ vidadhāti
(p.340, l.15)dine tu vyāpārabhāraparicaraṇasāmagryā pariśrāmyāmi | saṃprati asmānnidrāvayati gardanena gardabhaḥ |
(p.340, l.16)tarhyayaṃ svāmighātakaḥ | etasya pracaṇḍalaguḍena doṣa utpatsyate 'smākamityabhidhāya rajaka udasthāt |
(p.340, l.17)dvāridattāmargalāṃ gṛhītvā hastābhyāmubhābhyāṃ dhṛtvā yathābalaṃ trikasyopari tridhā samabhihāreṇa tama-
(p.340, l.18)tāḍayat | pramīta iti matvā prahāraprayogaṃ paryahārṣīt | tadānīṃ sa rāsabhaḥ subhāṣitamekamabhāṣata |

bhaṣakeṇetthaṃ bhāṣitaṃ niśamya gardabho 'bhyadhāt | yadi na bhāṣasi tvaṃ tadānīmahaṃ huṃkaromi | tenāyamapi sāvadhāno bhaviṣyati | ityāśrāvya śvā vācamaśiśriyat | śvānaḥ vyaktaṃ dhvananti tato janāḥ sāvadhānāḥ saṃbhavanti | udyamo 'yamasmadīyaḥ | na bhavādṛśāṃ vilasitamatastvaṃ maunamavalambasva | iti vārito 'pi śunā gardabhastadīyaṃ mataṃ nānumanute sma | tadā gardabho 'tiparuṣaṃ jagarda | tacchabdakārkaśyākarṇanasamayasamanantaramevākarṇayatāṃ karṇāni bādhiryaṃ śirāṃsi ca paramāmārtimāpedire | paraṃ gardabho nirṇejakasya mūrdhna upari gardanamaśeṣayati | tadā rajako vyājahāra | pāpajātiścaṇḍālo 'yaṃ nidropadravaṃ vidadhāti dine tu vyāpārabhāraparicaraṇasāmagryā pariśrāmyāmi | saṃprati asmānnidrāvayati gardanena gardabhaḥ | tarhyayaṃ svāmighātakaḥ | etasya pracaṇḍalaguḍena doṣa utpatsyate 'smākamityabhidhāya rajaka udasthāt | dvāridattāmargalāṃ gṛhītvā hastābhyāmubhābhyāṃ dhṛtvā yathābalaṃ trikasyopari tridhā samabhihāreṇa tamatāḍayat | pramīta iti matvā prahāraprayogaṃ paryahārṣīt | tadānīṃ sa rāsabhaḥ subhāṣitamekamabhāṣata |

p.340, l.19

p.340, l.21

(p.340, l.21)tarhi bhūpāla tvametaṃ praśnaṃ mā kṛthāḥ | āgrahaṃ jahīhi | tadākarṇanāttava śramo bhaviṣyati | ityudīrya
(p.340, l.22)bālasarasvatī svakīyaṃ veśma samāsadat ||
(p.340, l.23)ityekādaśī kathā || 11 ||

tarhi bhūpāla tvametaṃ praśnaṃ mā kṛthāḥ | āgrahaṃ jahīhi | tadākarṇanāttava śramo bhaviṣyati | ityudīrya bālasarasvatī svakīyaṃ veśma samāsadat || ityekādaśī kathā || 11 ||

§ 12

p.340, l.24

(p.340, l.24)punarapyavanīnātho visārahāsarasapīyūṣasārajñīpsārasānusāro bālasarasvatīṃ samāhūya vācaṃ pracikṣepa |
(p.340, l.25)tanniśamya sāpyavādīt | mahīmahendra tvametadāviṣkaraṇātiśayaṃ jahīhi | etadācaraṇena eko bhujago
(p.340, l.26)'vasanna āsīt | tathā tvamapi bhaviṣyasi | tadanu tadvṛttāntaprāduṣkāraṃ kuruṣvetyabhiyuktā bālasarasvatī
(p.340, l.27)nṛpatimajñāpayattadvṛttāntam | ākarṇaya narendra | kautukamekaṃ vāvacmi | vismayasmitaṃ rasaviyuktaṃ vā bhavatu
(p.340, l.28)paraṃ tatrāvadhānaṃ kartavyam | etāvatā vacanaprayoktṝṇāṃ manaḥ samādhānamudrāmudritaṃ bhavati | tathā sati
(p.340, l.29)tatra rasābhivyaktirvikasvaravihāravatī parilasati | anyacca | prabhūṇāṃ lakṣaṇametat | yatsarvāsvapi kalāsu
(p.340, l.30)kalāvilāsavivecakaṃ tattatkalāparikalitāṅgaparīkṣābhivīkṣaṇamanubhūyate | yadi tasminkalāsu śikṣitatvaṃ
(p.340, l.31)jāgarti tasminnādaraṃ vidhāya kalā paricitavyā no cetkimapi tasmai vitīrya yathāgatagamanāyānujñā
(p.340, l.32)dātavyā | tadānīmeva kīrtiḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ paramāṃ sphūrtiṃ dīpayati | pūrvaṃ virāṭopavartane kasmiṃścitsamaye
(p.340, l.33)prāvṛḍākālikī prādurāsīt | tatsaṃgāttāḥ sarvā api taraṃgiṇyo bahulajalaparamapūraṇe kūlaṃkaṣākhyā-
(p.340, l.34)viśeṣamātmanaḥ kṛtārthīkurvanti sma | tatpūramadhye pravahannahireko gamanamurarīkṛtavān | tasyātitarāṃ pariśrā-
(p.340, l.35)ntasya śiraḥpradeśa eva kevalo jalabahirbhūtaḥ prakāśate | itaratsarvaṃ śarīraṃ jale magnam | tatraiko maṇḍūka
(p.340, l.36)āgatya phaṇāyā uparyāsedivān | sarpastūṣṇīmāsta | na tāvatī śaktistasmiṃstadānīmavasthānaṃ paricinoti
(p.341, l.1)sma | tato 'sau tenaiva chandena gantuṃ prāvartata | itthaṃ kūlaṃkaṣākūle nivasanbharadvājaḥ pakṣī bhekākrāntaśirodeśaṃ
(p.341, l.2)sarpamālokyāhāsīt | pakṣihāsamabhivīkṣya darvīkaro giraṃ kirati sma | bharadvāja kasmādahasi tvayā |
(p.341, l.3)tataḥ so 'pyavadat | viparītanirīkṣaṇena mama hāsyāvirbhāvaḥ samajāyata | tatkiṃnāma vaiparītyamityukte
(p.341, l.4)pakṣī vicikṣepa vācam | bhavatāṃ kuṇḍalināmāhārabhūtā bhekāḥ | sa cedbhavanmūrdhānamāruhyopaviśati tadā
(p.341, l.5)hāsyasamunmiṣadāsyaṃ bobhavīti | tataḥ sarpa uvāca |

punarapyavanīnātho visārahāsarasapīyūṣasārajñīpsārasānusāro bālasarasvatīṃ samāhūya vācaṃ pracikṣepa | tanniśamya sāpyavādīt | mahīmahendra tvametadāviṣkaraṇātiśayaṃ jahīhi | etadācaraṇena eko bhujago 'vasanna āsīt | tathā tvamapi bhaviṣyasi | tadanu tadvṛttāntaprāduṣkāraṃ kuruṣvetyabhiyuktā bālasarasvatī nṛpatimajñāpayattadvṛttāntam | ākarṇaya narendra | kautukamekaṃ vāvacmi | vismayasmitaṃ rasaviyuktaṃ vā bhavatu paraṃ tatrāvadhānaṃ kartavyam | etāvatā vacanaprayoktṝṇāṃ manaḥ samādhānamudrāmudritaṃ bhavati | tathā sati tatra rasābhivyaktirvikasvaravihāravatī parilasati | anyacca | prabhūṇāṃ lakṣaṇametat | yatsarvāsvapi kalāsu kalāvilāsavivecakaṃ tattatkalāparikalitāṅgaparīkṣābhivīkṣaṇamanubhūyate | yadi tasminkalāsu śikṣitatvaṃ jāgarti tasminnādaraṃ vidhāya kalā paricitavyā no cetkimapi tasmai vitīrya yathāgatagamanāyānujñā dātavyā | tadānīmeva kīrtiḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ paramāṃ sphūrtiṃ dīpayati | pūrvaṃ virāṭopavartane kasmiṃścitsamaye prāvṛḍākālikī prādurāsīt | tatsaṃgāttāḥ sarvā api taraṃgiṇyo bahulajalaparamapūraṇe kūlaṃkaṣākhyāviśeṣamātmanaḥ kṛtārthīkurvanti sma | tatpūramadhye pravahannahireko gamanamurarīkṛtavān | tasyātitarāṃ pariśrāntasya śiraḥpradeśa eva kevalo jalabahirbhūtaḥ prakāśate | itaratsarvaṃ śarīraṃ jale magnam | tatraiko maṇḍūka āgatya phaṇāyā uparyāsedivān | sarpastūṣṇīmāsta | na tāvatī śaktistasmiṃstadānīmavasthānaṃ paricinoti sma | tato 'sau tenaiva chandena gantuṃ prāvartata | itthaṃ kūlaṃkaṣākūle nivasanbharadvājaḥ pakṣī bhekākrāntaśirodeśaṃ sarpamālokyāhāsīt | pakṣihāsamabhivīkṣya darvīkaro giraṃ kirati sma | bharadvāja kasmādahasi tvayā | tataḥ so 'pyavadat | viparītanirīkṣaṇena mama hāsyāvirbhāvaḥ samajāyata | tatkiṃnāma vaiparītyamityukte pakṣī vicikṣepa vācam | bhavatāṃ kuṇḍalināmāhārabhūtā bhekāḥ | sa cedbhavanmūrdhānamāruhyopaviśati tadā hāsyasamunmiṣadāsyaṃ bobhavīti | tataḥ sarpa uvāca |

p.341, l.6

p.341, l.8

(p.341, l.8)tato bharadvājo bibharāṃbabhūva bhāratīm | ghṛtāndhāgrajanurudantamudīrayatāṃ bhavāniti niśamya patagoktāṃ
(p.341, l.9)vācaṃ vyañjayat | brahmapuranāmnyagrahāre kṣemaṃkaro brāhmaṇaḥ | tasya bhāryā aticalācalā | sa tu parilasadasa-
(p.341, l.10)makusumaśarāsāraprahāravyathāpariniṣṭhitadhairyaḥ sarvasvasaṃsārasārabhūtapañcabāṇopāsanasāmastyopadeśikakaṭā-
(p.341, l.11)kṣalakṣyābhivyaktānandasamudayaparimṛditāśeṣakleśasthirīkṛtahṛdayācidudayollāso 'ṅkhitabahirabahiravastu-
(p.341, l.12)vastuvinyastāntarakalanākalapañcamaprapañcavipañcitavipañcīparivādinīdhyānanimīlitanayano 'vaninīṣati sma
(p.341, l.13)dināni | sa tu tasyāḥ patiḥ na tasyai surataṃ vitarati | adyāmāvāsyā vyatīpāto vaidhṛtāḥ paurṇamāsī
(p.341, l.14)daśamyekādaśyaṣṭamī yugādirmanvādiḥ saṃkrāntiścaturdaśī ityādiparvaviśeṣasañjanena māsasya madhye saṃbhoge
(p.341, l.15)viśeṣataḥ prasaṅgo na jāghaṭīti | itthaṃ tasyā manmathopabhogavāsanā na kadāpyāpūryate | iti sati kadācana
(p.341, l.16)tayā svacetasā vyavacintitam | saṃsāre viṣayopabhogasāre samutpannayā mayā na kadācidapi viṣayā-
(p.341, l.17)nuśīlanasukhamāsvāditam | madīyaṃ yauvanamanupabhuktāmandaviṣayarasāsvādaṃ vṛthaiva pratidinaṃ gacchati | tadanu
(p.341, l.18)vegitagatyā vārddhakyamudeṣyati |

tato bharadvājo bibharāṃbabhūva bhāratīm | ghṛtāndhāgrajanurudantamudīrayatāṃ bhavāniti niśamya patagoktāṃ vācaṃ vyañjayat | brahmapuranāmnyagrahāre kṣemaṃkaro brāhmaṇaḥ | tasya bhāryā aticalācalā | sa tu parilasadasamakusumaśarāsāraprahāravyathāpariniṣṭhitadhairyaḥ sarvasvasaṃsārasārabhūtapañcabāṇopāsanasāmastyopadeśikakaṭākṣalakṣyābhivyaktānandasamudayaparimṛditāśeṣakleśasthirīkṛtahṛdayācidudayollāso 'ṅkhitabahirabahiravastuvastuvinyastāntarakalanākalapañcamaprapañcavipañcitavipañcīparivādinīdhyānanimīlitanayano 'vaninīṣati sma dināni | sa tu tasyāḥ patiḥ na tasyai surataṃ vitarati | adyāmāvāsyā vyatīpāto vaidhṛtāḥ paurṇamāsī daśamyekādaśyaṣṭamī yugādirmanvādiḥ saṃkrāntiścaturdaśī ityādiparvaviśeṣasañjanena māsasya madhye saṃbhoge viśeṣataḥ prasaṅgo na jāghaṭīti | itthaṃ tasyā manmathopabhogavāsanā na kadāpyāpūryate | iti sati kadācana tayā svacetasā vyavacintitam | saṃsāre viṣayopabhogasāre samutpannayā mayā na kadācidapi viṣayānuśīlanasukhamāsvāditam | madīyaṃ yauvanamanupabhuktāmandaviṣayarasāsvādaṃ vṛthaiva pratidinaṃ gacchati | tadanu vegitagatyā vārddhakyamudeṣyati |

p.341, l.19

p.341, l.21

(p.341, l.21)ityabhidhāya sā vyabhicārācaraṇāya pravavṛte | tataḥ kiyatānehasā sa tatpatirbrāhmaṇo 'pyajñāsīt | paraṃ
(p.341, l.22)maunamavalambanena tiṣṭhati | nāṅgīkartuṃ prabhavati puṃsā yatkimapi kāryaṃ tatsarasābhisaraṇanirasanavyava-
(p.341, l.23)sitatayānusaraṇīyaṃ manasaḥ kalanayāvadhīritavidhinirbādhaṃ phalodayavāsanāvyāhatasamarthanaprasaraparicaya-
(p.341, l.24)kroḍīkṛtya yadupakramyate tatsiddhisamudāyamāsādayati | ata evāyamagrajanurapatrapiṣṇurapi tūṣṇīmalaṃka-
(p.341, l.25)riṣṇurjiṣṇuścittaṃbhrājiṣṇuḥ sukhamanubhūṣṇurviṣṇuraneho'tikramaṃ nirmitsati | tathā sati sā taṃ nitarā-
(p.341, l.26)mavajānīte na ca pariveṣayatyasya ucitābhyavaharaṇāyānnodane | annaprāṇodakamapi nāsāvāsādayati |
(p.341, l.27)itthamasthiśeṣo 'vāsthāt | tadanu vimarśasukhatāmāmarśako nāmātaḥ paro vidheyāṃśaḥ | yadi saṃhananaṃ
(p.341, l.28)samarthanāghaṭanamabhaviṣyattadānīṃ dvāvapyetāvaśikṣiṣyaṃ pratidinamitthaṃ cintāsaṃtānamātanvāno jāgarti |
(p.341, l.29)tasyā vyabhicāriṇyā māyāvatīpariniṣṭhito bhaktiviśeṣaḥ | tadupāsanasamaye pūrvameva devīnandanadine
(p.341, l.30)samāgatya devāyāḥ pāścātyapradeśe praviśyādarśitaśarīra evāvatasthau | tataḥ sā tāmārirādhayiṣurmaṅgalā-
(p.341, l.31)rātrikādisamagrasāmagrīparigrahā māyāvatyā gandhapūjārātridīpādyupacāraṣoḍaśakaṃ vidhāya purastā-
(p.341, l.32)ddhyānanimīlitanayanā kṣaṇamatiṣṭhat | tadā paścādbhāgāvasthito 'sau vyāhṛtavān | bhaktajanāgragaṇye tvayi
(p.341, l.33)bhaktiviśeṣādaramālakṣyāhaṃ tvāṃ prati prasannā jātāsmi | tadbhavatī manaḥsamīhitaṃ varaṃ vṛṇotu | tadā
(p.341, l.34)tadākarṇya daṇḍavatpraṇipātitayāstāvi | mātarmadīyā svāminī alakapurādhināyikā sevakalokānāṃ
(p.341, l.35)saṃkocanarāhityākāṅkṣāvikāsāvakāśaṃ vitaraṇasāmarthyena paripūrayasi | hṛṣīkānāṃ rasānāṃ kila ātmaja-
(p.341, l.36)neṣu nopekṣā manīṣayā daśāmullāsayasi | ityastauṣīt | tadanu manīṣitamavādīt | yadi prasannāsi idānīṃ
(p.341, l.37)madīyo bhartā yathā na cakṣurbhyāṃ svaviṣayaṃ paricinoti tathā prakāramācaratāt | tato devatayāvādi |
(p.342, l.1)yadi tavābhilaṣitaṃ tadā tameva lokāntarāśayaṃ racayāmi | tadā jagāda sā | sa ca nijāvalokanā-
(p.342, l.2)taṅkāvalokanāparyāptāvaśeṣanīyaḥ | netre eva tasya rūpagrahanigrahe vidhātavye | tataḥ sa devatādambho babhāṇa |
(p.342, l.3)ahaṃ māyeriṇī devatā tathā kariṣyāmi yathā tasya nayane kanīnikākāntyādiguṇayukte staḥ | paraṃ
(p.342, l.4)sarvasyāṃ netrasaundaryasāmagryāṃ vidyamānāyāmapi tannayaneyā garīyasī pīḍā prādurbhaviṣyati | tatastadupā-
(p.342, l.5)yaparicayavaśādviṣayāgrahamapi śanaiḥ pariśīlayiṣyati | tataḥ sā punarapi prāṇaṃsīdiṣṭadevatām | tato
(p.342, l.6)devatā punastāmūce | bhaktajanacakravartini tarhyevaṃ sādhaya | pratidinamanyaiḥ pakvānnaiḥ tasya bhojanamātṛptikaraṃ
(p.342, l.7)prayoktavyam | etāvatā dṛśau svata eva gamiṣyataḥ | ityanujñāmabhyarthya pramuditamānasā praguṇitotsāhaviśeṣā
(p.342, l.8)nijaniketanamayāsīt | tataḥ sāvadhānā pāyasamapākṣīt | tataḥ samaye tasmindvijottamo 'sau grāmamadhyato
(p.342, l.9)gṛhamātmīyamāgatya gṛhiṇīmabhāṣīt | snānasaṃdhyopāsanādimādhyaṃdinaṃ vidhiṃ samāpayāma | yādṛśaṃ vidyate
(p.342, l.10)sadmani tadeva pariveṣaya | bubhukṣā bahudhā bādhate | tanniśamya sā prāsūta vācam | kṣaṇamatra upaviśantu |
(p.342, l.11)paryuṣitamandhaḥ kimityabhyavaharanti | tato 'tiruciraṃ vicitrapaktaṃ viracya tasmai pariviṣya devatāyai saṃkalpya
(p.342, l.12)tṛptiparyavasānaṃ dvijottamāya prāyacchat | vibhāvarībhojananimittamapi tathaiva tayā niramāyi | iti
(p.342, l.13)pratidinaṃ vidadhāti | tataḥ pañcaṣairghasrairnayanayorudiyāya pīḍā | priyāmavādīt | madīyanayanayoḥ pīḍā-
(p.342, l.14)tivikāriṇī kālakālākalitalavādyavayaveṣu muhurmuhustvarabādhāgarīyastvamurīkṛtya pravarīvarti sma |
(p.342, l.15)anyaccāhaṃ puro'vasthitaṃ rūpaṃ paśyāmi na niścitagatyā | āndhyāvirbhāvopakramo 'pi jāyamāno dṛśyate |
(p.342, l.16)tathā tathā sātiśayādaraparibhāvitā prayatnaviśeṣaṃ viśadayati | tato 'nyaiḥ kaiścana dinairnāhaṃ cakṣurbhyāṃ
(p.342, l.17)lakṣayāmīti bruvāṇo gṛhamadhya eva gacchankimapi vastu luṇṭhayati skhalanābhinayena bhinatti pātrīprabhṛti |
(p.342, l.18)dvārigantavyādarśanamadhiśrayaṇīsāṃnidhyaṃ yāti | dvāraṃ kutrāsti | tarhi darśayatāmiti | nirnimittaṃ mama
(p.342, l.19)netrayoretatkimajāyatetyabhidhāya mandiramadhya eva mūtramutsṛjati | śarvaryāṃ mahīyasī bādhetyabhidhāya
(p.342, l.20)vilapati | tāṃ prati vyāharatyaharniśam | madīyanetrābhivyaktaduḥsahapīḍāpākaraṇāya kamapi prayatnaprakāraṃ
(p.342, l.21)cikitsitaparikalpitavividhauṣadhasāmagrīsaṃpādanena pratibandhaprabandhānusaṃdhānamādhatsva | itarathā bhṛśoda-
(p.342, l.22)gratayaiva vyathayā prāṇā apyupagantāraḥ | tanniśamanātsāpi vyāhārṣīt | anyairapi kiyadbhirahobhiḥ sā-
(p.342, l.23)dhīyasī cakṣuṣī bhavatāṃ bhaviṣyataḥ | dhairyamavalambata | kimiti bālakapralāpakauśalpalyapariśīlanena | tato
(p.342, l.24)'sāvanvahaṃ paridevito 'dhikatayā | tataḥ satatavisṛmarasaṃtamasāndhānuvaśatāṃ nayanayornirṇīya tathā nija
(p.342, l.25)uparamaṇo niketane samāninye | tasya kapaṭāndhasyādhyakṣaṃ dvāvapi sukhena tiṣṭhataḥ | tadāsau kapaṭāndho
(p.342, l.26)babhāṇa gṛhiṇīm | madīyanetre tu gate | ahamandhaḥ saṃjātaḥ | tvamanadhigatāvadhikriyāmājanmano madīyopāsanaṃ
(p.342, l.27)cikīrṣasi pariśrāmyasi | tarhi mama haste musalamekamarpaya | tathāhaṃ tatparikalpitavartmā tadavaṣṭambhabalena
(p.342, l.28)caraṇanyāsaṃ vidadhanmūtraṇāya bahirgacchāmi | tadānīṃ tayā tasmai sādhīyānsaralo mahāneko laguḍo
(p.342, l.29)balāvaṣṭambhanāya pradade | sa tu brāhmaṇo laguḍapāṇiḥ andhatvābhinayena tiṣṭhati | tau dvāvapi sukhena
(p.342, l.30)nivasataḥ | etāvatā tenopapatinā pratidinamantarāgamyate | upaveśite sati eteṣāṃ caraṇau niścitya
(p.342, l.31)gṛhāntarākārayatāt | itīdṛśamādaraviśeṣaṃ vyadhāt | tato 'sau gadāparvākhyānamākhyātumupacakrame | tato
(p.342, l.32)ghṛtāndho 'bhyadhāt | gadāparvākhyānamuhūrtamākārayiṣye | pratyahamiha bhavadbhiḥ sadāyātavyam | bhavatāmahaṃ
(p.342, l.33)gadāparvākhyākharvagarvaparvabadhira itthaṃ durvahamudrānirvāhavibhedakaṃ sarvasuraparvapratiparvacarvitanirvitathanirvā-
(p.342, l.34)sanoditvarasukṛtasarvasvaṃ varivasitaśarvakṛpākaṭākṣacchaṭākṣiprasādābhivyañjakaṃ bhavaccittalayaviśeṣasaṃpoṣaka-
(p.342, l.35)sarvodyogenāṅgeṣu samāpayiṣye | ityavagantavyam | anena prakāreṇa sa upapatiḥ pratidinaṃ dvijottamāttasmā-
(p.342, l.36)dgadāparvapurāṇaṃ śṛṇoti | ghṛtāndhaśca taṃ prati vyācaṣṭe | sā ca tatpatnyupapatinā samaṃ bhāvavilāsā-
(p.342, l.37)dikrīḍāvinodanaṃ pratidinaṃ nirviśati | sa tu brāhmaṇo ghṛtāndho dṛgbhyāṃ kalayanpracaṇḍalaguḍaṃ kare
(p.342, l.38)kalayaṃstiṣṭhati | ekasmindine laguḍapāṇinā pratyaikṣi | utthāya bhīmasenastu gadāṃ samudyamya sarvodyogena
(p.343, l.1)duryodhanamitthaṃ prahṛtavān | ityabhidhāya taṃ tasyā upapatimatibalena prahāreṇa kapāle tāḍitavān | tathaiva
(p.343, l.2)vyabhicāriṇyā api kapālamekaghātena śakalīkṛtavān | itthamasau ghṛtāndho 'grajanmā svavairamasādhayat |
(p.343, l.3)tadbhujagastu kālakavalitakalevaraḥ | tarhi mahīnātha tvamāgrahaṃ jahīhi | padyasyaivārthamāmṛśa | ityupadiśya
(p.343, l.4)pradhānanandinyapi yathāgatamagāt ||
(p.343, l.5)iti dvādaśī kathā || 12 ||

ityabhidhāya sā vyabhicārācaraṇāya pravavṛte | tataḥ kiyatānehasā sa tatpatirbrāhmaṇo 'pyajñāsīt | paraṃ maunamavalambanena tiṣṭhati | nāṅgīkartuṃ prabhavati puṃsā yatkimapi kāryaṃ tatsarasābhisaraṇanirasanavyavasitatayānusaraṇīyaṃ manasaḥ kalanayāvadhīritavidhinirbādhaṃ phalodayavāsanāvyāhatasamarthanaprasaraparicayakroḍīkṛtya yadupakramyate tatsiddhisamudāyamāsādayati | ata evāyamagrajanurapatrapiṣṇurapi tūṣṇīmalaṃkariṣṇurjiṣṇuścittaṃbhrājiṣṇuḥ sukhamanubhūṣṇurviṣṇuraneho'tikramaṃ nirmitsati | tathā sati sā taṃ nitarāmavajānīte na ca pariveṣayatyasya ucitābhyavaharaṇāyānnodane | annaprāṇodakamapi nāsāvāsādayati | itthamasthiśeṣo 'vāsthāt | tadanu vimarśasukhatāmāmarśako nāmātaḥ paro vidheyāṃśaḥ | yadi saṃhananaṃ samarthanāghaṭanamabhaviṣyattadānīṃ dvāvapyetāvaśikṣiṣyaṃ pratidinamitthaṃ cintāsaṃtānamātanvāno jāgarti | tasyā vyabhicāriṇyā māyāvatīpariniṣṭhito bhaktiviśeṣaḥ | tadupāsanasamaye pūrvameva devīnandanadine samāgatya devāyāḥ pāścātyapradeśe praviśyādarśitaśarīra evāvatasthau | tataḥ sā tāmārirādhayiṣurmaṅgalārātrikādisamagrasāmagrīparigrahā māyāvatyā gandhapūjārātridīpādyupacāraṣoḍaśakaṃ vidhāya purastāddhyānanimīlitanayanā kṣaṇamatiṣṭhat | tadā paścādbhāgāvasthito 'sau vyāhṛtavān | bhaktajanāgragaṇye tvayi bhaktiviśeṣādaramālakṣyāhaṃ tvāṃ prati prasannā jātāsmi | tadbhavatī manaḥsamīhitaṃ varaṃ vṛṇotu | tadā tadākarṇya daṇḍavatpraṇipātitayāstāvi | mātarmadīyā svāminī alakapurādhināyikā sevakalokānāṃ saṃkocanarāhityākāṅkṣāvikāsāvakāśaṃ vitaraṇasāmarthyena paripūrayasi | hṛṣīkānāṃ rasānāṃ kila ātmajaneṣu nopekṣā manīṣayā daśāmullāsayasi | ityastauṣīt | tadanu manīṣitamavādīt | yadi prasannāsi idānīṃ madīyo bhartā yathā na cakṣurbhyāṃ svaviṣayaṃ paricinoti tathā prakāramācaratāt | tato devatayāvādi | yadi tavābhilaṣitaṃ tadā tameva lokāntarāśayaṃ racayāmi | tadā jagāda sā | sa ca nijāvalokanātaṅkāvalokanāparyāptāvaśeṣanīyaḥ | netre eva tasya rūpagrahanigrahe vidhātavye | tataḥ sa devatādambho babhāṇa | ahaṃ māyeriṇī devatā tathā kariṣyāmi yathā tasya nayane kanīnikākāntyādiguṇayukte staḥ | paraṃ sarvasyāṃ netrasaundaryasāmagryāṃ vidyamānāyāmapi tannayaneyā garīyasī pīḍā prādurbhaviṣyati | tatastadupāyaparicayavaśādviṣayāgrahamapi śanaiḥ pariśīlayiṣyati | tataḥ sā punarapi prāṇaṃsīdiṣṭadevatām | tato devatā punastāmūce | bhaktajanacakravartini tarhyevaṃ sādhaya | pratidinamanyaiḥ pakvānnaiḥ tasya bhojanamātṛptikaraṃ prayoktavyam | etāvatā dṛśau svata eva gamiṣyataḥ | ityanujñāmabhyarthya pramuditamānasā praguṇitotsāhaviśeṣā nijaniketanamayāsīt | tataḥ sāvadhānā pāyasamapākṣīt | tataḥ samaye tasmindvijottamo 'sau grāmamadhyato gṛhamātmīyamāgatya gṛhiṇīmabhāṣīt | snānasaṃdhyopāsanādimādhyaṃdinaṃ vidhiṃ samāpayāma | yādṛśaṃ vidyate sadmani tadeva pariveṣaya | bubhukṣā bahudhā bādhate | tanniśamya sā prāsūta vācam | kṣaṇamatra upaviśantu | paryuṣitamandhaḥ kimityabhyavaharanti | tato 'tiruciraṃ vicitrapaktaṃ viracya tasmai pariviṣya devatāyai saṃkalpya tṛptiparyavasānaṃ dvijottamāya prāyacchat | vibhāvarībhojananimittamapi tathaiva tayā niramāyi | iti pratidinaṃ vidadhāti | tataḥ pañcaṣairghasrairnayanayorudiyāya pīḍā | priyāmavādīt | madīyanayanayoḥ pīḍātivikāriṇī kālakālākalitalavādyavayaveṣu muhurmuhustvarabādhāgarīyastvamurīkṛtya pravarīvarti sma | anyaccāhaṃ puro'vasthitaṃ rūpaṃ paśyāmi na niścitagatyā | āndhyāvirbhāvopakramo 'pi jāyamāno dṛśyate | tathā tathā sātiśayādaraparibhāvitā prayatnaviśeṣaṃ viśadayati | tato 'nyaiḥ kaiścana dinairnāhaṃ cakṣurbhyāṃ lakṣayāmīti bruvāṇo gṛhamadhya eva gacchankimapi vastu luṇṭhayati skhalanābhinayena bhinatti pātrīprabhṛti | dvārigantavyādarśanamadhiśrayaṇīsāṃnidhyaṃ yāti | dvāraṃ kutrāsti | tarhi darśayatāmiti | nirnimittaṃ mama netrayoretatkimajāyatetyabhidhāya mandiramadhya eva mūtramutsṛjati | śarvaryāṃ mahīyasī bādhetyabhidhāya vilapati | tāṃ prati vyāharatyaharniśam | madīyanetrābhivyaktaduḥsahapīḍāpākaraṇāya kamapi prayatnaprakāraṃ cikitsitaparikalpitavividhauṣadhasāmagrīsaṃpādanena pratibandhaprabandhānusaṃdhānamādhatsva | itarathā bhṛśodagratayaiva vyathayā prāṇā apyupagantāraḥ | tanniśamanātsāpi vyāhārṣīt | anyairapi kiyadbhirahobhiḥ sādhīyasī cakṣuṣī bhavatāṃ bhaviṣyataḥ | dhairyamavalambata | kimiti bālakapralāpakauśalyapariśīlanena | tato 'sāvanvahaṃ paridevito 'dhikatayā | tataḥ satatavisṛmarasaṃtamasāndhānuvaśatāṃ nayanayornirṇīya tathā nija uparamaṇo niketane samāninye | tasya kapaṭāndhasyādhyakṣaṃ dvāvapi sukhena tiṣṭhataḥ | tadāsau kapaṭāndho babhāṇa gṛhiṇīm | madīyanetre tu gate | ahamandhaḥ saṃjātaḥ | tvamanadhigatāvadhikriyāmājanmano madīyopāsanaṃ cikīrṣasi pariśrāmyasi | tarhi mama haste musalamekamarpaya | tathāhaṃ tatparikalpitavartmā tadavaṣṭambhabalena caraṇanyāsaṃ vidadhanmūtraṇāya bahirgacchāmi | tadānīṃ tayā tasmai sādhīyānsaralo mahāneko laguḍo balāvaṣṭambhanāya pradade | sa tu brāhmaṇo laguḍapāṇiḥ andhatvābhinayena tiṣṭhati | tau dvāvapi sukhena nivasataḥ | etāvatā tenopapatinā pratidinamantarāgamyate | upaveśite sati eteṣāṃ caraṇau niścitya gṛhāntarākārayatāt | itīdṛśamādaraviśeṣaṃ vyadhāt | tato 'sau gadāparvākhyānamākhyātumupacakrame | tato ghṛtāndho 'bhyadhāt | gadāparvākhyānamuhūrtamākārayiṣye | pratyahamiha bhavadbhiḥ sadāyātavyam | bhavatāmahaṃ gadāparvākhyākharvagarvaparvabadhira itthaṃ durvahamudrānirvāhavibhedakaṃ sarvasuraparvapratiparvacarvitanirvitathanirvāsanoditvarasukṛtasarvasvaṃ varivasitaśarvakṛpākaṭākṣacchaṭākṣiprasādābhivyañjakaṃ bhavaccittalayaviśeṣasaṃpoṣakasarvodyogenāṅgeṣu samāpayiṣye | ityavagantavyam | anena prakāreṇa sa upapatiḥ pratidinaṃ dvijottamāttasmādgadāparvapurāṇaṃ śṛṇoti | ghṛtāndhaśca taṃ prati vyācaṣṭe | sā ca tatpatnyupapatinā samaṃ bhāvavilāsādikrīḍāvinodanaṃ pratidinaṃ nirviśati | sa tu brāhmaṇo ghṛtāndho dṛgbhyāṃ kalayanpracaṇḍalaguḍaṃ kare kalayaṃstiṣṭhati | ekasmindine laguḍapāṇinā pratyaikṣi | utthāya bhīmasenastu gadāṃ samudyamya sarvodyogena duryodhanamitthaṃ prahṛtavān | ityabhidhāya taṃ tasyā upapatimatibalena prahāreṇa kapāle tāḍitavān | tathaiva vyabhicāriṇyā api kapālamekaghātena śakalīkṛtavān | itthamasau ghṛtāndho 'grajanmā svavairamasādhayat | tadbhujagastu kālakavalitakalevaraḥ | tarhi mahīnātha tvamāgrahaṃ jahīhi | padyasyaivārthamāmṛśa | ityupadiśya pradhānanandinyapi yathāgatamagāt || iti dvādaśī kathā || 12 ||

§ 13

p.343, l.6

(p.343, l.6)tadanu dinanāthasyodaye avaniramaṇo 'mātyatanūjāmānāyya jalacarahasitanidānajñīpsayā aprākṣīt |
(p.343, l.7)tadāśrutya śāpādbiḍaujasa apsarā rājanandinī samajāyata | tadanveko janastadabhyagramāgatavānsa tu tasyā
(p.343, l.8)abhihitaṃ nākarottataḥ sa tayā virahamāsāditavān | tadanvasāvanvatapyata | tādṛkprakārastavāpi ghaṭiṣyate |
(p.343, l.9)ityākarṇya nṛpatistāṃ tadvṛttāntamaprākṣīt | tadanu sā bālasarasvatī tadvṛttāntamavīvacat | śṛṇu śrutisaṃto-
(p.343, l.10)ṣakarakīrte | pūrvaṃ svargaukasāmekā apsarāḥ | sā ca suranartakīnāṃ mukhyabhūtā | ekasminsamaye sā surāṇāṃ
(p.343, l.11)purastānnṛtyantī | tadatiśayaparituṣṭaḥ puruhūtastasyai sādhīyasīṃ nagarīmekāṃ pārthakyena prāyacchadviśālapurī-
(p.343, l.12)saṃjñām | sā ca nagarī nitarāṃ nirupamā | sā ca devanagarīmāśritya nivasati | indrasamārādhanāya
(p.343, l.13)pratidinaṃ sevāyai samāgacchati | itthamekasmindine sutarāṃ sevānimittaṃ nāgacchat | tataḥ śatakratuḥ tāṃ
(p.343, l.14)śaptavān | tvamasmatsevāniyamaṃ nigṛhītavatī | tarhi tvadīyaṃ śarīraṃ jīvavirahitaṃ bhavannagaryāmeva sthāsyati |
(p.343, l.15)tava mṛtaśarīrasyārātparicaryāpare dve striyau sthāsyataḥ | āgatāya pūrvapuruṣāya tava nirjīvakalevaravṛttā-
(p.343, l.16)ntāvedanaṃ vidhāsyato vanite te | tatastvaṃ tu tasya puruṣasya mukhānnijanirjīvaśarīrasyodantamāśrutya tadanu
(p.343, l.17)tannarendranandinīsaṃhananaṃ hitvā purāpsarasaṃ vapuravāpsyasi | tāvatsamayāvasānaṃ martyaloke evāsanaṃ tava
(p.343, l.18)bobhaviṣyati | sā tanniśamya punaḥ śatakratuṃ svakapolasamullasatkāntibalātkārakabalīkṛtakopaṃ vidhāya
(p.343, l.19)parāmṛśadviśālavilasanā provāca | madvirahitāyā nagaryā na kasyāpi nāyakatvaṃ pratipādyam | iti
(p.343, l.20)śrutvā surapatirvācamasrākṣīt | yāvadavadhi bhavatī nijanagaranāyakatvamāpatsyate tāvatparyantaṃ tava nagara-
(p.343, l.21)nivāsinaḥ sarve 'pi caitanyavirahitā bhaviṣyanti | tataḥ sā kuliśapāṇinā śaptā rājakumārītvenā-
(p.343, l.22)vatārṣīt | itthaṃ kālakalanayāsāveva nodayaṃ pratipede | paramātmanaḥ pāṇigrahaṇaṃ pratyācaṣṭe | āgrahābhiyuktā
(p.343, l.23)satyevaṃ vāvadīti | yaḥ kaścinmatpurastādviśālapurīvṛttāntaṃ vyāhariṣyati tamevāhaṃ bhartṛtvena drakṣyāmīti |
(p.343, l.24)anekaśo rājāno rājakumārāścāyānti paraṃ na kaścidapi viśālanagarīvilāsaṃ pariśīlayati | te
(p.343, l.25)punarapi yathāgataṃ gacchanti | itthameko dhūrtaḥ kaścidāsīt | sa taccaritaṃ bubhutsuḥ sakalaṃ bhūmaṇḍalaṃ babhrāma |
(p.343, l.26)tataḥ kollāpuraṃ kṣetramāsādya śrīmahālakṣmīsthāne 'nvatiṣṭhat | devatā prasādya varaṃ vṛṇīṣveti vyājahāra |
(p.343, l.27)tato 'sau | viśālapurī kā | sā kasminbhūmibhāge 'vasthitimādadhāti | tannagaraṃ mayā cakṣurviṣayīkartavyam |
(p.343, l.28)tathā prasīdatu bhavatī | ityākarṇya śrīmahālakṣmīstasmai viśālapurīdarśanāya prādātpāduke | ete pāduke
(p.343, l.29)caraṇāsakte kārye | etāvatā tava samīhitapradeśāsādanaṃ bhaviṣyatīti devatājñāmadhigamya sa pāduke
(p.343, l.30)aṅghribhyāṃ parigṛhya tarasā viśālapurīmagamat | tāvatā tatsthānāsaktirajāyata | tatastadgatvā saundaryā-
(p.343, l.31)dyaśeṣātiśayagarīyasīṃ nagarīṃ citrānandasaṃdohataraṃgiṇīlaharīnicayasahacarīmiva locanagocarīkaroti
(p.343, l.32)sma | taddvārapakṣadvaye 'pi karaṭidvayamabhivīkṣya bibhāya | tataḥ śanaiḥ purastādgacchankariṇau tau caitanyavikalau
(p.343, l.33)kalayitvā antaḥ prāvikṣat | tathāntaḥsthitāni sarvāṇi mānuṣāṇi jīvakalāvikalitānyālakṣya purastā-
(p.343, l.34)dgacchanrājabhavanamatimanoharaṃ nayanayorayanaṃ nayati sma | tatratyā dvārapālā api caitanyaśūnyāḥ | tadanvantaḥ
(p.343, l.35)praviśya paśyati yāvatā tāvatā ekā sīmantinī prakṣīṇajīvitā śayānāsti | tatsavidhe dve yuvatī
(p.343, l.36)jīvite staḥ | tābhyāṃ tatratyaṃ sakalamapi vṛttāntaṃ jñāpito 'sau tāṃ sakalāmapi vārttāṃ vikalamākalayya
(p.343, l.37)pādukābalena kṣaṇādeva nijanagaramāsasāda | sā nareśvaranandinī nayanayorayanībhāvamānīyate tena |
(p.344, l.1)tāṃ ca saṃgatya viśālapurīvilasitamakhilamapyavikalaṃ pariśīlitavānahamiti tāmāvedayāmāsa | tvayā
(p.344, l.2)viśālapurī dadṛśe na veti pṛṣṭe dṛṣṭavānahamityavādītsa tām | tarhi tasya nagarasya dvāri kimastīti
(p.344, l.3)saṃketaviśeṣaṃ vyāharatāt | tathā tatsatyatāyāṃ sarvamapi satyamevetyabhihite dvāripakṣadvaye 'pi dantidvayama-
(p.344, l.4)stīti niśamya satyavyavahāro 'yamiti saṃmānīkṛtya tamitthamavādīt | tvaṃ tadvārttābhidhāne vācaṃyamo
(p.344, l.5)bhava | yadāhaṃ tvāmāpṛcchāmi tāṃ vārttāṃ sakalamapi vṛttāntamabhidhehi | ityabhidhāya sā tamantaranīnayat |
(p.344, l.6)tena samaṃ manaḥsamīhitasuralokaikabhuktibhāvavilāsanādyatiśayitasuratopacāropacayaparicitagahanānanda-
(p.344, l.7)saṃdohābhivyañjakaṃ pūrvānubhavasmaraṇānusaraṇatāparimitakāmatattvanirastasamastaiṣaṇaviṣayaviśeṣalakṣaṇīyatade-
(p.344, l.8)katānatānitāntādvaitabhāvopagūḍhamānasā sā kāmamapyarakṣata mohanamahanīyagahanamahodaye | itthaṃ kālo
(p.344, l.9)nālpīyānatyavartiṣṭa | sa tu mumūrṣurmūrkho hṛdayasamuditamānandābhyudayaṃ prāpto 'pi viśālapurīvārttāṃ
(p.344, l.10)tavāgre vyāharāmi iti pratyahaṃ tāṃ praśnayati | sā ca yadāhaṃ pṛcchāmi tadā vyāhartavyamiti taṃ nivā-
(p.344, l.11)rayati sarvadā | itthaṃ sa tādṛśīṃ divyanitambinīṃ tathāvidharatyādīndivyānbhogānbhuñjāno 'pi purā-
(p.344, l.12)kṛtavividhaviṣamavidheyavidalitacittavṛttistatsarvamapi saukhyaṃ manasi manvāno vyāharati tām | caritamā-
(p.344, l.13)vedayāmīti kriyāsamabhihareṇa | sā ca tatratyānaśeṣasaṃketaviśeṣānākarṇitavatī | etāvatā samastasaṃketā-
(p.344, l.14)vagamakṣaṇa eva tasyāstaccharīraṃ tyaktajīvitamajāyata viśālapuraśarīraṃ cetanāparītamajaniṣṭa | tadanvasā-
(p.344, l.15)vanutāpakaraṇe prāvartata | vārttāṃ vyāharamāṇo 'haṃ niṣiddhaḥ | parametanniṣiddhaṃ nākaravaṃ duṣṭākṛtaparavaśaḥ |
(p.344, l.16)prakṣīṇadevasya mamedṛśastu viparyastopabhoga ajani | tarhi mahīpāla praśnāgrahaṇe yojanamasti | ślokārthameva
(p.344, l.17)vicārayatu bhavān | ityuktvā bālasarasvatī nijaniketanaṃ jagāma ||
(p.344, l.18)iti trayodaśī kathā || 13 ||

tadanu dinanāthasyodaye avaniramaṇo 'mātyatanūjāmānāyya jalacarahasitanidānajñīpsayā aprākṣīt | tadāśrutya śāpādbiḍaujasa apsarā rājanandinī samajāyata | tadanveko janastadabhyagramāgatavānsa tu tasyā abhihitaṃ nākarottataḥ sa tayā virahamāsāditavān | tadanvasāvanvatapyata | tādṛkprakārastavāpi ghaṭiṣyate | ityākarṇya nṛpatistāṃ tadvṛttāntamaprākṣīt | tadanu sā bālasarasvatī tadvṛttāntamavīvacat | śṛṇu śrutisaṃtoṣakarakīrte | pūrvaṃ svargaukasāmekā apsarāḥ | sā ca suranartakīnāṃ mukhyabhūtā | ekasminsamaye sā surāṇāṃ purastānnṛtyantī | tadatiśayaparituṣṭaḥ puruhūtastasyai sādhīyasīṃ nagarīmekāṃ pārthakyena prāyacchadviśālapurīsaṃjñām | sā ca nagarī nitarāṃ nirupamā | sā ca devanagarīmāśritya nivasati | indrasamārādhanāya pratidinaṃ sevāyai samāgacchati | itthamekasmindine sutarāṃ sevānimittaṃ nāgacchat | tataḥ śatakratuḥ tāṃ śaptavān | tvamasmatsevāniyamaṃ nigṛhītavatī | tarhi tvadīyaṃ śarīraṃ jīvavirahitaṃ bhavannagaryāmeva sthāsyati | tava mṛtaśarīrasyārātparicaryāpare dve striyau sthāsyataḥ | āgatāya pūrvapuruṣāya tava nirjīvakalevaravṛttāntāvedanaṃ vidhāsyato vanite te | tatastvaṃ tu tasya puruṣasya mukhānnijanirjīvaśarīrasyodantamāśrutya tadanu tannarendranandinīsaṃhananaṃ hitvā purāpsarasaṃ vapuravāpsyasi | tāvatsamayāvasānaṃ martyaloke evāsanaṃ tava bobhaviṣyati | sā tanniśamya punaḥ śatakratuṃ svakapolasamullasatkāntibalātkārakabalīkṛtakopaṃ vidhāya parāmṛśadviśālavilasanā provāca | madvirahitāyā nagaryā na kasyāpi nāyakatvaṃ pratipādyam | iti śrutvā surapatirvācamasrākṣīt | yāvadavadhi bhavatī nijanagaranāyakatvamāpatsyate tāvatparyantaṃ tava nagaranivāsinaḥ sarve 'pi caitanyavirahitā bhaviṣyanti | tataḥ sā kuliśapāṇinā śaptā rājakumārītvenāvatārṣīt | itthaṃ kālakalanayāsāveva nodayaṃ pratipede | paramātmanaḥ pāṇigrahaṇaṃ pratyācaṣṭe | āgrahābhiyuktā satyevaṃ vāvadīti | yaḥ kaścinmatpurastādviśālapurīvṛttāntaṃ vyāhariṣyati tamevāhaṃ bhartṛtvena drakṣyāmīti | anekaśo rājāno rājakumārāścāyānti paraṃ na kaścidapi viśālanagarīvilāsaṃ pariśīlayati | te punarapi yathāgataṃ gacchanti | itthameko dhūrtaḥ kaścidāsīt | sa taccaritaṃ bubhutsuḥ sakalaṃ bhūmaṇḍalaṃ babhrāma | tataḥ kollāpuraṃ kṣetramāsādya śrīmahālakṣmīsthāne 'nvatiṣṭhat | devatā prasādya varaṃ vṛṇīṣveti vyājahāra | tato 'sau | viśālapurī kā | sā kasminbhūmibhāge 'vasthitimādadhāti | tannagaraṃ mayā cakṣurviṣayīkartavyam | tathā prasīdatu bhavatī | ityākarṇya śrīmahālakṣmīstasmai viśālapurīdarśanāya prādātpāduke | ete pāduke caraṇāsakte kārye | etāvatā tava samīhitapradeśāsādanaṃ bhaviṣyatīti devatājñāmadhigamya sa pāduke aṅghribhyāṃ parigṛhya tarasā viśālapurīmagamat | tāvatā tatsthānāsaktirajāyata | tatastadgatvā saundaryādyaśeṣātiśayagarīyasīṃ nagarīṃ citrānandasaṃdohataraṃgiṇīlaharīnicayasahacarīmiva locanagocarīkaroti sma | taddvārapakṣadvaye 'pi karaṭidvayamabhivīkṣya bibhāya | tataḥ śanaiḥ purastādgacchankariṇau tau caitanyavikalau kalayitvā antaḥ prāvikṣat | tathāntaḥsthitāni sarvāṇi mānuṣāṇi jīvakalāvikalitānyālakṣya purastādgacchanrājabhavanamatimanoharaṃ nayanayorayanaṃ nayati sma | tatratyā dvārapālā api caitanyaśūnyāḥ | tadanvantaḥ praviśya paśyati yāvatā tāvatā ekā sīmantinī prakṣīṇajīvitā śayānāsti | tatsavidhe dve yuvatī jīvite staḥ | tābhyāṃ tatratyaṃ sakalamapi vṛttāntaṃ jñāpito 'sau tāṃ sakalāmapi vārttāṃ vikalamākalayya pādukābalena kṣaṇādeva nijanagaramāsasāda | sā nareśvaranandinī nayanayorayanībhāvamānīyate tena | tāṃ ca saṃgatya viśālapurīvilasitamakhilamapyavikalaṃ pariśīlitavānahamiti tāmāvedayāmāsa | tvayā viśālapurī dadṛśe na veti pṛṣṭe dṛṣṭavānahamityavādītsa tām | tarhi tasya nagarasya dvāri kimastīti saṃketaviśeṣaṃ vyāharatāt | tathā tatsatyatāyāṃ sarvamapi satyamevetyabhihite dvāripakṣadvaye 'pi dantidvayamastīti niśamya satyavyavahāro 'yamiti saṃmānīkṛtya tamitthamavādīt | tvaṃ tadvārttābhidhāne vācaṃyamo bhava | yadāhaṃ tvāmāpṛcchāmi tāṃ vārttāṃ sakalamapi vṛttāntamabhidhehi | ityabhidhāya sā tamantaranīnayat | tena samaṃ manaḥsamīhitasuralokaikabhuktibhāvavilāsanādyatiśayitasuratopacāropacayaparicitagahanānandasaṃdohābhivyañjakaṃ pūrvānubhavasmaraṇānusaraṇatāparimitakāmatattvanirastasamastaiṣaṇaviṣayaviśeṣalakṣaṇīyatadekatānatānitāntādvaitabhāvopagūḍhamānasā sā kāmamapyarakṣata mohanamahanīyagahanamahodaye | itthaṃ kālo nālpīyānatyavartiṣṭa | sa tu mumūrṣurmūrkho hṛdayasamuditamānandābhyudayaṃ prāpto 'pi viśālapurīvārttāṃ tavāgre vyāharāmi iti pratyahaṃ tāṃ praśnayati | sā ca yadāhaṃ pṛcchāmi tadā vyāhartavyamiti taṃ nivārayati sarvadā | itthaṃ sa tādṛśīṃ divyanitambinīṃ tathāvidharatyādīndivyānbhogānbhuñjāno 'pi purākṛtavividhaviṣamavidheyavidalitacittavṛttistatsarvamapi saukhyaṃ manasi manvāno vyāharati tām | caritamāvedayāmīti kriyāsamabhihareṇa | sā ca tatratyānaśeṣasaṃketaviśeṣānākarṇitavatī | etāvatā samastasaṃketāvagamakṣaṇa eva tasyāstaccharīraṃ tyaktajīvitamajāyata viśālapuraśarīraṃ cetanāparītamajaniṣṭa | tadanvasāvanutāpakaraṇe prāvartata | vārttāṃ vyāharamāṇo 'haṃ niṣiddhaḥ | parametanniṣiddhaṃ nākaravaṃ duṣṭākṛtaparavaśaḥ | prakṣīṇadevasya mamedṛśastu viparyastopabhoga ajani | tarhi mahīpāla praśnāgrahaṇe yojanamasti | ślokārthameva vicārayatu bhavān | ityuktvā bālasarasvatī nijaniketanaṃ jagāma || iti trayodaśī kathā || 13 ||

§ 14

p.344, l.19

(p.344, l.19)punarapi rājñā bālasarasvatī samāhūtā | matsyahāsyakāraṇamaprākṣīt | tacchrutvā sāpi sasarja giram |
(p.344, l.20)etadākarṇanāddharādhīśa tavāpi tathā bhaviṣyati yathaikasyāḥ puṃścalyā jāro 'pi nājāyata tathā bhartāpi
(p.344, l.21)na babhūva | madhya evāvasthitā sā kṛtāyāsā | tatastanniśamya rājā tadvṛttāntaṃ vyāharasvetyāha sacivasutām |
(p.344, l.22)tadājñāmadhigamya sāpi rājānamākarṇayetyabhidhāya tadvṛttāntakathanopakramaṃ praguṇīcakāra | ābhīradeśamadhye
(p.344, l.23)tapatinītīre kasmiṃścidgrāme kṛṣīvalo nyavātsīt | tatsahacaryaticapalā | tasyāḥ patiḥ kṣetra evāvatiṣṭhate
(p.344, l.24)sarvadā | sā copapatinā samaṃ sukhena viṣayopabhogasukhaṃ aṅgīkurvāṇā gṛhe nivasati | tasyā buddhi-
(p.344, l.25)ritthamajāyata | yaṃ kamapyupapatiṃ gṛhītvā nirgatya tenānyatra gatopabhogarasānusaṃdhānaparatayā avalambate |
(p.344, l.26)iti hṛdaye nidhāya pūrvaparicitamevopapatiṃ prati vācaṃ vitanoti sma | ahaṃ tvayā saha pradeśāntaraṃ
(p.344, l.27)nirjigamiṣāmi | tarhi gacchāmaḥ | tvaṃ māmādāya niryāhītyabhihitaḥ so 'pi giramujjagāra | atra
(p.344, l.28)sukhenaiva nivasāmaḥ | tvaṃ nijagṛhādhiṣṭhātrī sukhaviśeṣopabhogarasikā parilasasi | ahamapyātmano mandire
(p.344, l.29)sukhaparavaśaḥ paramasaṃtoṣasamāsāditapoṣastiṣṭhāmi | yadāvayormanmathenāvasthopanīpadyate tadānīṃ tadapi
(p.344, l.30)vidheyamanubobhavāmaḥ | iti vartamānaṃ sukharasābhivyañjakasamayamapahāya kimanyatra gantavyamiti abhihitā
(p.344, l.31)tena sāpyagadat | yadi māṃ na ninīṣasi tarhyahaṃ manaḥsamuddiṣṭena yena kenāpi samaṃ nirgamiṣyāmi | gṛhe
(p.344, l.32)kimapi viśeṣadhanamasti | tadapi saṃnayāmi | ityāśrutya so 'pyacintayat | iyaṃ dhanamapi saha ninīṣati |
(p.344, l.33)tarhyetayā saha nirgacchāmi | tataḥ parato gatvā vidheyaviśeṣa āpadi tattathārūpamanutiṣṭhati | iti vi-
(p.344, l.34)cintya vāṇīvilasitena svairiṇīṃ tāmanvaiṣīt | mamāpi mānasaṃ sarvadā etamevārthamanusaṃdhatte yattvāṃ
(p.344, l.35)gṛhītvānyatra nirbādhabhogaviśeṣānubhavo 'bhyasyate | paramahametattvāṃ vaktuṃ bibhemi | tarhi tvaṃ madīyacittā-
(p.344, l.36)ntargatamabhiprāyamavagatya vyāhārṣīḥ | adya tvaṃ sāyaṃtanasamaye mama krīḍādhikāṃ samagrāṃ sāmagrīṃ sajjīkurutāt |
(p.344, l.37)dhanavasanādi yatkimapi saha gṛhītavyaṃ vastu vidyate | tathāhamapyātmagṛhagataṃ sarvaviśiṣṭadhanaṃ gṛhīṣyāmi |
(p.345, l.1)tadanu yāminīprathamapraharasamaye nirgamiṣyāmi | adyatano gamanavidhau muhūrtayogo 'pi sādhakatamo
(p.345, l.2)'sti | iti saṃketaṃ tasyai dattavān | tadanu rātrau dvāvapi niragātām | tataḥ kasmiṃścitpradeśe tāṃ gṛhītvā
(p.345, l.3)tāṃ tatra parityajya tadīyaṃ sakalamapi dhanamapāhārṣīt | tataḥ sā paramanutāpamāpatat | mayābhīkṣṇamasā-
(p.345, l.4)dhvakāri | siddho 'pi nijaḥ kaumāraḥ parityaktaḥ | anyacca sa pāpiṣṭhatama upapatirapi māṃ vihāya
(p.345, l.5)gatavān | saṃnidhau mama dhanamāsīttadapi gṛhītvāpalāyiṣṭa | tarhi rājabiḍaujastavāpi tathātvāpattirāpa-
(p.345, l.6)tiṣyati | tvaṃ nije manasi padyārthaṃ vidhatsvetyāśrāvya mahīndraṃ mantriputrī nijaṃ vasatyanaprāśastyamaṅgīcakāra ||
(p.345, l.7)iti caturdaśī kathā || 14 ||

punarapi rājñā bālasarasvatī samāhūtā | matsyahāsyakāraṇamaprākṣīt | tacchrutvā sāpi sasarja giram | etadākarṇanāddharādhīśa tavāpi tathā bhaviṣyati yathaikasyāḥ puṃścalyā jāro 'pi nājāyata tathā bhartāpi na babhūva | madhya evāvasthitā sā kṛtāyāsā | tatastanniśamya rājā tadvṛttāntaṃ vyāharasvetyāha sacivasutām | tadājñāmadhigamya sāpi rājānamākarṇayetyabhidhāya tadvṛttāntakathanopakramaṃ praguṇīcakāra | ābhīradeśamadhye tapatinītīre kasmiṃścidgrāme kṛṣīvalo nyavātsīt | tatsahacaryaticapalā | tasyāḥ patiḥ kṣetra evāvatiṣṭhate sarvadā | sā copapatinā samaṃ sukhena viṣayopabhogasukhaṃ aṅgīkurvāṇā gṛhe nivasati | tasyā buddhiritthamajāyata | yaṃ kamapyupapatiṃ gṛhītvā nirgatya tenānyatra gatopabhogarasānusaṃdhānaparatayā avalambate | iti hṛdaye nidhāya pūrvaparicitamevopapatiṃ prati vācaṃ vitanoti sma | ahaṃ tvayā saha pradeśāntaraṃ nirjigamiṣāmi | tarhi gacchāmaḥ | tvaṃ māmādāya niryāhītyabhihitaḥ so 'pi giramujjagāra | atra sukhenaiva nivasāmaḥ | tvaṃ nijagṛhādhiṣṭhātrī sukhaviśeṣopabhogarasikā parilasasi | ahamapyātmano mandire sukhaparavaśaḥ paramasaṃtoṣasamāsāditapoṣastiṣṭhāmi | yadāvayormanmathenāvasthopanīpadyate tadānīṃ tadapi vidheyamanubobhavāmaḥ | iti vartamānaṃ sukharasābhivyañjakasamayamapahāya kimanyatra gantavyamiti abhihitā tena sāpyagadat | yadi māṃ na ninīṣasi tarhyahaṃ manaḥsamuddiṣṭena yena kenāpi samaṃ nirgamiṣyāmi | gṛhe kimapi viśeṣadhanamasti | tadapi saṃnayāmi | ityāśrutya so 'pyacintayat | iyaṃ dhanamapi saha ninīṣati | tarhyetayā saha nirgacchāmi | tataḥ parato gatvā vidheyaviśeṣa āpadi tattathārūpamanutiṣṭhati | iti vicintya vāṇīvilasitena svairiṇīṃ tāmanvaiṣīt | mamāpi mānasaṃ sarvadā etamevārthamanusaṃdhatte yattvāṃ gṛhītvānyatra nirbādhabhogaviśeṣānubhavo 'bhyasyate | paramahametattvāṃ vaktuṃ bibhemi | tarhi tvaṃ madīyacittāntargatamabhiprāyamavagatya vyāhārṣīḥ | adya tvaṃ sāyaṃtanasamaye mama krīḍādhikāṃ samagrāṃ sāmagrīṃ sajjīkurutāt | dhanavasanādi yatkimapi saha gṛhītavyaṃ vastu vidyate | tathāhamapyātmagṛhagataṃ sarvaviśiṣṭadhanaṃ gṛhīṣyāmi | tadanu yāminīprathamapraharasamaye nirgamiṣyāmi | adyatano gamanavidhau muhūrtayogo 'pi sādhakatamo 'sti | iti saṃketaṃ tasyai dattavān | tadanu rātrau dvāvapi niragātām | tataḥ kasmiṃścitpradeśe tāṃ gṛhītvā tāṃ tatra parityajya tadīyaṃ sakalamapi dhanamapāhārṣīt | tataḥ sā paramanutāpamāpatat | mayābhīkṣṇamasādhvakāri | siddho 'pi nijaḥ kaumāraḥ parityaktaḥ | anyacca sa pāpiṣṭhatama upapatirapi māṃ vihāya gatavān | saṃnidhau mama dhanamāsīttadapi gṛhītvāpalāyiṣṭa | tarhi rājabiḍaujastavāpi tathātvāpattirāpatiṣyati | tvaṃ nije manasi padyārthaṃ vidhatsvetyāśrāvya mahīndraṃ mantriputrī nijaṃ vasatyanaprāśastyamaṅgīcakāra || iti caturdaśī kathā || 14 ||

§ 15

p.345, l.8

(p.345, l.8)athānyasmindine bālasarasvatīmānāyyānimiṣahāsyahetumapṛcchannṛpaticakraśiraḥparigṛhītaśāsanaḥ | tataḥ
(p.345, l.9)sāpyavādīdbhūbhujam | asudrumajambukasya gotradūrīkaraṇādyadajaniṣṭa tathātvāpattirbhavato bhaviṣyati | tato
(p.345, l.10)nṛpatistāṃ tu vṛttāntamapṛcchat | sā cābībhaṇat | candrapurākhyaṃ nagaram | tatra sṛgāla eko rātrāvevekṣu-
(p.345, l.11)bhakṣaṇāya sikatilanadītīraṃ gacchati | te tu tadrakṣakāḥ parito nipuṇagatyā bhrāmyanti | itthaṃ sa jambukaḥ
(p.345, l.12)kṣetramadhye prāvikṣat | tadantaḥpraveśadhvanimākarṇya kācana śunī sṛgālamanusasāra | sṛgālo 'pi tadbhayā-
(p.345, l.13)ddigbhramamāsādya nagaramadhyamārgamaśiśriyat | sa tu tena pathā gacchannīlīrāgakaraṇānnīlībhūtakuṇḍaleṣu
(p.345, l.14)paṅktiyāvasthāneṣu palāyamānaḥ tameva mārgamanusarannātmānaṃ kāṃdiśīkaḥ prākṣipat | pūrvasmātkuṇḍalā-
(p.345, l.15)nnirgatya tatpuro'vasthāyini evaṃ kramagatyā sarveṣvapi nipatya nipatya niragāt | tatastadrāgasaktavigraho
(p.345, l.16)'sāvanyathātvameva bheje kroṣṭutvamapāgacchat | tadanu kānanamanusasāra | tatastaṃ vīkṣya sarve 'pi vanavāsino
(p.345, l.17)vismayamatimaryādaṃ bhejire | alakṣitapūrvaṃ kutaḥ samāgatamiti tatparitaḥ sarve 'vatasthire | kastvaṃ kasminsthāne
(p.345, l.18)tvaṃ pūrvam | kutaḥ paricitiriti tamaprākṣuḥ | vanāvanīndro 'haṃ vanopadravanāśena vananivāsināṃ nānā-
(p.345, l.19)jātīyānāṃ mṛgāṇāmahameva mukhyanāyakaḥ | bhavadbhiḥ sarvairahaṃ varivasitavyaḥ | ityabhidhāya teṣāṃ parivṛḍhatvena
(p.345, l.20)vartamāno nivasati sma | siṃhaśārdūlāstadupāsanāya pratyavasaraṃ parisaranti | sa tu jambuko vācaṃyamatā-
(p.345, l.21)lambane na māmete lakṣayiṣyantīti bhītyā pherupheṭkāramapi na paricinoti | yāminyāṃ tu sarve 'pi
(p.345, l.22)pheravastaṃ parivārya śerate | aṅgarakṣāmapi svata eva kurvate | tatastatparito 'nekaśo mṛgaviśeṣā āsate |
(p.345, l.23)itthaṃ pravartamānasya tasya kadācidīdṛśī durmatirudiyāya | svayūthyānitthamabhāṣiṣṭa | bhavanto matsaṃnidhā-
(p.345, l.24)nāddūrībhavantu | ahamaṅgarakṣānnavyānevātmana upānte sthāpayiṣyāmi | taistu tacchrutvā śikṣayitumādadre |
(p.345, l.25)are pāpatama yathaiva tiṣṭhasi tathaiva tiṣṭha | vināśamavāpsyati bhavān | tato ye dūrīkṛtāḥ taiḥ parato
(p.345, l.26)gatvā mantrasaṃpratharo kṛtaḥ | idānīmetasya yathā apāya āyāti tathopāyaṃ paricinumaḥ | parato gatvā
(p.345, l.27)sarve 'pi saṃbhūya pherupheravaṃ vidadhmaḥ | tanniśamanādetasyāpi tadāviṣkaraṇe matirutpatsyate | yāvatāsau
(p.345, l.28)pherughoravāśitaṃ vidhāsyati tāvatā sarve 'pyamuṃ jambuko 'yamityabhijñāsyanti | tathā tvāgatya śakalīkari-
(p.345, l.29)ṣyanti | iti niścitya sarve 'pi dūraṃ gatvā dhvāṅkṣanti sma | taṃ pherūṇāmāravaṃ śrutvā mayā dhvāṅkṣitavya-
(p.345, l.30)miti tasya kumatirudayāsīt | tāṃ matiṃ niroddhuṃ na kathaṃcanāpyasau śaknoti | tatastaiḥ saṃnidhāyibhirvyā-
(p.345, l.31)ghrādibhirasāvupalakṣitaḥ | parasparamabhyadhuśca | pāpatamo jātihīnaḥ sṛgālo 'yametāvato divasānātmanaḥ
(p.345, l.32)paricaryānasmānakārayat | tarhi śetāṃ durātmā | tarhyenaṃ cārurītyā śikṣayāma | tadānīmeva sādhvitya-
(p.345, l.33)bhidhāya saṃbhūya sarve 'pi vidārya taṃ śakalīkṛtavantaḥ | asudrumo 'pi jīvitaśeṣatayā sthitavān | tadanu
(p.345, l.34)duḥkhaṃ kartuṃ prāvartata | ahaṃ svagotrajānāṃ vāritaṃ nācaritavān | tata eva etādṛśīṃ daśāmahamāptavān |
(p.345, l.35)rājanbhavānapi vāritaṃ nācaratu | no cetpaścādduḥkhāsaktipīḍito bhaviṣyasi ||
(p.345, l.36)iti pañcadaśī kathā || 15 ||

athānyasmindine bālasarasvatīmānāyyānimiṣahāsyahetumapṛcchannṛpaticakraśiraḥparigṛhītaśāsanaḥ | tataḥ sāpyavādīdbhūbhujam | asudrumajambukasya gotradūrīkaraṇādyadajaniṣṭa tathātvāpattirbhavato bhaviṣyati | tato nṛpatistāṃ tu vṛttāntamapṛcchat | sā cābībhaṇat | candrapurākhyaṃ nagaram | tatra sṛgāla eko rātrāvevekṣubhakṣaṇāya sikatilanadītīraṃ gacchati | te tu tadrakṣakāḥ parito nipuṇagatyā bhrāmyanti | itthaṃ sa jambukaḥ kṣetramadhye prāvikṣat | tadantaḥpraveśadhvanimākarṇya kācana śunī sṛgālamanusasāra | sṛgālo 'pi tadbhayāddigbhramamāsādya nagaramadhyamārgamaśiśriyat | sa tu tena pathā gacchannīlīrāgakaraṇānnīlībhūtakuṇḍaleṣu paṅktiyāvasthāneṣu palāyamānaḥ tameva mārgamanusarannātmānaṃ kāṃdiśīkaḥ prākṣipat | pūrvasmātkuṇḍalānnirgatya tatpuro'vasthāyini evaṃ kramagatyā sarveṣvapi nipatya nipatya niragāt | tatastadrāgasaktavigraho 'sāvanyathātvameva bheje kroṣṭutvamapāgacchat | tadanu kānanamanusasāra | tatastaṃ vīkṣya sarve 'pi vanavāsino vismayamatimaryādaṃ bhejire | alakṣitapūrvaṃ kutaḥ samāgatamiti tatparitaḥ sarve 'vatasthire | kastvaṃ kasminsthāne tvaṃ pūrvam | kutaḥ paricitiriti tamaprākṣuḥ | vanāvanīndro 'haṃ vanopadravanāśena vananivāsināṃ nānājātīyānāṃ mṛgāṇāmahameva mukhyanāyakaḥ | bhavadbhiḥ sarvairahaṃ varivasitavyaḥ | ityabhidhāya teṣāṃ parivṛḍhatvena vartamāno nivasati sma | siṃhaśārdūlāstadupāsanāya pratyavasaraṃ parisaranti | sa tu jambuko vācaṃyamatālambane na māmete lakṣayiṣyantīti bhītyā pherupheṭkāramapi na paricinoti | yāminyāṃ tu sarve 'pi pheravastaṃ parivārya śerate | aṅgarakṣāmapi svata eva kurvate | tatastatparito 'nekaśo mṛgaviśeṣā āsate | itthaṃ pravartamānasya tasya kadācidīdṛśī durmatirudiyāya | svayūthyānitthamabhāṣiṣṭa | bhavanto matsaṃnidhānāddūrībhavantu | ahamaṅgarakṣānnavyānevātmana upānte sthāpayiṣyāmi | taistu tacchrutvā śikṣayitumādadre | are pāpatama yathaiva tiṣṭhasi tathaiva tiṣṭha | vināśamavāpsyati bhavān | tato ye dūrīkṛtāḥ taiḥ parato gatvā mantrasaṃpratharo kṛtaḥ | idānīmetasya yathā apāya āyāti tathopāyaṃ paricinumaḥ | parato gatvā sarve 'pi saṃbhūya pherupheravaṃ vidadhmaḥ | tanniśamanādetasyāpi tadāviṣkaraṇe matirutpatsyate | yāvatāsau pherughoravāśitaṃ vidhāsyati tāvatā sarve 'pyamuṃ jambuko 'yamityabhijñāsyanti | tathā tvāgatya śakalīkariṣyanti | iti niścitya sarve 'pi dūraṃ gatvā dhvāṅkṣanti sma | taṃ pherūṇāmāravaṃ śrutvā mayā dhvāṅkṣitavyamiti tasya kumatirudayāsīt | tāṃ matiṃ niroddhuṃ na kathaṃcanāpyasau śaknoti | tatastaiḥ saṃnidhāyibhirvyāghrādibhirasāvupalakṣitaḥ | parasparamabhyadhuśca | pāpatamo jātihīnaḥ sṛgālo 'yametāvato divasānātmanaḥ paricaryānasmānakārayat | tarhi śetāṃ durātmā | tarhyenaṃ cārurītyā śikṣayāma | tadānīmeva sādhvityabhidhāya saṃbhūya sarve 'pi vidārya taṃ śakalīkṛtavantaḥ | asudrumo 'pi jīvitaśeṣatayā sthitavān | tadanu duḥkhaṃ kartuṃ prāvartata | ahaṃ svagotrajānāṃ vāritaṃ nācaritavān | tata eva etādṛśīṃ daśāmahamāptavān | rājanbhavānapi vāritaṃ nācaratu | no cetpaścādduḥkhāsaktipīḍito bhaviṣyasi || iti pañcadaśī kathā || 15 ||

§ 16

p.346, l.1

(p.346, l.1)punarapi nṛpatistāmānāyya timihasitahetumacīkaṇat | sāpi prāsoṣṭa vācam | bhūpate kimityāgrahaṃ carīka-
(p.346, l.2)rīṣi | atiśayaṃ jahīhi mahīpate | atyāgrahaṃ kurvāṇayościntāmaṇyaśmantayoḥ yathā dvayorapyapāyaḥ sama-
(p.346, l.3)jāyata tādṛkprakāraḥ tavāpi bobhaviṣyati | tato bhūpālastayoścaritamāvedayatu bhavatīti tāmudayojayat |
(p.346, l.4)sā covāca | śṛṇu śravaṇabhūṣaṇabhūtakīrte | śrīmallikārjunasya vartmani aśmantako vṛkṣo 'bhūt | sa tvekena
(p.346, l.5)kenacitpathikena sādhubhāvamāpāditaḥ | tatskandhe 'dhastādekāṃ vitardikāṃ viracayya upari vartulaṃ sarvataḥsamaṃ
(p.346, l.6)sthāpitavān | ekaṃ bhūrisindūraparipūritapratīkaṃ prasūnapūjitatanuṃ ca kṛtvā cintāmaṇināmadheyaṃ tasya
(p.346, l.7)cakāra | itthaṃ bahubhirahobhirgatānugatikatayā tasya devasya sādhīyasī prasiddhirajāyata | pratyahaṃ tasya
(p.346, l.8)sindūrādipūjānaivedyaṃ vardhate tathā caturthīdine modakapāyasādiracanā | itthaṃ mahimā tasya bahurabhavat |
(p.346, l.9)anyacca pūrvaṃ mārgitāḥ aśmantakasya parṇamekaikaṃ gṛhṇanti sarve pathikāḥ | tena tasyābhivṛddhirna bobhavīti |
(p.346, l.10)sa tu cintāmaṇerayamaśmanta iti kṛtvā tadāprabhṛti na kaścittaṃ kareṇāpi parāmṛśati | tasmādaśaka-
(p.346, l.11)litadalaśarīratayā vistārasāmagrīmatiśāyinīṃ bhajamāno 'sau sthaulyabhāvena jarījṛmbhīti | itthaṃ
(p.346, l.12)bahuṣu dineṣvativāhiteṣu tayoraśmantakacintāmaṇyoḥ kalahaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ parasparamabhāṣetām | tvaṃ
(p.346, l.13)mārgasaṃgato 'śmantakaḥ sarvairapi pathikaiḥ gacchadbhistroṭitadalo mūlāvaśeṣīkṛta evāsthito 'bhūḥ | paraṃ
(p.346, l.14)cintāmaṇerayamiti na kaścidapi tava dalavidalanaṃ kurute pānthaḥ | tasmānmatsaṃbandhena vardhito bhavān |
(p.346, l.15)tarhi mayaiva samaṃ vikārāṅgīkāramāviṣkaroṣi | iti niśamyāśmantako 'pi cintāmaṇiṃ vyāharati
(p.346, l.16)sma | tvayi kiṃ nāma cintāmaṇiḥ | macchāyāsamāśrayaṃ kṛtavānmadāśrayabalena tava garīyānmahimā prā-
(p.346, l.17)durāsīt | naivedyādyabhyavahārato bhavato 'ṅgāni samūlāni jātāni | ahaṃ tvadanubhūtāndvādaśāpi māsā-
(p.346, l.18)nkaravāṇi | tvaṃ sarvasminkṣetre tiṣṭhasi | sarvaḥ ko 'pi karṣako hārāsañjanāya lāṅgalasyopari sthāpayati
(p.346, l.19)tvāṃ naddhrīracitadṛḍharajjvā lāṅgalasyopari uttambhanaṃ tvāṃ badhnāti | idānīṃ madāśrayeṇaiva bhavato bhūribhā-
(p.346, l.20)gyābhyudayaḥ samajani | itthaṃ tayoritaretaraṃ virodhaḥ prāvartata | tato 'śmantakaḥ cintāmaṇimabhāṇīt | tvayā
(p.346, l.21)vinā mama kiṃ nāma hīyate | tvaṃ kimiti na yāsyasi | tadānīṃ sa cintāmaṇirvedikāṃ tāṃ vihāya
(p.346, l.22)parato gatavān | cintāmaṇirahitaḥ sa tarurbādhāmanvabhavat | anyasmindine jana eka āgatyāśmantakasya
(p.346, l.23)tvaco bandhavidhānāya samākṛṣṭavān | apara āgatya medinīkhananāya skandhata evānuciccheda | iti
(p.346, l.24)prakārastasya prāvartata | cintāmaṇistu kaṇṭakaghaṭitapratitalakṛtāvasthitiruṣṇāṃśūṣmaṇā pāṇḍuradhūsaravarṇatā-
(p.346, l.25)mādade | tadupari pakṣiṇa ajahuḥ | sa tvekena janena paravalgugulphāntaḥparikṣepāya prāpta iti dūrataḥ
(p.346, l.26)paryastaḥ | iti prakārānubhavaḥ tayorubhayorapyajāyata | tarhi rājendrātiśayaṃ kurvāṇasya bhavato 'pi prakā-
(p.346, l.27)rapāta udeṣyati | adyatanaṃ dinaṃ cārugatyā vicāraya | yadi na jānīṣe tadānīṃ prātarāvedayiṣyā-
(p.346, l.28)mi bhavate matsyahāsyakāraṇam | iti vyāhṛtya bālasarasvatī nijamandiraṃ gatavatī ||
(p.346, l.29)iti ṣoḍaśī kathā || 16 ||

punarapi nṛpatistāmānāyya timihasitahetumacīkaṇat | sāpi prāsoṣṭa vācam | bhūpate kimityāgrahaṃ carīkarīṣi | atiśayaṃ jahīhi mahīpate | atyāgrahaṃ kurvāṇayościntāmaṇyaśmantayoḥ yathā dvayorapyapāyaḥ samajāyata tādṛkprakāraḥ tavāpi bobhaviṣyati | tato bhūpālastayoścaritamāvedayatu bhavatīti tāmudayojayat | sā covāca | śṛṇu śravaṇabhūṣaṇabhūtakīrte | śrīmallikārjunasya vartmani aśmantako vṛkṣo 'bhūt | sa tvekena kenacitpathikena sādhubhāvamāpāditaḥ | tatskandhe 'dhastādekāṃ vitardikāṃ viracayya upari vartulaṃ sarvataḥsamaṃ sthāpitavān | ekaṃ bhūrisindūraparipūritapratīkaṃ prasūnapūjitatanuṃ ca kṛtvā cintāmaṇināmadheyaṃ tasya cakāra | itthaṃ bahubhirahobhirgatānugatikatayā tasya devasya sādhīyasī prasiddhirajāyata | pratyahaṃ tasya sindūrādipūjānaivedyaṃ vardhate tathā caturthīdine modakapāyasādiracanā | itthaṃ mahimā tasya bahurabhavat | anyacca pūrvaṃ mārgitāḥ aśmantakasya parṇamekaikaṃ gṛhṇanti sarve pathikāḥ | tena tasyābhivṛddhirna bobhavīti | sa tu cintāmaṇerayamaśmanta iti kṛtvā tadāprabhṛti na kaścittaṃ kareṇāpi parāmṛśati | tasmādaśakalitadalaśarīratayā vistārasāmagrīmatiśāyinīṃ bhajamāno 'sau sthaulyabhāvena jarījṛmbhīti | itthaṃ bahuṣu dineṣvativāhiteṣu tayoraśmantakacintāmaṇyoḥ kalahaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ parasparamabhāṣetām | tvaṃ mārgasaṃgato 'śmantakaḥ sarvairapi pathikaiḥ gacchadbhistroṭitadalo mūlāvaśeṣīkṛta evāsthito 'bhūḥ | paraṃ cintāmaṇerayamiti na kaścidapi tava dalavidalanaṃ kurute pānthaḥ | tasmānmatsaṃbandhena vardhito bhavān | tarhi mayaiva samaṃ vikārāṅgīkāramāviṣkaroṣi | iti niśamyāśmantako 'pi cintāmaṇiṃ vyāharati sma | tvayi kiṃ nāma cintāmaṇiḥ | macchāyāsamāśrayaṃ kṛtavānmadāśrayabalena tava garīyānmahimā prādurāsīt | naivedyādyabhyavahārato bhavato 'ṅgāni samūlāni jātāni | ahaṃ tvadanubhūtāndvādaśāpi māsānkaravāṇi | tvaṃ sarvasminkṣetre tiṣṭhasi | sarvaḥ ko 'pi karṣako hārāsañjanāya lāṅgalasyopari sthāpayati tvāṃ naddhrīracitadṛḍharajjvā lāṅgalasyopari uttambhanaṃ tvāṃ badhnāti | idānīṃ madāśrayeṇaiva bhavato bhūribhāgyābhyudayaḥ samajani | itthaṃ tayoritaretaraṃ virodhaḥ prāvartata | tato 'śmantakaḥ cintāmaṇimabhāṇīt | tvayā vinā mama kiṃ nāma hīyate | tvaṃ kimiti na yāsyasi | tadānīṃ sa cintāmaṇirvedikāṃ tāṃ vihāya parato gatavān | cintāmaṇirahitaḥ sa tarurbādhāmanvabhavat | anyasmindine jana eka āgatyāśmantakasya tvaco bandhavidhānāya samākṛṣṭavān | apara āgatya medinīkhananāya skandhata evānuciccheda | iti prakārastasya prāvartata | cintāmaṇistu kaṇṭakaghaṭitapratitalakṛtāvasthitiruṣṇāṃśūṣmaṇā pāṇḍuradhūsaravarṇatāmādade | tadupari pakṣiṇa ajahuḥ | sa tvekena janena paravalgugulphāntaḥparikṣepāya prāpta iti dūrataḥ paryastaḥ | iti prakārānubhavaḥ tayorubhayorapyajāyata | tarhi rājendrātiśayaṃ kurvāṇasya bhavato 'pi prakārapāta udeṣyati | adyatanaṃ dinaṃ cārugatyā vicāraya | yadi na jānīṣe tadānīṃ prātarāvedayiṣyāmi bhavate matsyahāsyakāraṇam | iti vyāhṛtya bālasarasvatī nijamandiraṃ gatavatī || iti ṣoḍaśī kathā || 16 ||

§ 17

p.346, l.30

(p.346, l.30)tadanu dināntare dharāturāṣāḍbālasarasvatīmānāyya timihasitakāraṇamanvayuṅkta | tadākarṇya bālasarasvatī
(p.346, l.31)sasarja vācam | ākarṇaya vikramāditya | etatkāraṇamāvedayāmi | paramekā vijñaptirasti | bhavatpradhānamukhyaḥ
(p.346, l.32)puṣpahāso 'yaṃ bhavatā kasmānnigṛhītaḥ | tacchrutvā rājā vyāhārṣīt | yadā hasati tadānīṃ pariṣada
(p.346, l.33)upari bahulapuṣpāsārābhisāro bhavati | evaṃvidha etadīyo guṇaḥ | itthaṃ paramajanapadaparivṛḍhasya śiṣṭāḥ
(p.346, l.34)samīpamāgatā abhūvan | tebhyaḥ kautukaṃ darśanīyamiti dhiyā ahamenamajahasam | kiṃ tadānīmabhihito
(p.346, l.35)'pi nāsāvahāsīt | tadroṣaparavaśo 'hamenaṃ nigṛhītavān | iti niśamya bālasarasvatī dharādhināthaṃ
(p.346, l.36)girā jagrāha | sa tu kusumahāso devena nigalādunmocanīyaḥ | sādhutayā mānayitvā tadānīṃ kiṃ
(p.346, l.37)dinadvaye hāsaṃ nākārṣīstvamiti devena praṣṭavyaḥ | tadanu matsyahāsyahetujijñāsārthamapi sa evānuyoktavyaḥ |
(p.347, l.1)tatastadvacanāvagamānnarapatiḥ puṣpahāsamunmocya pradhānamudrādhikāraṃ ca vidhāya kimiti tadānīṃ na
(p.347, l.2)tvamahāsīriti tamanvayuṅkta | tadānīṃ rājādeśamāsādyāmātyo 'pyavādīt | deva ityasti |

tadanu dināntare dharāturāṣāḍbālasarasvatīmānāyya timihasitakāraṇamanvayuṅkta | tadākarṇya bālasarasvatī sasarja vācam | ākarṇaya vikramāditya | etatkāraṇamāvedayāmi | paramekā vijñaptirasti | bhavatpradhānamukhyaḥ puṣpahāso 'yaṃ bhavatā kasmānnigṛhītaḥ | tacchrutvā rājā vyāhārṣīt | yadā hasati tadānīṃ pariṣada upari bahulapuṣpāsārābhisāro bhavati | evaṃvidha etadīyo guṇaḥ | itthaṃ paramajanapadaparivṛḍhasya śiṣṭāḥ samīpamāgatā abhūvan | tebhyaḥ kautukaṃ darśanīyamiti dhiyā ahamenamajahasam | kiṃ tadānīmabhihito 'pi nāsāvahāsīt | tadroṣaparavaśo 'hamenaṃ nigṛhītavān | iti niśamya bālasarasvatī dharādhināthaṃ girā jagrāha | sa tu kusumahāso devena nigalādunmocanīyaḥ | sādhutayā mānayitvā tadānīṃ kiṃ dinadvaye hāsaṃ nākārṣīstvamiti devena praṣṭavyaḥ | tadanu matsyahāsyahetujijñāsārthamapi sa evānuyoktavyaḥ | tatastadvacanāvagamānnarapatiḥ puṣpahāsamunmocya pradhānamudrādhikāraṃ ca vidhāya kimiti tadānīṃ na tvamahāsīriti tamanvayuṅkta | tadānīṃ rājādeśamāsādyāmātyo 'pyavādīt | deva ityasti |

p.347, l.3

p.347, l.5

(p.347, l.5)deva enamaprākṣīt | tadānīṃ rahasyamapi vaktavyameva | manaḥsaṃmohinīnāmadheyā madīyā gṛhiṇī | sā jīvā-
(p.347, l.6)dapyatyantatayā praṇayapātram | tāṃ vihāya kāmapi kāminīṃ na pariśīlayāmi | kiṃ tu | sāpi vyabhicarantī
(p.347, l.7)mama dṛgayanamāsasāda | ata eva tadānīṃtanadine mama manasi na kaścana sukhalavāśrayaḥ | kiṃ tu svairojjā-
(p.347, l.8)garaduḥkhasāgarāntargatagurugarodgārakalitagāmbhīryaṃ mama mānasaṃ kaṃcana viśeṣamadhyagacchat | tasmāccittaṃ na
(p.347, l.9)hāsye sotsāhe pratyāsaktimābadhnāti | iti pradhānavacaḥśravaṇānmahībhartuḥ hāsyamāvirāsīt | kiṃ tu | taddhā-
(p.347, l.10)syarasaparaṃparāparisphūrjadūrjasvalapratihāraprabhāvo mahībhāryāvānkarasthitena bahulaparimalasadguṇagaṇodayaku-
(p.347, l.11)sumastabakena kāmakalikāṃ prāṇeśvarīṃ prahṛtavān | tena prahāreṇa madakalitakapolā plavagajākṣatanalinīma-
(p.347, l.12)vanīkārasodarabhājā saṃmohamahormigṛhītahṛdayā vyaraci narendrasahacarī | rājā ca celāñcalena tanmūrcchā-
(p.347, l.13)pagamāya pavanāhatimātanoti | tatsamīkṣya puṣpahāsasya sahasā hāsaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | sadasa upari puṣpāsāraḥ
(p.347, l.14)prāpatat | tadālakṣya kṣitīśvaraḥ puṣpahāsamāsasāda girā | puṣpahāsa tvamātmānaṃ svāmibhaktaṃ khyāpayasi |
(p.347, l.15)tarhi madīyāyāḥ prāṇapriyāyāḥ prāṇasthānasamāno yaḥ kṣaṇaḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ pravartamāno 'sti mūrcchollā-
(p.347, l.16)sitaitādṛśī kaṣṭā daśā prāvarīvarti taddharṣotkareṇa hāsyaṃ bhavataḥ prāsaṃjayat | tataḥ puṣpahāso jagāda
(p.347, l.17)rājānam | deva yadyabhayadānaṃ dātumīśiṣe tadā vakṣyāmi | vāvadīhīti dattaṃ mayābhayaṃ taveti nṛpa-
(p.347, l.18)tinābhihitaḥ puṣpahāso babhāṣe | deva tvadīyeyaṃ prāṇeśvarī kāmakalikā | asyā girā matsyā api
(p.347, l.19)mumudire | seyaṃ pativratā triyāmāyāṃ mandurāsu māndurikanikaṭamaṭīkiṣṭa | duṣṭāśayā kimiti kālā-
(p.347, l.20)tikramamakārṣīstvamiti abhidhāya māndurikastāḍitavānetāṃ kaśābhiḥ pṛṣṭhabhāge | ataḥ paraṃ tvaritagatyā
(p.347, l.21)tavāntikamāgamiṣyāmītyabhidhāyedānīṃtano 'parādhaḥ kṣantavyastvayeti caraṇayorapatadiyam | kiṃ tatprahā-
(p.347, l.22)rairetasyā na kaścidbādhāvirbhāvaḥ prāvartata | idānīṃ bhavadvilasanacitakusumastabakasaṃparkaparākrāntakarkaśakra-
(p.347, l.23)kacacakrabālakramā kṣaṇasaṃkrāntavikramopakramātikrāntadhairyaprakramā mahatīṃ mūrcchāṃ jagāhe | yadyetanmadabhihitaṃ
(p.347, l.24)prathate mithyātvāya tadānīmeva tasyāḥ pṛṣṭhabhāge kaśātāḍanapratiphalanaṃ lakṣaṇīyaṃ devena | ityabhihite
(p.347, l.25)mahīpatitilakastatkautukālokanāyekṣitavāṃstasyāḥ pāścātyāpaghanam | tadā prahārapratibimbānyadrākṣīt |
(p.347, l.26)tadālakṣya vikramādityo vairāgyaprakarṣaṃ prāptavān | tarhi prabhāvati bālasarasvatī yathā ātmana āyāsaṃ
(p.347, l.27)parasyopari prākṣipadupakārāviṣkāreṇa pradhānamunmocitavatī ityupāyacāturyaṃ viśadayasi cettadā-
(p.347, l.28)nīmabhisara ||
(p.347, l.29)iti saptadaśī kathā || 17 ||

deva enamaprākṣīt | tadānīṃ rahasyamapi vaktavyameva | manaḥsaṃmohinīnāmadheyā madīyā gṛhiṇī | sā jīvādapyatyantatayā praṇayapātram | tāṃ vihāya kāmapi kāminīṃ na pariśīlayāmi | kiṃ tu | sāpi vyabhicarantī mama dṛgayanamāsasāda | ata eva tadānīṃtanadine mama manasi na kaścana sukhalavāśrayaḥ | kiṃ tu svairojjāgaraduḥkhasāgarāntargatagurugarodgārakalitagāmbhīryaṃ mama mānasaṃ kaṃcana viśeṣamadhyagacchat | tasmāccittaṃ na hāsye sotsāhe pratyāsaktimābadhnāti | iti pradhānavacaḥśravaṇānmahībhartuḥ hāsyamāvirāsīt | kiṃ tu | taddhāsyarasaparaṃparāparisphūrjadūrjasvalapratihāraprabhāvo mahībhāryāvānkarasthitena bahulaparimalasadguṇagaṇodayakusumastabakena kāmakalikāṃ prāṇeśvarīṃ prahṛtavān | tena prahāreṇa madakalitakapolā plavagajākṣatanalinīmavanīkārasodarabhājā saṃmohamahormigṛhītahṛdayā vyaraci narendrasahacarī | rājā ca celāñcalena tanmūrcchāpagamāya pavanāhatimātanoti | tatsamīkṣya puṣpahāsasya sahasā hāsaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | sadasa upari puṣpāsāraḥ prāpatat | tadālakṣya kṣitīśvaraḥ puṣpahāsamāsasāda girā | puṣpahāsa tvamātmānaṃ svāmibhaktaṃ khyāpayasi | tarhi madīyāyāḥ prāṇapriyāyāḥ prāṇasthānasamāno yaḥ kṣaṇaḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ pravartamāno 'sti mūrcchollāsitaitādṛśī kaṣṭā daśā prāvarīvarti taddharṣotkareṇa hāsyaṃ bhavataḥ prāsaṃjayat | tataḥ puṣpahāso jagāda rājānam | deva yadyabhayadānaṃ dātumīśiṣe tadā vakṣyāmi | vāvadīhīti dattaṃ mayābhayaṃ taveti nṛpatinābhihitaḥ puṣpahāso babhāṣe | deva tvadīyeyaṃ prāṇeśvarī kāmakalikā | asyā girā matsyā api mumudire | seyaṃ pativratā triyāmāyāṃ mandurāsu māndurikanikaṭamaṭīkiṣṭa | duṣṭāśayā kimiti kālātikramamakārṣīstvamiti abhidhāya māndurikastāḍitavānetāṃ kaśābhiḥ pṛṣṭhabhāge | ataḥ paraṃ tvaritagatyā tavāntikamāgamiṣyāmītyabhidhāyedānīṃtano 'parādhaḥ kṣantavyastvayeti caraṇayorapatadiyam | kiṃ tatprahārairetasyā na kaścidbādhāvirbhāvaḥ prāvartata | idānīṃ bhavadvilasanacitakusumastabakasaṃparkaparākrāntakarkaśakrakacacakrabālakramā kṣaṇasaṃkrāntavikramopakramātikrāntadhairyaprakramā mahatīṃ mūrcchāṃ jagāhe | yadyetanmadabhihitaṃ prathate mithyātvāya tadānīmeva tasyāḥ pṛṣṭhabhāge kaśātāḍanapratiphalanaṃ lakṣaṇīyaṃ devena | ityabhihite mahīpatitilakastatkautukālokanāyekṣitavāṃstasyāḥ pāścātyāpaghanam | tadā prahārapratibimbānyadrākṣīt | tadālakṣya vikramādityo vairāgyaprakarṣaṃ prāptavān | tarhi prabhāvati bālasarasvatī yathā ātmana āyāsaṃ parasyopari prākṣipadupakārāviṣkāreṇa pradhānamunmocitavatī ityupāyacāturyaṃ viśadayasi cettadānīmabhisara || iti saptadaśī kathā || 17 ||

§ 18

p.347, l.30

(p.347, l.30)punaḥ prabhāvato pradoṣakāle vinayakandarpopāntaprāptaye pakṣiṇaṃ papraccha | so 'pyavādīt | devi śṛṅgāravatīva
(p.347, l.31)vyasananirasane prasṛmarasaṃvidrasānṛnusāriṇī bhavasi cettadā yāhītyabhyadhāt | kiṃ tadvṛttāntam | vāvadītu
(p.347, l.32)bhavāniti tayā niyuktaḥ pakṣīndro vācaṃ vistārayati sma | śṛṇu śravaṇālaṃkaraṇavāṇi | rājapurābhidhā-
(p.347, l.33)ne nagare salavaṇadevākhyaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya dve striyau | ekā śṛṅgāravatī anyā subhagā ca | te dve api
(p.347, l.34)vyabhicārānurakte saṃbhūya vyabhicarataḥ | kadācitsubhagā mandiramadhyavartinī upapatinā samaṃ viśeṣasukhaṃ
(p.347, l.35)pracayantī pañcaśaranarapaticāpavidyāsahacarī caritārthā vartate sma | tāvatā tasyā bhartā nyagrodhapraroha-
(p.347, l.36)saṃbhāraṃ vṛttivibhāgagrathanāya samānītavān | tarhi vyācakṣva prabhāvati | tasminsamaye kaṃ nāma upāyaṃ
(p.348, l.1)prakalpya tasmātsaṃkocātiśayādātmānamudavahat | bhavatyāḥ sakhyo bhavatī vābhidadhātu | tataḥ prabhāvatī
(p.348, l.2)taccintanānusaṃdhānāvadhānadattacittā niśīthinīmanīnayattamupāyaṃ nāvagacchat | tataḥ patatriṇamanuyunakti
(p.348, l.3)sma | prāha ca so 'pi | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | gṛhāntara upadhavasahitāṃ vilāsarasikāṃ subhagāṃ jagāda
(p.348, l.4)sā | bhartā sameṣyati | tvaṃ dehalyā upari galitabandhanaṃ kacakalāpaṃ vidhāya bhrāmyanmastakā vyājṛmbhamā-
(p.348, l.5)ṇavadanā ghūrṇāyamānāṅgā bhava | tadanvahamuttaraṃ racayiṣyāmi | tataḥ subhagā tathaiva vyavasitamādṛtavatī |
(p.348, l.6)tadā salavaṇadevaḥ śṛṅgāravatīmavādīt | etasyāḥ kimetadajāyata | tataḥ sābhivīkṣya taṃ vyācaṣṭa | jvā-
(p.348, l.7)layantu bhavantaḥ svasamīhitam | varākyā etasyā upari paribhrāmyadbhramavibhramāvirbhāvāpātanāya prabaddha-
(p.348, l.8)prayatnā vartante | tanniśamya so 'pyadhāt | kimahamakārṣaṃ kasmānmahyaṃ krudhyasi | tataḥ sābhyadhāt | bhavanta
(p.348, l.9)etānvaṭaprarohānsamāninyire | etasminvaṭe vaṭayakṣiṇī nivasati | tarhi tajjanitā bādhā pīḍayatīmām |
(p.348, l.10)ata etānprarohānnītvā tatraiva sthāpayantu | itarathā etasyāḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ bādhādhikyaṃ bhaviṣyati | tāruṇya-
(p.348, l.11)saundaryasaubhāgyaparikalitaśarīrasaṃpadiyam | yadi tathāvidhaḥ sa ko 'pi bhūtaviśeṣa etasyāḥ śarīramā-
(p.348, l.12)viśya sthāsyatīti kadācana tataḥ punaḥ kiṃ kariṣyate | ityabhidhāya rodhanaṃ vidadhānā vikṛtavākyāni
(p.348, l.13)vyāharantī adhiṣṭhitaskandhaprarohadaśavaṭaprarohabhāraṃ pūrvasthānamagamayat | tasmingate sati nirakāsayaddevadattaṃ
(p.348, l.14)gṛhamadhyāt | tarhi prabhāvati pratibhāparikalpitottaraviśeṣā prabhavasi cettadā sādhaya ||
(p.348, l.15)ityaṣṭādaśī kathā || 18 ||

punaḥ prabhāvato pradoṣakāle vinayakandarpopāntaprāptaye pakṣiṇaṃ papraccha | so 'pyavādīt | devi śṛṅgāravatīva vyasananirasane prasṛmarasaṃvidrasānusāriṇī bhavasi cettadā yāhītyabhyadhāt | kiṃ tadvṛttāntam | vāvadītu bhavāniti tayā niyuktaḥ pakṣīndro vācaṃ vistārayati sma | śṛṇu śravaṇālaṃkaraṇavāṇi | rājapurābhidhāne nagare salavaṇadevākhyaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya dve striyau | ekā śṛṅgāravatī anyā subhagā ca | te dve api vyabhicārānurakte saṃbhūya vyabhicarataḥ | kadācitsubhagā mandiramadhyavartinī upapatinā samaṃ viśeṣasukhaṃ pracayantī pañcaśaranarapaticāpavidyāsahacarī caritārthā vartate sma | tāvatā tasyā bhartā nyagrodhaprarohasaṃbhāraṃ vṛttivibhāgagrathanāya samānītavān | tarhi vyācakṣva prabhāvati | tasminsamaye kaṃ nāma upāyaṃ prakalpya tasmātsaṃkocātiśayādātmānamudavahat | bhavatyāḥ sakhyo bhavatī vābhidadhātu | tataḥ prabhāvatī taccintanānusaṃdhānāvadhānadattacittā niśīthinīmanīnayattamupāyaṃ nāvagacchat | tataḥ patatriṇamanuyunakti sma | prāha ca so 'pi | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | gṛhāntara upadhavasahitāṃ vilāsarasikāṃ subhagāṃ jagāda sā | bhartā sameṣyati | tvaṃ dehalyā upari galitabandhanaṃ kacakalāpaṃ vidhāya bhrāmyanmastakā vyājṛmbhamāṇavadanā ghūrṇāyamānāṅgā bhava | tadanvahamuttaraṃ racayiṣyāmi | tataḥ subhagā tathaiva vyavasitamādṛtavatī | tadā salavaṇadevaḥ śṛṅgāravatīmavādīt | etasyāḥ kimetadajāyata | tataḥ sābhivīkṣya taṃ vyācaṣṭa | jvālayantu bhavantaḥ svasamīhitam | varākyā etasyā upari paribhrāmyadbhramavibhramāvirbhāvāpātanāya prabaddhaprayatnā vartante | tanniśamya so 'pyadhāt | kimahamakārṣaṃ kasmānmahyaṃ krudhyasi | tataḥ sābhyadhāt | bhavanta etānvaṭaprarohānsamāninyire | etasminvaṭe vaṭayakṣiṇī nivasati | tarhi tajjanitā bādhā pīḍayatīmām | ata etānprarohānnītvā tatraiva sthāpayantu | itarathā etasyāḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ bādhādhikyaṃ bhaviṣyati | tāruṇyasaundaryasaubhāgyaparikalitaśarīrasaṃpadiyam | yadi tathāvidhaḥ sa ko 'pi bhūtaviśeṣa etasyāḥ śarīramāviśya sthāsyatīti kadācana tataḥ punaḥ kiṃ kariṣyate | ityabhidhāya rodhanaṃ vidadhānā vikṛtavākyāni vyāharantī adhiṣṭhitaskandhaprarohadaśavaṭaprarohabhāraṃ pūrvasthānamagamayat | tasmingate sati nirakāsayaddevadattaṃ gṛhamadhyāt | tarhi prabhāvati pratibhāparikalpitottaraviśeṣā prabhavasi cettadā sādhaya || ityaṣṭādaśī kathā || 18 ||

§ 19

p.348, l.16

(p.348, l.16)anyasmindine kumudakośanandinī vinayakandarpasya saṃketaniketanagamanāya śukaṃ vakti sma | so 'pyavādīt |
(p.348, l.17)madanavatīvottaravitaraṇe prabhutāmālambase cettadānīṃ vraja | tatastaccaritāvagamāya prabhāvatībhāvitapraśnaḥ
(p.348, l.18)pakṣīndro 'pyādade vācam | ākarṇaya | kaumudīdaṃhinī nāma grāmaḥ | tatra trilocanasaṃjño rāvuttaḥ | tasya
(p.348, l.19)sahacarī madanavatī | sā cātīva saundaryabhāvavatī vyabhicāracāturyaviracanāprapañcānvitaparicayāpi paraṃ
(p.348, l.20)prasaṅgaṃ na prāpnoti sma parito rakṣakamanuṣyaniṣiddhabahirgamanā | itthamatikrāmati kāle parvaviśeṣeka-
(p.348, l.21)smingaṅgāvagāhāya bhartrānujñātagamanā gṛhītopacāraparikarā ceṭīdvitīyā prakaṭitabhavabhaktidhūrjaṭidṛ-
(p.348, l.22)ṣṭinikaṭīkaraṇāya samāṭīkate sma śivālayam | sā ca vilāsābhivyaktipaṭīyasī taraṃgitāpāṅgataṭīkā-
(p.348, l.23)bhinayapravartitruṭī sthagitadvipaṭī prapañcitārabhaṭī sphuṭībhavati samakuṭīcaroccāṭīkaraṇamūrtistadanu mada-
(p.348, l.24)nādhidevateva mūrtimatī tasmātkaraṭicarmakuṭanikaṭādvyāghuṭya paryaṭantī khaṇḍaparaśubhayaparityaktakārmukaṃ
(p.348, l.25)kāmamivāparaṃ vāḍavaṃ madhyepathamadrākṣīt | sā taṃ dṛṣṭidūtībodhitasaṃketaṃ kalākalāpakovidānāmagragaṇyaṃ
(p.348, l.26)taddṛkpallavitamadanadāvapāvakaṃ tadabhiprāyāvabodhadattāvadhānaṃ nijaparisaramānināya māninī |

anyasmindine kumudakośanandinī vinayakandarpasya saṃketaniketanagamanāya śukaṃ vakti sma | so 'pyavādīt | madanavatīvottaravitaraṇe prabhutāmālambase cettadānīṃ vraja | tatastaccaritāvagamāya prabhāvatībhāvitapraśnaḥ pakṣīndro 'pyādade vācam | ākarṇaya | kaumudīdaṃhinī nāma grāmaḥ | tatra trilocanasaṃjño rāvuttaḥ | tasya sahacarī madanavatī | sā cātīva saundaryabhāvavatī vyabhicāracāturyaviracanāprapañcānvitaparicayāpi paraṃ prasaṅgaṃ na prāpnoti sma parito rakṣakamanuṣyaniṣiddhabahirgamanā | itthamatikrāmati kāle parvaviśeṣekasmingaṅgāvagāhāya bhartrānujñātagamanā gṛhītopacāraparikarā ceṭīdvitīyā prakaṭitabhavabhaktidhūrjaṭidṛṣṭinikaṭīkaraṇāya samāṭīkate sma śivālayam | sā ca vilāsābhivyaktipaṭīyasī taraṃgitāpāṅgataṭīkābhinayapravartitruṭī sthagitadvipaṭī prapañcitārabhaṭī sphuṭībhavati samakuṭīcaroccāṭīkaraṇamūrtistadanu madanādhidevateva mūrtimatī tasmātkaraṭicarmakuṭanikaṭādvyāghuṭya paryaṭantī khaṇḍaparaśubhayaparityaktakārmukaṃ kāmamivāparaṃ vāḍavaṃ madhyepathamadrākṣīt | sā taṃ dṛṣṭidūtībodhitasaṃketaṃ kalākalāpakovidānāmagragaṇyaṃ taddṛkpallavitamadanadāvapāvakaṃ tadabhiprāyāvabodhadattāvadhānaṃ nijaparisaramānināya māninī |

p.348, l.27

p.348, l.31

(p.348, l.31)tatastadupakaṇṭhamāgatya prayuṅkte svavācam | tvaṃ kasmānmāṃ samānaiṣīḥ | tadabhidhehi prayojanam | tatastayā
(p.348, l.32)vyāhāri | mama tvadīyābhilāṣaḥ samupanīpannaḥ | tarhi tvayā madīyamagāramāgantavyam | madīyo bhartā
(p.348, l.33)tvayā saṃgantavyaḥ | ahaṃ matpatimabhidhāsyāmi | madīyo mātṛṣvasrīyo bhrātāsāviti | bhavatāpi tu
(p.348, l.34)madvacanānusaraṇamanukartavyam | itthamanayā rītyā kāniciddināni sāṭopabhogāvagāhanapariniṣṭhitakara-
(p.348, l.35)ṇagaṇānirastasāraṃ saṃsāraṃ kalitasāraṃ kurvīmahi | tato 'sau tadvacanādbrāhmaṇastadgṛhānājagāma | tasya
(p.348, l.36)bhartāraṃ trilocanaṃ cakṣurviṣayīkṛtavān | namaścakāra trilocanam | sa tasminsamaya utsmayate sma | kutra-
(p.349, l.1)tyo 'yaṃ paricitaḥ puruṣa iti trilocano vicāracaturasamīho jāto 'sti | tadanu madanavatī tatsaṃ-
(p.349, l.2)nidhānamāgatya vacanaṃ prapañcayāṃcakāra | bhavanta etamupalakṣayanti na vā | madīyo mātṛṣvasrīyo bhrātāyaṃ
(p.349, l.3)dhavalanāmadheyaḥ | matpitā bhavadbhyo māṃ prādāt | tadānīmārabhya dvādaśābdāvadhi nāgatavānasau | etajja-
(p.349, l.4)nanī nimimīla | tatastajjanitaduḥkhaharātkāndiśīyahṛdayasaṃnidhāna janmā jagāma | ityabhidhāya tamavekṣya
(p.349, l.5)vepamānāṃ rudantīṃ tāṃ saṃsāraniḥsārāviṣkaraṇagirā samāśvāsayat | tadanantaramāgatāya tasmai śyālāya
(p.349, l.6)dhavalāya madanavatyā eva mandire nivāso dattaḥ | tato rātrau samāgatya madanavatī dhavalaparyaṅkamadhyarukṣat |
(p.349, l.7)tadā tena samāgatā sābhyavadat | yadīcchasi āvayoratyantamabhiyogaṃ tarhi tadānīmidaṃ sukaramaucityacāturyaṃ
(p.349, l.8)paśyeti tanniśamya vyāhārṣīt | tatheti | punarāha madanavatī | pativañcananidānaṃ cāturyamahaṃ racayāmi | tvaṃ
(p.349, l.9)māṃ yathāsukhaṃ bhajasvetyuktvopaviveśa | tadā dhavalo 'sau na prasaraṃ karoti | tatastadāśrutya praguṇīcakāra
(p.349, l.10)vāṇīṃ sā vāṇinī | tvaṃ guṇāgragaṇyo 'si | tvaṃ tannirākaraṇadvārāvajigṛṇīṣurasi dhavala | paśupateḥ
(p.349, l.11)paramopāsako 'si | tadā dhavalo 'sau tāmavadat | kuto māmatrānītavatī | kaṃ vopāyaṃ karavāṇyaham |
(p.349, l.12)tadanu sā yadi madīyāṃ giraṃ nāṅgīkaroṣi tadā tvāmeva daṇḍayiṣye | ityuktvā muṣitāsmītyāmreḍite
(p.349, l.13)giraṃ prāgalbhayat | tadanu tasyā āmreḍitena muṣitāsmītyanena śabdena amuṣyāḥ prābodhiṣata janāḥ
(p.349, l.14)patiprabhṛtayaḥ | tato 'sau tasyāścaraṇayornipapāta | ekadā mā māṃ bhīṣaya | hṛdayavallabhe māṃ rakṣa | tadanu
(p.349, l.15)te mataṃ nirvartayiṣyāmi | ityavocat | tarhi prabhāvati sā tannijavyāhṛtaṃ kathamanyathayat | tatastadavagamāya
(p.349, l.16)prabhāvatī vicāramanubhūya bhūyaḥ svabuddhidarpaṇe tadapratibimbitaṃ buddhvā tataḥ śarvaryāmatītāyāmaṇḍajaṃ
(p.349, l.17)vyājahāra | tvameva tamupāyaṃ vyāharatāditi | so 'pi babhāṣe prabhāvatīm | tadā sā madanavatī taṃ
(p.349, l.18)brāhmaṇaṃ babhāṇa | tvaṃ keśānunmuktagranthīnvihāya śithilitasakalāpaghano bhūtvā nidrāmāsādayetyabhidhāya
(p.349, l.19)tasya viṣamaśarāśuśukṣaṇīsaṃdhukṣaṇaṃ pūrvaparikalpitadugdhaṃ samantataḥ prākirat | tadanu madanavatīpatirdī-
(p.349, l.20)pikāsanātho dhāvamāna ājagāma | kimetadajaniṣṭeti tāṃ prati prāsoṣṭa vācam | tataḥ sā ruditaṃ
(p.349, l.21)pariśīlayantī provācāmum | muṣitāsmītyāmreḍitodīritasyemamarthaṃ śṛṇu prāṇanātha | akaruṇaḥ kṛtānto
(p.349, l.22)madīyaṃ māṇikyaṃ kavalīkurvāṇo 'stīti | tatastrilocanastaṃ locanagocarīkurvanmadanavatīṃ jagāda | tvamatra
(p.349, l.23)sayatnādhitiṣṭhetyukte sābravīt | kiṃ mama yatnena yadi bhavatā etadrakṣaṇe sāmarthyamujjṛmbhate | tadā rakṣata |
(p.349, l.24)etasya viṣūcikā saṃjātāsti | etāvatsamayaparyantaṃ vamati sma | idānīmacetano niśceṣṭo bhūtvāvasthito
(p.349, l.25)'sti | tatastrilocanaḥ provāca | mā duḥkhaṃ bibhṛhi | upadravastu garīyānudito 'bhūt | paraṃ daivagatyā
(p.349, l.26)vyapohitaṃ duṣṭamannaṃ bahirapatat | nātaḥ paraṃ viṣūcikā | tvameva tatsaṃnihitā bhava | yadi rātrāvupadravo
(p.349, l.27)garīyān jāyeta tadā hyevaṃvidhaṃ vaktavyaṃ mametyabhidhāya niragāttrilocanaḥ | tatastau dvāvapi sukhena
(p.349, l.28)viṣayarasopasevanamābibhrātām | tarhi prabhāvatyetāvadbuddhibāhulyavaibhavaprodbhavaḥ sphurati cedvidhernirvahaṇaṃ
(p.349, l.29)jānīṣe tadānīṃ yātu bhavatī ||
(p.349, l.30)iti ekonaviṃśatī kathā || 19 ||

tatastadupakaṇṭhamāgatya prayuṅkte svavācam | tvaṃ kasmānmāṃ samānaiṣīḥ | tadabhidhehi prayojanam | tatastayā vyāhāri | mama tvadīyābhilāṣaḥ samupanīpannaḥ | tarhi tvayā madīyamagāramāgantavyam | madīyo bhartā tvayā saṃgantavyaḥ | ahaṃ matpatimabhidhāsyāmi | madīyo mātṛṣvasrīyo bhrātāsāviti | bhavatāpi tu madvacanānusaraṇamanukartavyam | itthamanayā rītyā kāniciddināni sāṭopabhogāvagāhanapariniṣṭhitakaraṇagaṇānirastasāraṃ saṃsāraṃ kalitasāraṃ kurvīmahi | tato 'sau tadvacanādbrāhmaṇastadgṛhānājagāma | tasya bhartāraṃ trilocanaṃ cakṣurviṣayīkṛtavān | namaścakāra trilocanam | sa tasminsamaya utsmayate sma | kutratyo 'yaṃ paricitaḥ puruṣa iti trilocano vicāracaturasamīho jāto 'sti | tadanu madanavatī tatsaṃnidhānamāgatya vacanaṃ prapañcayāṃcakāra | bhavanta etamupalakṣayanti na vā | madīyo mātṛṣvasrīyo bhrātāyaṃ dhavalanāmadheyaḥ | matpitā bhavadbhyo māṃ prādāt | tadānīmārabhya dvādaśābdāvadhi nāgatavānasau | etajjananī nimimīla | tatastajjanitaduḥkhaharātkāndiśīyahṛdayasaṃnidhāna janmā jagāma | ityabhidhāya tamavekṣya vepamānāṃ rudantīṃ tāṃ saṃsāraniḥsārāviṣkaraṇagirā samāśvāsayat | tadanantaramāgatāya tasmai śyālāya dhavalāya madanavatyā eva mandire nivāso dattaḥ | tato rātrau samāgatya madanavatī dhavalaparyaṅkamadhyarukṣat | tadā tena samāgatā sābhyavadat | yadīcchasi āvayoratyantamabhiyogaṃ tarhi tadānīmidaṃ sukaramaucityacāturyaṃ paśyeti tanniśamya vyāhārṣīt | tatheti | punarāha madanavatī | pativañcananidānaṃ cāturyamahaṃ racayāmi | tvaṃ māṃ yathāsukhaṃ bhajasvetyuktvopaviveśa | tadā dhavalo 'sau na prasaraṃ karoti | tatastadāśrutya praguṇīcakāra vāṇīṃ sā vāṇinī | tvaṃ guṇāgragaṇyo 'si | tvaṃ tannirākaraṇadvārāvajigṛṇīṣurasi dhavala | paśupateḥ paramopāsako 'si | tadā dhavalo 'sau tāmavadat | kuto māmatrānītavatī | kaṃ vopāyaṃ karavāṇyaham | tadanu sā yadi madīyāṃ giraṃ nāṅgīkaroṣi tadā tvāmeva daṇḍayiṣye | ityuktvā muṣitāsmītyāmreḍite giraṃ prāgalbhayat | tadanu tasyā āmreḍitena muṣitāsmītyanena śabdena amuṣyāḥ prābodhiṣata janāḥ patiprabhṛtayaḥ | tato 'sau tasyāścaraṇayornipapāta | ekadā mā māṃ bhīṣaya | hṛdayavallabhe māṃ rakṣa | tadanu te mataṃ nirvartayiṣyāmi | ityavocat | tarhi prabhāvati sā tannijavyāhṛtaṃ kathamanyathayat | tatastadavagamāya prabhāvatī vicāramanubhūya bhūyaḥ svabuddhidarpaṇe tadapratibimbitaṃ buddhvā tataḥ śarvaryāmatītāyāmaṇḍajaṃ vyājahāra | tvameva tamupāyaṃ vyāharatāditi | so 'pi babhāṣe prabhāvatīm | tadā sā madanavatī taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ babhāṇa | tvaṃ keśānunmuktagranthīnvihāya śithilitasakalāpaghano bhūtvā nidrāmāsādayetyabhidhāya tasya viṣamaśarāśuśukṣaṇīsaṃdhukṣaṇaṃ pūrvaparikalpitadugdhaṃ samantataḥ prākirat | tadanu madanavatīpatirdīpikāsanātho dhāvamāna ājagāma | kimetadajaniṣṭeti tāṃ prati prāsoṣṭa vācam | tataḥ sā ruditaṃ pariśīlayantī provācāmum | muṣitāsmītyāmreḍitodīritasyemamarthaṃ śṛṇu prāṇanātha | akaruṇaḥ kṛtānto madīyaṃ māṇikyaṃ kavalīkurvāṇo 'stīti | tatastrilocanastaṃ locanagocarīkurvanmadanavatīṃ jagāda | tvamatra sayatnādhitiṣṭhetyukte sābravīt | kiṃ mama yatnena yadi bhavatā etadrakṣaṇe sāmarthyamujjṛmbhate | tadā rakṣata | etasya viṣūcikā saṃjātāsti | etāvatsamayaparyantaṃ vamati sma | idānīmacetano niśceṣṭo bhūtvāvasthito 'sti | tatastrilocanaḥ provāca | mā duḥkhaṃ bibhṛhi | upadravastu garīyānudito 'bhūt | paraṃ daivagatyā vyapohitaṃ duṣṭamannaṃ bahirapatat | nātaḥ paraṃ viṣūcikā | tvameva tatsaṃnihitā bhava | yadi rātrāvupadravo garīyān jāyeta tadā hyevaṃvidhaṃ vaktavyaṃ mametyabhidhāya niragāttrilocanaḥ | tatastau dvāvapi sukhena viṣayarasopasevanamābibhrātām | tarhi prabhāvatyetāvadbuddhibāhulyavaibhavaprodbhavaḥ sphurati cedvidhernirvahaṇaṃ jānīṣe tadānīṃ yātu bhavatī || iti ekonaviṃśatī kathā || 19 ||

§ 20

p.349, l.31

(p.349, l.31)punarapi prabhāvatī praśnaprasaṅginī pakṣīndraṃ pratyarpayadgiraḥ | so 'pi kāntimatīva āyāsavistaraṃ titīrṣasi
(p.349, l.32)cettadānīmidamādartavyam | iti tāmujjagāra giram | tatastadvṛttāntāvagamaṃ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣīndraḥ prāha |
(p.349, l.33)prabhāpurābhidhānaṃ nagaram | tatra mandabuddhyabhihitaḥ kumbhakāraḥ | tasya patnī kāntimatī | sā vyabhicāra-
(p.349, l.34)niratā | kadāciduparamaṇena samaṃ mandiramadhyamadhyāste | tatastasyāḥ patirāpatitaḥ | tarhi vāvadohi prabhāvati
(p.349, l.35)tasminsamaye sā kamupāyamacīcarat | prabhāvatī vicāraparā prāvartata | taduttaraṃ nājñāsīt | tataḥ śukaḥ
(p.349, l.36)pravaktuṃ pracakrame | bhartāramāgatamabhivīkṣya sā devadattamavadat | tvamenaṃ burburadrumamadhyāroha | mā kimapi
(p.349, l.37)vācaṃ prayuṅkṣva | ahamuttaraṃ karavāṇi | tato 'sau bhayavidruto vasanavirahito burburadrumamadhyārūḍhavān |
(p.350, l.1)kumbhakāraḥ samāgacchattāvatā taṃ burburadrumamadhirūḍhaṃ dṛṣṭavān | tadanu taṃ vyāharati sma | tvaṃ ko bhavasi re |
(p.350, l.2)tato 'sau na vakti ca | tataḥ kāntimatī giraḥ prākāmyamākāṅkṣati sma | etatpṛṣṭhe vairiṇaḥ parigṛhītavanto
(p.350, l.3)vyāpādanāya | kāraṇena tenāyaṃ bibhyatpalāyamāno drumamenamadhyārukṣat | kālakalitavaikalyo bhrāmyanma-
(p.350, l.4)tijīvaścarandṛḍhasthānāvalambano janitavacanavismaraṇa ādityodayādatraivāvatiṣṭhate | ityākarṇya kumbhakā-
(p.350, l.5)rastamārūḍhadrumaṃ vyājahāra | re piśācanagnakāya taroravaroha | tadanu taroravarohati | tamālakṣya tasmai vasanaṃ
(p.350, l.6)dattvā kṣemādikaṃ nirmāya nirmatsarastaṃ prāhiṇot | tādṛśī prajñā tava posphurīti cettadānīṃ vraja ||
(p.350, l.7)iti viṃśo kathā || 20 ||

punarapi prabhāvatī praśnaprasaṅginī pakṣīndraṃ pratyarpayadgiraḥ | so 'pi kāntimatīva āyāsavistaraṃ titīrṣasi cettadānīmidamādartavyam | iti tāmujjagāra giram | tatastadvṛttāntāvagamaṃ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣīndraḥ prāha | prabhāpurābhidhānaṃ nagaram | tatra mandabuddhyabhihitaḥ kumbhakāraḥ | tasya patnī kāntimatī | sā vyabhicāraniratā | kadāciduparamaṇena samaṃ mandiramadhyamadhyāste | tatastasyāḥ patirāpatitaḥ | tarhi vāvadohi prabhāvati tasminsamaye sā kamupāyamacīcarat | prabhāvatī vicāraparā prāvartata | taduttaraṃ nājñāsīt | tataḥ śukaḥ pravaktuṃ pracakrame | bhartāramāgatamabhivīkṣya sā devadattamavadat | tvamenaṃ burburadrumamadhyāroha | mā kimapi vācaṃ prayuṅkṣva | ahamuttaraṃ karavāṇi | tato 'sau bhayavidruto vasanavirahito burburadrumamadhyārūḍhavān | kumbhakāraḥ samāgacchattāvatā taṃ burburadrumamadhirūḍhaṃ dṛṣṭavān | tadanu taṃ vyāharati sma | tvaṃ ko bhavasi re | tato 'sau na vakti ca | tataḥ kāntimatī giraḥ prākāmyamākāṅkṣati sma | etatpṛṣṭhe vairiṇaḥ parigṛhītavanto vyāpādanāya | kāraṇena tenāyaṃ bibhyatpalāyamāno drumamenamadhyārukṣat | kālakalitavaikalyo bhrāmyanmatijīvaścarandṛḍhasthānāvalambano janitavacanavismaraṇa ādityodayādatraivāvatiṣṭhate | ityākarṇya kumbhakārastamārūḍhadrumaṃ vyājahāra | re piśācanagnakāya taroravaroha | tadanu taroravarohati | tamālakṣya tasmai vasanaṃ dattvā kṣemādikaṃ nirmāya nirmatsarastaṃ prāhiṇot | tādṛśī prajñā tava posphurīti cettadānīṃ vraja || iti viṃśo kathā || 20 ||

§ 21

p.350, l.8

(p.350, l.8)* * * * * tataḥ prabhāvatī vitarkacikīrṣitaṃ papraccha pakṣiṇam | tataḥ so 'pyavādīt | vidyāpuraṃ nāma
(p.350, l.9)nagaram | tatra vitarkaḥ keśavaśca dvau vidyārthinau adhyayanaṃ kurvāte dvāvapyatidhūrtau | evaṃ gacchati kāle
(p.350, l.10)keśavaḥ saṃdhyāvandanāya jalāśayaṃ gato 'bhūt | tadānīṃ vaṇiggṛhiṇyekā pānīyānayanāya tatrāgamat |
(p.350, l.11)sā ca śiro'dhirohaṇāya gargarīṃ kareṇodañcayeti keśavaṃ varīvarti | tatastasyā vacanātkeśavo 'pi
(p.350, l.12)kareṇoddhṛtya tasyāḥ śirasi ghaṭamāropayāmāsa | tathā tāṃ suvadanāmabhimukhīṃ ca vīkṣyādharadaṃśanaṃ ca
(p.350, l.13)kṛtavān | taccaritaṃ dūrataḥ paśyaṃstadbhartā sarvamapyadrākṣīt | tato 'sāvāgatya keśavaṃ gṛhītavān | janasamūho
(p.350, l.14)'pyamilattaiḥ keśavaṃ rājabhavanaṃ netuṃ prārambhite vitarkastāṃ vārttāmaśrauṣīt | dhāvamānastadupāntamāyāt |
(p.350, l.15)tataste nṛpatimandiramānetuṃ prayatante | tarhi prabhāvati kenopāyenonmukto bhavati | tataḥ prabhāvatī gṛhīta-
(p.350, l.16)cintāparikarā babhūva | tadāpi nājñāsīt | tataḥ sā śukaṃ jajalpa | śuko 'pyagiradgiram | tadā taṃ
(p.350, l.17)keśavaṃ vidhṛtamālakṣya vitarko 'bhāṣiṣṭa keśavam | tvaṃ cucumba ityevānukuruṣva | etādṛśa eva śabda uccā-
(p.350, l.18)raṇīyaḥ | nānyatkimapi vyāhartavyam | tata upariṣṭādadhastācca kandharāmanyāmānaya vīpsām | tata uttarama-
(p.350, l.19)bhidhāsye | tataḥ keśavo 'pi tathaivānusaṃdadhāno vyāharamāṇo 'vatiṣṭhate | tato 'sau rājakulaṃ prāpitaḥ |
(p.350, l.20)tato rājādhikṛtāstaṃ praṣṭumupacakrire | ko doṣo 'syeti | anena paralalanācumbītyāvedite rājādhikṛtaḥ
(p.350, l.21)sa keśavaṃ prākṣīt | tato 'sāvadha upari kandharāṃ kartuṃ prākramat | cucumba iti śabdaṃ paunaḥpunyagatyā-
(p.350, l.22)vādīt | nānyatkimapi bhāṣate | tadānīṃ vitarko rājādhikṛtaṃ babhāṣe | deva tasya brāhmaṇasya bhūtasaṃcāraḥ
(p.350, l.23)samāsakto 'sti | tadānīmārabhya etasya kandharā kampate tathaitādṛśameva śabdaṃ dhvanati | etadasminpaiśā-
(p.350, l.24)cyamāsañji | idameva tadgataṃ paiśācyaṃ sarve 'pi jānate | tadānīṃ vicintya rājaivaṃ vyājahāra | yadi arthameva
(p.350, l.25)śabdaṃ vyāharati ata eva sarveṣāṃ cetasi cumbanabhramaṃ pravartate | sarve bhavanto joṣamādhvamityabhidhāya vaṇijaṃ
(p.350, l.26)prāsthāpayat | keśavamapyunmocya prasthāpitavān | tarhi prabhāvati īdṛgvidhamupāyaṃ kalayasi cettadā yāhi ||
(p.350, l.27)iti ekaviṃśatī kathā || 21 ||

* * * * * tataḥ prabhāvatī vitarkacikīrṣitaṃ papraccha pakṣiṇam | tataḥ so 'pyavādīt | vidyāpuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra vitarkaḥ keśavaśca dvau vidyārthinau adhyayanaṃ kurvāte dvāvapyatidhūrtau | evaṃ gacchati kāle keśavaḥ saṃdhyāvandanāya jalāśayaṃ gato 'bhūt | tadānīṃ vaṇiggṛhiṇyekā pānīyānayanāya tatrāgamat | sā ca śiro'dhirohaṇāya gargarīṃ kareṇodañcayeti keśavaṃ varīvarti | tatastasyā vacanātkeśavo 'pi kareṇoddhṛtya tasyāḥ śirasi ghaṭamāropayāmāsa | tathā tāṃ suvadanāmabhimukhīṃ ca vīkṣyādharadaṃśanaṃ ca kṛtavān | taccaritaṃ dūrataḥ paśyaṃstadbhartā sarvamapyadrākṣīt | tato 'sāvāgatya keśavaṃ gṛhītavān | janasamūho 'pyamilattaiḥ keśavaṃ rājabhavanaṃ netuṃ prārambhite vitarkastāṃ vārttāmaśrauṣīt | dhāvamānastadupāntamāyāt | tataste nṛpatimandiramānetuṃ prayatante | tarhi prabhāvati kenopāyenonmukto bhavati | tataḥ prabhāvatī gṛhītacintāparikarā babhūva | tadāpi nājñāsīt | tataḥ sā śukaṃ jajalpa | śuko 'pyagiradgiram | tadā taṃ keśavaṃ vidhṛtamālakṣya vitarko 'bhāṣiṣṭa keśavam | tvaṃ cucumba ityevānukuruṣva | etādṛśa eva śabda uccāraṇīyaḥ | nānyatkimapi vyāhartavyam | tata upariṣṭādadhastācca kandharāmanyāmānaya vīpsām | tata uttaramabhidhāsye | tataḥ keśavo 'pi tathaivānusaṃdadhāno vyāharamāṇo 'vatiṣṭhate | tato 'sau rājakulaṃ prāpitaḥ | tato rājādhikṛtāstaṃ praṣṭumupacakrire | ko doṣo 'syeti | anena paralalanācumbītyāvedite rājādhikṛtaḥ sa keśavaṃ prākṣīt | tato 'sāvadha upari kandharāṃ kartuṃ prākramat | cucumba iti śabdaṃ paunaḥpunyagatyāvādīt | nānyatkimapi bhāṣate | tadānīṃ vitarko rājādhikṛtaṃ babhāṣe | deva tasya brāhmaṇasya bhūtasaṃcāraḥ samāsakto 'sti | tadānīmārabhya etasya kandharā kampate tathaitādṛśameva śabdaṃ dhvanati | etadasminpaiśācyamāsañji | idameva tadgataṃ paiśācyaṃ sarve 'pi jānate | tadānīṃ vicintya rājaivaṃ vyājahāra | yadi arthameva śabdaṃ vyāharati ata eva sarveṣāṃ cetasi cumbanabhramaṃ pravartate | sarve bhavanto joṣamādhvamityabhidhāya vaṇijaṃ prāsthāpayat | keśavamapyunmocya prasthāpitavān | tarhi prabhāvati īdṛgvidhamupāyaṃ kalayasi cettadā yāhi || iti ekaviṃśatī kathā || 21 ||

§ 22

p.350, l.28

(p.350, l.28)tadanu dināntare prabhāvatī nunoda kīram | so 'pyavadat | devi vaijikeva bhartuḥ kopaṃ parihṛtavatī yadi
(p.350, l.29)tadā svakāryamapi sādhaya | ityupāyaviśeṣaprasañjanaṃ jānīṣe cettadā yāhi | tataḥ prabhāvatī vaijikā-
(p.350, l.30)vṛttāntaṃ patatriṇamaprākṣīt | so 'pi brūte sma | nandanavāṭikā nāma nagarī | tatra karṇasiṃhanāmā rājaputraḥ |
(p.350, l.31)tasya bhāryā vaijikā | sā kaumāra eva vayasi satī vyabhicāraṃ paricinoti | paraṃ bharturmanasi jīvā-
(p.350, l.32)dapyatiśayena premāspadodayaṃ bhajate | ekasmindine bharturabhyañjanamāsañjitaṃ bhartuḥ śirasi prākṣipat | tadānīṃ
(p.350, l.33)dvāri bhūtvā gatavāntadupapatiḥ saṃketavitaraṇena tāmapyupāhitavān | tadanvativyabhicarantī sā jārāntikaṃ
(p.350, l.34)ṭīkate sma | tatrasthitaṃ sarvamapi jalamatyuṣṇamiti bhartāramavocat | atyauṣṇyenāsahiṣṇujalasya sahiṣṇutā-
(p.350, l.35)karaṇāya śītalaṃ na vāryasti | culliparisthitajalaṃ vahnitaptamasti | tadantarmiśraṇāya kalaśaṃ gṛhītvā jalā-
(p.350, l.36)haraṇāya gamiṣyāmyaham | tato 'sau bravīti | etāvati tamasi saṃdhyāsamaye na gantavyam | yādṛgasti
(p.351, l.1)jalaṃ tādṛśenaivāhamāplāvayiṣyāmi | iti nivārayati tasminkumbhaṃ gṛhītvā niragātsā nīrānayanāya |
(p.351, l.2)bhartā ca kalitasakalapratīkaḥ parikartavyaḥ | sā ca devadattasaṃnidhiṃ gatvā cetaḥkāṅkṣitamamandānandasamudayaiḥ
(p.351, l.3)kṣaṇaṃ kṣaṇamapi sarvasvamakārṣīt | tataḥ prabhāte śukrodayasamaye utthāya vitarkaṃ kartuṃ prāvartata | kenopāyena
(p.351, l.4)bhartuḥ kopaḥ parihartavyaḥ | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyabhivādītu | kenopāyena bhartṛkopo nivāritaḥ | prabhāvatī
(p.351, l.5)vicintayatyapi nābuddha | tataḥ śuko babhāṣe | devi aruṇodaye tu bhavanasamaye jalābhisamaye gargarīmuttānāṃ
(p.351, l.6)vidhāya taduparyuro nidhāya bhṛśaṃ sā pātanaṃ cakāra | taroraraghaṭṭamālārajjvālambanenātiṣṭhat | tataḥ
(p.351, l.7)prakāśaviśeṣopagame mālikastu lalanāntikamupasasāda | tadanvaraghaṭṭamālārajjvālambinīmayabandhamālokya
(p.351, l.8)bodhānidamanūnudat | yuvatirekā jalagartrerte nivasatītyāvedayanmālikaḥ | mānuṣāṇi samavetāni | tatastajja-
(p.351, l.9)nasamūhakalakalaṃ śrutvā karṇasiṃho manasikṛtya jagāda | yadi bhavati tadā vaijikaiva jalagarte nipatitā |
(p.351, l.10)nātra saṃdehāpātaḥ | ata eva na rātrau gṛhānāgāt | ityuktvā dhāvamānaḥ samāpapāta | tadā vaijikāṃ
(p.351, l.11)jalagartavartinīṃ nirīkṣya tāṃ samākarṣitavān | tatastasyāṃ jīvatṛṇamacīkarat | tarhi prabhāvati tvamitthaṃ
(p.351, l.12)mativiśadatāṃ praguṇayasi cettadā gaccha ||
(p.351, l.13)iti dvāviṃśatī kathā || 22 ||

tadanu dināntare prabhāvatī nunoda kīram | so 'pyavadat | devi vaijikeva bhartuḥ kopaṃ parihṛtavatī yadi tadā svakāryamapi sādhaya | ityupāyaviśeṣaprasañjanaṃ jānīṣe cettadā yāhi | tataḥ prabhāvatī vaijikāvṛttāntaṃ patatriṇamaprākṣīt | so 'pi brūte sma | nandanavāṭikā nāma nagarī | tatra karṇasiṃhanāmā rājaputraḥ | tasya bhāryā vaijikā | sā kaumāra eva vayasi satī vyabhicāraṃ paricinoti | paraṃ bharturmanasi jīvādapyatiśayena premāspadodayaṃ bhajate | ekasmindine bharturabhyañjanamāsañjitaṃ bhartuḥ śirasi prākṣipat | tadānīṃ dvāri bhūtvā gatavāntadupapatiḥ saṃketavitaraṇena tāmapyupāhitavān | tadanvativyabhicarantī sā jārāntikaṃ ṭīkate sma | tatrasthitaṃ sarvamapi jalamatyuṣṇamiti bhartāramavocat | atyauṣṇyenāsahiṣṇujalasya sahiṣṇutākaraṇāya śītalaṃ na vāryasti | culliparisthitajalaṃ vahnitaptamasti | tadantarmiśraṇāya kalaśaṃ gṛhītvā jalāharaṇāya gamiṣyāmyaham | tato 'sau bravīti | etāvati tamasi saṃdhyāsamaye na gantavyam | yādṛgasti jalaṃ tādṛśenaivāhamāplāvayiṣyāmi | iti nivārayati tasminkumbhaṃ gṛhītvā niragātsā nīrānayanāya | bhartā ca kalitasakalapratīkaḥ parikartavyaḥ | sā ca devadattasaṃnidhiṃ gatvā cetaḥkāṅkṣitamamandānandasamudayaiḥ kṣaṇaṃ kṣaṇamapi sarvasvamakārṣīt | tataḥ prabhāte śukrodayasamaye utthāya vitarkaṃ kartuṃ prāvartata | kenopāyena bhartuḥ kopaḥ parihartavyaḥ | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyabhivādītu | kenopāyena bhartṛkopo nivāritaḥ | prabhāvatī vicintayatyapi nābuddha | tataḥ śuko babhāṣe | devi aruṇodaye tu bhavanasamaye jalābhisamaye gargarīmuttānāṃ vidhāya taduparyuro nidhāya bhṛśaṃ sā pātanaṃ cakāra | taroraraghaṭṭamālārajjvālambanenātiṣṭhat | tataḥ prakāśaviśeṣopagame mālikastu lalanāntikamupasasāda | tadanvaraghaṭṭamālārajjvālambinīmayabandhamālokya bodhānidamanūnudat | yuvatirekā jalagarte nivasatītyāvedayanmālikaḥ | mānuṣāṇi samavetāni | tatastajjanasamūhakalakalaṃ śrutvā karṇasiṃho manasikṛtya jagāda | yadi bhavati tadā vaijikaiva jalagarte nipatitā | nātra saṃdehāpātaḥ | ata eva na rātrau gṛhānāgāt | ityuktvā dhāvamānaḥ samāpapāta | tadā vaijikāṃ jalagartavartinīṃ nirīkṣya tāṃ samākarṣitavān | tatastasyāṃ jīvatṛṇamacīkarat | tarhi prabhāvati tvamitthaṃ mativiśadatāṃ praguṇayasi cettadā gaccha || iti dvāviṃśatī kathā || 22 ||

§ 23

p.351, l.14

(p.351, l.14)punarvinayakandarpopasarpaṇāya kaumudī pataṃgaṃ vyākocayati sma | śuko 'pyujjagāra giram | devi dhanaśrī-
(p.351, l.15)rivottaraṃ kartuṃ saṃbobhavīṣi cettadorīkuru | tataḥ prabhāvatī taṃ jagade | kathāśritayā tayā kimuttaramakāri |
(p.351, l.16)taccaritaṃ jñāpayatu māṃ bhavāniti nivedite śukaḥ provāca prabhāvatīm | śṛṇu śravaṇātiviśadaśataguṇodaye |
(p.351, l.17)padmāvatīti prasiddhā purī | tatra suveṣa iti vaṇigagaṇitavaibhavaḥ | tasya patnī dhanaśrīḥ | tayordvayoratiśā-
(p.351, l.18)yinī prītiḥ sukhenāsta | tataḥ kadāciddhanārjanāya suveṣo grāmāntaraṃ gatavān | dhanaśrīstu gṛha evā-
(p.351, l.19)tiṣṭhat | tadā pativirahavedanayā dhanaśrīravasthāpraduḥkhakaluṣitahṛdayā kṣaṇaṃ yugāntasaṃghātasamamabhimanute
(p.351, l.20)sma | tato dhanapālābhidho rājaputrastāmatithitvaṃ nayati sma dṛśoḥ | so 'pi taddarśanajanitamadanasevanaja-
(p.351, l.21)nitānandādeva vadanadainyoditvaraduritajanitayugapadāpātasamāviṣṭasarvāvastho rātriṃdivaṃ tadekatānatā-
(p.351, l.22)cintāsaṃtānapratānaparikalāśeṣatāmanayatsvatanum | tato 'sau dūtīmukhena tāṃ svavaśe kṛtavān | iti tāṃ
(p.351, l.23)parasparākṛtisamākramasamunmiṣadabhinavarasavisaravikacahṛdayakalitakuvalayauvanamanorathasamucitāmanubhava-
(p.351, l.24)manaiṣīt | itthaṃ kasmiṃścitsamaye tayorekatra dīvyatordhanaśrīrvidheyaviśeṣavinihitamānasā tadvilāse vilambanaṃ
(p.351, l.25)kṛtavatī | tadā taduparīrṣyālutayā kṛpāṇikayā veṇīmacchaitsīttasyāḥ | svayaṃ nirgatya gatavān | tāvatā suveṣo
(p.351, l.26)draviṇagaṇānārjayitvā nijaṃ saṃvasathamāsedivān | tadācakṣva kumudakośanandini | saṃkucitamativilā-
(p.351, l.27)sāvasare sā kaṃ prakāraṃ nijakāluṣyāpanodanāyājīghaṭat | prabhāvatī caturacetaḥprasarāpi tadvicāracintā-
(p.351, l.28)mātanvānā na sma lakṣīkaroti samastarātrigamane 'pi | tatastayānuyuktaḥ prātaḥ śukaḥ saṃśayaśātanaṃ tasyāḥ
(p.351, l.29)kṛtavānāyāsavacanavicāraparāyāḥ | sā ca bhartāraṃ bahirāgatamavamatya saṃdeśaṃ prajighāya | kṣaṇamātramatraiva
(p.351, l.30)sthātavyaṃ gṛhītordhvāvasthānāvasaraireva bhavadbhiḥ | ahamakṣatapātrahastā nirvartitanijaniyamaparikarā gacchāmi |
(p.351, l.31)tataḥ sthālasthāpitaprajvalitamahaladīpādyupacārasaṃcayā ca veṇīṃ tadupari vartinīṃ vidhāya bahirnirayāt |
(p.351, l.32)taṃ dṛṣṭvā tadupari veṇīmupācālayat | kuṅkumākṣatānkṛtvāruṇo vikāraścopari saṃbhrāmya pāṇidvaye prā-
(p.351, l.33)kṣipat | tataḥ suveṣo dhanaśriyaṃ vyājahāra | tataḥ sā bahulaparisṛte vilocane vidhāya taṃ prati vaktuṃ
(p.351, l.34)prāvartata | mayā dinadvayātpūrvaṃ tavopari pañcatvāpādako duḥsvapno vīkṣāṃcakre | tena jīvo bahudhā śoka-
(p.351, l.35)vikāravyākulitakarāṅkuro 'jāyata | tato 'haṃ kuladevatāyai samīhitavatyupayācitam | madbhartā yadi
(p.351, l.36)nirāmayaśarīro grāmādāgamiṣyati tadāhaṃ bhavatyā upari svaśirasa udbhrāmya śirodaṇḍapuraḥsaramupayā-
(p.351, l.37)citaṃ samāpayiṣyāmi | iti mayā devatāyai pratyaśrāvi | ata evāhaṃ veṇīmacchedayaṃ bhavatsu cakṣuḥpa-
(p.352, l.1)rigṛhīteṣu | sukhamidānīmanuktamavartiṣṭa | tadanu suveṣastāmaṅkapālīkṛtvā vyāhṛtavāṃśca bhavatsadṛśī pativratā
(p.352, l.2)purātanasukṛtavisaraireva labhyate | bhavatyāṃ vidyamānāyāṃ mama na kutaścana vaiṣamyamāpatiṣyati | ityabhidhāya
(p.352, l.3)tāṃ pariṣkāraiḥ pariṣkṛtavān | tarhi prabhāvati jānāsi cedupāyaracanāni tadā sādhyatāmiti ||
(p.352, l.4)iti trayoviṃśatikathā || 23 ||

punarvinayakandarpopasarpaṇāya kaumudī pataṃgaṃ vyākocayati sma | śuko 'pyujjagāra giram | devi dhanaśrīrivottaraṃ kartuṃ saṃbobhavīṣi cettadorīkuru | tataḥ prabhāvatī taṃ jagade | kathāśritayā tayā kimuttaramakāri | taccaritaṃ jñāpayatu māṃ bhavāniti nivedite śukaḥ provāca prabhāvatīm | śṛṇu śravaṇātiviśadaśataguṇodaye | padmāvatīti prasiddhā purī | tatra suveṣa iti vaṇigagaṇitavaibhavaḥ | tasya patnī dhanaśrīḥ | tayordvayoratiśāyinī prītiḥ sukhenāsta | tataḥ kadāciddhanārjanāya suveṣo grāmāntaraṃ gatavān | dhanaśrīstu gṛha evātiṣṭhat | tadā pativirahavedanayā dhanaśrīravasthāpraduḥkhakaluṣitahṛdayā kṣaṇaṃ yugāntasaṃghātasamamabhimanute sma | tato dhanapālābhidho rājaputrastāmatithitvaṃ nayati sma dṛśoḥ | so 'pi taddarśanajanitamadanasevanajanitānandādeva vadanadainyoditvaraduritajanitayugapadāpātasamāviṣṭasarvāvastho rātriṃdivaṃ tadekatānatācintāsaṃtānapratānaparikalāśeṣatāmanayatsvatanum | tato 'sau dūtīmukhena tāṃ svavaśe kṛtavān | iti tāṃ parasparākṛtisamākramasamunmiṣadabhinavarasavisaravikacahṛdayakalitakuvalayauvanamanorathasamucitāmanubhavamanaiṣīt | itthaṃ kasmiṃścitsamaye tayorekatra dīvyatordhanaśrīrvidheyaviśeṣavinihitamānasā tadvilāse vilambanaṃ kṛtavatī | tadā taduparīrṣyālutayā kṛpāṇikayā veṇīmacchaitsīttasyāḥ | svayaṃ nirgatya gatavān | tāvatā suveṣo draviṇagaṇānārjayitvā nijaṃ saṃvasathamāsedivān | tadācakṣva kumudakośanandini | saṃkucitamativilāsāvasare sā kaṃ prakāraṃ nijakāluṣyāpanodanāyājīghaṭat | prabhāvatī caturacetaḥprasarāpi tadvicāracintāmātanvānā na sma lakṣīkaroti samastarātrigamane 'pi | tatastayānuyuktaḥ prātaḥ śukaḥ saṃśayaśātanaṃ tasyāḥ kṛtavānāyāsavacanavicāraparāyāḥ | sā ca bhartāraṃ bahirāgatamavamatya saṃdeśaṃ prajighāya | kṣaṇamātramatraiva sthātavyaṃ gṛhītordhvāvasthānāvasaraireva bhavadbhiḥ | ahamakṣatapātrahastā nirvartitanijaniyamaparikarā gacchāmi | tataḥ sthālasthāpitaprajvalitamahaladīpādyupacārasaṃcayā ca veṇīṃ tadupari vartinīṃ vidhāya bahirnirayāt | taṃ dṛṣṭvā tadupari veṇīmupācālayat | kuṅkumākṣatānkṛtvāruṇo vikāraścopari saṃbhrāmya pāṇidvaye prākṣipat | tataḥ suveṣo dhanaśriyaṃ vyājahāra | tataḥ sā bahulaparisṛte vilocane vidhāya taṃ prati vaktuṃ prāvartata | mayā dinadvayātpūrvaṃ tavopari pañcatvāpādako duḥsvapno vīkṣāṃcakre | tena jīvo bahudhā śokavikāravyākulitakarāṅkuro 'jāyata | tato 'haṃ kuladevatāyai samīhitavatyupayācitam | madbhartā yadi nirāmayaśarīro grāmādāgamiṣyati tadāhaṃ bhavatyā upari svaśirasa udbhrāmya śirodaṇḍapuraḥsaramupayācitaṃ samāpayiṣyāmi | iti mayā devatāyai pratyaśrāvi | ata evāhaṃ veṇīmacchedayaṃ bhavatsu cakṣuḥparigṛhīteṣu | sukhamidānīmanuktamavartiṣṭa | tadanu suveṣastāmaṅkapālīkṛtvā vyāhṛtavāṃśca bhavatsadṛśī pativratā purātanasukṛtavisaraireva labhyate | bhavatyāṃ vidyamānāyāṃ mama na kutaścana vaiṣamyamāpatiṣyati | ityabhidhāya tāṃ pariṣkāraiḥ pariṣkṛtavān | tarhi prabhāvati jānāsi cedupāyaracanāni tadā sādhyatāmiti || iti trayoviṃśatikathā || 23 ||

§ 24

p.352, l.5

(p.352, l.5)punaruparamaṇena samaṃ riraṃsurmadanasenaramaṇī śukaṃ prati cakṣuścikṣepa | so 'pyanaṅgaseneva buddhivaiśāradyaṃ pari-
(p.352, l.6)cinoṣi cedidānīmucitamanusaṃdhehi | tarhi prabhāvatyapṛcchatpatatriṇam | anaṅgasenācaritaṃ kīdṛśam | tadityā-
(p.352, l.7)vedayatu nāma bhavān | tatastadācaritaṃ vivarṇayiṣuḥ śakunto babhāṣe | mālāpurābhidhāne nagare mahādhananā-
(p.352, l.8)mā vaṇik | tasyātmajo guṇagauravastasya gṛhiṇī anaṅgasenā | sā ca bhujaṃgasaṃgativyasaninī | sarve tāṃ
(p.352, l.9)tathāvidhāṃ jānate tadbharturagre taccaritaṃ jñāpayanti paraṃ tasyāḥ premabhāraparīṇase na kasyāpyabhihite
(p.352, l.10)śṛṇoti | ekadā sā bhujaṃgasahitā suratamanubobhavīti | tadā tasyāścaraṇagatayornūpurayordhvanirudabhūt |
(p.352, l.11)tatastu dhvanibhīṣitahṛdayā nūpure pṛthagekīkṛtya tadupabhogasukhamanvabhūt | tadvilasitaṃ tasyāḥ śvaśureṇā-
(p.352, l.12)drākṣi | sa ca pracchanno bhūtvā tadupāntikamāgatya nūpuramekamapanīya gatavānyathāgatam | tato 'naṅgasenā
(p.352, l.13)vicāraparāyaṇā prāvartata | asāvetaṃ vṛttāntaṃ madbhartre jñāpayiṣyati | tadahameva mānyatāgalitā bhaviṣyāmi
(p.352, l.14)adhanyā ca | tarhi kathaṃ nāma kā buddhiratrānusaṃdheyā | iti cintānimagnamānasā babhūva | tarhi prabhāvati
(p.352, l.15)tvamapi vyāharasva | sā kamupāyaṃ prākalpayat | tadā prabhāvatī bhāvitavicāracittābhavat | nābodhi |
(p.352, l.16)tāvatā rātrirapyatyavartata | tadanu varavarṇinī pakṣiṇamaprākṣīt | so 'pyuvāca | tadānīmanaṅgasenā nija-
(p.352, l.17)ramaṇasaṃnidhānamiyāya | tena samaṃ bhāvapremavilasitaṃ pūrvābhinayavaicitrīprapañcaparicayapradarśanena taṃ saṃtoṣya
(p.352, l.18)tatastatpurastātkimapi vaktuṃ prakrāmati | paśya kutanayaṃ bhavato 'gre vyājahre | atikrānte 'hani macchvaśurapādā
(p.352, l.19)madīyaśayyāsaṃnidhānamāgatya nūpuramekamapajahruḥ | īdṛśo nu bhavato janako jāgarti | tanniśamya preyā-
(p.352, l.20)navadattasyāḥ | nūnaṃ nūpuraṃ cedagrahīt | tadā gṛhītaṃ dehi | ahamitaraṃ nūpuraṃ kārayiṣye | sa matpitā sarvadā
(p.352, l.21)tādṛśa eva | na kaṃcana draṣṭuṃ śaknoti tvāṃ tu viśeṣato na didṛkṣati | tarhi tvaṃ maunāvalambanena sthi-
(p.352, l.22)timāpnuhi | tvaṃ tasya vṛddhasya virodhaṃ manasi gṛhṇāsi | tvayā madīyamanasonusaṃdhānaṃ viruddhādhyāsasya
(p.352, l.23)draṣṭavyam | ityabhidhāya sāṃtvayāmāsa tām | prātastu tatpitā nūpuraṃ nītvā tanayasya sāṃnidhyamājagāma |
(p.352, l.24)tasya purastāttamasvinīsaṃgataṃ nikhilamāvedayāṃcakāra | tadākarṇya guṇagauravo 'pyāha giram | yāhi yāhi
(p.352, l.25)matpurastātsādhu vaktuṃ samāgato 'si | bhavadbhireva nūpuramapahṛtam | tathā vinimayena doṣāsañcanena tāmeva
(p.352, l.26)bhāṣayanti | etāvatābhihitena tajjanako maunamavalalambe | anaṅgasenā pūrvameva bhartāramajijñapat | tada-
(p.352, l.27)vaṣṭambhanenāsau janakavacanaṃ satyatayā norīkṛtavān | prabhāvati tvamapīti maticāturyaṃ pariśīlayasi
(p.352, l.28)tadā sādhnuhi ||
(p.352, l.29)iti caturviṃśatikathā || 24 ||

punaruparamaṇena samaṃ riraṃsurmadanasenaramaṇī śukaṃ prati cakṣuścikṣepa | so 'pyanaṅgaseneva buddhivaiśāradyaṃ paricinoṣi cedidānīmucitamanusaṃdhehi | tarhi prabhāvatyapṛcchatpatatriṇam | anaṅgasenācaritaṃ kīdṛśam | tadityāvedayatu nāma bhavān | tatastadācaritaṃ vivarṇayiṣuḥ śakunto babhāṣe | mālāpurābhidhāne nagare mahādhananāmā vaṇik | tasyātmajo guṇagauravastasya gṛhiṇī anaṅgasenā | sā ca bhujaṃgasaṃgativyasaninī | sarve tāṃ tathāvidhāṃ jānate tadbharturagre taccaritaṃ jñāpayanti paraṃ tasyāḥ premabhāraparīṇase na kasyāpyabhihite śṛṇoti | ekadā sā bhujaṃgasahitā suratamanubobhavīti | tadā tasyāścaraṇagatayornūpurayordhvanirudabhūt | tatastu dhvanibhīṣitahṛdayā nūpure pṛthagekīkṛtya tadupabhogasukhamanvabhūt | tadvilasitaṃ tasyāḥ śvaśureṇādrākṣi | sa ca pracchanno bhūtvā tadupāntikamāgatya nūpuramekamapanīya gatavānyathāgatam | tato 'naṅgasenā vicāraparāyaṇā prāvartata | asāvetaṃ vṛttāntaṃ madbhartre jñāpayiṣyati | tadahameva mānyatāgalitā bhaviṣyāmi adhanyā ca | tarhi kathaṃ nāma kā buddhiratrānusaṃdheyā | iti cintānimagnamānasā babhūva | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi vyāharasva | sā kamupāyaṃ prākalpayat | tadā prabhāvatī bhāvitavicāracittābhavat | nābodhi | tāvatā rātrirapyatyavartata | tadanu varavarṇinī pakṣiṇamaprākṣīt | so 'pyuvāca | tadānīmanaṅgasenā nijaramaṇasaṃnidhānamiyāya | tena samaṃ bhāvapremavilasitaṃ pūrvābhinayavaicitrīprapañcaparicayapradarśanena taṃ saṃtoṣya tatastatpurastātkimapi vaktuṃ prakrāmati | paśya kutanayaṃ bhavato 'gre vyājahre | atikrānte 'hani macchvaśurapādā madīyaśayyāsaṃnidhānamāgatya nūpuramekamapajahruḥ | īdṛśo nu bhavato janako jāgarti | tanniśamya preyānavadattasyāḥ | nūnaṃ nūpuraṃ cedagrahīt | tadā gṛhītaṃ dehi | ahamitaraṃ nūpuraṃ kārayiṣye | sa matpitā sarvadā tādṛśa eva | na kaṃcana draṣṭuṃ śaknoti tvāṃ tu viśeṣato na didṛkṣati | tarhi tvaṃ maunāvalambanena sthitimāpnuhi | tvaṃ tasya vṛddhasya virodhaṃ manasi gṛhṇāsi | tvayā madīyamanasonusaṃdhānaṃ viruddhādhyāsasya draṣṭavyam | ityabhidhāya sāṃtvayāmāsa tām | prātastu tatpitā nūpuraṃ nītvā tanayasya sāṃnidhyamājagāma | tasya purastāttamasvinīsaṃgataṃ nikhilamāvedayāṃcakāra | tadākarṇya guṇagauravo 'pyāha giram | yāhi yāhi matpurastātsādhu vaktuṃ samāgato 'si | bhavadbhireva nūpuramapahṛtam | tathā vinimayena doṣāsañcanena tāmeva bhāṣayanti | etāvatābhihitena tajjanako maunamavalalambe | anaṅgasenā pūrvameva bhartāramajijñapat | tadavaṣṭambhanenāsau janakavacanaṃ satyatayā norīkṛtavān | prabhāvati tvamapīti maticāturyaṃ pariśīlayasi tadā sādhnuhi || iti caturviṃśatikathā || 24 ||

§ 25

p.352, l.30

(p.352, l.30)tataḥ punaḥ kumudajā vyāhārṣīdvihaṃgamam | so 'pyavādīt | devi mugdhikevopāyaprakathanāya pragalbhase yadi
(p.352, l.31)tadā yātu bhavatī | tataḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣīndro vācayaṃstaccaritaṃ jñāpayitumuvāca | madanapurābhidhāne
(p.352, l.32)nagare janavallabhanāmā vaṇik | tasya vadhūrmugdhikā | sā cānavarataparapuruṣapatikā | bharturupari premalavaṃ
(p.352, l.33)nāṅgīkaroti | sarvadā bhartāramavajānīte agaṇayantyapi | tatastena tasyāḥ pitṛprabhṛtisodarāṇāmagre nijabhā-
(p.352, l.34)ryāyā vidhānamāveditam | naiṣā madīyamabhimataṃ kurute | rātrau sarvadāpi sarvatra bhramati | ahamekākyeva
(p.352, l.35)gṛhe svapimi | ityākarṇya mugdhikā vācaṃ prāpañcayat | ayamapadasthaḥ pāpī nikṛṣṭaśca | ahamekākinī nityaṃ
(p.352, l.36)nivasāmi | ayaṃ pratidvāraṃ puravāsinaṃ janaṃ nidrāpayannāste | tataḥ saṃbhūya tayorniyamamakārṣuḥ | bhavatoru-
(p.353, l.1)bhayormadhye yo 'dya tamasvinyāmeka eva sthāsyati sa eva satyavaktā | yastu bahirbhaviṣyati so 'līka
(p.353, l.2)iti niyamaṃ kṛtvā gṛhe gatvobhāvapyabhyavahṛtya nidadriyetām | tadanu janavallabhasya svarūpasukhaparyāyanā-
(p.353, l.3)madheyasādhāraṇīṃ sakalahṛdayavaidhuryanidrāvidrāviṇīṃ nidrāmudrāṅkitadrumaṃcatāṃ bharturnirīkṣya nīrajākṣī
(p.353, l.4)samutthāya mugdhikā gṛhādbahirniragāt | tataḥ so 'pi prabudhya sahacarīṃ yāvacchayane paśyati tāvanna
(p.353, l.5)tatrāsti | āpannadhairyāvastheti paścādutthāya kavāṭaṃ prādādbhartā | sā tu svavidheyamaviśeṣayitvā yadā-
(p.353, l.6)gacchati tāvatkavāṭaṃ pihitamasti | tarhyabhidhehi prabhāvati | sā tatra kamupāyaṃ prākalpayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī
(p.353, l.7)tadvicāraracitacintāpi tamupāyaṃ na gocarīkurute sma | tadanu triyāmāmatikramya tamevopāyaṃ śukamanvayuṅkta |
(p.353, l.8)tadāsāvavādīt | śṛṇu śravaṇaguṇagaṇe | sā kavāṭaṃ tatpratikṣiptaṃ parijñāya dehalīsamīpe nilīya yathāsau
(p.353, l.9)janavallabhaḥ śṛṇoti tathaikākinyeva vācaṃ vaktuṃ prāvartata | kimevaṃ kṛtaṃ mayā | jvalatvidamasmadīyaṃ jīvitam |
(p.353, l.10)ahaṃ tathaiva bahirniragām | prātaḥ pitṛbhrātṝṇāṃ madhye madīyaṃ mandākṣamālinyaṃ mandetaramāvirbhaviṣyati |
(p.353, l.11)tarhi kena prakāreṇa jīvatyāgaṃ karomi na vā | iti saṃdehe sā padyamidamakārṣīt |

tataḥ punaḥ kumudajā vyāhārṣīdvihaṃgamam | so 'pyavādīt | devi mugdhikevopāyaprakathanāya pragalbhase yadi tadā yātu bhavatī | tataḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣīndro vācayaṃstaccaritaṃ jñāpayitumuvāca | madanapurābhidhāne nagare janavallabhanāmā vaṇik | tasya vadhūrmugdhikā | sā cānavarataparapuruṣapatikā | bharturupari premalavaṃ nāṅgīkaroti | sarvadā bhartāramavajānīte agaṇayantyapi | tatastena tasyāḥ pitṛprabhṛtisodarāṇāmagre nijabhāryāyā vidhānamāveditam | naiṣā madīyamabhimataṃ kurute | rātrau sarvadāpi sarvatra bhramati | ahamekākyeva gṛhe svapimi | ityākarṇya mugdhikā vācaṃ prāpañcayat | ayamapadasthaḥ pāpī nikṛṣṭaśca | ahamekākinī nityaṃ nivasāmi | ayaṃ pratidvāraṃ puravāsinaṃ janaṃ nidrāpayannāste | tataḥ saṃbhūya tayorniyamamakārṣuḥ | bhavatorubhayormadhye yo 'dya tamasvinyāmeka eva sthāsyati sa eva satyavaktā | yastu bahirbhaviṣyati so 'līka iti niyamaṃ kṛtvā gṛhe gatvobhāvapyabhyavahṛtya nidadriyetām | tadanu janavallabhasya svarūpasukhaparyāyanāmadheyasādhāraṇīṃ sakalahṛdayavaidhuryanidrāvidrāviṇīṃ nidrāmudrāṅkitadrumaṃcatāṃ bharturnirīkṣya nīrajākṣī samutthāya mugdhikā gṛhādbahirniragāt | tataḥ so 'pi prabudhya sahacarīṃ yāvacchayane paśyati tāvanna tatrāsti | āpannadhairyāvastheti paścādutthāya kavāṭaṃ prādādbhartā | sā tu svavidheyamaviśeṣayitvā yadāgacchati tāvatkavāṭaṃ pihitamasti | tarhyabhidhehi prabhāvati | sā tatra kamupāyaṃ prākalpayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvicāraracitacintāpi tamupāyaṃ na gocarīkurute sma | tadanu triyāmāmatikramya tamevopāyaṃ śukamanvayuṅkta | tadāsāvavādīt | śṛṇu śravaṇaguṇagaṇe | sā kavāṭaṃ tatpratikṣiptaṃ parijñāya dehalīsamīpe nilīya yathāsau janavallabhaḥ śṛṇoti tathaikākinyeva vācaṃ vaktuṃ prāvartata | kimevaṃ kṛtaṃ mayā | jvalatvidamasmadīyaṃ jīvitam | ahaṃ tathaiva bahirniragām | prātaḥ pitṛbhrātṝṇāṃ madhye madīyaṃ mandākṣamālinyaṃ mandetaramāvirbhaviṣyati | tarhi kena prakāreṇa jīvatyāgaṃ karomi na vā | iti saṃdehe sā padyamidamakārṣīt |

p.353, l.12

p.353, l.14

(p.353, l.14)tasmādidānīṃ pramīyate | itthaṃ bhartari śṛṇvati sati sā niścityāhāryaniścayeva gṛhanikaṭasthitajalagarte
(p.353, l.15)patiṣyāmītyuktvā gatvā ca jalagartasamīpaṃ kūpasyopari vartinīṃ śilāṃ gṛhītvā kūpasyāntaḥ prākṣipat |
(p.353, l.16)svayaṃ cāgatya dvāraśākhāntike nyalīyata | śilā tu jalamadhyamāpātayantī ṭhaṭhātkāreṇa mahatānādyata |
(p.353, l.17)taddhvanerbibhyadasau pravepamāno vegena vihāya śayanīyaṃ kavāṭaṃ vighāṭayanbahirāgatya kūpopakaṇṭhaṃ gatvā
(p.353, l.18)tatsaṃnidhāyinyau śrutī vidhāyāntaḥpatitavadhūdhvaniviśeṣākarṇanāya praguṇībhavati sma | tasminnavasare sā
(p.353, l.19)gṛhāntaraṃ praviśya kavāṭaṃ kṛpīṭayonimānasā samajīghaṭatkapaṭopāyaprakaṭitamatiḥ kulaṭākuladevatā |
(p.353, l.20)so 'pi kūpamadhye kamapi dhvanimanākarṇayanpunarāgatya yāvatā pravivikṣati tāvatā pihitakavāṭadvāraṃ
(p.353, l.21)lakṣitavān | tadanu manasi dhvanati sma | tadvidheyavaiśiṣṭyaṃ mugdhikayā evetyabhidhāya dvāri sthitaḥ mugdhikā-
(p.353, l.22)mabhyadhāt | vayaṃ bhavatyāścāturyeṇa samunmiṣitapratibhāḥ svamanasi parāṃ saṃtuṣṭimābibhrāṇā vartāmahe | tadānīṃ
(p.353, l.23)niśamya kavāṭamudajīghaṭat | dvayorapi premaprakarṣaḥ prādurabhūt | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapītthamupāyaviśeṣaṃ
(p.353, l.24)praguṇayasi cettadānīmādartavyaṃ svasamīhitamiti ||
(p.353, l.25)iti pañcaviṃśatī kathā || 25 ||

tasmādidānīṃ pramīyate | itthaṃ bhartari śṛṇvati sati sā niścityāhāryaniścayeva gṛhanikaṭasthitajalagarte patiṣyāmītyuktvā gatvā ca jalagartasamīpaṃ kūpasyopari vartinīṃ śilāṃ gṛhītvā kūpasyāntaḥ prākṣipat | svayaṃ cāgatya dvāraśākhāntike nyalīyata | śilā tu jalamadhyamāpātayantī ṭhaṭhātkāreṇa mahatānādyata | taddhvanerbibhyadasau pravepamāno vegena vihāya śayanīyaṃ kavāṭaṃ vighāṭayanbahirāgatya kūpopakaṇṭhaṃ gatvā tatsaṃnidhāyinyau śrutī vidhāyāntaḥpatitavadhūdhvaniviśeṣākarṇanāya praguṇībhavati sma | tasminnavasare sā gṛhāntaraṃ praviśya kavāṭaṃ kṛpīṭayonimānasā samajīghaṭatkapaṭopāyaprakaṭitamatiḥ kulaṭākuladevatā | so 'pi kūpamadhye kamapi dhvanimanākarṇayanpunarāgatya yāvatā pravivikṣati tāvatā pihitakavāṭadvāraṃ lakṣitavān | tadanu manasi dhvanati sma | tadvidheyavaiśiṣṭyaṃ mugdhikayā evetyabhidhāya dvāri sthitaḥ mugdhikāmabhyadhāt | vayaṃ bhavatyāścāturyeṇa samunmiṣitapratibhāḥ svamanasi parāṃ saṃtuṣṭimābibhrāṇā vartāmahe | tadānīṃ niśamya kavāṭamudajīghaṭat | dvayorapi premaprakarṣaḥ prādurabhūt | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapītthamupāyaviśeṣaṃ praguṇayasi cettadānīmādartavyaṃ svasamīhitamiti || iti pañcaviṃśatī kathā || 25 ||

§ 26

p.353, l.26

(p.353, l.26)punaḥ prabhāvatī papraccha pakṣiṇam | guṇāḍhyabrāhmaṇavadyadi saṃkīrṇasamayaṃ netuṃ pārayasi tadādartavyamiti
(p.353, l.27)so 'pyavādīttām | tadvṛttāntaṃ vyāharatāditi prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣī pratyāha | viśālapurābhidhāne nagare
(p.353, l.28)guṇāḍhyanāmāgrajanmā | sa dhanārjanamuddiśya deśāntaramaśiśriyat | tadanu pathi gacchannagaramekamāsasāda |
(p.353, l.29)tatra sthitvā samānaloke kiṃ karavāṇyatreti na kamapyudyamamāpnute sma | tadanu goṣṭhe gatvā nirudyama-
(p.353, l.30)ścintayati sma | tadā bṛhattanuṃ pralambagalakambalaṃ jarāśithilitasnāyuṃ vṛṣamekaṃ goṣṭhe lakṣīcakāra | tataḥ
(p.353, l.31)sa guṇāḍhyo 'nudinaṃ tadabhyagramāgatya karīṣaśakalena vṛṣabhasyāṅgāni kaṇḍūyati tṛṇakaṇādi grāsāya
(p.353, l.32)prayacchati | iti pratyahaṃ pariśīlanena sa taṃ vṛṣabhaṃ svavaśīcakāra | itthaṃ sa pratyahamāgatya rajjvā nibadhya
(p.353, l.33)yatra kvāpi gacchati tatra niṣadho 'sau gacchati śṛṅgacālanena raudratāṃ darśayati | tata ekasmindivase
(p.353, l.34)vṛṣabhe paryāṇaṃ nikṣipya pradoṣasamaye kasyāścana paṇyagaṇikāyā gṛhānagacchadvṛṣabhamāruhya | tasyāḥ kuṭṭinīṃ
(p.353, l.35)prati giraṃ nayati sma | vayaṃ vyavahāriṇaḥ | asmadīyā vastupūrṇā anaḍvāhaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samāyānti | prātastvā-
(p.353, l.36)gamiṣyanti | ahaṃ tvatra gatvārthanirṇayāyāgrata eva samāgamamidānīm | paścānniveśitasaṃnidhānaṃ yā-
(p.354, l.1)maścatcettadānīṃ divaso 'pi samānaṃ nāvasānabhāvaṃ bhajate | adyatanaṃ divasamatraivāsminnivāsāya saukaryaṃ
(p.354, l.2)kurvantu | yadyāciṣyante tadahaṃ vitariṣyāmi | tatastanniśamya kuṭṭinī prakaṭīcakāra vācam | īdṛśaṃ sāmā-
(p.354, l.3)nyajanasvabhāvāsannaṃ ca kimiti vyavaharanti bhavādṛśāḥ | bhavantaḥ kimanyalokasāmānyāḥ | gṛhamidaṃ yauṣmā-
(p.354, l.4)kīṇameva | atra sukhenāgantavyamuṣitavyaṃ ca | bhavatsadṛśāḥ samāyānti yasmindine tadeva sudinam | itarāṇi
(p.354, l.5)durdinānīti | tathaivamasmadīyā tanayā rathyāpaṇyāṅganā | bhāsvatkapardakaṃ gṛhītvā pānīyaṃ pāyaya tā-
(p.354, l.6)dṛkklamabhāvodbhāvinī na bhavati | tataḥ kapaṭavipaṇī vāṇīṃ prāṇaiṣīt | dhanaṃ madīyo 'yaṃ balīvardo
(p.354, l.7)dūrataraṃ gacchati | dvāri sthāpayituṃ na yujyate | ayamantaḥśālāyāṃ prabaddhavya ityabhidhāya tatra sthitavān |
(p.354, l.8)aṅgamardanaplavanādyajāyanta | rātrau tayā saha nyavātsīt | pratyāsanne prātastanasamaye samutthāya veśyāyāḥ
(p.354, l.9)sakalamalaṃkāraṃ gṛhītvā gatavān | vṛṣabhaṃ ca tatraivāvasthāpayat | tadanu dinodaye dāsī bahirniragāt |
(p.354, l.10)vṛṣabhaṃ nibaddhamadrākṣīt | tāvatā jarantaṃ viśvaṃbharāspṛśatsāsnaṃ rorūyamāṇamabhivīkṣya kakudmantaṃ dāsī
(p.354, l.11)śambhalīṃ babhāṇa | kasyāyaṃ bahirnibaddho vṛṣabha iti | tataḥ śambhalī tasyāstadabhihitamākarṇya tvaritaga-
(p.354, l.12)tirudatiṣṭhat | vṛṣabhaṃ cāpaśyat | paścātkuṭṭinī jagāda | paśya re śarvarīsamāgato gṛhāntare sthitavānvā |
(p.354, l.13)yāvatāsau vīkṣāṃcakre tāvatāsāvalaṃkārāngṛhītvā niragāt | paścādvṛṣabhamudamocayat | tadā kuṭṭinī
(p.354, l.14)tadātmano nikaraṇaṃ prakhyāpayasi cettadā samagrapaṇyāṅganāvargamadhye 'pahāsāspadābhimukhyatāmabhajāva |
(p.354, l.15)iti matvā maunamevāvalambitavatī | tadanvatikrāntairbahubhirdinaiḥ sa guṇāḍhyaḥ kuṭṭinyā dṛgviṣayīkṛtaḥ |
(p.354, l.16)madīyasamastavastuluṇṭhako 'yamityabhidhāya vidhṛtastayā | sā taṃ rājabhavanaṃ netumudyunakti sma | tarhi prabhā-
(p.354, l.17)vati tvamapi bhāṣasva | etāvati saṃkucitasamayātipāte 'pi kamupāyamajīghaṭat | tadā prabhāvatī vicā-
(p.354, l.18)racaturacintāpi na sma pratibhāmatyarthaṃ karoti | tadā dinārambhe nidrāvimudritaṃ pakṣīndraṃ papraccha | śukaḥ
(p.354, l.19)pragalbhate sma girotsargāya | yāvatā sā taṃ dhṛtvā nṛpatimaṇḍalamuddiśya netuṃ pravavṛte tāvatāsau siṃvo
(p.354, l.20)siṃvolīti kriyāsamabhihāreṇa śabdaṃ vyāhartuṃ pracakrame | tatastathāvidhaṃ caṇḍālajātyabhivyañjakaṃ tasya śabdaṃ
(p.354, l.21)niśamya śambhalī sahasābhaiṣīt | tamasvinīmekāṃ mattanayāṃ saṃnidharṣitavāniti cettadāsmākaṃ rājadaṇḍa
(p.354, l.22)āpatiṣyatīti vimṛśya taṃ prāsthāpayat | ito yāhītyabhidhāya | tadāsāvavādīt | madīyastvaritaga-
(p.354, l.23)tiranaḍvānbhavatāṃ samīpe tiṣṭhati | sa dātavyaḥ | no cedadyāhamāvedya rājakule bhavatīṃ daṇḍayiṣyāmi |
(p.354, l.24)mātaṅgasyopabhogamakārṣīdiyamityabhidhāya yāsyāmi | tadanu kuṭṭinī vihāya tasmai kimapi dattvā prasthā-
(p.354, l.25)payāmāsa | tattarhi prabhāvati etāvatī saṃkīrṇasamayametādṛśena buddhivaibhavabalena vyapohituṃ pārayasi
(p.354, l.26)cettadānīṃ pravartatāṃ nāma ||
(p.354, l.27)iti ṣaḍviṃśatī kathā || 26 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī papraccha pakṣiṇam | guṇāḍhyabrāhmaṇavadyadi saṃkīrṇasamayaṃ netuṃ pārayasi tadādartavyamiti so 'pyavādīttām | tadvṛttāntaṃ vyāharatāditi prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pakṣī pratyāha | viśālapurābhidhāne nagare guṇāḍhyanāmāgrajanmā | sa dhanārjanamuddiśya deśāntaramaśiśriyat | tadanu pathi gacchannagaramekamāsasāda | tatra sthitvā samānaloke kiṃ karavāṇyatreti na kamapyudyamamāpnute sma | tadanu goṣṭhe gatvā nirudyamaścintayati sma | tadā bṛhattanuṃ pralambagalakambalaṃ jarāśithilitasnāyuṃ vṛṣamekaṃ goṣṭhe lakṣīcakāra | tataḥ sa guṇāḍhyo 'nudinaṃ tadabhyagramāgatya karīṣaśakalena vṛṣabhasyāṅgāni kaṇḍūyati tṛṇakaṇādi grāsāya prayacchati | iti pratyahaṃ pariśīlanena sa taṃ vṛṣabhaṃ svavaśīcakāra | itthaṃ sa pratyahamāgatya rajjvā nibadhya yatra kvāpi gacchati tatra niṣadho 'sau gacchati śṛṅgacālanena raudratāṃ darśayati | tata ekasmindivase vṛṣabhe paryāṇaṃ nikṣipya pradoṣasamaye kasyāścana paṇyagaṇikāyā gṛhānagacchadvṛṣabhamāruhya | tasyāḥ kuṭṭinīṃ prati giraṃ nayati sma | vayaṃ vyavahāriṇaḥ | asmadīyā vastupūrṇā anaḍvāhaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samāyānti | prātastvāgamiṣyanti | ahaṃ tvatra gatvārthanirṇayāyāgrata eva samāgamamidānīm | paścānniveśitasaṃnidhānaṃ yāmaścettadānīṃ divaso 'pi samānaṃ nāvasānabhāvaṃ bhajate | adyatanaṃ divasamatraivāsminnivāsāya saukaryaṃ kurvantu | yadyāciṣyante tadahaṃ vitariṣyāmi | tatastanniśamya kuṭṭinī prakaṭīcakāra vācam | īdṛśaṃ sāmānyajanasvabhāvāsannaṃ ca kimiti vyavaharanti bhavādṛśāḥ | bhavantaḥ kimanyalokasāmānyāḥ | gṛhamidaṃ yauṣmākīṇameva | atra sukhenāgantavyamuṣitavyaṃ ca | bhavatsadṛśāḥ samāyānti yasmindine tadeva sudinam | itarāṇi durdinānīti | tathaivamasmadīyā tanayā rathyāpaṇyāṅganā | bhāsvatkapardakaṃ gṛhītvā pānīyaṃ pāyaya tādṛkklamabhāvodbhāvinī na bhavati | tataḥ kapaṭavipaṇī vāṇīṃ prāṇaiṣīt | dhanaṃ madīyo 'yaṃ balīvardo dūrataraṃ gacchati | dvāri sthāpayituṃ na yujyate | ayamantaḥśālāyāṃ prabaddhavya ityabhidhāya tatra sthitavān | aṅgamardanaplavanādyajāyanta | rātrau tayā saha nyavātsīt | pratyāsanne prātastanasamaye samutthāya veśyāyāḥ sakalamalaṃkāraṃ gṛhītvā gatavān | vṛṣabhaṃ ca tatraivāvasthāpayat | tadanu dinodaye dāsī bahirniragāt | vṛṣabhaṃ nibaddhamadrākṣīt | tāvatā jarantaṃ viśvaṃbharāspṛśatsāsnaṃ rorūyamāṇamabhivīkṣya kakudmantaṃ dāsī śambhalīṃ babhāṇa | kasyāyaṃ bahirnibaddho vṛṣabha iti | tataḥ śambhalī tasyāstadabhihitamākarṇya tvaritagatirudatiṣṭhat | vṛṣabhaṃ cāpaśyat | paścātkuṭṭinī jagāda | paśya re śarvarīsamāgato gṛhāntare sthitavānvā | yāvatāsau vīkṣāṃcakre tāvatāsāvalaṃkārāngṛhītvā niragāt | paścādvṛṣabhamudamocayat | tadā kuṭṭinī tadātmano nikaraṇaṃ prakhyāpayasi cettadā samagrapaṇyāṅganāvargamadhye 'pahāsāspadābhimukhyatāmabhajāva | iti matvā maunamevāvalambitavatī | tadanvatikrāntairbahubhirdinaiḥ sa guṇāḍhyaḥ kuṭṭinyā dṛgviṣayīkṛtaḥ | madīyasamastavastuluṇṭhako 'yamityabhidhāya vidhṛtastayā | sā taṃ rājabhavanaṃ netumudyunakti sma | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi bhāṣasva | etāvati saṃkucitasamayātipāte 'pi kamupāyamajīghaṭat | tadā prabhāvatī vicāracaturacintāpi na sma pratibhāmatyarthaṃ karoti | tadā dinārambhe nidrāvimudritaṃ pakṣīndraṃ papraccha | śukaḥ pragalbhate sma girotsargāya | yāvatā sā taṃ dhṛtvā nṛpatimaṇḍalamuddiśya netuṃ pravavṛte tāvatāsau siṃvo siṃvolīti kriyāsamabhihāreṇa śabdaṃ vyāhartuṃ pracakrame | tatastathāvidhaṃ caṇḍālajātyabhivyañjakaṃ tasya śabdaṃ niśamya śambhalī sahasābhaiṣīt | tamasvinīmekāṃ mattanayāṃ saṃnidharṣitavāniti cettadāsmākaṃ rājadaṇḍa āpatiṣyatīti vimṛśya taṃ prāsthāpayat | ito yāhītyabhidhāya | tadāsāvavādīt | madīyastvaritagatiranaḍvānbhavatāṃ samīpe tiṣṭhati | sa dātavyaḥ | no cedadyāhamāvedya rājakule bhavatīṃ daṇḍayiṣyāmi | mātaṅgasyopabhogamakārṣīdiyamityabhidhāya yāsyāmi | tadanu kuṭṭinī vihāya tasmai kimapi dattvā prasthāpayāmāsa | tattarhi prabhāvati etāvatī saṃkīrṇasamayametādṛśena buddhivaibhavabalena vyapohituṃ pārayasi cettadānīṃ pravartatāṃ nāma || iti ṣaḍviṃśatī kathā || 26 ||

§ 27

p.354, l.28

(p.354, l.28)tataḥ prabhāvatyuparamaṇanivāsamiyāsuḥ pataṃgapuṃgavaṃ girā saṃgatottaragiraṃ cakāra | devi sarṣapastenavadātmano
(p.354, l.29)vaiṣamyāpanayanaṃ nirmātuṃ prabhavasi cettadā vraja | tatastatpṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ prabhāvatīṃ tadvṛttāntamaśrāvayat | śṛṇu
(p.354, l.30)śravaṇānandapradāyimatpadacarite | pratiṣṭhānapure ko 'pi dasyurnyavātsīt | sa tu dyūte sarvamapi dhanaṃ parā-
(p.354, l.31)jīyata | tadanu yāminyāṃ kasyacidvaṇijo gṛhe bhittiṃ vibhidyāntaḥ prāviśat | tadgṛhamadhye na kimapi
(p.354, l.32)nayanaviṣayīkṛtavān | tata ekasminbhāṇḍe sarṣapānapaśyat | tāngṛhītvā vastreṇa baddhvā bahirniragacchat |
(p.354, l.33)tāvatā rājabhaṭā ājñāsiṣuḥ | sa tairvidhṛtaḥ tadbaddhasarṣapavastraṃ tadgale baddhvā rājñaḥ samīpaṃ prāptaḥ | rājāpi
(p.354, l.34)tānbhaṭānevamavādīt | gacchatainaṃ gṛhītvā mārayatetyukte prabhāvati tvamapi vicārya mahyamāvedaya | itthaṃ
(p.354, l.35)kenopāyabalena rakṣitavānasāvātmānamiti | prabhāvatī vicāracāturyaṃ nāṭayantī na vetti tatpraśnam |
(p.354, l.36)tadanu prabhātaṃ saṃjātamavagatya pataṃgaśreṣṭhamanuyuyoja | so 'pyavādīt | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | rājā taṃ vyā-
(p.354, l.37)pādanāyānāyayat | tato malīmaso malimluco mahīpālaṃ jagāda | ahaṃ bhavaducitaprayatnaśatairna hiṃsyo
(p.355, l.1)bhaveya | bhavanto manmāraṇanimittaṃ yathākathaṃcana kurvantu paraṃ nāhaṃ mriye | tadānīṃ vismayo rājña udiyāya |
(p.355, l.2)rājā tamaprākṣīt | bhavadamaraṇe kiṃ kāraṇam | tadanvavadatso 'pi | jñānaśīlinaḥ pumāṃso bālakagale
(p.355, l.3)rakṣāmabhilakṣya mantrasaṃskṛtānsarṣapāndīyantāṃ samastāpi ḍākinībhūtapretapiśācajanitabādhā bādhitā
(p.355, l.4)bhavati na kaścidapyupadravaḥ prabhavati pīḍayitum | mama gale sarṣapabhāra etāvānsaṃsthito 'sti | tataḥ
(p.355, l.5)kena viśeṣeṇa mayi maraṇodbhāvanaṃ vikacayanti hanta | ityākarṇya mahīndro vyāhārṣīt | taṃ mocayadhvam |
(p.355, l.6)tarhi kumudanandini etāvadupāyapariśīlanaṃ bhavatī vetti cettathā vidhehi vidheyaviśeṣaṇam ||
(p.355, l.7)iti saptaviṃśatī kathā || 27 ||

tataḥ prabhāvatyuparamaṇanivāsamiyāsuḥ pataṃgapuṃgavaṃ girā saṃgatottaragiraṃ cakāra | devi sarṣapastenavadātmano vaiṣamyāpanayanaṃ nirmātuṃ prabhavasi cettadā vraja | tatastatpṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ prabhāvatīṃ tadvṛttāntamaśrāvayat | śṛṇu śravaṇānandapradāyimatpadacarite | pratiṣṭhānapure ko 'pi dasyurnyavātsīt | sa tu dyūte sarvamapi dhanaṃ parājīyata | tadanu yāminyāṃ kasyacidvaṇijo gṛhe bhittiṃ vibhidyāntaḥ prāviśat | tadgṛhamadhye na kimapi nayanaviṣayīkṛtavān | tata ekasminbhāṇḍe sarṣapānapaśyat | tāngṛhītvā vastreṇa baddhvā bahirniragacchat | tāvatā rājabhaṭā ājñāsiṣuḥ | sa tairvidhṛtaḥ tadbaddhasarṣapavastraṃ tadgale baddhvā rājñaḥ samīpaṃ prāptaḥ | rājāpi tānbhaṭānevamavādīt | gacchatainaṃ gṛhītvā mārayatetyukte prabhāvati tvamapi vicārya mahyamāvedaya | itthaṃ kenopāyabalena rakṣitavānasāvātmānamiti | prabhāvatī vicāracāturyaṃ nāṭayantī na vetti tatpraśnam | tadanu prabhātaṃ saṃjātamavagatya pataṃgaśreṣṭhamanuyuyoja | so 'pyavādīt | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | rājā taṃ vyāpādanāyānāyayat | tato malīmaso malimluco mahīpālaṃ jagāda | ahaṃ bhavaducitaprayatnaśatairna hiṃsyo bhaveya | bhavanto manmāraṇanimittaṃ yathākathaṃcana kurvantu paraṃ nāhaṃ mriye | tadānīṃ vismayo rājña udiyāya | rājā tamaprākṣīt | bhavadamaraṇe kiṃ kāraṇam | tadanvavadatso 'pi | jñānaśīlinaḥ pumāṃso bālakagale rakṣāmabhilakṣya mantrasaṃskṛtānsarṣapāndīyantāṃ samastāpi ḍākinībhūtapretapiśācajanitabādhā bādhitā bhavati na kaścidapyupadravaḥ prabhavati pīḍayitum | mama gale sarṣapabhāra etāvānsaṃsthito 'sti | tataḥ kena viśeṣeṇa mayi maraṇodbhāvanaṃ vikacayanti hanta | ityākarṇya mahīndro vyāhārṣīt | taṃ mocayadhvam | tarhi kumudanandini etāvadupāyapariśīlanaṃ bhavatī vetti cettathā vidhehi vidheyaviśeṣaṇam || iti saptaviṃśatī kathā || 27 ||

§ 28

p.355, l.8

(p.355, l.8)tataḥ prabhāvatī bhujaṃgasaṃgataṃ cikīrṣantī vayasi vācāṃ vilāsaṃ prakāśayati sma | tatastayā pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ
(p.355, l.9)śāntikādevī hyātmano bhartāraṃ viṣamāvasthāpannaṃ matisamunmeṣābhivyañcanenodamocayat | tādṛśaṃ buddhi-
(p.355, l.10)vidhānaṃ jānāsi cettadānīṃ yāhītyavādīttām | tadanu tadvṛttāntaṃ jijñāsamānayā tayā prabhāvatyā
(p.355, l.11)pṛṣṭaḥ śukastāmavadat | pṛthuprathimabhāji karabhāpure guṇagauravo nāma vaṇigagragaṇyaḥ | tatsahadharmacāriṇī
(p.355, l.12)śāntikādevī | sa tu guṇagauravaḥ pratidinaṃ nagarabahirgataketanāṃ yakṣiṇīṃ namaskurute niyamitamānasaḥ | sa
(p.355, l.13)tvekadā rajanyāṃ yakṣiṇīdevālaye namaskāraṇāyodacalat | tadanusāriṇī kācana dharṣiṇī nirayāsīt |
(p.355, l.14)tatra tayordvayoḥ saṃgatamajāyata | sa tu tāmātmana upabhogāya balādevābhyarthayāmāsa | tau dvāvapi prāsā-
(p.355, l.15)damadhye tiṣṭhataḥ | tāvatā sadīpakā yāmikāḥ prāsādamadhyaṃ didṛkṣavaḥ tadantarvartamānacorādiśaṅkāṃ nirā-
(p.355, l.16)kariṣṇavaḥ samāgaman | tau dvāvapi antarvartinau dṛgviṣayīkṛtau | tadanu prāsādamabhito rakṣaṇamuddiśya
(p.355, l.17)rakṣakānprākṣipatprātaretau dvāvapi kṣoṇīrakṣakasya cakṣurviṣayatāmāpādayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya svavidheyaviśeṣaṃ
(p.355, l.18)niravartayadyāmikādhipaḥ | tataḥ śāntikādevī ca tāṃ vārttāmaśrauṣīt | tatprabhāvati kenopāyavidhānena
(p.355, l.19)svapatiṃ niramocayatsā | tataḥ prabhāvatī bahudhā vicāranirmāṇaparā nāvindattadupāyam | tataḥ prābhā-
(p.355, l.20)tike samaye śukamajalpatkṛśodarī | śukaḥ prācīkaṭat śāntikādevībuddhivilāsam | prabhāvati sā śā-
(p.355, l.21)ntikādevī nijaṃ bhartāraṃ devāgāre rājabhaṭaiḥ prāsādamadhya eva rakṣitamavagatya svayaṃ bhojanamabhimataṃ
(p.355, l.22)vidhāya purastānmṛdaṅgavādananaṃ kārayantī kalpitaprabahvannapākā samastopacāraprapañcanaparā yakṣiṇīprāsā-
(p.355, l.23)damāsasāda | tadā rakṣaṇanimittaṃ dvāri sthitānbhaṭānadrākṣīt | te na kasyāpyantaḥpraveśaṃ dadati | tadanu
(p.355, l.24)sā tadabhimukhamāgatavatī dvārapālānavadat | parameśvaryāḥ pūjādyupacāraparicaraṇaṃ vihāya mama pāraṇā-
(p.355, l.25)vidhirna phalati | adya bhavadbhirasmadīye mandire 'bhyavahṛtirabhyasanīyā | tāvatā tāmbūlaṃ nayantvityabhi-
(p.355, l.26)dhāya karasthitaṃ kaṅkaṇaṃ yāmikānāṃ kare vyasṛjat | ahamekākyevāntargatvā devatāṃ copacāraviśeṣairabhyarcya
(p.355, l.27)niyamaṃ nirmāyedānīmeva vyāvṛtyāgamiṣyāmītyabhidhāya prāsādāntaḥ prāviśat | tatra gatvā svakīyavasanā-
(p.355, l.28)bharaṇādikaṃ vyabhicāriṇyai dattvā tanmiṣeṇa tāṃ bahiracīkarat | svayaṃ tu tatraivātiṣṭhat | prātastu tadvṛttāntaṃ
(p.355, l.29)yāmikā bhūpālāya nyavedayan | deva dhanabhūtināmā vipaṇiḥ parapuraṃdhrīsahito bahirdevaprāsāde niruddhasthā-
(p.355, l.30)pito 'sti | devenātmīyā janāstadavalokanāya prasthāpitavyāḥ | tadanu tasya tathocitadaṇḍavidhānenoktavyo
(p.355, l.31)'sau | tatasteṣāṃ vacanādrājā nijajanānprasthāpya taddarśanamacīkarat | tataste janāḥ prāsādaṃ gatvā svasīma-
(p.355, l.32)ntinīsamanvitaṃ dhanabhūtiṃ lakṣayanti sma | rājāpi tajjanāveditaṃ śrutvā tathā svabhāryānugataṃ dhanabhū-
(p.355, l.33)timantaḥsthitamavagatya yāmikānāmupari bhūrikopānnigalaṃ vidhāya svapatnīyutaṃ dhanabhūtiṃ prāsthāpayat |
(p.355, l.34)tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgvidhālīkatvāpāte 'pi yuktiviśeṣānukaraṇena yadi svayaṃ kartumīśiṣe tadā svepsitaṃ
(p.355, l.35)sādhaya ||
(p.355, l.36)ityaṣṭāviṃśatī kathā || 28 ||

tataḥ prabhāvatī bhujaṃgasaṃgataṃ cikīrṣantī vayasi vācāṃ vilāsaṃ prakāśayati sma | tatastayā pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ śāntikādevī hyātmano bhartāraṃ viṣamāvasthāpannaṃ matisamunmeṣābhivyañcanenodamocayat | tādṛśaṃ buddhividhānaṃ jānāsi cettadānīṃ yāhītyavādīttām | tadanu tadvṛttāntaṃ jijñāsamānayā tayā prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śukastāmavadat | pṛthuprathimabhāji karabhāpure guṇagauravo nāma vaṇigagragaṇyaḥ | tatsahadharmacāriṇī śāntikādevī | sa tu guṇagauravaḥ pratidinaṃ nagarabahirgataketanāṃ yakṣiṇīṃ namaskurute niyamitamānasaḥ | sa tvekadā rajanyāṃ yakṣiṇīdevālaye namaskāraṇāyodacalat | tadanusāriṇī kācana dharṣiṇī nirayāsīt | tatra tayordvayoḥ saṃgatamajāyata | sa tu tāmātmana upabhogāya balādevābhyarthayāmāsa | tau dvāvapi prāsādamadhye tiṣṭhataḥ | tāvatā sadīpakā yāmikāḥ prāsādamadhyaṃ didṛkṣavaḥ tadantarvartamānacorādiśaṅkāṃ nirākariṣṇavaḥ samāgaman | tau dvāvapi antarvartinau dṛgviṣayīkṛtau | tadanu prāsādamabhito rakṣaṇamuddiśya rakṣakānprākṣipatprātaretau dvāvapi kṣoṇīrakṣakasya cakṣurviṣayatāmāpādayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya svavidheyaviśeṣaṃ niravartayadyāmikādhipaḥ | tataḥ śāntikādevī ca tāṃ vārttāmaśrauṣīt | tatprabhāvati kenopāyavidhānena svapatiṃ niramocayatsā | tataḥ prabhāvatī bahudhā vicāranirmāṇaparā nāvindattadupāyam | tataḥ prābhātike samaye śukamajalpatkṛśodarī | śukaḥ prācīkaṭat śāntikādevībuddhivilāsam | prabhāvati sā śāntikādevī nijaṃ bhartāraṃ devāgāre rājabhaṭaiḥ prāsādamadhya eva rakṣitamavagatya svayaṃ bhojanamabhimataṃ vidhāya purastānmṛdaṅgavādanaṃ kārayantī kalpitaprabahvannapākā samastopacāraprapañcanaparā yakṣiṇīprāsādamāsasāda | tadā rakṣaṇanimittaṃ dvāri sthitānbhaṭānadrākṣīt | te na kasyāpyantaḥpraveśaṃ dadati | tadanu sā tadabhimukhamāgatavatī dvārapālānavadat | parameśvaryāḥ pūjādyupacāraparicaraṇaṃ vihāya mama pāraṇāvidhirna phalati | adya bhavadbhirasmadīye mandire 'bhyavahṛtirabhyasanīyā | tāvatā tāmbūlaṃ nayantvityabhidhāya karasthitaṃ kaṅkaṇaṃ yāmikānāṃ kare vyasṛjat | ahamekākyevāntargatvā devatāṃ copacāraviśeṣairabhyarcya niyamaṃ nirmāyedānīmeva vyāvṛtyāgamiṣyāmītyabhidhāya prāsādāntaḥ prāviśat | tatra gatvā svakīyavasanābharaṇādikaṃ vyabhicāriṇyai dattvā tanmiṣeṇa tāṃ bahiracīkarat | svayaṃ tu tatraivātiṣṭhat | prātastu tadvṛttāntaṃ yāmikā bhūpālāya nyavedayan | deva dhanabhūtināmā vipaṇiḥ parapuraṃdhrīsahito bahirdevaprāsāde niruddhasthāpito 'sti | devenātmīyā janāstadavalokanāya prasthāpitavyāḥ | tadanu tasya tathocitadaṇḍavidhānenoktavyo 'sau | tatasteṣāṃ vacanādrājā nijajanānprasthāpya taddarśanamacīkarat | tataste janāḥ prāsādaṃ gatvā svasīmantinīsamanvitaṃ dhanabhūtiṃ lakṣayanti sma | rājāpi tajjanāveditaṃ śrutvā tathā svabhāryānugataṃ dhanabhūtimantaḥsthitamavagatya yāmikānāmupari bhūrikopānnigalaṃ vidhāya svapatnīyutaṃ dhanabhūtiṃ prāsthāpayat | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgvidhālīkatvāpāte 'pi yuktiviśeṣānukaraṇena yadi svayaṃ kartumīśiṣe tadā svepsitaṃ sādhaya || ityaṣṭāviṃśatī kathā || 28 ||

§ 29

p.356, l.1

(p.356, l.1)tataḥ prabhāvatī patatriṇamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyāhārṣīt | devi kelikeva saṃkucitāvasaramapasārayituṃ
(p.356, l.2)pārayasi cettadānīmabhitiṣṭhābhisaraṇamiti vihagenābhihite tadvṛttāntavividiṣayā prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ
(p.356, l.3)pratyācaṣṭāṇḍajaḥ | śṛṇu madanasenamanonandini | bhīmarathyāstīre kasmiṃścidgrāme sāpulasaṃjñaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya
(p.356, l.4)sahacarī kelikā | tattīrāditarasmiṃstīre vāñchitārthapradaḥ sadā śivaḥ | tasya pūjakena samaṃ svecchā-
(p.356, l.5)caraṇena vyabhicarati | ityamekasmindivase parāhṇasamaye pānīyānayanāya gargarīṃ gṛhītvā taraṅgiṇīma-
(p.356, l.6)gacchat | tathaiva pānīyamānīya tasya siddheśvarasya pūjakamupadhavamadrākṣīt | tatsamīpānnivartamānā dhava-
(p.356, l.7)madrākṣīt | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi cintaya | tatra sā kamupāyamakalpayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicārabalā-
(p.356, l.8)valambanāpi na kalayāmāsopāyaviśeṣam | tadanu rātrirapi paryahīyata | tatastatpraśnakaraṇāya śukā-
(p.356, l.9)ntikameti sma | so 'pyabhidadhe sāvadhānām | tasmāttīrādāyāntīṃ tāṃ tasyā bhartā lakṣīcakāra | tataḥ sā
(p.356, l.10)vegagatirjalapūrṇaṃ kumbhaṃ gṛhe samānīya tatprātiveśinīpurastātsaṃketaṃ parikalpya tadanu nijakuladevatāyāḥ
(p.356, l.11)snānādikaṃ vidhāya pūjāpramukhopacāraṣoḍaśakaṃ samāpya prārthanāṃ kartuṃ pravartate | devi prārthayeyam | tadanva-
(p.356, l.12)pamṛtyuvyapohanāya bhavatyupāyaṃ nyarūpayat | parasmiṃstīre siddheśvarasya pūjā vidhātavyā gaḥsukāśca dāla-
(p.356, l.13)yitavyā devasya | tarhīdānīṃ gaḥsukādālanaṃ ca kṛtvā samāgatā smedānīṃ tvadupāntam | tarhi bhavadupayācitaṃ
(p.356, l.14)tatsarvamapi saṃpūrṇatayā siddhaṃ gataṃ na veti abhihite tayā tatprātiveśinī bhāṣate sma | upayācitaṃ
(p.356, l.15)sarvamapi saṃpūrṇagatyāvāptam | anenaikacittatayā bhavadviracitena niyamaviśeṣeṇa samastamapyupayācitaṃ niṣpra-
(p.356, l.16)tyūhatayā saṃpannam | bhavadbhartuścāyurvardhate | bhavatyā siddheśvaradevasya upāsanā na cihāsitavyā | itthaṃ tasyāḥ
(p.356, l.17)patistayoḥ saṃvādaṃ ākarṇayanvidyate | tanmanasītthamabhyadhāt | itthaṃ varākī mama jāyā nimittaṃ śubhaṃ
(p.356, l.18)kurvāṇāsti | tadanu tāṃ mānitavān | stutyādivacanaparaṃparayā tāṃ samatoṣayat | tarhi prabhāvati vicā-
(p.356, l.19)raracanāṃ tvaṃ cāturyeṇa prabadhnāsi yadi tadānīmidamādartavyaṃ svamīhitam ||
(p.356, l.20)ityekonatriṃśatī kathā || 29 ||

tataḥ prabhāvatī patatriṇamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyāhārṣīt | devi kelikeva saṃkucitāvasaramapasārayituṃ pārayasi cettadānīmabhitiṣṭhābhisaraṇamiti vihagenābhihite tadvṛttāntavividiṣayā prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ pratyācaṣṭāṇḍajaḥ | śṛṇu madanasenamanonandini | bhīmarathyāstīre kasmiṃścidgrāme sāpulasaṃjñaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya sahacarī kelikā | tattīrāditarasmiṃstīre vāñchitārthapradaḥ sadā śivaḥ | tasya pūjakena samaṃ svecchācaraṇena vyabhicarati | ityamekasmindivase parāhṇasamaye pānīyānayanāya gargarīṃ gṛhītvā taraṅgiṇīmagacchat | tathaiva pānīyamānīya tasya siddheśvarasya pūjakamupadhavamadrākṣīt | tatsamīpānnivartamānā dhavamadrākṣīt | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi cintaya | tatra sā kamupāyamakalpayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicārabalāvalambanāpi na kalayāmāsopāyaviśeṣam | tadanu rātrirapi paryahīyata | tatastatpraśnakaraṇāya śukāntikameti sma | so 'pyabhidadhe sāvadhānām | tasmāttīrādāyāntīṃ tāṃ tasyā bhartā lakṣīcakāra | tataḥ sā vegagatirjalapūrṇaṃ kumbhaṃ gṛhe samānīya tatprātiveśinīpurastātsaṃketaṃ parikalpya tadanu nijakuladevatāyāḥ snānādikaṃ vidhāya pūjāpramukhopacāraṣoḍaśakaṃ samāpya prārthanāṃ kartuṃ pravartate | devi prārthayeyam | tadanvapamṛtyuvyapohanāya bhavatyupāyaṃ nyarūpayat | parasmiṃstīre siddheśvarasya pūjā vidhātavyā gaḥsukāśca dālayitavyā devasya | tarhīdānīṃ gaḥsukādālanaṃ ca kṛtvā samāgatā smedānīṃ tvadupāntam | tarhi bhavadupayācitaṃ tatsarvamapi saṃpūrṇatayā siddhaṃ gataṃ na veti abhihite tayā tatprātiveśinī bhāṣate sma | upayācitaṃ sarvamapi saṃpūrṇagatyāvāptam | anenaikacittatayā bhavadviracitena niyamaviśeṣeṇa samastamapyupayācitaṃ niṣpratyūhatayā saṃpannam | bhavadbhartuścāyurvardhate | bhavatyā siddheśvaradevasya upāsanā na cihāsitavyā | itthaṃ tasyāḥ patistayoḥ saṃvādaṃ ākarṇayanvidyate | tanmanasītthamabhyadhāt | itthaṃ varākī mama jāyā nimittaṃ śubhaṃ kurvāṇāsti | tadanu tāṃ mānitavān | stutyādivacanaparaṃparayā tāṃ samatoṣayat | tarhi prabhāvati vicāraracanāṃ tvaṃ cāturyeṇa prabadhnāsi yadi tadānīmidamādartavyaṃ svamīhitam || ityekonatriṃśatī kathā || 29 ||

§ 30

p.356, l.21

(p.356, l.21)punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpāntikagamanāya vihaṃgaṃ jagāda so 'pyavadat | devi maṇḍodarīvottaravi-
(p.356, l.22)nimayanirmāṇe nijāṃ matiṃ viśadayasi yadi tadāṅgīkuru | tatastadvṛttāntamavajigamiṣuḥ prabhāvatī śuka-
(p.356, l.23)manuyunakti | tadāveditumāha śukaḥ | devi pratiṣṭhānanagare yaśodhanābhidho vaṇigyuvā | tasya tanayā
(p.356, l.24)maṇḍodarī | sā yaśodhanāya jīvādapyatiśāyinīṃ prītimāvahati | tatastasyāḥ kṛte jāmātaramekama-
(p.356, l.25)melayat | sā maṇḍodarī svabhartrā sahitānavarataṃ gṛha evopabhogakautukamanubhavati | tadanu maṇḍodaryāḥ
(p.356, l.26)sakhī makarandadaṃṣṭrā rājakula evāvatiṣṭhate | tataḥ sā makarandadaṃṣṭrā rājaputreṇa samaṃ maṇḍodaryāḥ saṃgata-
(p.356, l.27)makārayat | paścāttasya rājaputrasya maṇḍodaryāṃ garbho 'jāyata | tadanu dauhṛdāvasare māyūramāṃsabhakṣaṇā-
(p.356, l.28)yākāṅkṣā prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ kasmiṃściddine rājñaḥ krīḍāmayūraścarannāste | sā ekānta eva sarveṣāmapyapaśyatāṃ
(p.356, l.29)tanmayūraṃ nihatya tanmāṃsaṃ paktvā svāditavatī | tadanu makarandadaṃṣṭrāyāḥ sakhyāḥ purastānmaitrabhāvena tayaikadā-
(p.356, l.30)vādi | mayā mayūramāṃsabhakṣaṇarūpasamudbhutadauhṛdayā rājakīyaṃ krīḍāmayūraṃ nihatya nijadauhṛdapūraṇama-
(p.356, l.31)kārīti prītibhāvanatayā nyagadi | tadanu rājakīyaḥ krīḍāmayūraḥ kutrāpi gatavānna ca dṛśyate | rājā
(p.356, l.32)tu tatkrīḍāmayūradarśanāya soṭghodghoṣamudañcitavāndhvajapaṭam | tadā makarandadaṃṣṭrā tamakroḍat | rājakīyā
(p.356, l.33)makarandadaṃṣṭrāmaprākṣuḥ | sāvadat | yaśodhanavipaṇinastanayayā mayūro māritaḥ | ahaṃ tasyā eva mukhasaṃvādena
(p.356, l.34)bhavatāṃ pratyayamutpādayiṣyāmi | ekaṃ naraṃ viśvāsabhūtaṃ mayā samaṃ prasthāpayiṣyantvityabhidhāya pracchannameva
(p.356, l.35)mañjūṣāyāṃ prakṣipya tāṃ caikasya mūrdhnyāropya maṇḍodaryā abhyāśamasarat | tatra gatvā mañjūṣāmavāropayat |
(p.356, l.36)tadanu maṇḍodarīṃ vyāharati sma | tvaṃ madīyātprāṇādapyatiśāyinī | tvāṃ vinā nānyā kācana mama
(p.356, l.37)saṃnidhānapadavīmavagāhate | tarhi mama yaḥ kaścana vidyate sicayabhūṣaṇādivargastaṃ sarvamapi tvatsātkaravā-
(p.357, l.1)ṇītyabhidhāya upāviśat | tadanvavādīt | maṇḍodari bhavatkṛta eva mayūramāṃsabhakṣaṇavārttāṃ punarapi
(p.357, l.2)kathaya | kathamavadhīstanmāṃsamapi bhuñjānāyā bhavatyāḥ kathaṃ svāduviśeṣamapuṣyat | tadbhavatyāḥ sauhitye prītya-
(p.357, l.3)bhivyañjakaṃ | tacchrotumutkaṇṭhitāyā mama purastādakuṇṭhitagatyā gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīṃ vāvadītu bhavatī | tadanu
(p.357, l.4)sā maṇḍodarī tadvacanapraṇayinī tāṃ goṣṭhīmutpādayituṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ sā makarandadaṃṣṭrā vākyāvasāne
(p.357, l.5)caṣṭe huṃkāramuccarati peṭāṃ capeṭayati śanaiḥ śanairiti vidadhānāṃ tāṃ samīkṣya maṇḍodarī śaṅkāmiyāya |
(p.357, l.6)makarandadaṃṣṭrā pratikṣaṇaṃ peṭāṃ capeṭayā tāḍayati | tarhi dhanasyābhilāṣeṇa sāṣṭolīmatroṭayat | rājakīyaṃ
(p.357, l.7)mānuṣaṃ peṭasaṃpuṭamadhyavartinaṃ vidhāya samāgatā kitavāgresarā | tarhi kimataḥ paraṃ vidhātavyam | ahamapi
(p.357, l.8)samastaṃ māyūraṃ vṛttāntaṃ tasyāḥ duṣṭāśayāyāḥ purastādastāśaṅkaṃ vyāhārṣam | iti parāṃ cintākoṭīmā-
(p.357, l.9)ṭīkamānā vartate | tarhi prabhāvati tadānīṃtane tādṛśe samaye kamupāyamakalpayatsā | tataḥ prabhāvatyapi
(p.357, l.10)śukavacanānusāriṇī tadvicāraparā tāṃ rātrimatītya dinasyodaye vidrāvitanidrāmudraṃ pattrarathaṃ papraccha |
(p.357, l.11)so 'bhyadhācca | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tataḥ sā maṇḍodarī tasyāḥ purastādvārttāṃ vyāharamāṇā vācaṃyamā
(p.357, l.12)babhūva | tadanu makarandadaṃṣṭrā purastātkimajāyateti maṇḍodarīmanvayuṅkta | tadā maṇḍodarī jagāda | tathaiva
(p.357, l.13)prābhātikaḥ samayaḥ prādurāsītsūryo 'pyudayamāpedivān | tarhi makarandadaṃṣṭre tvamapyabhidhehi | svapno 'yaṃ
(p.357, l.14)kiṃrūpaḥ | etadīyaṃ phalaṃ bhavyamabhavyaṃ veti jānīṣe | ata eva bhavatyāḥ purato 'yamabhihitaḥ | tanniśamya
(p.357, l.15)peṭāsaṃpuṭāntaḥsthito 'mātyo bahirniragāt | gatvā ca rājñe nivedayāmāsa | maṇḍodarī makarandadaṃṣṭrāyā
(p.357, l.16)agre svapnamujjagāra | iyaṃ cāsmākamagre maṇḍodarī mayūraṃ nyavadhīdityabhyadhāt | tadanu niśamya makarandadaṃṣṭrāyai
(p.357, l.17)rājā akrudhyat | tarhi prabhāvatyetādṛśamupāyaviśeṣaṃ parikalpayasi cettadānīmādṛtādarā bhava ||
(p.357, l.18)iti triṃśatī kathā || 30 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpāntikagamanāya vihaṃgaṃ jagāda so 'pyavadat | devi maṇḍodarīvottaravinimayanirmāṇe nijāṃ matiṃ viśadayasi yadi tadāṅgīkuru | tatastadvṛttāntamavajigamiṣuḥ prabhāvatī śukamanuyunakti | tadāveditumāha śukaḥ | devi pratiṣṭhānanagare yaśodhanābhidho vaṇigyuvā | tasya tanayā maṇḍodarī | sā yaśodhanāya jīvādapyatiśāyinīṃ prītimāvahati | tatastasyāḥ kṛte jāmātaramekamamelayat | sā maṇḍodarī svabhartrā sahitānavarataṃ gṛha evopabhogakautukamanubhavati | tadanu maṇḍodaryāḥ sakhī makarandadaṃṣṭrā rājakula evāvatiṣṭhate | tataḥ sā makarandadaṃṣṭrā rājaputreṇa samaṃ maṇḍodaryāḥ saṃgatamakārayat | paścāttasya rājaputrasya maṇḍodaryāṃ garbho 'jāyata | tadanu dauhṛdāvasare māyūramāṃsabhakṣaṇāyākāṅkṣā prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ kasmiṃściddine rājñaḥ krīḍāmayūraścarannāste | sā ekānta eva sarveṣāmapyapaśyatāṃ tanmayūraṃ nihatya tanmāṃsaṃ paktvā svāditavatī | tadanu makarandadaṃṣṭrāyāḥ sakhyāḥ purastānmaitrabhāvena tayaikadāvādi | mayā mayūramāṃsabhakṣaṇarūpasamudbhutadauhṛdayā rājakīyaṃ krīḍāmayūraṃ nihatya nijadauhṛdapūraṇamakārīti prītibhāvanatayā nyagadi | tadanu rājakīyaḥ krīḍāmayūraḥ kutrāpi gatavānna ca dṛśyate | rājā tu tatkrīḍāmayūradarśanāya sodghoṣamudañcitavāndhvajapaṭam | tadā makarandadaṃṣṭrā tamakroḍat | rājakīyā makarandadaṃṣṭrāmaprākṣuḥ | sāvadat | yaśodhanavipaṇinastanayayā mayūro māritaḥ | ahaṃ tasyā eva mukhasaṃvādena bhavatāṃ pratyayamutpādayiṣyāmi | ekaṃ naraṃ viśvāsabhūtaṃ mayā samaṃ prasthāpayiṣyantvityabhidhāya pracchannameva mañjūṣāyāṃ prakṣipya tāṃ caikasya mūrdhnyāropya maṇḍodaryā abhyāśamasarat | tatra gatvā mañjūṣāmavāropayat | tadanu maṇḍodarīṃ vyāharati sma | tvaṃ madīyātprāṇādapyatiśāyinī | tvāṃ vinā nānyā kācana mama saṃnidhānapadavīmavagāhate | tarhi mama yaḥ kaścana vidyate sicayabhūṣaṇādivargastaṃ sarvamapi tvatsātkaravāṇītyabhidhāya upāviśat | tadanvavādīt | maṇḍodari bhavatkṛta eva mayūramāṃsabhakṣaṇavārttāṃ punarapi kathaya | kathamavadhīstanmāṃsamapi bhuñjānāyā bhavatyāḥ kathaṃ svāduviśeṣamapuṣyat | tadbhavatyāḥ sauhitye prītyabhivyañjakaṃ | tacchrotumutkaṇṭhitāyā mama purastādakuṇṭhitagatyā gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīṃ vāvadītu bhavatī | tadanu sā maṇḍodarī tadvacanapraṇayinī tāṃ goṣṭhīmutpādayituṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ sā makarandadaṃṣṭrā vākyāvasāne caṣṭe huṃkāramuccarati peṭāṃ capeṭayati śanaiḥ śanairiti vidadhānāṃ tāṃ samīkṣya maṇḍodarī śaṅkāmiyāya | makarandadaṃṣṭrā pratikṣaṇaṃ peṭāṃ capeṭayā tāḍayati | tarhi dhanasyābhilāṣeṇa sāṣṭolīmatroṭayat | rājakīyaṃ mānuṣaṃ peṭasaṃpuṭamadhyavartinaṃ vidhāya samāgatā kitavāgresarā | tarhi kimataḥ paraṃ vidhātavyam | ahamapi samastaṃ māyūraṃ vṛttāntaṃ tasyāḥ duṣṭāśayāyāḥ purastādastāśaṅkaṃ vyāhārṣam | iti parāṃ cintākoṭīmāṭīkamānā vartate | tarhi prabhāvati tadānīṃtane tādṛśe samaye kamupāyamakalpayatsā | tataḥ prabhāvatyapi śukavacanānusāriṇī tadvicāraparā tāṃ rātrimatītya dinasyodaye vidrāvitanidrāmudraṃ pattrarathaṃ papraccha | so 'bhyadhācca | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tataḥ sā maṇḍodarī tasyāḥ purastādvārttāṃ vyāharamāṇā vācaṃyamā babhūva | tadanu makarandadaṃṣṭrā purastātkimajāyateti maṇḍodarīmanvayuṅkta | tadā maṇḍodarī jagāda | tathaiva prābhātikaḥ samayaḥ prādurāsītsūryo 'pyudayamāpedivān | tarhi makarandadaṃṣṭre tvamapyabhidhehi | svapno 'yaṃ kiṃrūpaḥ | etadīyaṃ phalaṃ bhavyamabhavyaṃ veti jānīṣe | ata eva bhavatyāḥ purato 'yamabhihitaḥ | tanniśamya peṭāsaṃpuṭāntaḥsthito 'mātyo bahirniragāt | gatvā ca rājñe nivedayāmāsa | maṇḍodarī makarandadaṃṣṭrāyā agre svapnamujjagāra | iyaṃ cāsmākamagre maṇḍodarī mayūraṃ nyavadhīdityabhyadhāt | tadanu niśamya makarandadaṃṣṭrāyai rājā akrudhyat | tarhi prabhāvatyetādṛśamupāyaviśeṣaṃ parikalpayasi cettadānīmādṛtādarā bhava || iti triṃśatī kathā || 30 ||

§ 31

p.357, l.19

(p.357, l.19)tarhi prabhāvatī śukaṃ praśnīkaroti sma | so 'pyavocat | devi maticakorastaskara ātmano vināśamanīnaśat |
(p.357, l.20)tathā buddhividhānamanubadhnāsi cettadānusara | tataḥ prabhāvatī bhāratīmahāpayat | maticakorodantamudañcayeti |
(p.357, l.21)tatastathābhihito vihagastadudantāvedanāyāsṛjadgiram | avadhehi prabhāvati | gurjarajanapade bhṛgukṣetrābhidhānaṃ
(p.357, l.22)nagaram | tatraiko brāhmaṇaḥ | sa tu vaidheyaśakala eva atīva daivavirahitaḥ | sa tu devanāya prāvartata | tadanu
(p.357, l.23)śanaistaskaramatamanvabhavat | tadā kutrāpi khatapatitabhittivibhāge dasyurasau vidhṛtaḥ | rājñaḥ samīpe ninyu-
(p.357, l.24)stam | rājā pratyādiṣṭavān | corasya daṇḍo bhavati yastametasya kurvantu |

tarhi prabhāvatī śukaṃ praśnīkaroti sma | so 'pyavocat | devi maticakorastaskara ātmano vināśamanīnaśat | tathā buddhividhānamanubadhnāsi cettadānusara | tataḥ prabhāvatī bhāratīmahāpayat | maticakorodantamudañcayeti | tatastathābhihito vihagastadudantāvedanāyāsṛjadgiram | avadhehi prabhāvati | gurjarajanapade bhṛgukṣetrābhidhānaṃ nagaram | tatraiko brāhmaṇaḥ | sa tu vaidheyaśakala eva atīva daivavirahitaḥ | sa tu devanāya prāvartata | tadanu śanaistaskaramatamanvabhavat | tadā kutrāpi khatapatitabhittivibhāge dasyurasau vidhṛtaḥ | rājñaḥ samīpe ninyustam | rājā pratyādiṣṭavān | corasya daṇḍo bhavati yastametasya kurvantu |

p.357, l.25

p.357, l.27

(p.357, l.27)ityabhidhāya taṃ mārayitumanayat | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | maticakora etāvatsamayasamāsaktau tadā pratārakaṃ
(p.357, l.28)kamakarot | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāracāturyamanubhūyāpi tadaviṣayantī vihaṃgamaṃ vyājahāra | tayā pṛṣṭaḥ
(p.357, l.29)śuko 'pi tasyāḥ saṃdehāpanudaṃ jagāda | prabhāvati śṛṇu | tadā taskaro rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva
(p.357, l.30)vijñaptirekāsti | ahaṃ kimapi cūḍāmaṇisamahitaṃ jñānaṃ karatalakalitamavikalamākalayāmi | tarhi
(p.357, l.31)bhaviṣyataḥ samayasya kamapi jñānaprakāramabhidhāsyāmi | tadanu bhūpālo 'pyavadat | vyāharasveti | tato
(p.357, l.32)'sau jagāda | deva etattvaṃ bādhārāhityena nirṇayakaṭākṣitameva jānīhi | ekasmātpraharādupari samasto
(p.357, l.33)'pi sargo 'nyathaiva bhaviṣyati | andhakāraḥ pravartiṣyate mahābhayānakaḥ | tarhyevaṃvidhasyātigarīyaso jagadu-
(p.357, l.34)padravasya śāntikaraṇāya tvayyākāṅkṣā varīvarti yadi tadānīṃ kuru tat | itarathaitatsarvamapi parisamā-
(p.357, l.35)ptamevetyahaṃ paśyāmi | tadanu medinīnātho giramasṛjat | tarhyetasyopadravasya kathaṃ śāntirbhavatītyāca-
(p.357, l.36)ṣṭām | tadā rājājñāmāsādya so 'pyuvāca | tvameva tadupadravasya śāntiṃ kariṣyasītyetadarthe mahyamātmanaḥ
(p.358, l.1)satyavacanaṃ prayaccha paścādabhidhāsyāmi | tadā rājā tasmai satyavacanaṃ prāyacchat | tato 'sau tacchāntikaṃ
(p.358, l.2)rājānamāśrāvayat | madrakṣaṇaṃ kartavyametāvatā tacchāntirbhaviṣyatītyavagaccha | rājāpyavocat | anyādṛśī
(p.358, l.3)sṛṣṭirbhaviṣyatīti tatkim | so 'bravīt | avadhatsva mahīmahendra | ātmani praśamite sarvāpi sṛṣṭiḥ samā-
(p.358, l.4)ptarūpaiva | yadāhaṃ mṛtastadā samasto 'pi sargo 'nyathā jāta eva | mametareṣāmapekṣayā kiṃ nāma prayojanam |
(p.358, l.5)tadā rājā tadvacanamapahāsya taṃ niramocayat | tataḥ prabhāvati ityādyabhyāsaṃ cikīrṣasi yadi tadā
(p.358, l.6)prayāhi ||
(p.358, l.7)iti ekatriṃśatkathā || 31 ||

ityabhidhāya taṃ mārayitumanayat | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | maticakora etāvatsamayasamāsaktau tadā pratārakaṃ kamakarot | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāracāturyamanubhūyāpi tadaviṣayantī vihaṃgamaṃ vyājahāra | tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko 'pi tasyāḥ saṃdehāpanudaṃ jagāda | prabhāvati śṛṇu | tadā taskaro rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva vijñaptirekāsti | ahaṃ kimapi cūḍāmaṇisamahitaṃ jñānaṃ karatalakalitamavikalamākalayāmi | tarhi bhaviṣyataḥ samayasya kamapi jñānaprakāramabhidhāsyāmi | tadanu bhūpālo 'pyavadat | vyāharasveti | tato 'sau jagāda | deva etattvaṃ bādhārāhityena nirṇayakaṭākṣitameva jānīhi | ekasmātpraharādupari samasto 'pi sargo 'nyathaiva bhaviṣyati | andhakāraḥ pravartiṣyate mahābhayānakaḥ | tarhyevaṃvidhasyātigarīyaso jagadupadravasya śāntikaraṇāya tvayyākāṅkṣā varīvarti yadi tadānīṃ kuru tat | itarathaitatsarvamapi parisamāptamevetyahaṃ paśyāmi | tadanu medinīnātho giramasṛjat | tarhyetasyopadravasya kathaṃ śāntirbhavatītyācaṣṭām | tadā rājājñāmāsādya so 'pyuvāca | tvameva tadupadravasya śāntiṃ kariṣyasītyetadarthe mahyamātmanaḥ satyavacanaṃ prayaccha paścādabhidhāsyāmi | tadā rājā tasmai satyavacanaṃ prāyacchat | tato 'sau tacchāntikaṃ rājānamāśrāvayat | madrakṣaṇaṃ kartavyametāvatā tacchāntirbhaviṣyatītyavagaccha | rājāpyavocat | anyādṛśī sṛṣṭirbhaviṣyatīti tatkim | so 'bravīt | avadhatsva mahīmahendra | ātmani praśamite sarvāpi sṛṣṭiḥ samāptarūpaiva | yadāhaṃ mṛtastadā samasto 'pi sargo 'nyathā jāta eva | mametareṣāmapekṣayā kiṃ nāma prayojanam | tadā rājā tadvacanamapahāsya taṃ niramocayat | tataḥ prabhāvati ityādyabhyāsaṃ cikīrṣasi yadi tadā prayāhi || iti ekatriṃśatkathā || 31 ||

§ 32

p.358, l.8

(p.358, l.8)punaḥ prabhāvatī śukamabhāṣata | so 'pyuvāca | yathā manoharā śvaśrvā asūyāṃ paryahārṣīttathā tadvaduttaraṃ
(p.358, l.9)jānāsi yadi tadā vrajetyukte prabhāvatī manoharāvṛttāntamavabubhutsuḥ pratyāha patatriṇam | tadā tayā-
(p.358, l.10)nuyuktaḥ śukaḥ so 'pyakiradgiram | elolanāmani nagare vaijaladevasaṃjño māṇikkakārastasya patnī manoharā |
(p.358, l.11)tayā sadṛśī na kācana bhūpālaye sudatī rūpātiśayākharvitarūpā jāgarti | sā vadhū rūpasarvasvānanyā-
(p.358, l.12)spadāpi na bhartre rocate | tadanu sā vyabhicārācaraṇāya prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ kasmiṃścitsamaye śvaśrūrgodhūmā-
(p.358, l.13)haraṇāya paṇaṃ dattvā manoharāṃ vipaṇināṃ gṛhamardhadine prasthāpayāmāsa | sthūlaṃ ca veṇupātraṃ gṛhītvā
(p.358, l.14)niragamadvaṇijāṃ gṛham | vaṇijaḥ kare paṇaṃ prādāt | yāvatā veṇupātre godhūmānprakṣipati tadānīṃ tasyā
(p.358, l.15)upapatistāṃ dṛśā kalitavān | sa ca saṃketaṃ nirmāya tāmāhūtavān | sā ca tannirdiṣṭaṃ pradeśaṃ niragacchadva-
(p.358, l.16)ṇijaṃ pratyabhyadhācca | ete godhūmā asminveṇupātre nikṣipya sthāpayitavyāḥ | sa ca vaṇiktadvyavasitaṃ cājñā-
(p.358, l.17)sīt | tatastadveṇupātraṃ viśuṣkakarīṣaśakalapūritaṃ nidhāyopari sicayakhaṇḍenāpāvṛṇot | sā ca bhujaṃgasaṃgataṃ
(p.358, l.18)vidhāyānandātiśayalaharīparirabdhāntaḥkaraṇā vegena dehi madīyaṃ veṇupātramiti vipaṇinaṃ jagāda |
(p.358, l.19)tena vaṇijā śironihitaṃ veṇupātramanālokayantyeva gṛhītvā samāgamannijagṛhānmanoharā | paścādgṛhāṅgaṇe
(p.358, l.20)veṇupātraṃ saṃsthāpya śvaśrūstāmabhyadhāt | darśaya godhūmāḥ kīdṛśāḥ santi | samānīyatāmityabhidhāya manoharā-
(p.358, l.21)mavalokaṃ cikīrṣurgodhūmānāṃ tadantikamāgācchvaśrūryāvadudghāṭayati tāvatā karīṣaśakalaparipūritāntaraṃ
(p.358, l.22)tatpātraṃ dṛgviṣayīcakāra | tarhyabhidadhātu prabhāvati bhavatī | samaye 'muṣminsā kimuttaramakarot | tadā
(p.358, l.23)prabhāvatī paronmeṣavighaṭanapaṭumativaiśadyaṃ bibhrāṇāpi na taduttaraviracanaṃ vivecayati | tatastayā taduttarā-
(p.358, l.24)vabodhanāya pṛṣṭaḥ śuko 'kathayat | prabhāvati niśāmaya | tataḥ śvaśrvābhihitā sā | aye putrapatni manohare
(p.358, l.25)gomayacūrṇaṃ kimetaditi pṛṣṭā sā manoharā giramasrākṣīt | ambāhaṃ vaṇijāṃ gṛhānagamam | tato vaṇi-
(p.358, l.26)ggṛheṣu sādhīyāṃso godhūmā atyujjvalapakvānnanirmāṇe paṭīyāṃso milanti | tadanu gavāmagāramadhye tu
(p.358, l.27)khanimadhyātsādhīyaso godhūmānbahirākarṣanto 'bhūvan | tatra godhūmānayanāya janenaikenāhamapyāhūtā yā-
(p.358, l.28)vatā tatra gacchāmi tāvatā gobhirviṣamasaṃcāre pathi skhalitvāhamapataṃ paṇaḥ pāṇisthitaḥ so 'pyapatat |
(p.358, l.29)tatra paṇamālokamānāpi nāvindaṃ tatrāvanau vikīrṇaṃ karīṣaśakalacūrṇaṃ samānītaṃ tathā idānīṃ śūrpe
(p.358, l.30)nikṣipya paṇaṃ mṛgayāmi | tarhi prabhāvati uttaramitthaṃ vetsi cettadā sādhaya ||
(p.358, l.31)iti dvātriṃśatkathā || 32 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī śukamabhāṣata | so 'pyuvāca | yathā manoharā śvaśrvā asūyāṃ paryahārṣīttathā tadvaduttaraṃ jānāsi yadi tadā vrajetyukte prabhāvatī manoharāvṛttāntamavabubhutsuḥ pratyāha patatriṇam | tadā tayānuyuktaḥ śukaḥ so 'pyakiradgiram | elolanāmani nagare vaijaladevasaṃjño māṇikkakārastasya patnī manoharā | tayā sadṛśī na kācana bhūpālaye sudatī rūpātiśayākharvitarūpā jāgarti | sā vadhū rūpasarvasvānanyāspadāpi na bhartre rocate | tadanu sā vyabhicārācaraṇāya prāvartiṣṭa | tataḥ kasmiṃścitsamaye śvaśrūrgodhūmāharaṇāya paṇaṃ dattvā manoharāṃ vipaṇināṃ gṛhamardhadine prasthāpayāmāsa | sthūlaṃ ca veṇupātraṃ gṛhītvā niragamadvaṇijāṃ gṛham | vaṇijaḥ kare paṇaṃ prādāt | yāvatā veṇupātre godhūmānprakṣipati tadānīṃ tasyā upapatistāṃ dṛśā kalitavān | sa ca saṃketaṃ nirmāya tāmāhūtavān | sā ca tannirdiṣṭaṃ pradeśaṃ niragacchadvaṇijaṃ pratyabhyadhācca | ete godhūmā asminveṇupātre nikṣipya sthāpayitavyāḥ | sa ca vaṇiktadvyavasitaṃ cājñāsīt | tatastadveṇupātraṃ viśuṣkakarīṣaśakalapūritaṃ nidhāyopari sicayakhaṇḍenāpāvṛṇot | sā ca bhujaṃgasaṃgataṃ vidhāyānandātiśayalaharīparirabdhāntaḥkaraṇā vegena dehi madīyaṃ veṇupātramiti vipaṇinaṃ jagāda | tena vaṇijā śironihitaṃ veṇupātramanālokayantyeva gṛhītvā samāgamannijagṛhānmanoharā | paścādgṛhāṅgaṇe veṇupātraṃ saṃsthāpya śvaśrūstāmabhyadhāt | darśaya godhūmāḥ kīdṛśāḥ santi | samānīyatāmityabhidhāya manoharāmavalokaṃ cikīrṣurgodhūmānāṃ tadantikamāgācchvaśrūryāvadudghāṭayati tāvatā karīṣaśakalaparipūritāntaraṃ tatpātraṃ dṛgviṣayīcakāra | tarhyabhidadhātu prabhāvati bhavatī | samaye 'muṣminsā kimuttaramakarot | tadā prabhāvatī paronmeṣavighaṭanapaṭumativaiśadyaṃ bibhrāṇāpi na taduttaraviracanaṃ vivecayati | tatastayā taduttarāvabodhanāya pṛṣṭaḥ śuko 'kathayat | prabhāvati niśāmaya | tataḥ śvaśrvābhihitā sā | aye putrapatni manohare gomayacūrṇaṃ kimetaditi pṛṣṭā sā manoharā giramasrākṣīt | ambāhaṃ vaṇijāṃ gṛhānagamam | tato vaṇiggṛheṣu sādhīyāṃso godhūmā atyujjvalapakvānnanirmāṇe paṭīyāṃso milanti | tadanu gavāmagāramadhye tu khanimadhyātsādhīyaso godhūmānbahirākarṣanto 'bhūvan | tatra godhūmānayanāya janenaikenāhamapyāhūtā yāvatā tatra gacchāmi tāvatā gobhirviṣamasaṃcāre pathi skhalitvāhamapataṃ paṇaḥ pāṇisthitaḥ so 'pyapatat | tatra paṇamālokamānāpi nāvindaṃ tatrāvanau vikīrṇaṃ karīṣaśakalacūrṇaṃ samānītaṃ tathā idānīṃ śūrpe nikṣipya paṇaṃ mṛgayāmi | tarhi prabhāvati uttaramitthaṃ vetsi cettadā sādhaya || iti dvātriṃśatkathā || 32 ||

§ 33

p.358, l.32

(p.358, l.32)punaḥ prabhāvatī rāmacandramaprākṣīt | so 'pyabhyadhāt | mālatīvottaranirmāṇavidhau pāṭavaṃ prakaṭayasi yadā
(p.358, l.33)tadā yātavyam | tataḥ prabhāvatī babhāṇa rāmacandram | kā mālatī | kathamuttaramāvirakārṣīt | tadvṛttā-
(p.358, l.34)ntamāvedayatu bhavān | tataḥ so 'pyagāhata giram | śṛṇu kaumudi | niṣādasaṃjñaṃ nagaram | tatra vajrābhidhaḥ
(p.358, l.35)kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya bhāryā mālatī | sā parapuruṣaniratā | itthamuttarāyaṇaparvaṇi śasatkarataṇḍulapiṣṭakasya
(p.358, l.36)piṇḍānakārṣīt | tato bharturbhojanāya vastreṇa baddhvā piṇḍakānkṣetraṃ prati niragāt | mārge gacchantyāstasyāḥ
(p.359, l.1)pūrvaparicitamaitro devadattaḥ pathi saṃgatavān | tadanvasau puṭīkṛtavān | mahādevaḥ parameśvaraḥ yadā svā-
(p.359, l.2)nukūlo bhavati tadānīmīdṛgvidho lābhaḥ karatalamāpadyate | yatsarvadā dhārāvāhikayā smṛtipadaṃ na
(p.359, l.3)jahāti tadeva karaprāpyaṃ jāyate | ityabhidhāya tāṃ kare gṛhītavān | tadā sā varākī tasya dākṣiṇyena
(p.359, l.4)parigṛhītamānasā na kimapi niṣedhavacanaṃ vyāharati sma | tadabhyarthanaṃ na niṣedhavyamityaṅgīkāreṇa na
(p.359, l.5)vilambayati sma | tadbhartṛbhojananimittaparikḷptapiṇḍakāvasthānaṃ veṇupātraṃ pathyevāvāropayat | tatastadupabhoga-
(p.359, l.6)nimittaṃ viviktapradeśaviśeṣamagāt | ekastu dhūrtastayorvṛttāntaṃ vīkṣamāṇo nivasati | tadanu tadveṇupā-
(p.359, l.7)tropāntamāgatyodghāṭya yāvatā paśyati tāvatā taṇḍulapiṣṭaparikḷptāḥ piṇḍakāstatra nyastāḥ santi | tatastu
(p.359, l.8)dhūrtasteṣāṃ samastapiṇḍakānāṃ piṇḍamekatra kṛtvā sarvasyaivaikameva vyāghrarūpamakārṣīt | tadveṇupātraṃ pūrvavadva-
(p.359, l.9)strakhaṇḍena prāvṛṇot | tato 'sau yathecchamagamat | tataḥ sā mālatī svasamīhitaṃ saṃsādhya tadveṇupātraṃ
(p.359, l.10)gṛhītvā bharturbhojanadānāya kṣetramuddiśyāgamat | tatra gatvā veṇupātramavāropayat | bhartā cābhyavaharaṇāya
(p.359, l.11)samājagāma | bhartā yāvatodghāṭya paśyati tadveṇupātraṃ tāvatā piṣṭanirmitaṃ vyāghrasya rūpamapaśyat | tarhi
(p.359, l.12)prabhāvati vāvadītu bhavatī | sā tasminsamaye kimuttaraṃ praguṇīcakāra | prabhāvatī tadvicārayituṃ pravṛttā
(p.359, l.13)paraṃ nādhyavāgacchat | tataḥ prabhāte sā śukaṃ papraccha | tato 'vadatso 'pi | devi tasyāḥ patistāṃ pṛṣṭavān |
(p.359, l.14)tvayā kimetatpakvānnamānītamasti | sāpi vyāhārṣīt | kiṃ tava puro vacmi | vajradevātyāścaryaṃ nūtanamapi
(p.359, l.15)prāvartiṣṭa | adyāhaṃ śarvaryāṃ bhavadupari duḥsvapnamekamadrākṣam | tvaṃ kṣetre rātrāvuṣito 'si | dvīpī samāgatya
(p.359, l.16)tvāmagrahītkila | tadānīṃ madīyo jīvo 'titarāṃ dainyadaśāmāpede | tadanu daivayajñaṃ vāsudevamāhūyā-
(p.359, l.17)prākṣam | kiṃprakāro 'yaṃ svapna iti | tato jyotirvidavādīt | * * * piṣṭamayaścitrakāyaḥ kṛta autsu-
(p.359, l.18)kyaparatantrāyāsmai tadduḥsvapnajanitaduḥkhabharaparikhinnāyāḥ pathi yadājāyata tadaharjānāmi no | anasta-
(p.359, l.19)mitapratāpo 'yaṃ bhagavāṃstaraṇireva jānīte | tadanu vajradevastaccaraṇayoḥ papāta uvāca caitām | vayasye
(p.359, l.20)mama gṛhe na bhavatsadṛśī gṛhiṇī patipraṇayapariṇatakaraṇagaṇā | so 'haṃ kalitasakalalokakavalanakarā-
(p.359, l.21)litakalebavarātkālādapi na bibhemi | tarhi prabhāvatīti yuktaviśeṣavilasitasāramuttaraṃ carīkarīṣi yadi
(p.359, l.22)tadānīṃ yāhi svamanīṣitam ||
(p.359, l.23)iti trayastriṃśatkathā || 33 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī rāmacandramaprākṣīt | so 'pyabhyadhāt | mālatīvottaranirmāṇavidhau pāṭavaṃ prakaṭayasi yadā tadā yātavyam | tataḥ prabhāvatī babhāṇa rāmacandram | kā mālatī | kathamuttaramāvirakārṣīt | tadvṛttāntamāvedayatu bhavān | tataḥ so 'pyagāhata giram | śṛṇu kaumudi | niṣādasaṃjñaṃ nagaram | tatra vajrābhidhaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya bhāryā mālatī | sā parapuruṣaniratā | itthamuttarāyaṇaparvaṇi śasatkarataṇḍulapiṣṭakasya piṇḍānakārṣīt | tato bharturbhojanāya vastreṇa baddhvā piṇḍakānkṣetraṃ prati niragāt | mārge gacchantyāstasyāḥ pūrvaparicitamaitro devadattaḥ pathi saṃgatavān | tadanvasau puṭīkṛtavān | mahādevaḥ parameśvaraḥ yadā svānukūlo bhavati tadānīmīdṛgvidho lābhaḥ karatalamāpadyate | yatsarvadā dhārāvāhikayā smṛtipadaṃ na jahāti tadeva karaprāpyaṃ jāyate | ityabhidhāya tāṃ kare gṛhītavān | tadā sā varākī tasya dākṣiṇyena parigṛhītamānasā na kimapi niṣedhavacanaṃ vyāharati sma | tadabhyarthanaṃ na niṣedhavyamityaṅgīkāreṇa na vilambayati sma | tadbhartṛbhojananimittaparikḷptapiṇḍakāvasthānaṃ veṇupātraṃ pathyevāvāropayat | tatastadupabhoganimittaṃ viviktapradeśaviśeṣamagāt | ekastu dhūrtastayorvṛttāntaṃ vīkṣamāṇo nivasati | tadanu tadveṇupātropāntamāgatyodghāṭya yāvatā paśyati tāvatā taṇḍulapiṣṭaparikḷptāḥ piṇḍakāstatra nyastāḥ santi | tatastu dhūrtasteṣāṃ samastapiṇḍakānāṃ piṇḍamekatra kṛtvā sarvasyaivaikameva vyāghrarūpamakārṣīt | tadveṇupātraṃ pūrvavadvastrakhaṇḍena prāvṛṇot | tato 'sau yathecchamagamat | tataḥ sā mālatī svasamīhitaṃ saṃsādhya tadveṇupātraṃ gṛhītvā bharturbhojanadānāya kṣetramuddiśyāgamat | tatra gatvā veṇupātramavāropayat | bhartā cābhyavaharaṇāya samājagāma | bhartā yāvatodghāṭya paśyati tadveṇupātraṃ tāvatā piṣṭanirmitaṃ vyāghrasya rūpamapaśyat | tarhi prabhāvati vāvadītu bhavatī | sā tasminsamaye kimuttaraṃ praguṇīcakāra | prabhāvatī tadvicārayituṃ pravṛttā paraṃ nādhyavāgacchat | tataḥ prabhāte sā śukaṃ papraccha | tato 'vadatso 'pi | devi tasyāḥ patistāṃ pṛṣṭavān | tvayā kimetatpakvānnamānītamasti | sāpi vyāhārṣīt | kiṃ tava puro vacmi | vajradevātyāścaryaṃ nūtanamapi prāvartiṣṭa | adyāhaṃ śarvaryāṃ bhavadupari duḥsvapnamekamadrākṣam | tvaṃ kṣetre rātrāvuṣito 'si | dvīpī samāgatya tvāmagrahītkila | tadānīṃ madīyo jīvo 'titarāṃ dainyadaśāmāpede | tadanu daivayajñaṃ vāsudevamāhūyāprākṣam | kiṃprakāro 'yaṃ svapna iti | tato jyotirvidavādīt | * * * piṣṭamayaścitrakāyaḥ kṛta autsukyaparatantrāyāsmai tadduḥsvapnajanitaduḥkhabharaparikhinnāyāḥ pathi yadājāyata tadaharjānāmi no | anastamitapratāpo 'yaṃ bhagavāṃstaraṇireva jānīte | tadanu vajradevastaccaraṇayoḥ papāta uvāca caitām | vayasye mama gṛhe na bhavatsadṛśī gṛhiṇī patipraṇayapariṇatakaraṇagaṇā | so 'haṃ kalitasakalalokakavalanakarālitakalevarātkālādapi na bibhemi | tarhi prabhāvatīti yuktaviśeṣavilasitasāramuttaraṃ carīkarīṣi yadi tadānīṃ yāhi svamanīṣitam || iti trayastriṃśatkathā || 33 ||

§ 34

p.359, l.24

(p.359, l.24)punaḥ prabhāvatī girā jagrāha vihaṃgamam | so 'pi prāsoṣṭa vācam | devi dhūrtamāyākuṭṭinīva svasyopari
(p.359, l.25)samāpatatparidyūnatvaṃ punastapaḥsaraṇe prasarati yadi prabhāsamutsekastadānīṃ taralataratāmavalambasva | tadanu
(p.359, l.26)prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntākarṇanāya patatriṇā vivarṇayiṣurjagāda | kathaṃ tadvṛttāntam | vyāharatāṃ bhavān | tataḥ
(p.359, l.27)so 'bhyadhāt | hastināpurābhidhāne nagare kamalākaro vipaṇiḥ | tattanayaḥ prathitatanayo rāmaḥ sarvāḥ
(p.359, l.28)samastāḥ kalāḥ paryaśīlayat | tato 'sau kamalākaro vyāharati sma | athāsmatputro rāmaḥ kalāmātraṃ
(p.359, l.29)śikṣitavān | paraṃ strīṇāṃ caritaṃ na vitarati mānase 'sya bodhasādharmyam | tarhyayaṃ tadapi śikṣitavyaḥ |
(p.359, l.30)tadanvekāṃ dhūrtamāyākuṭṭinīṃ samānīya tāmitthamavādīt | tvayā ca madīyastanayaḥ samastamapi strīṇāṃ
(p.359, l.31)caritaṃ jñāpayitavyaḥ | yathā dhūrtāḥ striyo nainaṃ pratārayanti tathā bodhayitavyaḥ | ahaṃ bhavatyai suvarṇānāṃ
(p.359, l.32)sahasraṃ prayacchāmi | yadi kadāpi dhūrtāḥ striyo 'nyāḥ pratārayiṣyantyenaṃ tadāhaṃ suvarṇānāṃ dvisāhasraṃ
(p.359, l.33)bhavatyāḥ sakāśādgṛhīṣyāmi | iti niyamaṃ nirmāya kuṭṭinīhaste sasuvarṇaṃ rāmaṃ pradattavānkamalākaraḥ |
(p.359, l.34)tataḥ sā dhūrtā kuṭṭinī samayaṃ samastamapi strīcaritaṃ vigalitakīlanaṃ rāmāyopadideśa | sā taṃ rāmaṃ
(p.359, l.35)sakalanijakalāgahanapariṇaddhāntaḥkaraṇaṃ vidhāya kamalākarasya haste prāyacchat | tataḥ kadācitsvasutaṃ
(p.359, l.36)buddhyavadhānāya bodhanāya dhanārjanāya rāmaṃ deśāntaramuddiśya prāhiṇot | sa tu svarṇadvīpaṃ prapede | tatra
(p.359, l.37)kalāvatīti veśyā | tayā saha viṣayopabhogaṃ kurvāṇaḥ sukhena tiṣṭhati | sā ca kalāvatī tena rāmeṇa
(p.360, l.1)samaṃ bahudhā veśyābhivyaktivijṛmbhakaṃ manasā vacasā vapuṣā caritānusaraṇena ca prayatnātiśayaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ
(p.360, l.2)puṣṇāti paraṃ na tasya mānasaṃ bhrāmyati | tata ekadā kuṭṭinī kalāvatīmavādīt | rāmo 'yaṃ dinaiḥ
(p.360, l.3)pañcaṣaiḥ svagrāmaṃ gamiṣyati tvaṃ tvenaṃ bhrāmayituṃ na pārayasīti | tadā sā tāṃ jagāda | ahaṃ sarvaprayatnena
(p.360, l.4)prakārasāmarthyaṃ nirmimāṇāsaṃ parametadīyaṃ mano nākṣubhyata | kiṃ karavai | tataḥ kuṭṭinī prakaṭīcakāra
(p.360, l.5)vācam | kalāvati tarhi tvayāyamevābhidhātavyaḥ | svasaṃvasathaṃ yāsyasi | tato bhavato vināhaṃ virahavedanā-
(p.360, l.6)vaidhuryaṃ soḍhuṃ na prabhavāmi | tarhīdānīmevāhaṃ prāṇāṃstyakṣyāmītyabhidhāya tasminpaśyatyevātmānaṃ jalagarte
(p.360, l.7)prakṣipa | tatastanniśamya kalāvatī bhāratīmagirat | etadbhavatyabhihitamatyasamañjasam |

punaḥ prabhāvatī girā jagrāha vihaṃgamam | so 'pi prāsoṣṭa vācam | devi dhūrtamāyākuṭṭinīva svasyopari samāpatatparidyūnatvaṃ punastapaḥsaraṇe prasarati yadi prabhāsamutsekastadānīṃ taralataratāmavalambasva | tadanu prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntākarṇanāya patatriṇā vivarṇayiṣurjagāda | kathaṃ tadvṛttāntam | vyāharatāṃ bhavān | tataḥ so 'bhyadhāt | hastināpurābhidhāne nagare kamalākaro vipaṇiḥ | tattanayaḥ prathitatanayo rāmaḥ sarvāḥ samastāḥ kalāḥ paryaśīlayat | tato 'sau kamalākaro vyāharati sma | athāsmatputro rāmaḥ kalāmātraṃ śikṣitavān | paraṃ strīṇāṃ caritaṃ na vitarati mānase 'sya bodhasādharmyam | tarhyayaṃ tadapi śikṣitavyaḥ | tadanvekāṃ dhūrtamāyākuṭṭinīṃ samānīya tāmitthamavādīt | tvayā ca madīyastanayaḥ samastamapi strīṇāṃ caritaṃ jñāpayitavyaḥ | yathā dhūrtāḥ striyo nainaṃ pratārayanti tathā bodhayitavyaḥ | ahaṃ bhavatyai suvarṇānāṃ sahasraṃ prayacchāmi | yadi kadāpi dhūrtāḥ striyo 'nyāḥ pratārayiṣyantyenaṃ tadāhaṃ suvarṇānāṃ dvisāhasraṃ bhavatyāḥ sakāśādgṛhīṣyāmi | iti niyamaṃ nirmāya kuṭṭinīhaste sasuvarṇaṃ rāmaṃ pradattavānkamalākaraḥ | tataḥ sā dhūrtā kuṭṭinī samayaṃ samastamapi strīcaritaṃ vigalitakīlanaṃ rāmāyopadideśa | sā taṃ rāmaṃ sakalanijakalāgahanapariṇaddhāntaḥkaraṇaṃ vidhāya kamalākarasya haste prāyacchat | tataḥ kadācitsvasutaṃ buddhyavadhānāya bodhanāya dhanārjanāya rāmaṃ deśāntaramuddiśya prāhiṇot | sa tu svarṇadvīpaṃ prapede | tatra kalāvatīti veśyā | tayā saha viṣayopabhogaṃ kurvāṇaḥ sukhena tiṣṭhati | sā ca kalāvatī tena rāmeṇa samaṃ bahudhā veśyābhivyaktivijṛmbhakaṃ manasā vacasā vapuṣā caritānusaraṇena ca prayatnātiśayaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ puṣṇāti paraṃ na tasya mānasaṃ bhrāmyati | tata ekadā kuṭṭinī kalāvatīmavādīt | rāmo 'yaṃ dinaiḥ pañcaṣaiḥ svagrāmaṃ gamiṣyati tvaṃ tvenaṃ bhrāmayituṃ na pārayasīti | tadā sā tāṃ jagāda | ahaṃ sarvaprayatnena prakārasāmarthyaṃ nirmimāṇāsaṃ parametadīyaṃ mano nākṣubhyata | kiṃ karavai | tataḥ kuṭṭinī prakaṭīcakāra vācam | kalāvati tarhi tvayāyamevābhidhātavyaḥ | svasaṃvasathaṃ yāsyasi | tato bhavato vināhaṃ virahavedanāvaidhuryaṃ soḍhuṃ na prabhavāmi | tarhīdānīmevāhaṃ prāṇāṃstyakṣyāmītyabhidhāya tasminpaśyatyevātmānaṃ jalagarte prakṣipa | tatastanniśamya kalāvatī bhāratīmagirat | etadbhavatyabhihitamatyasamañjasam |

p.360, l.8

p.360, l.10

(p.360, l.10)tataḥ kuṭṭinī vācamanīyata rasanāgram | āyuṣo vināśaṃ vinā śaknoti na maraṇamabhibhavitum | anyacca |
(p.360, l.11)sahānusaṃdhānamāsādya vividhabuddhividhānanibandhanakaramapi na cinvanti santaḥ |

tataḥ kuṭṭinī vācamanīyata rasanāgram | āyuṣo vināśaṃ vinā śaknoti na maraṇamabhibhavitum | anyacca | sahānusaṃdhānamāsādya vividhabuddhividhānanibandhanakaramapi na cinvanti santaḥ |

p.360, l.12

p.360, l.14

(p.360, l.14)itthamukte tatkuṭṭinīvacananiyamitamānasā tasminrāme paśyatyevātmānaṃ jalagarte cikṣepa | tadanu dhāvamāno
(p.360, l.15)rāmastatkūpasamīpaṃ gatvā tāṃ samīkṣayāmāsa | tadā svamanasi camatkṛtavān | itthamabhyadhācca | naitasyāḥ
(p.360, l.16)cetaḥ prapañcopacayaparicitipārīṇam | iyaṃ kevalaṃ māmevānusṛtavatī | tadanu yatkimapi tasya dhanamabhūtta-
(p.360, l.17)tkarasātkṛtavān | tadanu kaiścana dinairnirdhanamājātaṃ tamālokya dūrīcakāra kalāvatī | tato dhanavirahito
(p.360, l.18)rāmo nijanagaramājagāma janakasya purastāduditamavarṇayat | sa tu dhūrtamāyākuṭṭinīṃ samāhūya sahasradvayaṃ
(p.360, l.19)suvarṇānāmayācata | tadā sā kamalākaramabhyadhāt | tasminneva nagare punardhanārjanoddeśena vyāpārapuraskṛtaṃ
(p.360, l.20)rāmaṃ prasthāpayatu bhavān | ahamapyanena samaṃ prayāyām | tadanu sa tāmapi sthānaviśeṣaṃ prātiṣṭhipat |
(p.360, l.21)tato rāmastatsthānamāsedivān | tatastadabhimukhī kalāvatyāgacchat | tadāgamanoddeśopayācitadīpikā
(p.360, l.22)vibhinnabādhā rūpabahulasaṃbhramavibhramavatī rāmaparisaramāgatya nīrājayāmāsa rāmam | tadanu nṛttagītavā-
(p.360, l.23)dyādyanekopacāraprapañcaparicitaṃ nijaniketanamanaiṣīt | dvāvapi sukhena viṣayānbubhujāte | tarhi prabhāvati
(p.360, l.24)tvamapi cāru vicintyācakṣva | tadā sā tadīyaṃ dhanaṃ kathamānītavatī | tataḥ prabhāvatī taccintāyāṃ
(p.360, l.25)dattacittāpi dhanānayanopāyaṃ na kalayati sma | tadā tayā pṛṣṭaḥ pataṃgo vyācaṣṭa | tadānīṃ dhūrtamāyā
(p.360, l.26)kuṭṭinī rāmāya saṃketaṃ prādarśayat | tvayā gatvātmoparitanabhūmikāyāṃ kalāvatyā mandirasya śāri-
(p.360, l.27)bhirdevanīyaṃ tayaiva saha | ahaṃ ca tenaiva vartmanā gamiṣyāmi tadgṛhaṃ purato gatvā tvaṃ tu māmabhivīkṣamāṇo
(p.360, l.28)madbhīticintitaḥ | parato dṛṣṭvā tvāmapasarantaṃ kalāvatī prakṣyati | tvaṃ kimityātmānaṃ gopāyasīti |
(p.360, l.29)tadā sā bhavataivamabhidhātavyā | iyaṃ purato mārge samāgacchantī vāśreyakāriṇī jaratī madīyā jananī
(p.360, l.30)sā | etadīyaṃ draviṇaṃ nītvā bhavatyāḥ saṃnidhānaṃ pūrvamāgatavān | taddhanaṃ bhavatyai dattam | idānīmiyamā-
(p.360, l.31)gatāsti | ko jānīte kiṃ karomīti | iti vacanaṃ bhavatā śrāvayitavyā kalāvatī | kuṭṭinīkṛtasaṃketo
(p.360, l.32)rāmaḥ kalāvatīmandiramāgacchat | tatra gatvā tayā sahopatyakāyāṃ śāribhiradīvyat | tadā dhūrtamāyā
(p.360, l.33)kuṭṭinī skandhopari vipañcīṃ vimucya tadagramārgamanusasāra | rāmo 'pi tadabhimukhamevālokamānastiṣṭhati |
(p.360, l.34)sa ca tāmabhivīkṣya krīḍāṃ tatyāja ca taddṛgagocare gatavān | tataḥ kalāvatī tamapṛcchat | tvaṃ kasmā-
(p.360, l.35)dutthito 'sīti | tadāsau pūrvatanaṃ vyāhṛtaṃ tasyā agre jagāda | tataḥ kuṭṭinī dvārapradeśamāpatat | tā-
(p.360, l.36)ngṛhasthitānvāvadīti | madīyaṃ putraṃ rāmaṃ prasthāpayantu | mama sarvasvamapahṛtya bhavatīnāṃ haste vitīrṇamasti |
(p.361, l.1)tatastābhiraprākṣi sā | kā kiṃnāmadheyeti | kutratyeti | sāvocat | padmāvatyāṃ nagaryāṃ sudarśanasya medinīpa-
(p.361, l.2)rivṛḍhasya prātaḥkālagāyakāham | ahaṃ mātaṃgagāyakā | ayaṃ ca mama putraḥ | bhavatyāścaitadīyena saṃsargeṇa
(p.361, l.3)vartamānaḥ samastamapi sādhulokamaśucīkaroti sma | paraṃ bhavatyo yathāruci kurvantu | mama tena kiṃ
(p.361, l.4)prayojanam | iti vacobhistā abibhayuḥ | tāṃ gṛhāntaramānayāmāsuḥ samastaṃ dhanaṃ tasyai prāyacchan |
(p.361, l.5)taccaraṇayorapataṃśca | vārtteyaṃ na kasyāpi puro 'bhidhātavyā | ityabhidhāya sadhanāṃ tāṃ prātiṣṭhipan | tarhi
(p.361, l.6)prabhāvatīti viśeṣamāyānaṭane prāgalbhyaṃ bibharṣi yadi tadā sādhyatāmiti ||
(p.361, l.7)iti catustriṃśatkathā || 34 ||

itthamukte tatkuṭṭinīvacananiyamitamānasā tasminrāme paśyatyevātmānaṃ jalagarte cikṣepa | tadanu dhāvamāno rāmastatkūpasamīpaṃ gatvā tāṃ samīkṣayāmāsa | tadā svamanasi camatkṛtavān | itthamabhyadhācca | naitasyāḥ cetaḥ prapañcopacayaparicitipārīṇam | iyaṃ kevalaṃ māmevānusṛtavatī | tadanu yatkimapi tasya dhanamabhūttatkarasātkṛtavān | tadanu kaiścana dinairnirdhanamājātaṃ tamālokya dūrīcakāra kalāvatī | tato dhanavirahito rāmo nijanagaramājagāma janakasya purastāduditamavarṇayat | sa tu dhūrtamāyākuṭṭinīṃ samāhūya sahasradvayaṃ suvarṇānāmayācata | tadā sā kamalākaramabhyadhāt | tasminneva nagare punardhanārjanoddeśena vyāpārapuraskṛtaṃ rāmaṃ prasthāpayatu bhavān | ahamapyanena samaṃ prayāyām | tadanu sa tāmapi sthānaviśeṣaṃ prātiṣṭhipat | tato rāmastatsthānamāsedivān | tatastadabhimukhī kalāvatyāgacchat | tadāgamanoddeśopayācitadīpikā vibhinnabādhā rūpabahulasaṃbhramavibhramavatī rāmaparisaramāgatya nīrājayāmāsa rāmam | tadanu nṛttagītavādyādyanekopacāraprapañcaparicitaṃ nijaniketanamanaiṣīt | dvāvapi sukhena viṣayānbubhujāte | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi cāru vicintyācakṣva | tadā sā tadīyaṃ dhanaṃ kathamānītavatī | tataḥ prabhāvatī taccintāyāṃ dattacittāpi dhanānayanopāyaṃ na kalayati sma | tadā tayā pṛṣṭaḥ pataṃgo vyācaṣṭa | tadānīṃ dhūrtamāyā kuṭṭinī rāmāya saṃketaṃ prādarśayat | tvayā gatvātmoparitanabhūmikāyāṃ kalāvatyā mandirasya śāribhirdevanīyaṃ tayaiva saha | ahaṃ ca tenaiva vartmanā gamiṣyāmi tadgṛhaṃ purato gatvā tvaṃ tu māmabhivīkṣamāṇo madbhīticintitaḥ | parato dṛṣṭvā tvāmapasarantaṃ kalāvatī prakṣyati | tvaṃ kimityātmānaṃ gopāyasīti | tadā sā bhavataivamabhidhātavyā | iyaṃ purato mārge samāgacchantī vāśreyakāriṇī jaratī madīyā jananī sā | etadīyaṃ draviṇaṃ nītvā bhavatyāḥ saṃnidhānaṃ pūrvamāgatavān | taddhanaṃ bhavatyai dattam | idānīmiyamāgatāsti | ko jānīte kiṃ karomīti | iti vacanaṃ bhavatā śrāvayitavyā kalāvatī | kuṭṭinīkṛtasaṃketo rāmaḥ kalāvatīmandiramāgacchat | tatra gatvā tayā sahopatyakāyāṃ śāribhiradīvyat | tadā dhūrtamāyā kuṭṭinī skandhopari vipañcīṃ vimucya tadagramārgamanusasāra | rāmo 'pi tadabhimukhamevālokamānastiṣṭhati | sa ca tāmabhivīkṣya krīḍāṃ tatyāja ca taddṛgagocare gatavān | tataḥ kalāvatī tamapṛcchat | tvaṃ kasmādutthito 'sīti | tadāsau pūrvatanaṃ vyāhṛtaṃ tasyā agre jagāda | tataḥ kuṭṭinī dvārapradeśamāpatat | tāngṛhasthitānvāvadīti | madīyaṃ putraṃ rāmaṃ prasthāpayantu | mama sarvasvamapahṛtya bhavatīnāṃ haste vitīrṇamasti | tatastābhiraprākṣi sā | kā kiṃnāmadheyeti | kutratyeti | sāvocat | padmāvatyāṃ nagaryāṃ sudarśanasya medinīparivṛḍhasya prātaḥkālagāyakāham | ahaṃ mātaṃgagāyakā | ayaṃ ca mama putraḥ | bhavatyāścaitadīyena saṃsargeṇa vartamānaḥ samastamapi sādhulokamaśucīkaroti sma | paraṃ bhavatyo yathāruci kurvantu | mama tena kiṃ prayojanam | iti vacobhistā abibhayuḥ | tāṃ gṛhāntaramānayāmāsuḥ samastaṃ dhanaṃ tasyai prāyacchan | taccaraṇayorapataṃśca | vārtteyaṃ na kasyāpi puro 'bhidhātavyā | ityabhidhāya sadhanāṃ tāṃ prātiṣṭhipan | tarhi prabhāvatīti viśeṣamāyānaṭane prāgalbhyaṃ bibharṣi yadi tadā sādhyatāmiti || iti catustriṃśatkathā || 34 ||

§ 35

p.361, l.8

(p.361, l.8)prabhāvatī punaraprākṣīcchukam | tenāpi vyāhāri | devi ratanādevīvottaraṃ kartuṃ jānīṣe yadi tadā sā-
(p.361, l.9)dhvabhisara | ityabhihite śukena prabhāvatyavādīt | ratanādevīvṛttāntamāvedayetyabhihitaḥ śuko vyājahāra |
(p.361, l.10)indrapure nagare vikramasiṃhanāmā rājaputrastasya sahacarī ratanādevī | sa tāṃ tāḍayati gālīrvitarati
(p.361, l.11)vinaiva prayojanamīrṣyālutāṃ prakaṭīkaroti | ko 'tra samāgato 'bhūtko vā gatavān | he upapatisamudbhave
(p.361, l.12)dvārīpradeśe kasmādūrdhvā sthitāsi nirnimittaṃ sicayaṃ kasmātsaṃvītaṃ bhavatyā | ityābhāṣya vācāṭatāṃ
(p.361, l.13)pratyahabhumupanyasyati tāṃ prati | tataḥ sā svamanogataṃ nigadati sma | ayamevaṃvidhaḥ pāpiṣṭhatamaḥ | tarhyetasya
(p.361, l.14)vañcanāprapañcane 'pi na kaścana doṣakalaṅkaśaṅkuśaṅkākulitotpātaḥ | tadanu sā vyabhicāracaraṇāya pravartate
(p.361, l.15)sma | vyabhicāravidyāyāmatīvāśeṣakovidā caṇḍacaritā prāvartata | tadā tannagarādhipatinā samaṃ tathā
(p.361, l.16)tasya sutena ca saha gacchati | parasparaṃ jñātuṃ na dadāti | ekasmindivase grāmādhipasutena saha suratopabhogaṃ
(p.361, l.17)kurvāṇāsti | tāvatāsau grāmādhipa eva samāgataḥ | tataḥ sā tamālokya tatputraṃ gopāyati sma taṃ ca
(p.361, l.18)mandirābhyantaramājuhāva | tamapi pūrṇamanorathamakārṣīt | tāvatā vikramasiṃharājaputraḥ kopakaluṣitaḥ samā-
(p.361, l.19)gatavān | tarhi prabhāvati vyācaṣṭhāṃ nāma bhavatī | etasminnavasare tayā kimuttaramakāri | sā ca vicā-
(p.361, l.20)raviśadamānasāpi na taduttaraṃ kalitavatī | tataḥ śuko 'bhāṣata | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | bhartāramāyā-
(p.361, l.21)ntamavagatya grāmādhipasya haste kaśāṃ prāyacchat | tvaṃ śapathaṃ dadhāno bahirnirgaccha | madīyaḥ putraścaṇḍālo
(p.361, l.22)yadā mama hastaprāpto 'bhaviṣyattadānīṃ tasya śira eva hariṣyāmītyamibhidadhāno tiṣṭhanneva bahirgatya yā-
(p.361, l.23)hīti | tadāsau grāmaprabhustādṛgabhinayastathaiva vyāharamāṇo bahirniragāt | vikramasiṃharāvutto mandira-
(p.361, l.24)madhyamāgatya ratanādevīmaprākṣīt | yamagṛhīto 'yaṃ grāmanāyakaḥ kasya gālīrvitarannirgacchati | tataḥ sā
(p.361, l.25)rāvuttamavādīt | idānīṃ bhavantaḥ śrāntāḥ santi | pūrvaṃ suparvaparicaryāntaṃ pratyavasānaṃ ca kurvantu | paścā-
(p.361, l.26)dbhavataḥ puro vṛttāntamidamabhidhāsyāmi | tadanu rāvuttastu suparvārcanamabhyavaharaṇādikaṃ ca kṛtvā tāmbulapū-
(p.361, l.27)ritānano bhūtvā sukhāsīnaḥ śramaṃ tatyāja | tadā ratanādevī bhuktvā rāvuttasaṃnidhimāgatya tadvṛttāntavyā-
(p.361, l.28)haraṇāya prāvartata | rāvutta kimapyadya nūtanamajāyata | grāmaparivṛḍhaḥ sakṛtputrasyopari cukopa | kṛpāṇaṃ
(p.361, l.29)nirastakośaṃ kṛtvā tatpṛṣṭhamagrahīt | tadānīmasau varākastasya putro rirakṣayiṣuḥ palāyamāno 'smā-
(p.361, l.30)kīyadvārapurodeśe vartinīṃ dṛṣṭvā māmevamavādīt | māṃ rakṣata rakṣata | śaraṇamāgato 'haṃ bhavatām | tadā-
(p.361, l.31)nīmahaṃ yauṣmākīnavirudasyāsmārṣaṃ śaraṇāgatavajrapañjara iti jagatprasiddhasya | ata evāyaṃ yāvadasau
(p.361, l.32)grāmādhyakṣo nāgacchati tāvatā gṛhamadhye gopitaḥ | tatastatpṛṣṭhasarastajjanako 'pi kopaparavaśaḥ samāgatya
(p.361, l.33)gṛhamadhye praviśya svaputraṃ vīkṣāṃcakre | tadā tatputraṃ pṛṣṭhavartinaṃ vidhāya purastādahamatiṣṭham | tadanvasāvā-
(p.361, l.34)krośamānaḥ putramanavalokamāno gālīrvitanvānaḥ krodhena jājvalyamāno nirayāsīt | tato vikrama-
(p.361, l.35)siṃharāvutto ratanādevīmavādīt | tasya putraḥ kutrāsti | taṃ mama darśaya tvam | tadā sā taṃ bahirnirgamayya
(p.361, l.36)prāhiṇot | tato 'sau ratanādevīcaraṇau svaśirasā vavande | yadyatra tvametannākariṣyastadānīṃ samastasya
(p.362, l.1)vaṃśasya kalaṅkamavikalamāgamiṣyat | iti tāṃ vaconicayodayena samatoṣayat | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgyuktyupabṛṃ-
(p.362, l.2)hitamuttaraṃ kartuṃ kalitamatirbhavasi yadi tadā vraja ||
(p.362, l.3)iti pañcatriṃśatkathā || 35 ||

prabhāvatī punaraprākṣīcchukam | tenāpi vyāhāri | devi ratanādevīvottaraṃ kartuṃ jānīṣe yadi tadā sādhvabhisara | ityabhihite śukena prabhāvatyavādīt | ratanādevīvṛttāntamāvedayetyabhihitaḥ śuko vyājahāra | indrapure nagare vikramasiṃhanāmā rājaputrastasya sahacarī ratanādevī | sa tāṃ tāḍayati gālīrvitarati vinaiva prayojanamīrṣyālutāṃ prakaṭīkaroti | ko 'tra samāgato 'bhūtko vā gatavān | he upapatisamudbhave dvārīpradeśe kasmādūrdhvā sthitāsi nirnimittaṃ sicayaṃ kasmātsaṃvītaṃ bhavatyā | ityābhāṣya vācāṭatāṃ pratyahamupanyasyati tāṃ prati | tataḥ sā svamanogataṃ nigadati sma | ayamevaṃvidhaḥ pāpiṣṭhatamaḥ | tarhyetasya vañcanāprapañcane 'pi na kaścana doṣakalaṅkaśaṅkuśaṅkākulitotpātaḥ | tadanu sā vyabhicāracaraṇāya pravartate sma | vyabhicāravidyāyāmatīvāśeṣakovidā caṇḍacaritā prāvartata | tadā tannagarādhipatinā samaṃ tathā tasya sutena ca saha gacchati | parasparaṃ jñātuṃ na dadāti | ekasmindivase grāmādhipasutena saha suratopabhogaṃ kurvāṇāsti | tāvatāsau grāmādhipa eva samāgataḥ | tataḥ sā tamālokya tatputraṃ gopāyati sma taṃ ca mandirābhyantaramājuhāva | tamapi pūrṇamanorathamakārṣīt | tāvatā vikramasiṃharājaputraḥ kopakaluṣitaḥ samāgatavān | tarhi prabhāvati vyācaṣṭhāṃ nāma bhavatī | etasminnavasare tayā kimuttaramakāri | sā ca vicāraviśadamānasāpi na taduttaraṃ kalitavatī | tataḥ śuko 'bhāṣata | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | bhartāramāyāntamavagatya grāmādhipasya haste kaśāṃ prāyacchat | tvaṃ śapathaṃ dadhāno bahirnirgaccha | madīyaḥ putraścaṇḍālo yadā mama hastaprāpto 'bhaviṣyattadānīṃ tasya śira eva hariṣyāmītyabhidadhāno tiṣṭhanneva bahirgatya yāhīti | tadāsau grāmaprabhustādṛgabhinayastathaiva vyāharamāṇo bahirniragāt | vikramasiṃharāvutto mandiramadhyamāgatya ratanādevīmaprākṣīt | yamagṛhīto 'yaṃ grāmanāyakaḥ kasya gālīrvitarannirgacchati | tataḥ sā rāvuttamavādīt | idānīṃ bhavantaḥ śrāntāḥ santi | pūrvaṃ suparvaparicaryāntaṃ pratyavasānaṃ ca kurvantu | paścādbhavataḥ puro vṛttāntamidamabhidhāsyāmi | tadanu rāvuttastu suparvārcanamabhyavaharaṇādikaṃ ca kṛtvā tāmbulapūritānano bhūtvā sukhāsīnaḥ śramaṃ tatyāja | tadā ratanādevī bhuktvā rāvuttasaṃnidhimāgatya tadvṛttāntavyāharaṇāya prāvartata | rāvutta kimapyadya nūtanamajāyata | grāmaparivṛḍhaḥ sakṛtputrasyopari cukopa | kṛpāṇaṃ nirastakośaṃ kṛtvā tatpṛṣṭhamagrahīt | tadānīmasau varākastasya putro rirakṣayiṣuḥ palāyamāno 'smākīyadvārapurodeśe vartinīṃ dṛṣṭvā māmevamavādīt | māṃ rakṣata rakṣata | śaraṇamāgato 'haṃ bhavatām | tadānīmahaṃ yauṣmākīnavirudasyāsmārṣaṃ śaraṇāgatavajrapañjara iti jagatprasiddhasya | ata evāyaṃ yāvadasau grāmādhyakṣo nāgacchati tāvatā gṛhamadhye gopitaḥ | tatastatpṛṣṭhasarastajjanako 'pi kopaparavaśaḥ samāgatya gṛhamadhye praviśya svaputraṃ vīkṣāṃcakre | tadā tatputraṃ pṛṣṭhavartinaṃ vidhāya purastādahamatiṣṭham | tadanvasāvākrośamānaḥ putramanavalokamāno gālīrvitanvānaḥ krodhena jājvalyamāno nirayāsīt | tato vikramasiṃharāvutto ratanādevīmavādīt | tasya putraḥ kutrāsti | taṃ mama darśaya tvam | tadā sā taṃ bahirnirgamayya prāhiṇot | tato 'sau ratanādevīcaraṇau svaśirasā vavande | yadyatra tvametannākariṣyastadānīṃ samastasya vaṃśasya kalaṅkamavikalamāgamiṣyat | iti tāṃ vaconicayodayena samatoṣayat | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgyuktyupabṛṃhitamuttaraṃ kartuṃ kalitamatirbhavasi yadi tadā vraja || iti pañcatriṃśatkathā || 35 ||

§ 36

p.362, l.4

(p.362, l.4)tataḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ papraccha | so 'bravīt | tvamapi devi suratasundarīva yadyāyāsanistaraṇe 'vadātamati-
(p.362, l.5)tvaṃ prathayasi tadānīmaṅgīkurutāt | tadā prabhāvatyā tadvṛttāntāvabhāvāya pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ provāca | śaṅkhapurā-
(p.362, l.6)bhidhāne nagare mahādhanābhidho grānthikaḥ | tasya sahacarī suratasundarī | sā ca parapuruṣānavaratarataniratā |
(p.362, l.7)tasyāḥ patiryadi kimapi vāvadīti tadā taṃ na sahate | vṛthaiva patyurupari yathākathaṃcana vyājarīharīti |
(p.362, l.8)tato 'sau tadbhītyāvalambitamauna evāvatiṣṭhate | ekasmindine sā nijamupapatiṃ gṛhamānināya | tato
(p.362, l.9)yāminījemanaṃ vidhāya sarve 'pi gṛhanivāsinaḥ śayanāya śayanīyamaśiśriyuḥ | dīpo 'pi nirvā-
(p.362, l.10)ṇabhāvaṃ prāpitaḥ | tadā bhartāraṃ nidrāṇamājñāya sā bhujaṃgena saṃgatā bhujaṃgī pratibhāvirāmasamunmiṣadudayā
(p.362, l.11)nibhṛtarasānandāmandasaṃbandhā nitarāmaraṃsīt | tatastadratijanitadhvaniṃ mahādhano 'pyaśṛṇoṣīt | tatastaṃ grahītuṃ
(p.362, l.12)karaṃ prāyuṅkta mahādhanaḥ | tadā sa karastasyopapatermehanamagrahīt | tadāsau suratasundarīmabhāṣiṣṭa | mayā
(p.362, l.13)coro 'sti vidhṛtaḥ | tvaṃ vegena gatvā dīpaṃ samānaya | tataḥ sāpi vyājahāra | ahaṃ dīpāharaṇāya
(p.362, l.14)dvāri gacchantī bibhemi | ahameva coraṃ gṛhīṣyāmi bhavanto gatvā dīpamānayantvityabhidhāya tataḥ sā
(p.362, l.15)coramagrahīt | mahādhanastu dīpamānetuṃ bahirniragāt | tato bahirgate mahādhane sāpyupapatiṃ mumoca | tadā
(p.362, l.16)sā mahiṣasiṃhasya jahujihvāmākṛṣya jagrāha | mahādhanastu dīpamujjvālya samānayat | yāvatpaśyati tāvatā
(p.362, l.17)kāsāraśābasya rasanā pāṇinā niyantritāsti | tadālokya mahādhanaṃ vyāhārṣītsuratasundarī | sādhu
(p.362, l.18)sādhu | vīrācaritaṃ caritamakārṣīḥ | tvayā netaraiḥ śūrairīdṛkkartuṃ śakyate | tayetyabhihite mahādhano 'patrapi-
(p.362, l.19)ṣṇurivāvatiṣṭhat | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgvidhamuttaraṃ kartuṃ bhavatī pārayati yadi tadānīṃ sukhena gacchatu ||
(p.362, l.20)iti ṣaṭtriṃśatkathā || 36 ||

tataḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ papraccha | so 'bravīt | tvamapi devi suratasundarīva yadyāyāsanistaraṇe 'vadātamatitvaṃ prathayasi tadānīmaṅgīkurutāt | tadā prabhāvatyā tadvṛttāntāvabhāvāya pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ provāca | śaṅkhapurābhidhāne nagare mahādhanābhidho grānthikaḥ | tasya sahacarī suratasundarī | sā ca parapuruṣānavaratarataniratā | tasyāḥ patiryadi kimapi vāvadīti tadā taṃ na sahate | vṛthaiva patyurupari yathākathaṃcana vyājarīharīti | tato 'sau tadbhītyāvalambitamauna evāvatiṣṭhate | ekasmindine sā nijamupapatiṃ gṛhamānināya | tato yāminījemanaṃ vidhāya sarve 'pi gṛhanivāsinaḥ śayanāya śayanīyamaśiśriyuḥ | dīpo 'pi nirvāṇabhāvaṃ prāpitaḥ | tadā bhartāraṃ nidrāṇamājñāya sā bhujaṃgena saṃgatā bhujaṃgī pratibhāvirāmasamunmiṣadudayā nibhṛtarasānandāmandasaṃbandhā nitarāmaraṃsīt | tatastadratijanitadhvaniṃ mahādhano 'pyaśṛṇoṣīt | tatastaṃ grahītuṃ karaṃ prāyuṅkta mahādhanaḥ | tadā sa karastasyopapatermehanamagrahīt | tadāsau suratasundarīmabhāṣiṣṭa | mayā coro 'sti vidhṛtaḥ | tvaṃ vegena gatvā dīpaṃ samānaya | tataḥ sāpi vyājahāra | ahaṃ dīpāharaṇāya dvāri gacchantī bibhemi | ahameva coraṃ gṛhīṣyāmi bhavanto gatvā dīpamānayantvityabhidhāya tataḥ sā coramagrahīt | mahādhanastu dīpamānetuṃ bahirniragāt | tato bahirgate mahādhane sāpyupapatiṃ mumoca | tadā sā mahiṣasiṃhasya jahujihvāmākṛṣya jagrāha | mahādhanastu dīpamujjvālya samānayat | yāvatpaśyati tāvatā kāsāraśābasya rasanā pāṇinā niyantritāsti | tadālokya mahādhanaṃ vyāhārṣītsuratasundarī | sādhu sādhu | vīrācaritaṃ caritamakārṣīḥ | tvayā netaraiḥ śūrairīdṛkkartuṃ śakyate | tayetyabhihite mahādhano 'patrapiṣṇurivāvatiṣṭhat | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgvidhamuttaraṃ kartuṃ bhavatī pārayati yadi tadānīṃ sukhena gacchatu || iti ṣaṭtriṃśatkathā || 36 ||

§ 37

p.362, l.21

(p.362, l.21)punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpanāmadheyanarendraṃ jigamiṣuḥ pakṣīndraṃ prati prāyuṅkta vācam | tāṃ niśamya so
(p.362, l.22)'pyabhyadhāt | devi buddhimatīva saṃkīrṇāsaktinistaraṃ kartuṃ jānāsi yadi tadā svamanobhilaṣitamasaṃku-
(p.362, l.23)citadhiyā sādhaya | tataḥ prabhāvatyavādīt | he pakṣīndra buddhimatīvṛttāntamāvedayāditaḥ | tacchrutvā śuko
(p.362, l.24)'pyavocat | ucopuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra sāṃpuratanāmadheyaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya sahacarī buddhimatī | sā
(p.362, l.25)parapuruṣaratasamuditamānasā | bhartuḥ kṛte kṣetrabhojanaṃ gṛhītvā gacchantyā mārge kasyacidekasya tarostale
(p.362, l.26)jāreṇa saha pratyahaṃ rahasyasukhamanubhūyate | tasyāstadvilasitaṃ sarve jānate | te taccaritaṃ sāṃpuratakarṣakasya
(p.362, l.27)purastādācacakṣire | tadanvasau tasyāścaritrasyāvajigamiṣayā tamevānokahamāruhya pracchannatanuḥ sthitavān |
(p.362, l.28)tato gṛhītabhojanā gṛhādāgatā tamājagāma buddhimatī | tatrāgatya tadannaṃ jagatyāṃ niveśya bhujaṃgena saṃgatā
(p.362, l.29)samupabhogabhaṅgivigalitavigrahāgrahaparigrahaṃ tadekatānakalitapūrvāparakalākalāpakabahulaṃ niratiśayaṃ vi-
(p.362, l.30)ṣayasukhamanvabhūt | tatastayostathāvidhanibaddharasavilasadasamamanaḥsamudayānandaghanatāṃ nirīkṣya vanaspatera-
(p.362, l.31)vatatāra | buddhimatī ca taroravatarantaṃ taṃ lakṣīcakāra | tarhi vāvadītu prabhāvati bhavatī | tasminsamaye
(p.362, l.32)sā kimuttaramakarot | tataḥ prabhāvatī cintayantyapi nābudhyata | tatastayānuyukto dvijo 'pi nijagāda |
(p.362, l.33)sā ca bhartāraṃ vīkṣya upapatiṃ prātiṣṭhipat | tadā tatpatiśca samāgatya buddhimatīṃ paryaprākṣīt | bhavatyāḥ
(p.362, l.34)saṃnidhāne dvitīyaḥ pumānka āsīt | tataḥ sā patimavādīt | tvaṃ kiṃ na jānīṣe | drumasyāsyāyameva
(p.362, l.35)svabhāvaḥ | etadārūḍho jano hi sthalasthitamekamapi dvitvena paśyatīti pūrvavṛddhā ācakṣate | tadā svayaṃ
(p.363, l.1)ca taṃ mahīruhamāruroha buddhimatī | tadānīmāruhya taṃ pratyevamavādīt | tvamapyaparasīmantinyā samaṃ sura-
(p.363, l.2)tasukhamupabhuñjāno 'si | evaṃvidhastvaṃ pāpatamaḥ | tarhi rājakulānetya bhavaccaritraṃ nivedayiṣyāmi bhavantaṃ
(p.363, l.3)nagnīkariṣyāmi | tadāsau vyāharat | tādṛśaṃ bahvāyāsopapāditaśramasāmastyasamayamityādibuddhivaibhavaga-
(p.363, l.4)hanaprayogakalpanātāratamyena yadyativartituṃ prabhavasi yadi tadā sādhayepsitam ||
(p.363, l.5)iti saptatriṃśatkathā || 37 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpanāmadheyanarendraṃ jigamiṣuḥ pakṣīndraṃ prati prāyuṅkta vācam | tāṃ niśamya so 'pyabhyadhāt | devi buddhimatīva saṃkīrṇāsaktinistaraṃ kartuṃ jānāsi yadi tadā svamanobhilaṣitamasaṃkucitadhiyā sādhaya | tataḥ prabhāvatyavādīt | he pakṣīndra buddhimatīvṛttāntamāvedayāditaḥ | tacchrutvā śuko 'pyavocat | ucopuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra sāṃpuratanāmadheyaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ | tasya sahacarī buddhimatī | sā parapuruṣaratasamuditamānasā | bhartuḥ kṛte kṣetrabhojanaṃ gṛhītvā gacchantyā mārge kasyacidekasya tarostale jāreṇa saha pratyahaṃ rahasyasukhamanubhūyate | tasyāstadvilasitaṃ sarve jānate | te taccaritaṃ sāṃpuratakarṣakasya purastādācacakṣire | tadanvasau tasyāścaritrasyāvajigamiṣayā tamevānokahamāruhya pracchannatanuḥ sthitavān | tato gṛhītabhojanā gṛhādāgatā tamājagāma buddhimatī | tatrāgatya tadannaṃ jagatyāṃ niveśya bhujaṃgena saṃgatā samupabhogabhaṅgivigalitavigrahāgrahaparigrahaṃ tadekatānakalitapūrvāparakalākalāpakabahulaṃ niratiśayaṃ viṣayasukhamanvabhūt | tatastayostathāvidhanibaddharasavilasadasamamanaḥsamudayānandaghanatāṃ nirīkṣya vanaspateravatatāra | buddhimatī ca taroravatarantaṃ taṃ lakṣīcakāra | tarhi vāvadītu prabhāvati bhavatī | tasminsamaye sā kimuttaramakarot | tataḥ prabhāvatī cintayantyapi nābudhyata | tatastayānuyukto dvijo 'pi nijagāda | sā ca bhartāraṃ vīkṣya upapatiṃ prātiṣṭhipat | tadā tatpatiśca samāgatya buddhimatīṃ paryaprākṣīt | bhavatyāḥ saṃnidhāne dvitīyaḥ pumānka āsīt | tataḥ sā patimavādīt | tvaṃ kiṃ na jānīṣe | drumasyāsyāyameva svabhāvaḥ | etadārūḍho jano hi sthalasthitamekamapi dvitvena paśyatīti pūrvavṛddhā ācakṣate | tadā svayaṃ ca taṃ mahīruhamāruroha buddhimatī | tadānīmāruhya taṃ pratyevamavādīt | tvamapyaparasīmantinyā samaṃ suratasukhamupabhuñjāno 'si | evaṃvidhastvaṃ pāpatamaḥ | tarhi rājakulānetya bhavaccaritraṃ nivedayiṣyāmi bhavantaṃ nagnīkariṣyāmi | tadāsau vyāharat | tādṛśaṃ bahvāyāsopapāditaśramasāmastyasamayamityādibuddhivaibhavagahanaprayogakalpanātāratamyena yadyativartituṃ prabhavasi yadi tadā sādhayepsitam || iti saptatriṃśatkathā || 37 ||

§ 38

p.363, l.6

(p.363, l.6)tataḥ punaḥ prabhāvatī bhujaṃgasaṃnidhānaṃ jigamiṣuḥ pataṃgaṃ parismayati sma girā | taduditaṃ niśamya so
(p.363, l.7)'pi jagāda | devi madanāvatīvottaraviracanāyāṃ cāturyaṃ tanoṣi yadi tadā sādhayatu bhavatī | sā
(p.363, l.8)tadvṛttāntaṃ papraccha śukaṃ śuko 'pyavocat | nākapure nagare rathakāro hi karālanāmā | sa tu dvitīyāṃ
(p.363, l.9)striyaṃ paryaṇaiṣīt | tasyā madanāvatīti nāmadheyam | sā ca parapuruṣasurataniratā | tadā janebhyastasyā
(p.363, l.10)vyabhicāracaritaṃ niśamya rathakāraḥ pratyayāvagamāya gṛhe grāmagamanamabhidhāya niragāt | tataḥ pradoṣasamaye
(p.363, l.11)guptadvāramārgeṇa kairapyalakṣito gṛhamadhyamājagāma | sa tvāgatya mañcakasya tale nililye | madanāvatī ca
(p.363, l.12)rathakāracaritaṃ nājñāsīt | tadā sā rathakāraṃ grāmāntaragatamavagatya nitarāmānandalaharīparītāṅgā
(p.363, l.13)samajāyata |

tataḥ punaḥ prabhāvatī bhujaṃgasaṃnidhānaṃ jigamiṣuḥ pataṃgaṃ parismayati sma girā | taduditaṃ niśamya so 'pi jagāda | devi madanāvatīvottaraviracanāyāṃ cāturyaṃ tanoṣi yadi tadā sādhayatu bhavatī | sā tadvṛttāntaṃ papraccha śukaṃ śuko 'pyavocat | nākapure nagare rathakāro hi karālanāmā | sa tu dvitīyāṃ striyaṃ paryaṇaiṣīt | tasyā madanāvatīti nāmadheyam | sā ca parapuruṣasurataniratā | tadā janebhyastasyā vyabhicāracaritaṃ niśamya rathakāraḥ pratyayāvagamāya gṛhe grāmagamanamabhidhāya niragāt | tataḥ pradoṣasamaye guptadvāramārgeṇa kairapyalakṣito gṛhamadhyamājagāma | sa tvāgatya mañcakasya tale nililye | madanāvatī ca rathakāracaritaṃ nājñāsīt | tadā sā rathakāraṃ grāmāntaragatamavagatya nitarāmānandalaharīparītāṅgā samajāyata |

p.363, l.14

p.363, l.16

(p.363, l.16)rathakāro gṛhe nāstīti matvā tayā nijopapatirgṛhaṃ samāninye | tena samaṃ vinodagoṣṭhīmanubhūyamānā-
(p.363, l.17)sīt | tadā svacaraṇena bhartāramasprākṣīt | sā caraṇasparśādevetyavāgacchat | madīyo bhartā pracchannatanurmāṃ
(p.363, l.18)śikṣayitumatrāgatya nilīno nivasati | iti manasyabhidhāyotthātumupacakrame | tadānīmupapatirutthāya tāṃ
(p.363, l.19)kacabandhe jagrāha | tarhi prabhāvati tvamācakṣva | tadā tathāvidhe tasminsamaye tayā kimuttaramakāri | tataḥ
(p.363, l.20)prabhāvatī vicāre prayatnaṃ kurvāṇāpi saṃśayanāśaṃ na paricinoti sma | tadānīṃ tadavagamanāya pṛṣṭaḥ
(p.363, l.21)śukastāṃ prati provāca | śṛṇu prabhāvati | kacagṛhītayā tayā vyāhāri | mayā tava purastātpuraiva vyava-
(p.363, l.22)hāri | rathakārastu sāṃprataṃ grāmāntaraṃ gato 'sti | tvamautsukyaṃ māmabhidhehi | yadyahaṃ tvadīyasādhanasaṃba-
(p.363, l.23)ndhinī | tava dhanena saṃbandho rathakārasyāntikamājagāma | tarhi rathakāro grāmādāgacchatu | tadanu tvaṃ
(p.363, l.24)tameva jahīhi tava manasi yadrocate tvaṃ rathakārasya tatkuru | māmapi tava manaḥsamīhitaṃ vidhehi |
(p.363, l.25)itthaṃ tasyā vacanāni rathakāro 'śrauṣīt | tatastvasāvabibhet | manasyabhihitavāṃśca | lokānāṃ dhanasaṃbandhabhā-
(p.363, l.26)gadheyaṃ gṛhītaṃ tadatiśayenānaucityamakāri | ityabhidhāya viditabhāṣayā parityāgaṃ vidhāya niragāt |
(p.363, l.27)tarhi prabhāvati yadyetādṛśamuttaraṃ kartuṃ pārayasi tadānīmācara svocitam ||
(p.363, l.28)ityaṣṭatriṃśatkathā || 38 ||

rathakāro gṛhe nāstīti matvā tayā nijopapatirgṛhaṃ samāninye | tena samaṃ vinodagoṣṭhīmanubhūyamānāsīt | tadā svacaraṇena bhartāramasprākṣīt | sā caraṇasparśādevetyavāgacchat | madīyo bhartā pracchannatanurmāṃ śikṣayitumatrāgatya nilīno nivasati | iti manasyabhidhāyotthātumupacakrame | tadānīmupapatirutthāya tāṃ kacabandhe jagrāha | tarhi prabhāvati tvamācakṣva | tadā tathāvidhe tasminsamaye tayā kimuttaramakāri | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāre prayatnaṃ kurvāṇāpi saṃśayanāśaṃ na paricinoti sma | tadānīṃ tadavagamanāya pṛṣṭaḥ śukastāṃ prati provāca | śṛṇu prabhāvati | kacagṛhītayā tayā vyāhāri | mayā tava purastātpuraiva vyavahāri | rathakārastu sāṃprataṃ grāmāntaraṃ gato 'sti | tvamautsukyaṃ māmabhidhehi | yadyahaṃ tvadīyasādhanasaṃbandhinī | tava dhanena saṃbandho rathakārasyāntikamājagāma | tarhi rathakāro grāmādāgacchatu | tadanu tvaṃ tameva jahīhi tava manasi yadrocate tvaṃ rathakārasya tatkuru | māmapi tava manaḥsamīhitaṃ vidhehi | itthaṃ tasyā vacanāni rathakāro 'śrauṣīt | tatastvasāvabibhet | manasyabhihitavāṃśca | lokānāṃ dhanasaṃbandhabhāgadheyaṃ gṛhītaṃ tadatiśayenānaucityamakāri | ityabhidhāya viditabhāṣayā parityāgaṃ vidhāya niragāt | tarhi prabhāvati yadyetādṛśamuttaraṃ kartuṃ pārayasi tadānīmācara svocitam || ityaṣṭatriṃśatkathā || 38 ||

§ 39

p.363, l.29

(p.363, l.29)punaḥ prabhāvatī pakṣiṇaṃ papraccha | tataḥ śuko 'bhidadhe | devi śvetāmbaravadātmana upari samāpatitaṃ pracchannā-
(p.363, l.30)bhiyogamanyasyopari āropayituṃ prabhavasi yadi tadānutiṣṭha | tataḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śukastadvṛttāntaṃ
(p.363, l.31)prababhāṣe | śṛṇu | śrīpure nagare narendranāmā śvetāmbaraḥ | sakalamapi lokaṃ vaśīcakāra | sarvo 'pi tasya
(p.363, l.32)varivasyāṃ sādhutayā niyamaparamatayā kurute | tadanu divyānnāhārasaṃbandhāttasya viṣayavāsanāpyudiyāya |
(p.363, l.33)tadāsau viṣayavivaśo veśyayā sahitastiṣṭhati | taccaritameko digambarastvajñāsīt | tacchvetāmbaracaritaṃ
(p.363, l.34)śvetāmbarabhaktāya digambara āvedayat | bhavadīyaḥ śvetāmbaro rātrau veśyāgṛhaṃ pravasati | adya pradoṣasamaye
(p.363, l.35)bhavadbhiravekṣaṇāya samāgantavyam | sa ca veśyāsahitaḥ śvetāmbaro draṣṭavyo bhavatāṃ bhaviṣyati | tataste śrā-
(p.364, l.1)vakāḥ śvetāmbararakṣaṇāya parita upaviviśuḥ | kṛtasaṃketaḥ śvetāmbaro nijamandire nyavātsīt | tato
(p.364, l.2)veśyāpi tasya veśma prāviśat | tadā śvetāmbara ityavagatavān | madrakṣaṇakṛte ete 'tra paritaḥ prasarīsaranti |
(p.364, l.3)tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapyāvedayatu | tadā śvetāmbara ātmanaḥ saṃjāyamānāṃ mānakhaṇḍanāṃ kathamapākṛtavān |
(p.364, l.4)tataḥ prabhāvatī vicārapratibhāniratā samajāyata | yadā nāvagacchati tadā śukamaprākṣīt | tataḥ śuko
(p.364, l.5)'pyavocat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | śvetāmbarastathetthaṃ niraṇaiṣīt | yadidaṃ kaitavakṣapaṇako maduparyāropayannasti
(p.364, l.6)asya kṣapaṇakasya sphigunnato 'phalaṃ darśayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya svayaṃ kṣapaṇakaveṣaṃ vidhāya pāṇinā veśyāṃ
(p.364, l.7)vidhṛtya bahirniragāt | tadrakṣakāḥ śrāvakāḥ taṃ kṣapaṇakamadrākṣuḥ | tadanvabhimukhaṃ gatvā viśeṣatayā na vi-
(p.364, l.8)vikṣāṃcakruḥ | kṣapaṇakaṃ cāvajñāsiṣuḥ śvetāmbaraṃ ca sarve 'pi mānayāmāsuḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvamevaṃrūpamu-
(p.364, l.9)pāyaṃ parikalayasi yadi tadānīṃ svasamīhitasādhanaparā bhava ||
(p.364, l.10)ityekonacatvāriṃśatkathā || 39 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī pakṣiṇaṃ papraccha | tataḥ śuko 'bhidadhe | devi śvetāmbaravadātmana upari samāpatitaṃ pracchannābhiyogamanyasyopari āropayituṃ prabhavasi yadi tadānutiṣṭha | tataḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śukastadvṛttāntaṃ prababhāṣe | śṛṇu | śrīpure nagare narendranāmā śvetāmbaraḥ | sakalamapi lokaṃ vaśīcakāra | sarvo 'pi tasya varivasyāṃ sādhutayā niyamaparamatayā kurute | tadanu divyānnāhārasaṃbandhāttasya viṣayavāsanāpyudiyāya | tadāsau viṣayavivaśo veśyayā sahitastiṣṭhati | taccaritameko digambarastvajñāsīt | tacchvetāmbaracaritaṃ śvetāmbarabhaktāya digambara āvedayat | bhavadīyaḥ śvetāmbaro rātrau veśyāgṛhaṃ pravasati | adya pradoṣasamaye bhavadbhiravekṣaṇāya samāgantavyam | sa ca veśyāsahitaḥ śvetāmbaro draṣṭavyo bhavatāṃ bhaviṣyati | tataste śrāvakāḥ śvetāmbararakṣaṇāya parita upaviviśuḥ | kṛtasaṃketaḥ śvetāmbaro nijamandire nyavātsīt | tato veśyāpi tasya veśma prāviśat | tadā śvetāmbara ityavagatavān | madrakṣaṇakṛte ete 'tra paritaḥ prasarīsaranti | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapyāvedayatu | tadā śvetāmbara ātmanaḥ saṃjāyamānāṃ mānakhaṇḍanāṃ kathamapākṛtavān | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicārapratibhāniratā samajāyata | yadā nāvagacchati tadā śukamaprākṣīt | tataḥ śuko 'pyavocat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | śvetāmbarastathetthaṃ niraṇaiṣīt | yadidaṃ kaitavakṣapaṇako maduparyāropayannasti asya kṣapaṇakasya sphigunnato 'phalaṃ darśayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya svayaṃ kṣapaṇakaveṣaṃ vidhāya pāṇinā veśyāṃ vidhṛtya bahirniragāt | tadrakṣakāḥ śrāvakāḥ taṃ kṣapaṇakamadrākṣuḥ | tadanvabhimukhaṃ gatvā viśeṣatayā na vivikṣāṃcakruḥ | kṣapaṇakaṃ cāvajñāsiṣuḥ śvetāmbaraṃ ca sarve 'pi mānayāmāsuḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvamevaṃrūpamupāyaṃ parikalayasi yadi tadānīṃ svasamīhitasādhanaparā bhava || ityekonacatvāriṃśatkathā || 39 ||

§ 40

p.364, l.11

(p.364, l.11)punarapi prabhāvatī śukaṃ papraccha śuko 'pi nānadīti sma | devi śaśakavadātmano maraṇamapācarīkarīṣi
(p.364, l.12)tenaiva vairiṇaḥ parāhatāḥ tathā buddhiviśeṣaṃ prayunakṣi yadi tadānīṃ yāyāḥ | tadānīṃ tadvṛttāntabubhutsayā
(p.364, l.13)prabhāvatī prababhāṣe | śaśakavṛttāntaṃ brūhīti | tataḥ śuko babhāṣe | śṛṇu śravaṇālaṃkaraṇavāṇi | tārakarā-
(p.364, l.14)lābhighāṭavī | tatra kuṭilanāmā pañcānanaḥ | sa tu sarvānapi vanajīvānnihanti | tadā tadvanavāsinaḥ
(p.364, l.15)sarve 'pi saṃbhūyāsahyaparākramaṃ siṃhaṃ vijñāpayāmāsuḥ | deva mṛgarājāvasthānasamarpaṇena prasīda | tvameva
(p.364, l.16)tasya kānanasya parivṛḍhaḥ | vayaṃ sarve 'pi bhavadīyāḥ prajāḥ | tvatpurastādāpatitaṃ sarvamapi mārayasi
(p.364, l.17)trayaḥ santu catvāro vā | tarhi bhavataivaṃ vidhātavyamatyantamanucitam | tvayā ca sarvadā svaguhāyāmā-
(p.364, l.18)sīnena sthātavyam | pratyahamekaiko mṛgaviśeṣo bhavantaṃ samāgamiṣyati svayamevetthaṃ bhavate bubhukṣāpyapahariṣyate |
(p.364, l.19)tathā vayaṃ ca yugapadeva na parikṣayamāpnumaḥ | iti tena samaṃ niyamaṃ parikalpya te vanavāsino mṛgā
(p.364, l.20)atiṣṭhan | pratidinaṃ teṣāṃ nivasatāṃ tatra yasmindine yasyāvasara āyāti sa tu svayameva gacchati
(p.364, l.21)tatsamīpam | anena prakāreṇa te tatrāsate | tasmiṃścakoranāmnaḥ śaśakasya samayaḥ samāyātaḥ | sa tu śaśako
(p.364, l.22)vegādeva bhojanāvasare na tatparisaraṃ sarati sma | tadanu bhojanasamayamatikramya gatavān | tadā siṃhasta-
(p.364, l.23)mavekṣya kopaparavaśaḥ prahartumudatiṣṭhat | tarhi tvaṃ vāvadīhi prabhāvati | sa tvātmīyaṃ maraṇaṃ tasmātkathaṃ
(p.364, l.24)nirākṛtavān | iti śukavacananiśamanasamaya evaṃ prabhāvatī vicāraviśadamatirabhavat | na kathayati sma
(p.364, l.25)taduttaram | paścātpatatriṇamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pyabhyadhāt | śṛṇu prabhāvati | siṃhasya peṭākapolālikopari
(p.364, l.26)yāvatā patati tāvatā śaśakaḥ śaśaṃsa | deva devaprabho mahārāja madīyamekamuttaramākarṇaya | tava manasi
(p.364, l.27)jātaḥ kulasamanvitaḥ kaścidabhimānaviśeṣo 'sti na vā | asti cettadānīṃ madīyamabhimataṃ sādaraṃ
(p.364, l.28)samākarṇaya | ahaṃ tu madhyaṃdina evāgato 'bhavam | tvadanyaḥ pañcānano madhyemārgaṃ māṃ gṛhītuṃ udayunak |
(p.364, l.29)mayā ca bhavadabhidhānamagrāhi | āroṣamāṇastvadviṣayiṇīrgālīrvitanvāno mahatīṃ nindāṃ kartuṃ prāvartata |
(p.364, l.30)tato 'haṃ svāminastava nindāmākarṇayitumaśaknuvānastvadupāntamāsedivān | deva eva pramāṇamityabhyadhāt |
(p.364, l.31)tataḥ pūrvaṃ kadācidapyakuṇṭhitakhaṇḍitavikramo jaṭharānalakavalitakalevaraḥ kaṇṭhīravastadupakaṇṭhaṃ jigamiṣuḥ
(p.364, l.32)śaśakamavādīt | apratihatapratāpe mayi mahāraṇyaparivṛḍhe jāgarūke ko vātmanīnakarmā paripanthiko
(p.364, l.33)matsamānakarmā jāgarti | pradarśaya taṃ durātmano mārgamidānīmeva | śamanasadanātithimavitathaparātmāhaṃ
(p.364, l.34)karomīti kesarī kandarānniragāt | tadanu mṛgadhūrto mṛgendraṃ vañcayannita ita ityabhidadhāno dhāvamānaḥ
(p.364, l.35)sannagādhajalaparipūritāṃ vāpīmupeyivān | deva bhavato bhayena palāyanaparāyaṇo vāpyāmasyāṃ nilīnaḥ
(p.364, l.36)sannāste | paśyainaṃ durātmānamanātmajñam | tadā dviradāntakaḥ kūpamadhyanigalamāsasāda | vadanamavanataṃ vidhāya
(p.364, l.37)yāvatā paśyati tāvatā pratibimbamātmano 'ntarvāpyāṃ paśyati sma | taṃ dṛṣṭvā pañcānano vāpīṃ ca peṭāṃ
(p.365, l.1)coccālayati sma | siṃhastu svakīyaṃ kṣvelāravaṃ prāyūyujat | tadā tadvāpīmadhyātpratiśabda udatiṣṭhat | tadanu
(p.365, l.2)kopāveśātiśayena pañcānano vāpyāmapatat | vāpyāṃ patitvā nakharāyudho maraṇamāsedivātn | tatratyāni
(p.365, l.3)sarvāṇyapi sattvāni sukhena sthātuṃ pravartante ||

punarapi prabhāvatī śukaṃ papraccha śuko 'pi nānadīti sma | devi śaśakavadātmano maraṇamapācarīkarīṣi tenaiva vairiṇaḥ parāhatāḥ tathā buddhiviśeṣaṃ prayunakṣi yadi tadānīṃ yāyāḥ | tadānīṃ tadvṛttāntabubhutsayā prabhāvatī prababhāṣe | śaśakavṛttāntaṃ brūhīti | tataḥ śuko babhāṣe | śṛṇu śravaṇālaṃkaraṇavāṇi | tārakarālābhighāṭavī | tatra kuṭilanāmā pañcānanaḥ | sa tu sarvānapi vanajīvānnihanti | tadā tadvanavāsinaḥ sarve 'pi saṃbhūyāsahyaparākramaṃ siṃhaṃ vijñāpayāmāsuḥ | deva mṛgarājāvasthānasamarpaṇena prasīda | tvameva tasya kānanasya parivṛḍhaḥ | vayaṃ sarve 'pi bhavadīyāḥ prajāḥ | tvatpurastādāpatitaṃ sarvamapi mārayasi trayaḥ santu catvāro vā | tarhi bhavataivaṃ vidhātavyamatyantamanucitam | tvayā ca sarvadā svaguhāyāmāsīnena sthātavyam | pratyahamekaiko mṛgaviśeṣo bhavantaṃ samāgamiṣyati svayamevetthaṃ bhavate bubhukṣāpyapahariṣyate | tathā vayaṃ ca yugapadeva na parikṣayamāpnumaḥ | iti tena samaṃ niyamaṃ parikalpya te vanavāsino mṛgā atiṣṭhan | pratidinaṃ teṣāṃ nivasatāṃ tatra yasmindine yasyāvasara āyāti sa tu svayameva gacchati tatsamīpam | anena prakāreṇa te tatrāsate | tasmiṃścakoranāmnaḥ śaśakasya samayaḥ samāyātaḥ | sa tu śaśako vegādeva bhojanāvasare na tatparisaraṃ sarati sma | tadanu bhojanasamayamatikramya gatavān | tadā siṃhastamavekṣya kopaparavaśaḥ prahartumudatiṣṭhat | tarhi tvaṃ vāvadīhi prabhāvati | sa tvātmīyaṃ maraṇaṃ tasmātkathaṃ nirākṛtavān | iti śukavacananiśamanasamaya evaṃ prabhāvatī vicāraviśadamatirabhavat | na kathayati sma taduttaram | paścātpatatriṇamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pyabhyadhāt | śṛṇu prabhāvati | siṃhasya peṭākapolālikopari yāvatā patati tāvatā śaśakaḥ śaśaṃsa | deva devaprabho mahārāja madīyamekamuttaramākarṇaya | tava manasi jātaḥ kulasamanvitaḥ kaścidabhimānaviśeṣo 'sti na vā | asti cettadānīṃ madīyamabhimataṃ sādaraṃ samākarṇaya | ahaṃ tu madhyaṃdina evāgato 'bhavam | tvadanyaḥ pañcānano madhyemārgaṃ māṃ gṛhītuṃ udayunak | mayā ca bhavadabhidhānamagrāhi | āroṣamāṇastvadviṣayiṇīrgālīrvitanvāno mahatīṃ nindāṃ kartuṃ prāvartata | tato 'haṃ svāminastava nindāmākarṇayitumaśaknuvānastvadupāntamāsedivān | deva eva pramāṇamityabhyadhāt | tataḥ pūrvaṃ kadācidapyakuṇṭhitakhaṇḍitavikramo jaṭharānalakavalitakalevaraḥ kaṇṭhīravastadupakaṇṭhaṃ jigamiṣuḥ śaśakamavādīt | apratihatapratāpe mayi mahāraṇyaparivṛḍhe jāgarūke ko vātmanīnakarmā paripanthiko matsamānakarmā jāgarti | pradarśaya taṃ durātmano mārgamidānīmeva | śamanasadanātithimavitathaparātmāhaṃ karomīti kesarī kandarānniragāt | tadanu mṛgadhūrto mṛgendraṃ vañcayannita ita ityabhidadhāno dhāvamānaḥ sannagādhajalaparipūritāṃ vāpīmupeyivān | deva bhavato bhayena palāyanaparāyaṇo vāpyāmasyāṃ nilīnaḥ sannāste | paśyainaṃ durātmānamanātmajñam | tadā dviradāntakaḥ kūpamadhyanigalamāsasāda | vadanamavanataṃ vidhāya yāvatā paśyati tāvatā pratibimbamātmano 'ntarvāpyāṃ paśyati sma | taṃ dṛṣṭvā pañcānano vāpīṃ ca peṭāṃ coccālayati sma | siṃhastu svakīyaṃ kṣvelāravaṃ prāyūyujat | tadā tadvāpīmadhyātpratiśabda udatiṣṭhat | tadanu kopāveśātiśayena pañcānano vāpyāmapatat | vāpyāṃ patitvā nakharāyudho maraṇamāsedivān | tatratyāni sarvāṇyapi sattvāni sukhena sthātuṃ pravartante ||

p.365, l.4

p.365, l.6

(p.365, l.6)tarhi prabhāvati yadīdṛśaṃ buddhiviśeṣamīśiṣe tadā yāhi ||
(p.365, l.7)iti catvāriṃśatkathā || 40 ||

tarhi prabhāvati yadīdṛśaṃ buddhiviśeṣamīśiṣe tadā yāhi || iti catvāriṃśatkathā || 40 ||

§ 41

p.365, l.8

(p.365, l.8)punaḥ prabhāvatī praśnaparā prāvartata | śuko 'pyabhyadhāt | devi trailokyasundarīvāyāsanistaraṇapratibhāmudbhā-
(p.365, l.9)vayasi yadi tadā yātu bhavatī | tadā prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntamaprākṣītpakṣiṇaṃ so 'pi prāvocat | siṃhalapure
(p.365, l.10)nagare bahubuddhināmā vaiśyaḥ | tasya sahacarī trailokyasundarī | sā ca parapuruṣaniyatamānasā | tasyāścaritaṃ
(p.365, l.11)sarve 'pi jānate bahubuddherapi purato sarve 'bhidadhire paraṃ nāsau teṣāṃ vacanāni satyatayāṅgīkaroti |
(p.365, l.12)tadanvekasmindine pratyayāvagamāya grāmāntaragamanamudghoṣya nirasarat | tataḥ pratyāsanne pradoṣasamaye pā-
(p.365, l.13)ścātyadvāramārgeṇa gṛhamadhyamāgatya mañcakatalaṃ praviveśa | sā trailokyasundarī nijamupapatiṃ gṛhaṃ samānināya |
(p.365, l.14)tadanu rātrāvabhyavahṛtyopapatinā samaṃ suratopabhogāya prāvartiṣṭa | tadānīṃtane samaye caraṇena sā bhartā-
(p.365, l.15)ramasprākṣīt | sparśasamaya eva madīyo bhartā madrakṣaṇanimittaṃ guptavṛttyātrāgatyāvasthito 'stītyavagatyā-
(p.365, l.16)gamadasau prāyaśaḥ śayyātale nilīna iti | tarhi prabhāvati vicāraya tvamapi | * * * | prabhāvatī vicā-
(p.365, l.17)raparāpi tadupāyaṃ na dadarśa | tataḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ prati giramudbhāvayituṃ pravavṛte | tadanu śuko 'vadat |
(p.365, l.18)bho prabhāvati śṛṇu | svācaritatārakarmavajigamiṣumātmano bhartāraṃ śayanīyādadhaḥ śāyinaṃ jānatī
(p.365, l.19)caraṇasparśamātreṇopapatimudgataṃ racayituṃ ciraṃ ratimudvīkṣya kaṭākṣeṇātmanaḥ parivṛḍhaṃ jñāpayitvāvadhṛta-
(p.365, l.20)mṛṣerṣyāpūrvakamuvāca | re re mūḍha tiṣṭha | kiṃ māṃ bhoktumudyato 'syakulaṭām | kimarthaṃ madāhvānaṃ kṛtavatī
(p.365, l.21)tvamiti cedvakṣyāmi | madīyabharaṇḍāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhyarthamasmatkuladevatāṃ tripurasundarīṃ saparyayājasramatoṣayam |
(p.365, l.22)sā tvekadā svapna āgatya māmuvāca | aye suratasundari tava bharturāyuradyaiva gaṇḍādantamāpnotīti | tato
(p.365, l.23)'tyantakhinnahṛdayayā dayitaikadevatayā mayā saparyākriyāsamabhihāreṇāmandānandaṃ saṃprāptāsmatkuladevatā
(p.365, l.24)tripurasundarī vācamimāmuvāca | bho suratasundaryadyatanadina eva te bhavati gaṇḍātparivṛḍhārdhāyuṣaḥ
(p.365, l.25)parikṣayaḥ | yadi tasyāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhimākāṅkṣasi cettadetasminneva divase 'nyapuruṣamupāmantrya śayanīye
(p.365, l.26)sānandamanaṅgamahomahālatā kandarpāmandamāliṅganaṃ tasya vidhāya tasmai ratiṃ pradātumudyate 'vabhūtyoparatā
(p.365, l.27)bhava | tena tadaṅgasaṃgenaivādya te dayitāyuḥ | anyo 'pi īdṛśīṃ svaramaṇāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhimākāṅkṣamāṇāṃ
(p.365, l.28)tadananyadevatāṃ tvāṃ dharṣayati cedardhāyuṣo hīyata iti | tataḥ śreyase bhūyase cakāredṛśaṃ karma ramaṇasya |
(p.365, l.29)ito 'pyātmānaṃ garhayantīmapāṃsulāṃ māṃ mā dharṣaya | yadā dharṣayasi māṃ tadārdhāyuṣaḥ parikṣayaste bhavati |

punaḥ prabhāvatī praśnaparā prāvartata | śuko 'pyabhyadhāt | devi trailokyasundarīvāyāsanistaraṇapratibhāmudbhāvayasi yadi tadā yātu bhavatī | tadā prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntamaprākṣītpakṣiṇaṃ so 'pi prāvocat | siṃhalapure nagare bahubuddhināmā vaiśyaḥ | tasya sahacarī trailokyasundarī | sā ca parapuruṣaniyatamānasā | tasyāścaritaṃ sarve 'pi jānate bahubuddherapi purato sarve 'bhidadhire paraṃ nāsau teṣāṃ vacanāni satyatayāṅgīkaroti | tadanvekasmindine pratyayāvagamāya grāmāntaragamanamudghoṣya nirasarat | tataḥ pratyāsanne pradoṣasamaye pāścātyadvāramārgeṇa gṛhamadhyamāgatya mañcakatalaṃ praviveśa | sā trailokyasundarī nijamupapatiṃ gṛhaṃ samānināya | tadanu rātrāvabhyavahṛtyopapatinā samaṃ suratopabhogāya prāvartiṣṭa | tadānīṃtane samaye caraṇena sā bhartāramasprākṣīt | sparśasamaya eva madīyo bhartā madrakṣaṇanimittaṃ guptavṛttyātrāgatyāvasthito 'stītyavagatyāgamadasau prāyaśaḥ śayyātale nilīna iti | tarhi prabhāvati vicāraya tvamapi | * * * | prabhāvatī vicāraparāpi tadupāyaṃ na dadarśa | tataḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ prati giramudbhāvayituṃ pravavṛte | tadanu śuko 'vadat | bho prabhāvati śṛṇu | svācaritatārakarmavajigamiṣumātmano bhartāraṃ śayanīyādadhaḥ śāyinaṃ jānatī caraṇasparśamātreṇopapatimudgataṃ racayituṃ ciraṃ ratimudvīkṣya kaṭākṣeṇātmanaḥ parivṛḍhaṃ jñāpayitvāvadhṛtamṛṣerṣyāpūrvakamuvāca | re re mūḍha tiṣṭha | kiṃ māṃ bhoktumudyato 'syakulaṭām | kimarthaṃ madāhvānaṃ kṛtavatī tvamiti cedvakṣyāmi | madīyabharaṇḍāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhyarthamasmatkuladevatāṃ tripurasundarīṃ saparyayājasramatoṣayam | sā tvekadā svapna āgatya māmuvāca | aye suratasundari tava bharturāyuradyaiva gaṇḍādantamāpnotīti | tato 'tyantakhinnahṛdayayā dayitaikadevatayā mayā saparyākriyāsamabhihāreṇāmandānandaṃ saṃprāptāsmatkuladevatā tripurasundarī vācamimāmuvāca | bho suratasundaryadyatanadina eva te bhavati gaṇḍātparivṛḍhārdhāyuṣaḥ parikṣayaḥ | yadi tasyāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhimākāṅkṣasi cettadetasminneva divase 'nyapuruṣamupāmantrya śayanīye sānandamanaṅgamahomahālatā kandarpāmandamāliṅganaṃ tasya vidhāya tasmai ratiṃ pradātumudyate 'vabhūtyoparatā bhava | tena tadaṅgasaṃgenaivādya te dayitāyuḥ | anyo 'pi īdṛśīṃ svaramaṇāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhimākāṅkṣamāṇāṃ tadananyadevatāṃ tvāṃ dharṣayati cedardhāyuṣo hīyata iti | tataḥ śreyase bhūyase cakāredṛśaṃ karma ramaṇasya | ito 'pyātmānaṃ garhayantīmapāṃsulāṃ māṃ mā dharṣaya | yadā dharṣayasi māṃ tadārdhāyuṣaḥ parikṣayaste bhavati |

p.365, l.30

p.365, l.32

(p.365, l.32)tataste madekadevatāyā ramaṇasya cāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhirbhūyādato yathāgataṃ gaccha gaccha | yadi māmīdṛśīṃ
(p.365, l.33)punaḥ punaḥ spṛśasi cettadā gāḍhamudghoṣayāmīti | tato bahubuddhimānnāma vaiśyaḥ svakāntājalpitamākarṇya
(p.365, l.34)mañcādhastādutthito bhāryāṃ sānandamudvīkṣya yato madāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhyarthamīdṛśamapi karmāpāṃsulayā bhavatyā-
(p.365, l.35)caritamato 'smatkuladevatāyāḥ paraṃ rūpaṃ tvamiti tāṃ praśaṃsayaṃstasyāścaraṇayoḥ śirasābhivandanaṃ vidhāya
(p.366, l.1)punaḥ punarānandodrekeṇa nanarta | tataḥ svācaritāsādhukarmagūhanacaturā suratasundarī svairaṃ vicacāra | tarhi
(p.366, l.2)prabhāvati tvamapīdṛśamupāyaṃ jānīṣe yadi tadā yātu bhavatī ||
(p.366, l.3)iti ekacatvāriṃśatkathā || 41 ||

tataste madekadevatāyā ramaṇasya cāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhirbhūyādato yathāgataṃ gaccha gaccha | yadi māmīdṛśīṃ punaḥ punaḥ spṛśasi cettadā gāḍhamudghoṣayāmīti | tato bahubuddhimānnāma vaiśyaḥ svakāntājalpitamākarṇya mañcādhastādutthito bhāryāṃ sānandamudvīkṣya yato madāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhyarthamīdṛśamapi karmāpāṃsulayā bhavatyācaritamato 'smatkuladevatāyāḥ paraṃ rūpaṃ tvamiti tāṃ praśaṃsayaṃstasyāścaraṇayoḥ śirasābhivandanaṃ vidhāya punaḥ punarānandodrekeṇa nanarta | tataḥ svācaritāsādhukarmagūhanacaturā suratasundarī svairaṃ vicacāra | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapīdṛśamupāyaṃ jānīṣe yadi tadā yātu bhavatī || iti ekacatvāriṃśatkathā || 41 ||

§ 42

p.366, l.4

(p.366, l.4)tataḥ punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpasamīpaṃ jigamiṣuḥ śukaṃ giramudbhāvayituṃ pravavṛte | tadanu tāṃ śuko
(p.366, l.5)'vadat | he kaumudi mūladevavatsaṃkīrṇopaplave samāpatite tanniḥsaraṇāya prasarati pratibhā yadi tadānīṃ
(p.366, l.6)sādhanīyaṃ nirbādhaṃ svābhilaṣitam | tataḥ sā śukaṃ mūladevasyopadravāyāsanistaraṇaprakāramaprākṣīt | śuko
(p.366, l.7)'pyavadat | ākarṇaya prabhāvati pratibhāvati | mahākālābhidhā rudrabhūmiḥ kācana | tatra śālmalīpādapaḥ |
(p.366, l.8)tasmindvau piśācau staḥ | ekasya karāla ityabhidhānaṃ dvitīyasya vikarāla iti | tayordvayorapi sarvadā
(p.366, l.9)vivādaḥ | tayordvayormadhye karālo vakti yanmadīyā prāṇeśvarī dhūmāvatī sarvāṅgalīlāsaundaryavigrahavatī |
(p.366, l.10)tadā vikarālo vyāharati | tvaṃ paratastiṣṭha maunamavalambamānaḥ | madīyā prāṇadayitā karkaśā sā sarvatrā-
(p.366, l.11)dbhutātiśayaprasṛmarguṇagaṇābhyudayasamudayinī | ityevaṃrūpastayorvivādaḥ kṣaṇamātramapi na viśrāmyati | itthaṃ
(p.366, l.12)tena mārgeṇa mūladevapaṇḍita ekadā mārge gacchannasti | tatra sa tābhyāṃ lakṣitaḥ | tau pratyakṣau bhūtvā taṃ
(p.366, l.13)jagrāhatuḥ | evamavādiṣṭāṃ ca | tvayā pūrvamāvayorvivādo nirṇetavyaḥ | tadanu yathāgataṃ gantavyam | asmadī-
(p.366, l.14)yayordvayorapi sahacaryormadhye kā nāma rūpātiśayaśālinī | ityabhidhāya dve api bhārye tau karā-
(p.366, l.15)lavikarālau mūladevāya dadṛśātām | yāvatā mūladevo lakṣīkaroti tāvatā rākṣasyau mūrtimatyau
(p.366, l.16)vikarāle 'bhayasyāpi bhītijanake mastakayostu kacaśūnyatayā śmaśānakāpālapattidaṃṣṭrāṅghrijihvāgreṇa
(p.366, l.17)lihantyau staḥ śabdairdantānnipīḍayantyau stanau tu jānunorācchādanāya paṭakhaṇḍāviva dṛśyete | evaṃvidhe
(p.366, l.18)te tadānīmadrākṣīnmūladevaḥ | dṛṣṭvā caite mūladevaḥ paraṃ saṃdehamāpede | yāmevāhaṃ neyaṃ svarūpeti vakṣyāmi
(p.366, l.19)saiva māṃ daśanacarvaṇāviracitāvayavaśakalatāṃ prāpayiṣyatīti | tarhi prabhāvati bahvāyāsasādhyaṃ kathaṃ
(p.366, l.20)kṛtavān | punaḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ pṛṣṭavatī | śuko 'pyabhāṣiṣṭa | mūladevaḥ yadyanayoranyatamāṃ sundarīṃ vyā-
(p.366, l.21)hariṣyāmi tadānyanmithunaṃ māṃ jakṣitītyata ubhe api sundaryau vyāhariṣyāmīti niścitya te dṛṣṭvovāca |
(p.366, l.22)ubhe api rūpasaṃpanne bhavataḥ | yuvayoḥ sadṛśīṃ nāhamadrākṣam | īdṛśyau sundaryau labdhvā tiṣṭhatoranayorjanmana
(p.366, l.23)eva sāphalyaṃ manye | iti | tataste bahumānena sānandaṃ mūladevamudvīkṣya visasarjuḥ | tato mūladevo jīvannā-
(p.366, l.24)jagāma | mūladeva iva tvamapyucitācaraṇavicakṣaṇāsi yadi tadā vrajeti ||
(p.366, l.25)iti dvicatvāriṃśatkathā || 42 ||

tataḥ punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpasamīpaṃ jigamiṣuḥ śukaṃ giramudbhāvayituṃ pravavṛte | tadanu tāṃ śuko 'vadat | he kaumudi mūladevavatsaṃkīrṇopaplave samāpatite tanniḥsaraṇāya prasarati pratibhā yadi tadānīṃ sādhanīyaṃ nirbādhaṃ svābhilaṣitam | tataḥ sā śukaṃ mūladevasyopadravāyāsanistaraṇaprakāramaprākṣīt | śuko 'pyavadat | ākarṇaya prabhāvati pratibhāvati | mahākālābhidhā rudrabhūmiḥ kācana | tatra śālmalīpādapaḥ | tasmindvau piśācau staḥ | ekasya karāla ityabhidhānaṃ dvitīyasya vikarāla iti | tayordvayorapi sarvadā vivādaḥ | tayordvayormadhye karālo vakti yanmadīyā prāṇeśvarī dhūmāvatī sarvāṅgalīlāsaundaryavigrahavatī | tadā vikarālo vyāharati | tvaṃ paratastiṣṭha maunamavalambamānaḥ | madīyā prāṇadayitā karkaśā sā sarvatrādbhutātiśayaprasṛmarguṇagaṇābhyudayasamudayinī | ityevaṃrūpastayorvivādaḥ kṣaṇamātramapi na viśrāmyati | itthaṃ tena mārgeṇa mūladevapaṇḍita ekadā mārge gacchannasti | tatra sa tābhyāṃ lakṣitaḥ | tau pratyakṣau bhūtvā taṃ jagrāhatuḥ | evamavādiṣṭāṃ ca | tvayā pūrvamāvayorvivādo nirṇetavyaḥ | tadanu yathāgataṃ gantavyam | asmadīyayordvayorapi sahacaryormadhye kā nāma rūpātiśayaśālinī | ityabhidhāya dve api bhārye tau karālavikarālau mūladevāya dadṛśātām | yāvatā mūladevo lakṣīkaroti tāvatā rākṣasyau mūrtimatyau vikarāle 'bhayasyāpi bhītijanake mastakayostu kacaśūnyatayā śmaśānakāpālapattidaṃṣṭrāṅghrijihvāgreṇa lihantyau staḥ śabdairdantānnipīḍayantyau stanau tu jānunorācchādanāya paṭakhaṇḍāviva dṛśyete | evaṃvidhe te tadānīmadrākṣīnmūladevaḥ | dṛṣṭvā caite mūladevaḥ paraṃ saṃdehamāpede | yāmevāhaṃ neyaṃ svarūpeti vakṣyāmi saiva māṃ daśanacarvaṇāviracitāvayavaśakalatāṃ prāpayiṣyatīti | tarhi prabhāvati bahvāyāsasādhyaṃ kathaṃ kṛtavān | punaḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ pṛṣṭavatī | śuko 'pyabhāṣiṣṭa | mūladevaḥ yadyanayoranyatamāṃ sundarīṃ vyāhariṣyāmi tadānyanmithunaṃ māṃ jakṣitītyata ubhe api sundaryau vyāhariṣyāmīti niścitya te dṛṣṭvovāca | ubhe api rūpasaṃpanne bhavataḥ | yuvayoḥ sadṛśīṃ nāhamadrākṣam | īdṛśyau sundaryau labdhvā tiṣṭhatoranayorjanmana eva sāphalyaṃ manye | iti | tataste bahumānena sānandaṃ mūladevamudvīkṣya visasarjuḥ | tato mūladevo jīvannājagāma | mūladeva iva tvamapyucitācaraṇavicakṣaṇāsi yadi tadā vrajeti || iti dvicatvāriṃśatkathā || 42 ||

§ 43

p.366, l.26

(p.366, l.26)tataḥ prabhāvatī paṭīrapārihāryādibhirātmānamalaṃkṛtya vinayakandarpaniketanaṃ gantumājagāma | tatastāṃ śuko
(p.366, l.27)'bravīt | devi ratilīlāvatsaṃkoce samāpatite yadi kartumuttaraṃ pārayasi tadā sādhyatām | tato
(p.366, l.28)ratilīlācaritamaprākṣītprabhāvatī nagaukasaṃ so 'pyavadat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | parvatapurīti nagarī | tatra
(p.366, l.29)kuṭilo nāma mālākāraḥ | tasya patnī ratilīlā | sā ca parapuruṣaratā | purādhipo vyavahārī tathā
(p.366, l.30)sainyādhipaḥ rātrirakṣakaḥ ebhiścaturbhirasevata suratopabhogam | ekasmindivase mālākārasyāparapakṣe mahā-
(p.366, l.31)layo 'jāyata | tasmindine yo 'bhīṣṭavargaḥ sarvo 'pi nimantritaḥ | tayā ratilīlayātmanaḥ preṣṭāścatvāro
(p.366, l.32)nimantritāḥ | imāṃ prathamaṃ bhoktuṃ vaṇikputraḥ samāgatavān | tasyopaveśanāyāsanaṃ pracikṣepa | tena samaṃ
(p.366, l.33)tasmingoṣṭhīkaraṇasamaye tāvatā grāmādhipaḥ karṣakaḥ samāgacchati sma | taṃ tvāyāntamavekṣya veṇukaviracite
(p.366, l.34)kusūlamadhye vipaṇinandanaṃ pracikṣepa sā | tadupari pidhānakamakārṣīt | tatastaṃ kuṭumbinaṃ gṛhāntaḥ praveśayā-
(p.366, l.35)māsa | tenāpi samaṃ sukhagoṣṭhī vidhātavyā | tāvatā kṣapāpālaḥ samāyātaḥ | tadā sa kṛṣīvalo 'pyabibhet |
(p.367, l.1)tataḥ sā ratilīlā taṃ kṛṣīvalaṃ kusūlasya pidhānopari upaveśayāmāsa | tadupari veṇunirmitaṃ sthūlaṃ
(p.367, l.2)pātraṃ avanatavadanatayā niveśya sthagitavigrahamakārṣīt | taṃ karṣakaṃ jagāda | kusūlāntare sarpiṇī praviṣṭā-
(p.367, l.3)sīt | tvayātrāvepamānenāsitavyam | tadanu niśīthinīpālakaṃ gṛhāntaraṃ nināya | yāvatāsāvupaviśati
(p.367, l.4)tāvatā senānāyako 'pyāyayau | tadā rātricaritaṃ racitapatatrikukṣau cikṣepa | tadanu senādhipaṃ tamantara-
(p.367, l.5)naiṣīt | yāvatāsāvantaḥ praviśati tāvatā tasyāḥ kaumāraḥ patirāgacchat | tadā senādhināthaṃ mañcakatalaṃ
(p.367, l.6)prāveśayat | tato 'bhīṣṭavargamākārya bhuktikriyāṃ niravartayat | mārtāṇḍastvastāṭavītaṭanikaṭamaṭati sma |
(p.367, l.7)tadā teṣāṃ caturṇāṃ pāyasapūrṇā pātrīḥ prakalpya prāyacchat | uṣṇaṃ kṣīrānnaṃ śītalīcikīrṣuḥ kusūlā-
(p.367, l.8)ntaḥsthito vadanavāyunā vījayati sma | tadā pidhānāsano manasyabhidhatte | kusūlāntaḥsthitā bhujaṃgī
(p.367, l.9)phūtkurvāṇā vartate | pramādato māṃ daśati yadi tadānīmadyatanasya maraṇasya prakāraḥ kathamapanetuṃ śakya
(p.367, l.10)ityabhidhāya bhayādamūtrayat | tadā tanmūtradravadhārāṃ nirīkṣya ratilīlā mahyaṃ pāyasabhojananimittaṃ
(p.367, l.11)sarpiḥ pariveṣayatītyabhidhāya pāyasapātrīṃ ghṛtagrahaṇāyodañcayat | tata uddhṛtayā pāyasapātryā pāya-
(p.367, l.12)sasyoṣṇenāpānasthāne bhṛśamatapyata pidhānoparisthitastadāsāviti saṃdehayati yattalasthitā bhujaṃgī māṃ
(p.367, l.13)daśatīti niścitamatirmāṃ lagati daśatīti kriyāsamabhihāreṇa bruvāṇo niragāddhāvamānaḥ | itareṣāṃ
(p.367, l.14)trayāṇāṃ cetasi vahniralagaditi saṃdihāne palāyanaprayatnaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | tadā māliko gṛhaparivṛḍhaḥ paraṃ
(p.367, l.15)vismayamāsādya kaṭisthitakara evātiṣṭhat | kutratyā ime puruṣā iti ratilīlāmaprākṣīt | tarhyācakṣva
(p.367, l.16)prabhāvati | tadānīṃtane samaye sā kimuttarayati sma | prabhāvatī vicāramārgamavagāhamānāpi taduttaraṃ
(p.367, l.17)na kalayāmāsa | tadā taduttaraṇāya prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyāpārayāmāsa giram | devi tadānīṃ mā-
(p.367, l.18)likena pṛṣṭā ratilīletyuttaraṃ karoti sma | ete bhavataḥ pitaro 'dyāyamasmadaṅgajaḥ pitṛyajñaṃ kariṣyatītyā-
(p.367, l.19)kāṅkṣayā śarīradhāriṇo nijamahālayadine samājagmuḥ | te bhavati vīkṣyāśraddadhānatāṃ nairāśyavivaśā-
(p.367, l.20)ddīrghocchvāsaṃ bhavadveśma vimucya pratiyayuḥ |

tataḥ prabhāvatī paṭīrapārihāryādibhirātmānamalaṃkṛtya vinayakandarpaniketanaṃ gantumājagāma | tatastāṃ śuko 'bravīt | devi ratilīlāvatsaṃkoce samāpatite yadi kartumuttaraṃ pārayasi tadā sādhyatām | tato ratilīlācaritamaprākṣītprabhāvatī nagaukasaṃ so 'pyavadat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | parvatapurīti nagarī | tatra kuṭilo nāma mālākāraḥ | tasya patnī ratilīlā | sā ca parapuruṣaratā | purādhipo vyavahārī tathā sainyādhipaḥ rātrirakṣakaḥ ebhiścaturbhirasevata suratopabhogam | ekasmindivase mālākārasyāparapakṣe mahālayo 'jāyata | tasmindine yo 'bhīṣṭavargaḥ sarvo 'pi nimantritaḥ | tayā ratilīlayātmanaḥ preṣṭāścatvāro nimantritāḥ | imāṃ prathamaṃ bhoktuṃ vaṇikputraḥ samāgatavān | tasyopaveśanāyāsanaṃ pracikṣepa | tena samaṃ tasmingoṣṭhīkaraṇasamaye tāvatā grāmādhipaḥ karṣakaḥ samāgacchati sma | taṃ tvāyāntamavekṣya veṇukaviracite kusūlamadhye vipaṇinandanaṃ pracikṣepa sā | tadupari pidhānakamakārṣīt | tatastaṃ kuṭumbinaṃ gṛhāntaḥ praveśayāmāsa | tenāpi samaṃ sukhagoṣṭhī vidhātavyā | tāvatā kṣapāpālaḥ samāyātaḥ | tadā sa kṛṣīvalo 'pyabibhet | tataḥ sā ratilīlā taṃ kṛṣīvalaṃ kusūlasya pidhānopari upaveśayāmāsa | tadupari veṇunirmitaṃ sthūlaṃ pātraṃ avanatavadanatayā niveśya sthagitavigrahamakārṣīt | taṃ karṣakaṃ jagāda | kusūlāntare sarpiṇī praviṣṭāsīt | tvayātrāvepamānenāsitavyam | tadanu niśīthinīpālakaṃ gṛhāntaraṃ nināya | yāvatāsāvupaviśati tāvatā senānāyako 'pyāyayau | tadā rātricaritaṃ racitapatatrikukṣau cikṣepa | tadanu senādhipaṃ tamantaranaiṣīt | yāvatāsāvantaḥ praviśati tāvatā tasyāḥ kaumāraḥ patirāgacchat | tadā senādhināthaṃ mañcakatalaṃ prāveśayat | tato 'bhīṣṭavargamākārya bhuktikriyāṃ niravartayat | mārtāṇḍastvastāṭavītaṭanikaṭamaṭati sma | tadā teṣāṃ caturṇāṃ pāyasapūrṇā pātrīḥ prakalpya prāyacchat | uṣṇaṃ kṣīrānnaṃ śītalīcikīrṣuḥ kusūlāntaḥsthito vadanavāyunā vījayati sma | tadā pidhānāsano manasyabhidhatte | kusūlāntaḥsthitā bhujaṃgī phūtkurvāṇā vartate | pramādato māṃ daśati yadi tadānīmadyatanasya maraṇasya prakāraḥ kathamapanetuṃ śakya ityabhidhāya bhayādamūtrayat | tadā tanmūtradravadhārāṃ nirīkṣya ratilīlā mahyaṃ pāyasabhojananimittaṃ sarpiḥ pariveṣayatītyabhidhāya pāyasapātrīṃ ghṛtagrahaṇāyodañcayat | tata uddhṛtayā pāyasapātryā pāyasasyoṣṇenāpānasthāne bhṛśamatapyata pidhānoparisthitastadāsāviti saṃdehayati yattalasthitā bhujaṃgī māṃ daśatīti niścitamatirmāṃ lagati daśatīti kriyāsamabhihāreṇa bruvāṇo niragāddhāvamānaḥ | itareṣāṃ trayāṇāṃ cetasi vahniralagaditi saṃdihāne palāyanaprayatnaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | tadā māliko gṛhaparivṛḍhaḥ paraṃ vismayamāsādya kaṭisthitakara evātiṣṭhat | kutratyā ime puruṣā iti ratilīlāmaprākṣīt | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | tadānīṃtane samaye sā kimuttarayati sma | prabhāvatī vicāramārgamavagāhamānāpi taduttaraṃ na kalayāmāsa | tadā taduttaraṇāya prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyāpārayāmāsa giram | devi tadānīṃ mālikena pṛṣṭā ratilīletyuttaraṃ karoti sma | ete bhavataḥ pitaro 'dyāyamasmadaṅgajaḥ pitṛyajñaṃ kariṣyatītyākāṅkṣayā śarīradhāriṇo nijamahālayadine samājagmuḥ | te bhavati vīkṣyāśraddadhānatāṃ nairāśyavivaśāddīrghocchvāsaṃ bhavadveśma vimucya pratiyayuḥ |

p.367, l.21

p.367, l.23

(p.367, l.23)tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśamuttaraṃ kartuṃ pragalbhase yadi tadāśraya ||
(p.367, l.24)iti tricatvāriṃśatkathā || 43 ||

tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśamuttaraṃ kartuṃ pragalbhase yadi tadāśraya || iti tricatvāriṃśatkathā || 43 ||

§ 44

p.367, l.25

(p.367, l.25)punarapi prabhātakāle vinayakandarpamandiraṃ jigamiṣurmandahāsasamullasitāsyā prabhāvatī śukamapṛcchat | tadā
(p.367, l.26)śuko babhāṣe | devi yathā govindo brāhmaṇo nijaṃ prayojanaṃ saṃsādhya punarapyātmano vastraṃ gṛhītavā-
(p.367, l.27)ntathā kartuṃ pārayati yadi bhavatī tadā vidhīyatām | iti śrutvā prabhāvatī govindacaritaṃ vyā-
(p.367, l.28)varṇayatu bhavāniti vyāhārṣīcchukam | tatastattvārthavidāha vihaṃgaḥ | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | janasthāne nagare
(p.367, l.29)govindanāmā brāhmaṇaḥ | tasya grāmasyādhipaḥ | sa tu śrīkṛṣṇadarśananimittaṃ dvāravatīmagacchat | sa tu
(p.367, l.30)śrīkṛṣṇāddhanaṃ vidhāya parameśvaroddeśena dhanādinā śrīkṛṣṇaparitoṣakaraṃ bhaktiviśeṣaṃ saṃpādya katicana
(p.367, l.31)dināni sthitvā punarāgacchanmārge dasyubhirluṇṭhitasarvasvo grāmamekamāsadat | tadgrāmasamīpe kṣetrasīmāṃ
(p.367, l.32)dṛṣṭvā tathā tatpālikāṃ bālavidhavāṃ dṛṣṭvā mañcopari sthitāṃ vihagānvitrāsayantīṃ mārgaparisarava-
(p.367, l.33)rtinastarostale śrānto niṣasāda | svaskandhasthāṃ bhastrāmadhastādvidhāya hari hari śrīkṛṣṇa dvārakānā-
(p.367, l.34)thetyādidevanāmāni vyāharamāṇo bhastrāgranthiṃ visrasya śrīkṛṣṇasya mahāprasādaṃ gṛhṇīdhvamityabhidhāya
(p.367, l.35)tasyai śrīkṛṣṇasya śeṣaṃ prāyacchat | tatropaviśya vidhavāyā vāsanānusāriṇīṃ vārttāṃ vidhātuṃ prāvartiṣṭa |
(p.367, l.36)tathārūpānpañcaṣaṭśabdānuccārya punarapyabravītsvasamīhitam | ahaṃ śrīkṛṣṇadarśananimittaṃ dvāravatīṃ gatvā
(p.368, l.1)samāgacchannasmi | grāmānnijānnirgatya mamāṣṭamāsā ajāyanta | mameyaṃ prāvaraṇapaṭī vidyotate tāṃ bhavatyai
(p.368, l.2)pradāsyāmi | śrīkṛṣṇanāthaḥ prītimavāpsyati | mahyamekavāraṃ bharatapañcaśaranarapatitaruṇataraśaśāṅkuramedura-
(p.368, l.3)śaradārambhajṛmbhamāṇacandrakiraṇakorakakomalāmalinatānirasanakovidāndaśanamayūkhānkirantī vitara
(p.368, l.4)suratamityabhidhāya nijalocanagocarībhūtapañcaśaranarapaticaturahṛdayacāturyasahacaranavīnavaidhavyadīkṣādā-
(p.368, l.5)nadattavidhānāṃ rayanirastavisṛtasamastaviśvastāṃ praśastestasyāścaraṇasarasiruhamadhukarāyamāṇamastakastāṃ prada-
(p.368, l.6)kṣiṇīkṛtya prāṇaṃsīt | tadanu praṇipātaparāyaṇā sahasaivotthātuṃ necchati sma | balādanicchantyā bālavidhavāyā
(p.368, l.7)bahuvidhapādapadmaparicaryāparicayacāturīṃ pracurīkurvāṇastaruṇakaruṇāpariṇatavacanāni vyāharamāṇo 'nava-
(p.368, l.8)ratanirayadvāranirodhanapidhānaparataradvāravatīpuravarādhipamadhumathanaśaraṇacaraṇanirvarṇanajanitāgragaṇyapu-
(p.368, l.9)ṇyāpaṇasamarpaṇakṛpaṇamānaso dvipaṭīmātraṃ dhanaṃ tasyai samarpyedamasmadabhyarthanaṃ nānyathā kartuṃ yuktamityaprākṣīt |
(p.368, l.10)tadanusaraṇanipuṇakaruṇavacananicayaparicayapeśale tasmiṃstadīyadayāparādhīnaṃ mānasamāsīdāsīnāyāḥ |
(p.368, l.11)tadā sā vyacīcaradvyabhicaraṇācaraṇāya | prāyeṇa kusumaśaraprahāramūrcchito mandākṣaṃ drāvayet |

punarapi prabhātakāle vinayakandarpamandiraṃ jigamiṣurmandahāsasamullasitāsyā prabhāvatī śukamapṛcchat | tadā śuko babhāṣe | devi yathā govindo brāhmaṇo nijaṃ prayojanaṃ saṃsādhya punarapyātmano vastraṃ gṛhītavāntathā kartuṃ pārayati yadi bhavatī tadā vidhīyatām | iti śrutvā prabhāvatī govindacaritaṃ vyāvarṇayatu bhavāniti vyāhārṣīcchukam | tatastattvārthavidāha vihaṃgaḥ | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | janasthāne nagare govindanāmā brāhmaṇaḥ | tasya grāmasyādhipaḥ | sa tu śrīkṛṣṇadarśananimittaṃ dvāravatīmagacchat | sa tu śrīkṛṣṇāddhanaṃ vidhāya parameśvaroddeśena dhanādinā śrīkṛṣṇaparitoṣakaraṃ bhaktiviśeṣaṃ saṃpādya katicana dināni sthitvā punarāgacchanmārge dasyubhirluṇṭhitasarvasvo grāmamekamāsadat | tadgrāmasamīpe kṣetrasīmāṃ dṛṣṭvā tathā tatpālikāṃ bālavidhavāṃ dṛṣṭvā mañcopari sthitāṃ vihagānvitrāsayantīṃ mārgaparisaravartinastarostale śrānto niṣasāda | svaskandhasthāṃ bhastrāmadhastādvidhāya hari hari śrīkṛṣṇa dvārakānāthetyādidevanāmāni vyāharamāṇo bhastrāgranthiṃ visrasya śrīkṛṣṇasya mahāprasādaṃ gṛhṇīdhvamityabhidhāya tasyai śrīkṛṣṇasya śeṣaṃ prāyacchat | tatropaviśya vidhavāyā vāsanānusāriṇīṃ vārttāṃ vidhātuṃ prāvartiṣṭa | tathārūpānpañcaṣaṭśabdānuccārya punarapyabravītsvasamīhitam | ahaṃ śrīkṛṣṇadarśananimittaṃ dvāravatīṃ gatvā samāgacchannasmi | grāmānnijānnirgatya mamāṣṭamāsā ajāyanta | mameyaṃ prāvaraṇapaṭī vidyotate tāṃ bhavatyai pradāsyāmi | śrīkṛṣṇanāthaḥ prītimavāpsyati | mahyamekavāraṃ bharatapañcaśaranarapatitaruṇataraśaśāṅkurameduraśaradārambhajṛmbhamāṇacandrakiraṇakorakakomalāmalinatānirasanakovidāndaśanamayūkhānkirantī vitara suratamityabhidhāya nijalocanagocarībhūtapañcaśaranarapaticaturahṛdayacāturyasahacaranavīnavaidhavyadīkṣādānadattavidhānāṃ rayanirastavisṛtasamastaviśvastāṃ praśastestasyāścaraṇasarasiruhamadhukarāyamāṇamastakastāṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya prāṇaṃsīt | tadanu praṇipātaparāyaṇā sahasaivotthātuṃ necchati sma | balādanicchantyā bālavidhavāyā bahuvidhapādapadmaparicaryāparicayacāturīṃ pracurīkurvāṇastaruṇakaruṇāpariṇatavacanāni vyāharamāṇo 'navaratanirayadvāranirodhanapidhānaparataradvāravatīpuravarādhipamadhumathanaśaraṇacaraṇanirvarṇanajanitāgragaṇyapuṇyāpaṇasamarpaṇakṛpaṇamānaso dvipaṭīmātraṃ dhanaṃ tasyai samarpyedamasmadabhyarthanaṃ nānyathā kartuṃ yuktamityaprākṣīt | tadanusaraṇanipuṇakaruṇavacananicayaparicayapeśale tasmiṃstadīyadayāparādhīnaṃ mānasamāsīdāsīnāyāḥ | tadā sā vyacīcaradvyabhicaraṇācaraṇāya | prāyeṇa kusumaśaraprahāramūrcchito mandākṣaṃ drāvayet |

p.368, l.12

p.368, l.14

(p.368, l.14)iti vicārapadavīmavagāhamānā tanmānasaṃ caritārthayati sma | tathā ca vyavasite nijapaṭīpaṭīyasīṃ
(p.368, l.15)cintāṃ cikīrṣuḥ kiṃcitkālamasthāt | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyabhidhehi | kenopāyaprakalpanena sa govindo
(p.368, l.16)nijāṃ prāvaraṇapaṭīyasīṃ paṭīmapāhārṣīt | iti patatrisamabhihitaṃ tadavagatya prabhāvatyapi vicāradṛśā
(p.368, l.17)cāru cintayantī na tadupāyacāturyaṃ svacetanāyāmāsādayati sma | tadanu kṣaṇadāpyakṣīyata prabhāte ca
(p.368, l.18)nabhogaṃ prabhāvatyabhāṣiṣṭa | mayā tu nāvabudhyate | khaga tvametadupāyanirmāṇamācakṣva | tadā śuko 'pi
(p.368, l.19)cakvāṇa | tadā prabhāvati sa govindo digambaro 'mbaramaṇitāpātiśayasphuṭanmastakakaroṭīpradeśa eva
(p.368, l.20)drāgājagāma grāmam | tatra ca grāmadvāri grāmamukhyāḥ pañcaṣāḥ pañcajanahitānusaraṇasariṇipārīṇāḥ
(p.368, l.21)sakalayācakayāñcāpratyarpaṇakalāpārīṇā nyavātsuḥ | kaupīnamātradhanaḥ sa tu tānālokyāñjalimabadhnāt |
(p.368, l.22)avahitakarṇā bhavantu bhavantaḥ | dūrādāgacchannuttareṇa mārgeṇa kṣetraṃ samīkṣya bahudhā bādhamānāṃ bubhukṣāṃ
(p.368, l.23)ca nirīkṣya kṣīṇakaraṇagaṇo vālukaphalayugalamahamagrahīṣam | tāvatā padavīmetāṃ avidam | tadanu mañca-
(p.368, l.24)madhyāruhya kṣetraṃ rakṣantī mahilā mañcādavaruhya madīyaṃ vastramagrahīt | ahaṃ śrīdvārakāṃ gatvā śrīkṛṣṇa-
(p.368, l.25)darśanaṃ vidhāya punarnijagrāmaṃ vrajannasmi | vastrābhāvādanāvṛtāṅgo 'smyaham | tarhi madīyaṃ sicayaṃ dāpaya-
(p.368, l.26)tetyabhidhāya samaṃ teṣāṃ purastādupāvikṣadasau | tataste tasya haste vastramadāpayan | te grāmādhīśāstasyai
(p.368, l.27)akrudhyan | sa ca brāhmaṇastaiḥ prasthāpito nijanagaramārgamanvasarat | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapīdṛśopāyā-
(p.368, l.28)nusaṃdhānaṃ bobudhīṣi yadi tadā sukhena sādhaya ||
(p.368, l.29)iti catuścatvāriṃśatkathā || 44 ||

iti vicārapadavīmavagāhamānā tanmānasaṃ caritārthayati sma | tathā ca vyavasite nijapaṭīpaṭīyasīṃ cintāṃ cikīrṣuḥ kiṃcitkālamasthāt | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyabhidhehi | kenopāyaprakalpanena sa govindo nijāṃ prāvaraṇapaṭīyasīṃ paṭīmapāhārṣīt | iti patatrisamabhihitaṃ tadavagatya prabhāvatyapi vicāradṛśā cāru cintayantī na tadupāyacāturyaṃ svacetanāyāmāsādayati sma | tadanu kṣaṇadāpyakṣīyata prabhāte ca nabhogaṃ prabhāvatyabhāṣiṣṭa | mayā tu nāvabudhyate | khaga tvametadupāyanirmāṇamācakṣva | tadā śuko 'pi cakvāṇa | tadā prabhāvati sa govindo digambaro 'mbaramaṇitāpātiśayasphuṭanmastakakaroṭīpradeśa eva drāgājagāma grāmam | tatra ca grāmadvāri grāmamukhyāḥ pañcaṣāḥ pañcajanahitānusaraṇasariṇipārīṇāḥ sakalayācakayāñcāpratyarpaṇakalāpārīṇā nyavātsuḥ | kaupīnamātradhanaḥ sa tu tānālokyāñjalimabadhnāt | avahitakarṇā bhavantu bhavantaḥ | dūrādāgacchannuttareṇa mārgeṇa kṣetraṃ samīkṣya bahudhā bādhamānāṃ bubhukṣāṃ ca nirīkṣya kṣīṇakaraṇagaṇo vālukaphalayugalamahamagrahīṣam | tāvatā padavīmetāṃ avidam | tadanu mañcamadhyāruhya kṣetraṃ rakṣantī mahilā mañcādavaruhya madīyaṃ vastramagrahīt | ahaṃ śrīdvārakāṃ gatvā śrīkṛṣṇadarśanaṃ vidhāya punarnijagrāmaṃ vrajannasmi | vastrābhāvādanāvṛtāṅgo 'smyaham | tarhi madīyaṃ sicayaṃ dāpayatetyabhidhāya samaṃ teṣāṃ purastādupāvikṣadasau | tataste tasya haste vastramadāpayan | te grāmādhīśāstasyai akrudhyan | sa ca brāhmaṇastaiḥ prasthāpito nijanagaramārgamanvasarat | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapīdṛśopāyānusaṃdhānaṃ bobudhīṣi yadi tadā sukhena sādhaya || iti catuścatvāriṃśatkathā || 44 ||

§ 45

p.368, l.30

(p.368, l.30)tataḥ prabhāvatyupapatyuḥ samīpagamanāya pakṣiṇamaprākṣīt | tatastayāni nuyukto dvijo vyājahāra | maticakore
(p.368, l.31)sālaśreṣṭhīva dhūrtāhavaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadā vraja | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntāvagamāya śukamavocat |
(p.368, l.32)tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko 'pyavadat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | pīḍavasināmāgrahāraḥ | tatra sālaśreṣṭhī vaṇik | sa tu
(p.368, l.33)vrīhīngṛhītuṃ mahīmaṇḍanaṃ śrīpurābhidhānaṃ gacchati sma bahvīyasā vibhavena | tatra bahusīranāsīraṃ karṣajanapa-
(p.368, l.34)rivṛtaṃ mukhyaṃ kṛṣīvalaṃ nijāmbakasāṃnidhyamakarot | tena samaṃ gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīṃ kurvāṇaḥ sālaśreṣṭhī taṃ
(p.368, l.35)godhamārthaṃ papraccha | tato 'sau kṛṣīvalo bhaṇati sma | adyatanaṃ dinamatra nivasantu bhavantaḥ | prātardinanā-
(p.368, l.36)thasyodaye godhūmānbhavadbhyo darśayiṣyāmi | tadarthaṃ badhnāmi | ityabhidhāya karṣako 'pi vaṇijā samaṃ svama-
(p.369, l.1)ndirameyivān | tadanu dvāvapi bhuktvaikapaṅktau sālaśreṣṭhī viśaśrāma | tadānīmasau karṣakagṛhiṇīṃ cañcaladṛgacalāṃ
(p.369, l.2)gurunibirīsanitambabhārakhinnāṃ viṣamaśaraviṣamasamarābhilāṣukāṃ unnatakucakalaśasīmāsaṃvādavirāma-
(p.369, l.3)vigalitahāralatāṃ caturacaṅkramaṇaśiñcānamaṇimañcīraravaniśamanalampaṭapadabhibhavanakalahaṃsāmanimiṣalocano
(p.369, l.4)dadarśa | taddarśanādvaṇigapi smaraśarāsārasaṃhatiparihṛtadhairyaḥ kṣaṇaṃ cintālatālūtikākalitahṛdayastasthau |
(p.369, l.5)taddūtīmukhavijñātanijavairasyo nijāṃ karasthitāṃ ratnamayormikāṃ tatparigrahāya dattvā pañcaśarasamara-
(p.369, l.6)saukhyamanvabhūt | sāpi mudrikābhilāṣaparigalitamānasā sarvāṅgasamarpaṇena tamanusasāra | tataśca suratā-
(p.369, l.7)vasāne sālaśreṣṭhī manasi garīyāṃsaṃ viṣādamakārṣīt | siddhā pāṇisthā pṛthivīmūlyā ratnamayamudrikā-
(p.369, l.8)pyagacchat | katamaṃ paramupāyaṃ samarpayāmīti | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgvyavasthite sa vaṇikkena prakāreṇa nijāṃ
(p.369, l.9)mudrikāmapāhārṣīt | prabhāvatī tataścāru vicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi na jānāti smopāyam | tadanu tayā pṛṣṭaḥ
(p.369, l.10)śuko vyāhartumupacakrame | niśāmaya nijoparamaṇasaṃgamābhilāṣiṇi | pratyuṣasi sālaśreṣṭhī nadīmāsādya
(p.369, l.11)karacaraṇādyavayavakṣālanaṃ kṛtvā racitapaṭhīralalāṭatilako grāmadvāri samāsīnaṃ kṛṣīvalavṛṣabhaṃ gatvā
(p.369, l.12)vyāhṛtavānidam | vayaṃ gatvā prātarnijānanaduhaḥ samānayāmaḥ | tadanu godhūmairghoṇīrāpūrya teṣāṃ pṛṣṭheṣu
(p.369, l.13)samāropya gamiṣyāmaḥ | bhavadīyayā bhāryayāsmābhiḥ samaṃ dhāraṇā niraṃdharaṇāyi | etaddhāraṇāniyama-
(p.369, l.14)nirmāṇanimittamasmābhirnijahastamudrikā bhavadbhāryāhaste dattāsti | iti vaṇigabhihitaṃ samākarṇya karṣako
(p.369, l.15)krodhamavaṣṭabhnāt | abhyadhācca | mukhye vidyamāne strīkṛtavyavahārasyāpraprāmāṇyaprasaṃgāt | paśya tarhi tasyā etā-
(p.369, l.16)vatī sattā | svatantratā kutratyā yanmayā vinā vyavahāravidhānasāmarthyam | tadā sa sāsūyaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ
(p.369, l.17)saṃnidhāvavasthāyinaṃ nijatanayaṃ jagāda | yāhi tvaṃ gṛhāngatvā bhavajjananyāḥ sakāśādetanmudrikāṃ pratyarpaya |
(p.369, l.18)tato 'sau tathā kṛtavānpiturājñayā | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśaṃ saṃvidvilāsaṃ parikalayasi yadi
(p.369, l.19)tadvidhāne samunmiṣa ||
(p.369, l.20)iti pañcacatvāriṃśatkathā || 45 ||

tataḥ prabhāvatyupapatyuḥ samīpagamanāya pakṣiṇamaprākṣīt | tatastayānuyukto dvijo vyājahāra | maticakore sālaśreṣṭhīva dhūrtāhavaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadā vraja | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntāvagamāya śukamavocat | tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko 'pyavadat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | pīḍavasināmāgrahāraḥ | tatra sālaśreṣṭhī vaṇik | sa tu vrīhīngṛhītuṃ mahīmaṇḍanaṃ śrīpurābhidhānaṃ gacchati sma bahvīyasā vibhavena | tatra bahusīranāsīraṃ karṣajanaparivṛtaṃ mukhyaṃ kṛṣīvalaṃ nijāmbakasāṃnidhyamakarot | tena samaṃ gariṣṭhāṃ goṣṭhīṃ kurvāṇaḥ sālaśreṣṭhī taṃ godhamārthaṃ papraccha | tato 'sau kṛṣīvalo bhaṇati sma | adyatanaṃ dinamatra nivasantu bhavantaḥ | prātardinanāthasyodaye godhūmānbhavadbhyo darśayiṣyāmi | tadarthaṃ badhnāmi | ityabhidhāya karṣako 'pi vaṇijā samaṃ svamandirameyivān | tadanu dvāvapi bhuktvaikapaṅktau sālaśreṣṭhī viśaśrāma | tadānīmasau karṣakagṛhiṇīṃ cañcaladṛgacalāṃ gurunibirīsanitambabhārakhinnāṃ viṣamaśaraviṣamasamarābhilāṣukāṃ unnatakucakalaśasīmāsaṃvādavirāmavigalitahāralatāṃ caturacaṅkramaṇaśiñcānamaṇimañcīraravaniśamanalampaṭapadabhibhavanakalahaṃsāmanimiṣalocano dadarśa | taddarśanādvaṇigapi smaraśarāsārasaṃhatiparihṛtadhairyaḥ kṣaṇaṃ cintālatālūtikākalitahṛdayastasthau | taddūtīmukhavijñātanijavairasyo nijāṃ karasthitāṃ ratnamayormikāṃ tatparigrahāya dattvā pañcaśarasamarasaukhyamanvabhūt | sāpi mudrikābhilāṣaparigalitamānasā sarvāṅgasamarpaṇena tamanusasāra | tataśca suratāvasāne sālaśreṣṭhī manasi garīyāṃsaṃ viṣādamakārṣīt | siddhā pāṇisthā pṛthivīmūlyā ratnamayamudrikāpyagacchat | katamaṃ paramupāyaṃ samarpayāmīti | tarhi prabhāvatīdṛgvyavasthite sa vaṇikkena prakāreṇa nijāṃ mudrikāmapāhārṣīt | prabhāvatī tataścāru vicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi na jānāti smopāyam | tadanu tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyāhartumupacakrame | niśāmaya nijoparamaṇasaṃgamābhilāṣiṇi | pratyuṣasi sālaśreṣṭhī nadīmāsādya karacaraṇādyavayavakṣālanaṃ kṛtvā racitapaṭhīralalāṭatilako grāmadvāri samāsīnaṃ kṛṣīvalavṛṣabhaṃ gatvā vyāhṛtavānidam | vayaṃ gatvā prātarnijānanaduhaḥ samānayāmaḥ | tadanu godhūmairghoṇīrāpūrya teṣāṃ pṛṣṭheṣu samāropya gamiṣyāmaḥ | bhavadīyayā bhāryayāsmābhiḥ samaṃ dhāraṇā niraṃdharaṇāyi | etaddhāraṇāniyamanirmāṇanimittamasmābhirnijahastamudrikā bhavadbhāryāhaste dattāsti | iti vaṇigabhihitaṃ samākarṇya karṣako krodhamavaṣṭabhnāt | abhyadhācca | mukhye vidyamāne strīkṛtavyavahārasyāprāmāṇyaprasaṃgāt | paśya tarhi tasyā etāvatī sattā | svatantratā kutratyā yanmayā vinā vyavahāravidhānasāmarthyam | tadā sa sāsūyaḥ kṛṣīvalaḥ saṃnidhāvavasthāyinaṃ nijatanayaṃ jagāda | yāhi tvaṃ gṛhāngatvā bhavajjananyāḥ sakāśādetanmudrikāṃ pratyarpaya | tato 'sau tathā kṛtavānpiturājñayā | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśaṃ saṃvidvilāsaṃ parikalayasi yadi tadvidhāne samunmiṣa || iti pañcacatvāriṃśatkathā || 45 ||

§ 46

p.369, l.21

(p.369, l.21)punaḥ prabhāvatī iyāsuruparamaṇasamīpaṃ pakṣiṇaṃ paryacinot | tadā so 'pyavadat | re buddhimatīvottaraṃ
(p.369, l.22)vyatyayituṃ yadi nāṭayasi tadā sādhyatāṃ nāma | tadā prabhāvatī babhāṣe | buddhimatī kathamuttaraṃ vyatyayati
(p.369, l.23)sma | tadvṛttāntaṃ bhavānekadā āvedayatu | tacchrutvā śuko 'pyakathayat | maṅgalapurāhvaye grāme kalitanāmā
(p.369, l.24)karṣakaḥ | tasya jāyā buddhimatī | saikadā bhartāraṃ vyāhārṣīt | bhavadbhirmatparidhānanimittaṃ dukūlamekamā-
(p.369, l.25)nayanīyam | tacchrutvā kṛṣīvalo 'yaṃ vācaṃ prāyacchat | vayaṃ kṛṣidhanāḥ kuṭumbinaḥ | kārpāsānyienyeva vastrāṇi
(p.369, l.26)paridhīyante 'smādṛśaiḥ | tvaṃ paṭṭadukūlena kariṣyasi kim | tadabhihitaṃ niśamya sā buddhimatī maunamava-
(p.369, l.27)lambinyeva tasthau | tata ekasmindivase puradvāri sarvāḥ prajāḥ samāsīnāstiṣṭhanti | so 'pyekatastāsāṃ
(p.369, l.28)prajānāṃ mukhyabhūtaḥ paṭṭakila āsīno vartate | tadānīṃ sā nijatanayaṃ tadāhvānāya prāhiṇot | yāhi
(p.369, l.29)re tvam | tatra gatvā nijajanakamevaṃ vāvadīhi yadvilepikā niṣpannāsti | bhavanto bhojanakaraṇāya
(p.369, l.30)samāhūtāḥ santi | tadā tadapatyaṃ tadupāntikaṃ gatvā tathaiva vyāharati sma | tathāhūtena tena vacasā sa
(p.369, l.31)kṛṣīvalo manasyātmīye bhṛśaṃ jihrāya | tadvacanamenamagṛṇot | gṛhānāgatavān | itare tatropaveśinaḥ sarve
(p.369, l.32)parasparaṃ jahasuḥ | evaṃvidhasyārthavādaḥ | kiṃ gṛhe vilepikāyā bhojanavidhiḥ | itthaṃ tasya paṭṭakilasya sarve
(p.369, l.33)'pi hasanti sma | tadanu buddhimatyai so 'krudhyat | tadā sā vāco yuktimullāsayati sma | bhavādṛśāṃ
(p.369, l.34)kuṭumbināṃ kṛṣijīvināṃ kiṃ nāma mandākṣabhayam | iti śrutvāsau jahāsa jagāda ca | tasminnasmadabhi-
(p.369, l.35)hite na vacanīyatāsmāsvāpapāta | vayaṃ bhavatyāḥ paridhānāya dukūlamekaṃ sādhīyo nayiṣyāmaḥ | ekadā
(p.369, l.36)bhavatyā idamabhihitaṃ anyathārthābhivyañjakaṃ yuktiviśeṣeṇa prakalpayitavyam | madīyahrīrāhityāyaivaṃ tvayā-
(p.369, l.37)bhidhātavyam | tarhi prabhāvati vyāharatu bhavatī | kenopāyālambanena sā taṃ kaṣṭaṃ vinivartitavatī | tadā
(p.370, l.1)śukapṛṣṭā prabhāvatī vicāraparavaśāyattaṃ manaḥ kurvāṇāpi na mānase tannirdhāraṃ jānāti śukameva punaḥ
(p.370, l.2)praśnīkaroti sma | śuko 'vadat | tadā tayā buddhimatyā gṛhe 'nnapākā vividhāḥ sādhitāḥ | pūrvameva
(p.370, l.3)bhartari saṃketaṃ sūcayāmāsa | tvayādya prajābhiḥ samastābhiḥ samaṃ tasmingrāmadvāri samāsāditavyam | vile-
(p.370, l.4)pikā niṣyannāstītyabhidhāyāhaṃ punarapatyaṃ bhavataḥ samīpe prasthāpayiṣyāmi tvāmākārayitum | tadānīṃ
(p.370, l.5)bhavatā arthiprajā abhidhātavyāḥ | āgacchata sarve 'pi sahasaiva vilepikāṃ bhuñjīmahi | iti vyāhṛtya
(p.370, l.6)sarve 'pi sakhāyaḥ mahānasamānetavyāḥ | iti kṛtasaṃketaḥ pūrvaṃ paṭṭakilaḥ prajābhiḥ samastābhiḥ sameto
(p.370, l.7)grāmadvāri samāviśat | tadā sā nijaṃ sutaṃ punarapi pita ehi vilepikā siddhāsti bhojanāyā-
(p.370, l.8)gacchatetyabhidhāya prāsthāpayat | sa tu piturantikamupetya tathaivābhihitavān | so 'pi samastāḥ prajā-
(p.370, l.9)stathaivābhihitavān | āgacchata sarve 'pi sahasaiva vilepikāmabhyavaharāmaḥ | tadāśrutya te sarve 'pi kautukā-
(p.370, l.10)lokanaparāḥ saṃbhūya samāgacchannabhyavaharaṇāya | tadānīmannāni vividhāni nānāprakārāḥ pākaviśeṣāśca
(p.370, l.11)niṣpannāḥ santi | tattathāvidhaṃ divyānnāhāraṃ sarve 'pi saṃbhūya kṛtavantaḥ | tadā tadvīkṣya sarve 'pi mithaḥ
(p.370, l.12)procuḥ | paṭṭakilastu sādhuprakāreṇa tiṣṭhati | eteṣāmevaṃrūpasya pākaviśeṣasya vilepiketi saṃjñā | iti tena
(p.370, l.13)pākaviśeṣeṇa sarve 'pi svacetasi camatkṛtavantaḥ | tarhi prabhāvatyetādṛśavacanasyaitādṛśayuktyā yadyanyathātvaṃ
(p.370, l.14)prakalpayituṃ jānīṣe tadā sādhanīyaṃ svakāṅkṣitam ||
(p.370, l.15)iti ṣaṭcatvāriṃśatkathā || 46 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī iyāsuruparamaṇasamīpaṃ pakṣiṇaṃ paryacinot | tadā so 'pyavadat | re buddhimatīvottaraṃ vyatyayituṃ yadi nāṭayasi tadā sādhyatāṃ nāma | tadā prabhāvatī babhāṣe | buddhimatī kathamuttaraṃ vyatyayati sma | tadvṛttāntaṃ bhavānekadā āvedayatu | tacchrutvā śuko 'pyakathayat | maṅgalapurāhvaye grāme kalitanāmā karṣakaḥ | tasya jāyā buddhimatī | saikadā bhartāraṃ vyāhārṣīt | bhavadbhirmatparidhānanimittaṃ dukūlamekamānayanīyam | tacchrutvā kṛṣīvalo 'yaṃ vācaṃ prāyacchat | vayaṃ kṛṣidhanāḥ kuṭumbinaḥ | kārpāsānyeva vastrāṇi paridhīyante 'smādṛśaiḥ | tvaṃ paṭṭadukūlena kariṣyasi kim | tadabhihitaṃ niśamya sā buddhimatī maunamavalambinyeva tasthau | tata ekasmindivase puradvāri sarvāḥ prajāḥ samāsīnāstiṣṭhanti | so 'pyekatastāsāṃ prajānāṃ mukhyabhūtaḥ paṭṭakila āsīno vartate | tadānīṃ sā nijatanayaṃ tadāhvānāya prāhiṇot | yāhi re tvam | tatra gatvā nijajanakamevaṃ vāvadīhi yadvilepikā niṣpannāsti | bhavanto bhojanakaraṇāya samāhūtāḥ santi | tadā tadapatyaṃ tadupāntikaṃ gatvā tathaiva vyāharati sma | tathāhūtena tena vacasā sa kṛṣīvalo manasyātmīye bhṛśaṃ jihrāya | tadvacanamenamagṛṇot | gṛhānāgatavān | itare tatropaveśinaḥ sarve parasparaṃ jahasuḥ | evaṃvidhasyārthavādaḥ | kiṃ gṛhe vilepikāyā bhojanavidhiḥ | itthaṃ tasya paṭṭakilasya sarve 'pi hasanti sma | tadanu buddhimatyai so 'krudhyat | tadā sā vāco yuktimullāsayati sma | bhavādṛśāṃ kuṭumbināṃ kṛṣijīvināṃ kiṃ nāma mandākṣabhayam | iti śrutvāsau jahāsa jagāda ca | tasminnasmadabhihite na vacanīyatāsmāsvāpapāta | vayaṃ bhavatyāḥ paridhānāya dukūlamekaṃ sādhīyo nayiṣyāmaḥ | ekadā bhavatyā idamabhihitaṃ anyathārthābhivyañjakaṃ yuktiviśeṣeṇa prakalpayitavyam | madīyahrīrāhityāyaivaṃ tvayābhidhātavyam | tarhi prabhāvati vyāharatu bhavatī | kenopāyālambanena sā taṃ kaṣṭaṃ vinivartitavatī | tadā śukapṛṣṭā prabhāvatī vicāraparavaśāyattaṃ manaḥ kurvāṇāpi na mānase tannirdhāraṃ jānāti śukameva punaḥ praśnīkaroti sma | śuko 'vadat | tadā tayā buddhimatyā gṛhe 'nnapākā vividhāḥ sādhitāḥ | pūrvameva bhartari saṃketaṃ sūcayāmāsa | tvayādya prajābhiḥ samastābhiḥ samaṃ tasmingrāmadvāri samāsāditavyam | vilepikā niṣyannāstītyabhidhāyāhaṃ punarapatyaṃ bhavataḥ samīpe prasthāpayiṣyāmi tvāmākārayitum | tadānīṃ bhavatā arthiprajā abhidhātavyāḥ | āgacchata sarve 'pi sahasaiva vilepikāṃ bhuñjīmahi | iti vyāhṛtya sarve 'pi sakhāyaḥ mahānasamānetavyāḥ | iti kṛtasaṃketaḥ pūrvaṃ paṭṭakilaḥ prajābhiḥ samastābhiḥ sameto grāmadvāri samāviśat | tadā sā nijaṃ sutaṃ punarapi pita ehi vilepikā siddhāsti bhojanāyāgacchatetyabhidhāya prāsthāpayat | sa tu piturantikamupetya tathaivābhihitavān | so 'pi samastāḥ prajāstathaivābhihitavān | āgacchata sarve 'pi sahasaiva vilepikāmabhyavaharāmaḥ | tadāśrutya te sarve 'pi kautukālokanaparāḥ saṃbhūya samāgacchannabhyavaharaṇāya | tadānīmannāni vividhāni nānāprakārāḥ pākaviśeṣāśca niṣpannāḥ santi | tattathāvidhaṃ divyānnāhāraṃ sarve 'pi saṃbhūya kṛtavantaḥ | tadā tadvīkṣya sarve 'pi mithaḥ procuḥ | paṭṭakilastu sādhuprakāreṇa tiṣṭhati | eteṣāmevaṃrūpasya pākaviśeṣasya vilepiketi saṃjñā | iti tena pākaviśeṣeṇa sarve 'pi svacetasi camatkṛtavantaḥ | tarhi prabhāvatyetādṛśavacanasyaitādṛśayuktyā yadyanyathātvaṃ prakalpayituṃ jānīṣe tadā sādhanīyaṃ svakāṅkṣitam || iti ṣaṭcatvāriṃśatkathā || 46 ||

§ 47

p.370, l.16

(p.370, l.16)punaḥ prabhāvatī nijapreṣyopakaṇṭhaṃ jigamiṣuḥ khagaṃ vīkṣate sma | tadiṅgitajñaḥ śuko vyācaṣṭe | devi halapā-
(p.370, l.17)lavadāpatite parābhiyoge yadi vijñānaviśeṣāṅgīkāreṇa pareṣāmanyathātvasphuraṇaṃ prasañjayasi mānase
(p.370, l.18)tadā svasamīhitasiddhyabhimukhībhava | tadanvabhāṣiṣṭa prabhāvatī | halapālaḥ kīdṛgvidhaṃ vijñānamāviṣkṛtavān |
(p.370, l.19)tadvṛttāntamāvedayatu bhavān | tataḥ śuko vakti sma | mohanapurābhidhāne grāme pūrṇapālaḥ kṛṣīvalo nyavā-
(p.370, l.20)tsīt | tasya bhṛtyo lāṅgalaṃ vahati sma | tadabhidhānaṃ halapāla iti | tasyābhyavaharaṇāya pūrṇapālasya
(p.370, l.21)tanayā kṣetre 'śanaṃ nītvā pratidinaṃ gacchati sma | tayordvayorapi tatrāmandānandasaṃdohasamudbhavaṃ nidhuvanaṃ
(p.370, l.22)dhinoti | tayoścaritaṃ kṣetre parisaravartinaḥ pūrṇapālāya nyavedayan | ityekadā pūrṇapālastaccaritālokanāya
(p.370, l.23)channatanurupāviśat | tadā sāpyāhāraṃ gṛhītvā samāgamat | dvayorapi saṃbhogaḥ samajāyata | taccaritaṃ pūrṇa-
(p.370, l.24)pālo vyālokamāno 'sti | halapālastu purato dṛśaṃ prādiśat | tadā pūrṇapālamāyāntaṃ lakṣayati sma |
(p.370, l.25)tarhi vāvadītu prabhāvatī | halapālastu tadānīṃ kimuttaraṃ ca karoti sma | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāraparāpi
(p.370, l.26)na taduttaraṃ kalayati sma | tatastayā pṛṣṭaḥ śukastaduttaraṃ śrāvayāmāsa prabhāvatīm | he prabhāvati halapā-
(p.370, l.27)lastadā pūrṇapālamāgacchantamavekṣya pūrṇapālaputrīmabhāṣata | tvamadhomukhī svapihi | tato 'sau tasyā udaraṃ
(p.370, l.28)pāṇibhyāṃ balena saṃvāhayāmāsa | tathaiva kiṃcidekākī vyāharati sma | jājvalītu jīvitaṃ māmakīnam |
(p.370, l.29)na kadāpi dāridryasya daridratāmadrākṣam | dine tu lāṅgalaṃ vāhayāmi yāminyāṃ tu gavāṃ bandhanadohanā-
(p.370, l.30)dyupacāraḥ | tathā tasmādeva caturthe yāme samutthāya balīvardānāṃ cāraṇamuddiśyāraṇyamadhye saha gantavyam |
(p.370, l.31)idānīmevābhyavahārṣam | tadannaṃ na yāvatā pakvāśayābhimukhaṃ prasarati sma tāvatā svāminastanayāyāḥ
(p.370, l.32)svasthānāccalito granthiḥ | tasya punarapi nijasthānānayanāyābhimantraṇaṃ saṃvāhanādi vidhātavyam | etasyā
(p.370, l.33)udaramapi mardanīyam | ityetadbahvāyāso mayā sādhayitumaśakyaḥ | adya svāmī samāgamiṣyati | tadā-
(p.370, l.34)nīmahaṃ tasya purastātsevāṃ vihāya yathāgataṃ gamiṣyāmi | sa tu pūrṇapālo 'pyalakṣitastāni vacanāni
(p.370, l.35)śṛṇvannāste | tadanu svamanasi jagāda | varāko 'yaṃ satyacaritra eva | etasya kaṣṭaṃ bahu kila | idānīṃ
(p.370, l.36)saṃvahannastyudarametasyāḥ | etaddṛṣṭvaiva manuṣyā na jānate kimapi kimapi jalpanti | tato 'sau halapālamā-
(p.371, l.1)nītavān | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśaṃ vijñānacāturyaṃ yadi jānāsi tadānīṃ svābhilaṣitasiṣā-
(p.371, l.2)dhayiṣāyāmudyamamavalambasva ||
(p.371, l.3)iti saptacatvāriṃśatkathā || 47 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī nijapreṣyopakaṇṭhaṃ jigamiṣuḥ khagaṃ vīkṣate sma | tadiṅgitajñaḥ śuko vyācaṣṭe | devi halapālavadāpatite parābhiyoge yadi vijñānaviśeṣāṅgīkāreṇa pareṣāmanyathātvasphuraṇaṃ prasañjayasi mānase tadā svasamīhitasiddhyabhimukhībhava | tadanvabhāṣiṣṭa prabhāvatī | halapālaḥ kīdṛgvidhaṃ vijñānamāviṣkṛtavān | tadvṛttāntamāvedayatu bhavān | tataḥ śuko vakti sma | mohanapurābhidhāne grāme pūrṇapālaḥ kṛṣīvalo nyavātsīt | tasya bhṛtyo lāṅgalaṃ vahati sma | tadabhidhānaṃ halapāla iti | tasyābhyavaharaṇāya pūrṇapālasya tanayā kṣetre 'śanaṃ nītvā pratidinaṃ gacchati sma | tayordvayorapi tatrāmandānandasaṃdohasamudbhavaṃ nidhuvanaṃ dhinoti | tayoścaritaṃ kṣetre parisaravartinaḥ pūrṇapālāya nyavedayan | ityekadā pūrṇapālastaccaritālokanāya channatanurupāviśat | tadā sāpyāhāraṃ gṛhītvā samāgamat | dvayorapi saṃbhogaḥ samajāyata | taccaritaṃ pūrṇapālo vyālokamāno 'sti | halapālastu purato dṛśaṃ prādiśat | tadā pūrṇapālamāyāntaṃ lakṣayati sma | tarhi vāvadītu prabhāvatī | halapālastu tadānīṃ kimuttaraṃ ca karoti sma | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāraparāpi na taduttaraṃ kalayati sma | tatastayā pṛṣṭaḥ śukastaduttaraṃ śrāvayāmāsa prabhāvatīm | he prabhāvati halapālastadā pūrṇapālamāgacchantamavekṣya pūrṇapālaputrīmabhāṣata | tvamadhomukhī svapihi | tato 'sau tasyā udaraṃ pāṇibhyāṃ balena saṃvāhayāmāsa | tathaiva kiṃcidekākī vyāharati sma | jājvalītu jīvitaṃ māmakīnam | na kadāpi dāridryasya daridratāmadrākṣam | dine tu lāṅgalaṃ vāhayāmi yāminyāṃ tu gavāṃ bandhanadohanādyupacāraḥ | tathā tasmādeva caturthe yāme samutthāya balīvardānāṃ cāraṇamuddiśyāraṇyamadhye saha gantavyam | idānīmevābhyavahārṣam | tadannaṃ na yāvatā pakvāśayābhimukhaṃ prasarati sma tāvatā svāminastanayāyāḥ svasthānāccalito granthiḥ | tasya punarapi nijasthānānayanāyābhimantraṇaṃ saṃvāhanādi vidhātavyam | etasyā udaramapi mardanīyam | ityetadbahvāyāso mayā sādhayitumaśakyaḥ | adya svāmī samāgamiṣyati | tadānīmahaṃ tasya purastātsevāṃ vihāya yathāgataṃ gamiṣyāmi | sa tu pūrṇapālo 'pyalakṣitastāni vacanāni śṛṇvannāste | tadanu svamanasi jagāda | varāko 'yaṃ satyacaritra eva | etasya kaṣṭaṃ bahu kila | idānīṃ saṃvahannastyudarametasyāḥ | etaddṛṣṭvaiva manuṣyā na jānate kimapi kimapi jalpanti | tato 'sau halapālamānītavān | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśaṃ vijñānacāturyaṃ yadi jānāsi tadānīṃ svābhilaṣitasiṣādhayiṣāyāmudyamamavalambasva || iti saptacatvāriṃśatkathā || 47 ||

§ 48

p.371, l.4

(p.371, l.4)tataḥ punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpasamīpamiyāsuḥ pataṃgapuṃgavamavocat | so 'pyavadat | devi priyaṃvadavadupā-
(p.371, l.5)yāntaraṃ prapañcayasi yadi tato 'bhiyuṅkṣva | sā kīdṛk caritamiti śukamanvayuṅkta | so 'pi tadāviveda-
(p.371, l.6)yiṣustāmabhāṣiṣṭa | śṛṇu devi prabhāvati | vinodapuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra priyaṃvadanāmā vaṇik | tasya
(p.371, l.7)saṃpattiḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ paryahīyata | tata udyamanirmāṇāya kimapi mūlasādhanavidhānāya dhanaṃ yācitavān |
(p.371, l.8)tatastadgṛhītvā svayamudyamaṃ samuddiśya niragāt | tadanvasau vyavasāyaṃ vidhāya nijalohamayatulānayanāya
(p.371, l.9)taddraviṇasamarpaṇāya tasya dhanikasya gṛhamagacchat | tadanvasau dhanikastulāyāmabhilāṣamakārṣīt | sa cā-
(p.371, l.10)dhamarṇaṃ jagāda | tvadīyāṃ lauhīṃ tulāṃ mūṣikā apsāsiṣuḥ | tadvacanaṃ niśamya nāsāvadhamarṇaḥ kimapi
(p.371, l.11)pratyuttaraṃ tasmai prāyacchat | maunamevāvalambya sthitaḥ | tadanvabhyarṇamāgatyādhamarṇo 'bhyadhāt | tarhi svagṛhā-
(p.371, l.12)ngacchāmaḥ | tadānīmuttamarṇo vācamādade | adyaivāplavanaṃ devatāvarivasyāṃ ca vidhāya bhojanaṃ kurvantu paścā-
(p.371, l.13)tsvagṛhamaṅgīkurvantu | tadānīmasau tatraiva sarvaṃ prītyavasādanāyāvasānaṃ cakāra | tadanu gṛhāgamanasamaye
(p.371, l.14)dhanikasya pumapatyaṃ dvāri dīpyatkaṭyāmadhiropya sarveṣāṃ paśyatāṃ nijagṛhānuddiśya niragāt | tadanvādāya
(p.371, l.15)tadapatyaṃ bhūmigṛhe sthāpitavān | iti tadapatyasya mātṛpitṛsakhibandhuvarga anvīkṣaṇāya prayatate | tadapatyaṃ
(p.371, l.16)na dṛśyata ityudghoṣaḥ sarvatrāpi prasarīsarīti sma | tadā tatprativeśinī mahilā vyāharat | bhavatāṃ yaḥ
(p.371, l.17)prāhuṇikaḥ samāgataḥ sa bhavadīyamapatyaṃ gṛhītvā gatavān | tataste dhāvamānāḥ tadgṛhānagacchan | tatra
(p.371, l.18)gatvā tamaprākṣuḥ | tato 'bhyadhādasau | mayā bhavadīyamapatyaṃ nāgrāhīti | tayorvivadatornabhaḥspṛśaḥ śabdaḥ
(p.371, l.19)prādurabhūt | tau dvāvapi vargau vivadamānau rājakulamagātām | sa tu dhanikastadīyamapatpatyaharaṇalakṣaṇaṃ
(p.371, l.20)caritaṃ rājānamaśrāvayat | rājā ca tamadhamarṇamāhūyāpṛcchat | etadīyamapatyamapāhārṣīstatkimakāri
(p.371, l.21)bhavatā | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | tadāsāvadhamarṇaḥ kimuttaramakārṣīt | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāradattacittāpi
(p.371, l.22)taduttaraṃ nākalayat | tadānīṃ śukamukhena taduttaramāviracīkaratprabhāvatī | tadānīmasau rājānaṃ vyaji-
(p.371, l.23)jñapat | ahametadīyaṃ pumapatyamahārṣam | tadahaṃ punarapyetadīyaṃ pumapatyaṃ nijasadanaṃ netumudyuktavānasmi | tāvatā
(p.371, l.24)sahasā vihāyasā sametya śyena etadīyamapatyaṃ gṛhītvā gaganamārgaṃ rayādayāsīnnabhogamanaḥ | taduttaraṃ
(p.371, l.25)niśamya sarve 'pi te bhūsuparvasahitā nirvarṇanaparāstadurvīpatisacivāstadapūrvamapūrvamiti vyākurvāṇā-
(p.371, l.26)ścamantkurvate | tvaṃ kimetaduktamasamañjasaṃ bhāṣase | viṣkilaḥ kutrāpatyamapāharat | etadadṛṣṭapūrvamaśrutapūrvaṃ ca |
(p.371, l.27)tadānīṃ sa mandamodamānaso vasudhādhipamabhyadhatta |

tataḥ punaḥ prabhāvatī vinayakandarpasamīpamiyāsuḥ pataṃgapuṃgavamavocat | so 'pyavadat | devi priyaṃvadavadupāyāntaraṃ prapañcayasi yadi tato 'bhiyuṅkṣva | sā kīdṛk caritamiti śukamanvayuṅkta | so 'pi tadāvivedayiṣustāmabhāṣiṣṭa | śṛṇu devi prabhāvati | vinodapuraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra priyaṃvadanāmā vaṇik | tasya saṃpattiḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ paryahīyata | tata udyamanirmāṇāya kimapi mūlasādhanavidhānāya dhanaṃ yācitavān | tatastadgṛhītvā svayamudyamaṃ samuddiśya niragāt | tadanvasau vyavasāyaṃ vidhāya nijalohamayatulānayanāya taddraviṇasamarpaṇāya tasya dhanikasya gṛhamagacchat | tadanvasau dhanikastulāyāmabhilāṣamakārṣīt | sa cādhamarṇaṃ jagāda | tvadīyāṃ lauhīṃ tulāṃ mūṣikā apsāsiṣuḥ | tadvacanaṃ niśamya nāsāvadhamarṇaḥ kimapi pratyuttaraṃ tasmai prāyacchat | maunamevāvalambya sthitaḥ | tadanvabhyarṇamāgatyādhamarṇo 'bhyadhāt | tarhi svagṛhāngacchāmaḥ | tadānīmuttamarṇo vācamādade | adyaivāplavanaṃ devatāvarivasyāṃ ca vidhāya bhojanaṃ kurvantu paścātsvagṛhamaṅgīkurvantu | tadānīmasau tatraiva sarvaṃ prītyavasādanāyāvasānaṃ cakāra | tadanu gṛhāgamanasamaye dhanikasya pumapatyaṃ dvāri dīpyatkaṭyāmadhiropya sarveṣāṃ paśyatāṃ nijagṛhānuddiśya niragāt | tadanvādāya tadapatyaṃ bhūmigṛhe sthāpitavān | iti tadapatyasya mātṛpitṛsakhibandhuvarga anvīkṣaṇāya prayatate | tadapatyaṃ na dṛśyata ityudghoṣaḥ sarvatrāpi prasarīsarīti sma | tadā tatprativeśinī mahilā vyāharat | bhavatāṃ yaḥ prāhuṇikaḥ samāgataḥ sa bhavadīyamapatyaṃ gṛhītvā gatavān | tataste dhāvamānāḥ tadgṛhānagacchan | tatra gatvā tamaprākṣuḥ | tato 'bhyadhādasau | mayā bhavadīyamapatyaṃ nāgrāhīti | tayorvivadatornabhaḥspṛśaḥ śabdaḥ prādurabhūt | tau dvāvapi vargau vivadamānau rājakulamagātām | sa tu dhanikastadīyamapatyaharaṇalakṣaṇaṃ caritaṃ rājānamaśrāvayat | rājā ca tamadhamarṇamāhūyāpṛcchat | etadīyamapatyamapāhārṣīstatkimakāri bhavatā | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | tadāsāvadhamarṇaḥ kimuttaramakārṣīt | tataḥ prabhāvatī vicāradattacittāpi taduttaraṃ nākalayat | tadānīṃ śukamukhena taduttaramāviracīkaratprabhāvatī | tadānīmasau rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | ahametadīyaṃ pumapatyamahārṣam | tadahaṃ punarapyetadīyaṃ pumapatyaṃ nijasadanaṃ netumudyuktavānasmi | tāvatā sahasā vihāyasā sametya śyena etadīyamapatyaṃ gṛhītvā gaganamārgaṃ rayādayāsīnnabhogamanaḥ | taduttaraṃ niśamya sarve 'pi te bhūsuparvasahitā nirvarṇanaparāstadurvīpatisacivāstadapūrvamapūrvamiti vyākurvāṇāścamatkurvate | tvaṃ kimetaduktamasamañjasaṃ bhāṣase | viṣkilaḥ kutrāpatyamapāharat | etadadṛṣṭapūrvamaśrutapūrvaṃ ca | tadānīṃ sa mandamodamānaso vasudhādhipamabhyadhatta |

p.371, l.28

p.371, l.30

(p.371, l.30)tataste punarevamavādiṣurvidvāṃsaḥ | tvaṃ kimetadabhidadhāno 'si | ṛjuvacobhirāvedaya | tadanu tulāvṛttā-
(p.371, l.31)ntamāditaḥprabhṛti tebhyo nyavīvidat | tadanu medinīnāyakastadvṛttāntāvagamāduttamarṇāyākrudhyat | tadīyāṃ
(p.371, l.32)lauhīṃ tulāṃ tasmai dāpayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśopāyaracanaṃ prapañcayasi yadi tadānīṃ
(p.371, l.33)svakāryasādhane dhṛtāvadhānā bhava ||
(p.371, l.34)ityaṣṭacatvāriṃśatkathā || 48 ||

tataste punarevamavādiṣurvidvāṃsaḥ | tvaṃ kimetadabhidadhāno 'si | ṛjuvacobhirāvedaya | tadanu tulāvṛttāntamāditaḥprabhṛti tebhyo nyavīvidat | tadanu medinīnāyakastadvṛttāntāvagamāduttamarṇāyākrudhyat | tadīyāṃ lauhīṃ tulāṃ tasmai dāpayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśopāyaracanaṃ prapañcayasi yadi tadānīṃ svakāryasādhane dhṛtāvadhānā bhava || ityaṣṭacatvāriṃśatkathā || 48 ||

§ 49

p.371, l.35

(p.371, l.35)punaḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ pratyāha | devi mantrasārabrāhmaṇavatsaṃkocāpāte nistarituṃ yadi pārayasi
(p.371, l.36)tadānīṃ sādhaya samīhitam | tataḥ prabhāvatī pratyuvāca | mantrasāraḥ kathaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavān | vyāvarṇaya
(p.372, l.1)tadvṛttāntam | tataḥ śuko 'vadat | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | surābhavananāmni nagare candraśekharo nāma rājā
(p.372, l.2)rājyaṃ praśāsti | tasya kumārī malamañjarī | tasmingrāme mantrasāranāmāgrajanmā bhikṣāvṛttyā jīvati |
(p.372, l.3)kasyacinmastakamudarādikaṃ yadi vyathate tadānīṃ jalaṃ vibhūtiṃ vābhimantrya prayacchati | itthaṃ bālakānāṃ
(p.372, l.4)grahanigrahādikaraṇena grāmamadhyagatāḥ kṛśamadhyāḥ striyastaṃ bhajante | na jānāti kiṃcanāpi paraṃ dhārṣṭyā-
(p.372, l.5)valambanena tiṣṭhatyasau | iti sati rājñaḥ kumārīgale granthisaṃvidhānakamudabhūt | tadapakaraṇāyānekaśo
(p.372, l.6)bhiṣajaśca mantravādinaśca samāhūtāḥ paraṃ na kasyāpi sāmarthyena sa vraṇa upaśāntiṃ prāpnoti | asādhyo
(p.372, l.7)'yaṃ vraṇa ityabhidhāya sarve 'pi cikitsakāstāṃ tatyajuḥ | tato rājā paṭahodghoṣapuraḥsaraṃ sarvamapi
(p.372, l.8)lokamityaśrāvayat | yo madīyāyāḥ kumāryāḥ vraṇāpakaraṇaṃ kariṣyati tasmai suvarṇānāṃ sahasraṃ prayacchā-
(p.372, l.9)mi | iti vārttāṃ varavarṇinī mantrasārasya strī vīthīṣvaśrauṣīt | sā tatra gatvā teṣāṃ purastātpratijñā-
(p.372, l.10)puraḥsaramabhāṣata | madīyo bhartā kumāryā vraṇāpakaraṇaṃ kariṣyati | tadā rājā tayā saha nijānbhaṭā-
(p.372, l.11)nprāhiṇottamānetum | tadvīkṣya mantrasāro nijāṃ bhāryāṃ vyājahāra | kimetaditi | tatastayā tadvṛttāntamā-
(p.372, l.12)veditaṃ tasmai | tato 'bhyadhāt | pāpanirate tvayātyantamasamañjasametadvihitam | ahaṃ kimapi na jānāno
(p.372, l.13)'smi yenauṣadhaviśeṣaṃ prayokṣyāmi | tvayāyaṃ mahānanartha āpāditaḥ | ityabhidhāya cintāṃ kartuṃ prāvartata |
(p.372, l.14)tato brāhmaṇī tamabhāṇīt | cintā kasmātkriyate | etasyāṃ jagatyāṃ jānīta evaṃvidhaḥ ko nāma vidyate |
(p.372, l.15)samasto 'pyalīkaparikalpitaḥ | tarhi bhavanto 'pi tatra gatvā rājānaṃ saṃgatya kumāryā granthiṃ nirīkṣya
(p.372, l.16)mantrābhimantraṇaṃ vidhāya punarapi svagṛhamāgacchantu | dinadvayena kumāryā ullāghatā bhaviṣyati bhavatāṃ
(p.372, l.17)ca yaśaḥ pṛthivīmānamāpatsyate | atha yadi sādhu na bhaviṣyati kumāryāstadānīmāyuṣa upari prakṣipyate |
(p.372, l.18)etattā bhavadbhiṣajāṃ svabhāvavyavahāra iti yuktiviśeṣaiḥ sā tasya patnī mantrasāraṃ dṛḍhīcakāra | tato
(p.372, l.19)mantrasāra iṣṭadevatāṃ saṃsmṛtya niragānnaranāthadarśanāya | rājānaṃ dṛṣṭavān | rājā ca tasmai kumāryā galagra-
(p.372, l.20)nthimadarśayat | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | evaṃvidhe samaye sa mantrasāraḥ kamupāyamakārṣīt | tataḥ prabhāvatī
(p.372, l.21)vitīrṇacittā tadvicāraviracanāyāṃ prāvartata | tatsvarūpaṃ naivājñāsīt | tato rātrirapi paryahīyata śukaṃ
(p.372, l.22)cāprākṣīt | śuko 'pyavadat | tadānīmasau mantrasāro brāhmaṇo darbhaśikhāṃ gṛhītvā kumāryā vraṇābhi-
(p.372, l.23)mantraṇāya prāvartata | sa ca mantro 'rthadvārānnirdiśyate | oṃ namaścāmuṇḍe svāmini | tvaṃ tu madīyā svā-
(p.372, l.24)minī | caṇḍālabrāhmaṇi mayyanarthamāpāditam | etasmātsaṃkaṭānmāmākarṣayasi tadānīṃ madīyajana iti
(p.372, l.25)bhavasi | avāgvadane maunamālambini svāhā | etādṛśaṃ mantraṃ vyāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ | sā ca rājakumārī tasya
(p.372, l.26)mantrasārasya mantramaśṛṇot | tanmantraśravaṇādeva tasyā rājakumāryā hāsyayuktamāsyaṃ prāvartata | tatastasyā
(p.372, l.27)hāsyāviṣkaraṇādrājakumāryā galasaṃkucitāḥ sirāḥ samudbhūtabalādudākṛṣṭāḥ | tasminsamaye sa vraṇaḥ saṃjā-
(p.372, l.28)tapāko 'bhavat | nāsikāsamākarṣaṇabalādvraṇamapyabhinat | tanmadhyagataṃ pūyakalilaṃ sarvamapi nirakrāmattasyāśca
(p.372, l.29)svāsthyamajāyata | tadā rājā taṃ saṃmānayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati sāyāsamīdṛśamativartituṃ prabhavasi
(p.372, l.30)cettadā vidhatsva nijābhimatam ||
(p.372, l.31)ityekonapañcāśatkathā || 49 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ pratyāha | devi mantrasārabrāhmaṇavatsaṃkocāpāte nistarituṃ yadi pārayasi tadānīṃ sādhaya samīhitam | tataḥ prabhāvatī pratyuvāca | mantrasāraḥ kathaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavān | vyāvarṇaya tadvṛttāntam | tataḥ śuko 'vadat | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | surābhavananāmni nagare candraśekharo nāma rājā rājyaṃ praśāsti | tasya kumārī malamañjarī | tasmingrāme mantrasāranāmāgrajanmā bhikṣāvṛttyā jīvati | kasyacinmastakamudarādikaṃ yadi vyathate tadānīṃ jalaṃ vibhūtiṃ vābhimantrya prayacchati | itthaṃ bālakānāṃ grahanigrahādikaraṇena grāmamadhyagatāḥ kṛśamadhyāḥ striyastaṃ bhajante | na jānāti kiṃcanāpi paraṃ dhārṣṭyāvalambanena tiṣṭhatyasau | iti sati rājñaḥ kumārīgale granthisaṃvidhānakamudabhūt | tadapakaraṇāyānekaśo bhiṣajaśca mantravādinaśca samāhūtāḥ paraṃ na kasyāpi sāmarthyena sa vraṇa upaśāntiṃ prāpnoti | asādhyo 'yaṃ vraṇa ityabhidhāya sarve 'pi cikitsakāstāṃ tatyajuḥ | tato rājā paṭahodghoṣapuraḥsaraṃ sarvamapi lokamityaśrāvayat | yo madīyāyāḥ kumāryāḥ vraṇāpakaraṇaṃ kariṣyati tasmai suvarṇānāṃ sahasraṃ prayacchāmi | iti vārttāṃ varavarṇinī mantrasārasya strī vīthīṣvaśrauṣīt | sā tatra gatvā teṣāṃ purastātpratijñāpuraḥsaramabhāṣata | madīyo bhartā kumāryā vraṇāpakaraṇaṃ kariṣyati | tadā rājā tayā saha nijānbhaṭānprāhiṇottamānetum | tadvīkṣya mantrasāro nijāṃ bhāryāṃ vyājahāra | kimetaditi | tatastayā tadvṛttāntamāveditaṃ tasmai | tato 'bhyadhāt | pāpanirate tvayātyantamasamañjasametadvihitam | ahaṃ kimapi na jānāno 'smi yenauṣadhaviśeṣaṃ prayokṣyāmi | tvayāyaṃ mahānanartha āpāditaḥ | ityabhidhāya cintāṃ kartuṃ prāvartata | tato brāhmaṇī tamabhāṇīt | cintā kasmātkriyate | etasyāṃ jagatyāṃ jānīta evaṃvidhaḥ ko nāma vidyate | samasto 'pyalīkaparikalpitaḥ | tarhi bhavanto 'pi tatra gatvā rājānaṃ saṃgatya kumāryā granthiṃ nirīkṣya mantrābhimantraṇaṃ vidhāya punarapi svagṛhamāgacchantu | dinadvayena kumāryā ullāghatā bhaviṣyati bhavatāṃ ca yaśaḥ pṛthivīmānamāpatsyate | atha yadi sādhu na bhaviṣyati kumāryāstadānīmāyuṣa upari prakṣipyate | etattā bhavadbhiṣajāṃ svabhāvavyavahāra iti yuktiviśeṣaiḥ sā tasya patnī mantrasāraṃ dṛḍhīcakāra | tato mantrasāra iṣṭadevatāṃ saṃsmṛtya niragānnaranāthadarśanāya | rājānaṃ dṛṣṭavān | rājā ca tasmai kumāryā galagranthimadarśayat | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | evaṃvidhe samaye sa mantrasāraḥ kamupāyamakārṣīt | tataḥ prabhāvatī vitīrṇacittā tadvicāraviracanāyāṃ prāvartata | tatsvarūpaṃ naivājñāsīt | tato rātrirapi paryahīyata śukaṃ cāprākṣīt | śuko 'pyavadat | tadānīmasau mantrasāro brāhmaṇo darbhaśikhāṃ gṛhītvā kumāryā vraṇābhimantraṇāya prāvartata | sa ca mantro 'rthadvārānnirdiśyate | oṃ namaścāmuṇḍe svāmini | tvaṃ tu madīyā svāminī | caṇḍālabrāhmaṇi mayyanarthamāpāditam | etasmātsaṃkaṭānmāmākarṣayasi tadānīṃ madīyajana iti bhavasi | avāgvadane maunamālambini svāhā | etādṛśaṃ mantraṃ vyāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ | sā ca rājakumārī tasya mantrasārasya mantramaśṛṇot | tanmantraśravaṇādeva tasyā rājakumāryā hāsyayuktamāsyaṃ prāvartata | tatastasyā hāsyāviṣkaraṇādrājakumāryā galasaṃkucitāḥ sirāḥ samudbhūtabalādudākṛṣṭāḥ | tasminsamaye sa vraṇaḥ saṃjātapāko 'bhavat | nāsikāsamākarṣaṇabalādvraṇamapyabhinat | tanmadhyagataṃ pūyakalilaṃ sarvamapi nirakrāmattasyāśca svāsthyamajāyata | tadā rājā taṃ saṃmānayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati sāyāsamīdṛśamativartituṃ prabhavasi cettadā vidhatsva nijābhimatam || ityekonapañcāśatkathā || 49 ||

§ 50

p.372, l.32

(p.372, l.32)punaḥ prabhāvatī jāravasatiṃ sisīrṣuḥ śakuniṃ praśnātithīcakāra | śuko 'bhyadhāt | devi bālakṛṣṇavaduttara-
(p.372, l.33)vinimayaṃ kartumīśiṣe yadi tadānīmādaro vidhīyatām | prabhāvatī jagāda śukam | tadbhavānbālakṛṣṇottara-
(p.372, l.34)vinimayacaritaṃ brūhīti | tadānīṃ śukaḥ provāca | govardhananagare lakṣmīnārāyaṇasya mahānprāsādo 'sti |
(p.372, l.35)tasya paricaryākaro devadharanāmā brāhmaṇaḥ | tasya pañcavarṣīyaḥ putraḥ | tasya bālakṛṣṇa iti nāmadheyam |
(p.372, l.36)tasya jananī saṃtasthau | paścāddevadharaḥ pramītabhāryaḥ punarapyātmānamudvāhitavān | sā ca bālakṛṣṇasya sapatnī
(p.372, l.37)jananī bālakṛṣṇaṃ sarvadaivāvajānīte | tasyānnaudanādisaukaryamapi na karoti | tadānīṃ bālakṛṣṇastatkṛtā-
(p.373, l.1)vajñānaṃ pituragre proktavān | tadāsau tasyāḥ prītyā putrāvajñāparihāraviṣayaṃ na kimapi vyāharati
(p.373, l.2)sma | iti sati sa bālakṛṣṇo 'pyacintayat | ataḥ paraṃ kaḥ prakāraḥ kartavyaḥ | pitāpi tāvadasmadīyaṃ
(p.373, l.3)pāramatyaṃ niravadati etasyāḥ prītiprakarṣollāsena | tasyai hi snehasyāsya bhaṅgopāyamāracayāmi | etāvatā
(p.373, l.4)prayojanamidamasmadīyaṃ svata eva setsyati | tadanvekasmindine bālakṛṣṇo nijajanakamabhivīkṣya tatsaṃ-
(p.373, l.5)nidhānaṃ gatvā babhāṣe | tāta tava purastātkiṃ vyāharāmi | pitrābhidhatsveti bhaṇite jagāda bālakṛṣṇaḥ |
(p.373, l.6)asmākaṃ dvitīyo janako 'sti | yathā tvaṃ karoṣi tathaivāsau karoti pratyaham | tadā vyājahāra janakaḥ |
(p.373, l.7)tamapi mahyamekadā darśayiṣyasi | bālakṛṣṇo lalāpa | kasmiṃściddivase tubhyamapi darśayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya
(p.373, l.8)maunamevāste | tadanu devadharasya hṛdaye vicikitsodiyāya | manogatamuvāca | strīṇāṃ caritraṃ ko nāma
(p.373, l.9)jñātumīṣṭe | na kasyāpi striyo 'vaśyaṃ vaśyā bhaveyuḥ |

punaḥ prabhāvatī jāravasatiṃ sisīrṣuḥ śakuniṃ praśnātithīcakāra | śuko 'bhyadhāt | devi bālakṛṣṇavaduttaravinimayaṃ kartumīśiṣe yadi tadānīmādaro vidhīyatām | prabhāvatī jagāda śukam | tadbhavānbālakṛṣṇottaravinimayacaritaṃ brūhīti | tadānīṃ śukaḥ provāca | govardhananagare lakṣmīnārāyaṇasya mahānprāsādo 'sti | tasya paricaryākaro devadharanāmā brāhmaṇaḥ | tasya pañcavarṣīyaḥ putraḥ | tasya bālakṛṣṇa iti nāmadheyam | tasya jananī saṃtasthau | paścāddevadharaḥ pramītabhāryaḥ punarapyātmānamudvāhitavān | sā ca bālakṛṣṇasya sapatnī jananī bālakṛṣṇaṃ sarvadaivāvajānīte | tasyānnaudanādisaukaryamapi na karoti | tadānīṃ bālakṛṣṇastatkṛtāvajñānaṃ pituragre proktavān | tadāsau tasyāḥ prītyā putrāvajñāparihāraviṣayaṃ na kimapi vyāharati sma | iti sati sa bālakṛṣṇo 'pyacintayat | ataḥ paraṃ kaḥ prakāraḥ kartavyaḥ | pitāpi tāvadasmadīyaṃ pāramatyaṃ niravadati etasyāḥ prītiprakarṣollāsena | tasyai hi snehasyāsya bhaṅgopāyamāracayāmi | etāvatā prayojanamidamasmadīyaṃ svata eva setsyati | tadanvekasmindine bālakṛṣṇo nijajanakamabhivīkṣya tatsaṃnidhānaṃ gatvā babhāṣe | tāta tava purastātkiṃ vyāharāmi | pitrābhidhatsveti bhaṇite jagāda bālakṛṣṇaḥ | asmākaṃ dvitīyo janako 'sti | yathā tvaṃ karoṣi tathaivāsau karoti pratyaham | tadā vyājahāra janakaḥ | tamapi mahyamekadā darśayiṣyasi | bālakṛṣṇo lalāpa | kasmiṃściddivase tubhyamapi darśayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya maunamevāste | tadanu devadharasya hṛdaye vicikitsodiyāya | manogatamuvāca | strīṇāṃ caritraṃ ko nāma jñātumīṣṭe | na kasyāpi striyo 'vaśyaṃ vaśyā bhaveyuḥ |

p.373, l.10

p.373, l.14

(p.373, l.14)apatyaṃ yatkimapi vadati so 'pi śabdo na nirmūlo bhavitumarhati | tasya kathaṃcidabhiprāyo vidyate |
(p.373, l.15)iti manasi niścitya tasyāṃ bhāryāyāṃ purātanīṃ prītiṃ parihṛtya gālīvitaraṇatāḍanādinātiroṣabhāvaṃ
(p.373, l.16)prāduṣkṛtya pravartamāno 'sti | tadā tasya bhāryā vicāradattacittā prāvartata | mamoparyetādṛśo 'nanya-
(p.373, l.17)sādhāraṇapremāsya patyurāsīt | sa tvetasya bālakṛṣṇavyasanena parāhataḥ | tasmādamumevābhyakṣayāmi | tato
(p.373, l.18)yathā hyayaṃ sādhurbhavati tathā kaṃcana prakāraṃ kariṣyāmi | tataḥ sā taṃ bālakṛṣṇaṃ saṃnidhāvājuhāva |
(p.373, l.19)tadanvavādīcca | tvaṃ madīyastātaḥ | yadā mama śreyaḥ kariṣyasi tadānīṃ tava samīhitaṃ kariṣyāmi | tato
(p.373, l.20)'bhyadhādbālakṛṣṇaḥ | tava kutratyaṃ śreyaḥ | itthameva bhavatyā bhavati | etāvantaṃ kālaṃ mama na kāṃcana cintāṃ
(p.373, l.21)kṛtavatyasi | tadā sāpyabhāṇīt | ataḥ prabhṛtyārya tvadīyāṃ paricaryāṃ samyakkariṣyāmi | yatkimapi ramyaṃ
(p.373, l.22)tadbhavate vitarāmi | etasminviṣaye madīyamasti sukṛtaṃ bhāṣaṇaṃ ca prayacchāmi | tadā sa bālakṛṣṇaḥ
(p.373, l.23)tasyāḥ śreyonirmāṇaṃ svīkṛtavān | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi vicāraya | sa bālakṛṣṇaḥ pūrvoditaṃ vacanaṃ
(p.373, l.24)kathaṃ vinimayati sma | tadā prabhāvatī vicāraṇāya prāvartata paraṃ nāvajagāma | tadānīṃ pakṣiṇamaprā-
(p.373, l.25)kṣīt | so 'pyāha | prabhāvati tadānīṃ sa bālakṛṣṇaḥ pitaramāsīnamabhivīkṣya svayamapi tadupakaṇṭhamā-
(p.373, l.26)gādityabhāṣiṣṭa | tātāsmadīyaṃ dvitīyaṃ janakaṃ bhavato darśayiṣyāmi | tadānīmabhyadhādasau | darśayeti |
(p.373, l.27)ityabhidhāya darpaṇamānīya pāṇināgrahītpiturabhimukhaṃ sthāpitavān | tatratyaṃ pratibimbamadarśayat | jagāda
(p.373, l.28)cedam | ekastvaṃ janako dvitīyo 'yaṃ janakaḥ | pāṇimacālayat | tadānīṃ pratibimbasyāpi vepate sma
(p.373, l.29)pāṇiḥ | tataścāvocat | idaṃ tatsa bhavati | yathaiva bhavānkurvāṇo 'sti tathaivāyamapi karoti | tadānīṃ
(p.373, l.30)tadudīraṇāttasya manaḥsthito vikalpaḥ paryakṣīyata | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapītthamuttaraṃ vyatyayasi yadi
(p.373, l.31)tadānīṃ sādhayātmānaṃ svamanorathasādhanāya ||
(p.373, l.32)iti pañcāśatkathā || 50 ||

apatyaṃ yatkimapi vadati so 'pi śabdo na nirmūlo bhavitumarhati | tasya kathaṃcidabhiprāyo vidyate | iti manasi niścitya tasyāṃ bhāryāyāṃ purātanīṃ prītiṃ parihṛtya gālīvitaraṇatāḍanādinātiroṣabhāvaṃ prāduṣkṛtya pravartamāno 'sti | tadā tasya bhāryā vicāradattacittā prāvartata | mamoparyetādṛśo 'nanyasādhāraṇapremāsya patyurāsīt | sa tvetasya bālakṛṣṇavyasanena parāhataḥ | tasmādamumevābhyakṣayāmi | tato yathā hyayaṃ sādhurbhavati tathā kaṃcana prakāraṃ kariṣyāmi | tataḥ sā taṃ bālakṛṣṇaṃ saṃnidhāvājuhāva | tadanvavādīcca | tvaṃ madīyastātaḥ | yadā mama śreyaḥ kariṣyasi tadānīṃ tava samīhitaṃ kariṣyāmi | tato 'bhyadhādbālakṛṣṇaḥ | tava kutratyaṃ śreyaḥ | itthameva bhavatyā bhavati | etāvantaṃ kālaṃ mama na kāṃcana cintāṃ kṛtavatyasi | tadā sāpyabhāṇīt | ataḥ prabhṛtyārya tvadīyāṃ paricaryāṃ samyakkariṣyāmi | yatkimapi ramyaṃ tadbhavate vitarāmi | etasminviṣaye madīyamasti sukṛtaṃ bhāṣaṇaṃ ca prayacchāmi | tadā sa bālakṛṣṇaḥ tasyāḥ śreyonirmāṇaṃ svīkṛtavān | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi vicāraya | sa bālakṛṣṇaḥ pūrvoditaṃ vacanaṃ kathaṃ vinimayati sma | tadā prabhāvatī vicāraṇāya prāvartata paraṃ nāvajagāma | tadānīṃ pakṣiṇamaprākṣīt | so 'pyāha | prabhāvati tadānīṃ sa bālakṛṣṇaḥ pitaramāsīnamabhivīkṣya svayamapi tadupakaṇṭhamāgādityabhāṣiṣṭa | tātāsmadīyaṃ dvitīyaṃ janakaṃ bhavato darśayiṣyāmi | tadānīmabhyadhādasau | darśayeti | ityabhidhāya darpaṇamānīya pāṇināgrahītpiturabhimukhaṃ sthāpitavān | tatratyaṃ pratibimbamadarśayat | jagāda cedam | ekastvaṃ janako dvitīyo 'yaṃ janakaḥ | pāṇimacālayat | tadānīṃ pratibimbasyāpi vepate sma pāṇiḥ | tataścāvocat | idaṃ tatsa bhavati | yathaiva bhavānkurvāṇo 'sti tathaivāyamapi karoti | tadānīṃ tadudīraṇāttasya manaḥsthito vikalpaḥ paryakṣīyata | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapītthamuttaraṃ vyatyayasi yadi tadānīṃ sādhayātmānaṃ svamanorathasādhanāya || iti pañcāśatkathā || 50 ||

§ 51

p.373, l.33

(p.373, l.33)punaḥ prabhāvatī pakṣiṇaṃ praśnayati sma | tato 'vadadasāvapi | devi prabhāvati bahubuddhiḥ prakṛtiḥ pā-
(p.373, l.34)rthivasyāyāsamapacakāra | tādṛśaṃ yuktiviśeṣaṃ prayuṇakti bhavatī yadi tadānīṃ gamanamaṅgīkurutāt |
(p.373, l.35)tanniśamya prabhāvatī śukaṃ bahubuddhivṛttāntaṃ pṛcchati | tatastadāvivarṇayiṣuḥ patatrī girāṃ grathanena prabhā-
(p.373, l.36)vatīṃ prīṇayāmāsa | pratāpapurābhidhāne nagare bharatācāryanāmadheyo nareśvaraḥ | tasyāmātyo bahubuddhi-
(p.374, l.1)nāmā | tasyāmātyasya saṃgīte sarvadā vyasanamaharniśaṃ gāyakebhyo geyamākarṇayannavatiṣṭhate | ekasmindivase
(p.374, l.2)mātaṅgā gāyanto 'bhūvan | teṣāṃ madhye kokilānāmadheyā gāyakī gāyantyabhūdekākinī | tasyāṃ gāyantyāṃ
(p.374, l.3)kaścidadṛṣṭapūrvo layāvirbhāvo 'jāyata | tadgīte bharatā api tadekatānatāvasthyāvalambanā eva sarve
(p.374, l.4)parihṛtabahirabahirvṛttayo 'vatasthire | rājño 'pi mānasaṃ nitarāṃ samatuṣyat | tatastasyā mātaṅgyā upari
(p.374, l.5)pārthivasya mānasaṃ madanoditvaradīpitodbhūtadhūmasamūhādhyāsitaṃ tiraskṛtapravekavivekavigalitanijābhimā-
(p.374, l.6)nābhivyaktakaṃ taralitavilāsābhiprāyamajāyata | tasyaivaṃ sati kiṃ vidhīyate | tadāmātyo 'tyantagatyantarajño
(p.374, l.7)jagāda kṣitipākaśāsanam | deva vāsanānāśaḥ sarvadā bhavituṃ na dātavyaḥ | tasyāḥ pūraṇaṃ sarvadā kartavyameva |
(p.374, l.8)bhavanto rājānaḥ | bhavatāṃ kimatiprāṇabādhāpare vidhau vidheyaṃ kutrāpi vyavasthāpitamasti | paścādetāvata
(p.374, l.9)eva pārthakyena kimāpattiṣṭhatītyabhidhāya mahīpaterākāṅkṣāmapoṣayat | tadā rājā pradhānaṃ vyādideśa |
(p.374, l.10)pradoṣasamaye tvayaināṃ gṛhītvā samāgantavyamamuṣminpradeśaviśeṣe | tadā rājādeśaṃ śirasyādhāya niragā-
(p.374, l.11)tsacivaḥ | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati tamupāyam | kena prakāreṇa paryahārṣīdamātyaḥ | tataḥ śukoktyā prabhāvatī
(p.374, l.12)vicārasamarpitahṛdayābhavat | punarnāvāgacchat | tataḥ śukamaprākṣītso 'pi nyavādīt | prabhāvati tadānīṃ
(p.374, l.13)sacivaḥ pārthivena pūrvaṃ parihṛtāyā rājñyāḥ samīpaṃ saṃprāpya tāmavocat | adya bhavatīnāṃ viṣaye naranātho
(p.374, l.14)'smābhirvijñaptaḥ saṃbhūya sarvairapi rājño 'pi mānase yathā bhavatīṣu sneha utpadyate tathaiva samāpādayā-
(p.374, l.15)mahi | bhavatībhyaścitraśālaikā dāpitā vidyate | bhavatībhiradya kṛtaprasādhanābhiḥ pradoṣasamaye tatra gantavyam |
(p.374, l.16)ityabhidhāya citraśālāyāmetasyāṃ saṃdhyāsamaye tāmanaiṣīdamātyavṛddhaḥ | tasyai rājñyai mātaṅgyā iva vastrāṇi
(p.374, l.17)tādṛśamevālaṃkāraṃ pradāyābhidadhau | tatra rājā bhavatībhyo vasanāni bhūṣaṇāni ca dattvā prātiṣṭhipat |
(p.374, l.18)iti tatratyamaśeṣaṃ vidheyaviśeṣaṃ sajjīkṛtya niragādagādhabuddhiḥ | tadanu gatvā rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva
(p.374, l.19)śrīmatā yadādiṣṭamabhūttatsarvamapi nirvartitam | tasyāṃ citraśālāyāṃ samānītāsti | sa tadanu rājā
(p.374, l.20)tatra gatavān | manmathapramathitamanā manorathaistāmajahāt | tadanu madanamārgaṇamohamahormivegabhaṅge vicā-
(p.374, l.21)rapuraskṛto 'vanīśvarastadānīmeva citraśālāyā bahirniragamat | tadā sacivaṃ vyājahāra | māṃ mā
(p.374, l.22)sprākṣīḥ parato yāhīti | tataḥ saciva uvāca | kimetatsvāmin | tadābhāṇīddharaṇīnāthaḥ | mamaitā-
(p.374, l.23)vānanarthaḥ samajīghaṭat | ataḥ paraṃ dehāvasānameva prāyaścittaṃ gṛhṇīmahi | iti śrutvā tadocivānsacivaḥ |
(p.374, l.24)mayi saṃnidhānānusāriṇi yadi mahīnāthapramāda āpatiṣyati tadānīṃ so 'mātyaḥ kīdṛkprakāraḥ |
(p.374, l.25)samasto 'pyupāyo nirapāyatayā parihṛtasarpaḥ | tadā jagāda rājā sacivam | *** | tadānīṃ dīpamā-
(p.374, l.26)nīya tāṃ rājñīṃ rājño locanagocarīṃ cakāra | tadālokya naranātho 'pi saṃtoṣaparavaśaḥ sthitavān |
(p.374, l.27)avocacca | bahubuddhināmadheyaṃ bhavata eva yujyate netarasya | tarhi prabhāvati buddhiviśeṣamevaṃ pariśīlayasi
(p.374, l.28)yadi tadānīṃ sādhaya ||
(p.374, l.29)ityekapañcāśatkathā || 51 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī pakṣiṇaṃ praśnayati sma | tato 'vadadasāvapi | devi prabhāvati bahubuddhiḥ prakṛtiḥ pārthivasyāyāsamapacakāra | tādṛśaṃ yuktiviśeṣaṃ prayuṇakti bhavatī yadi tadānīṃ gamanamaṅgīkurutāt | tanniśamya prabhāvatī śukaṃ bahubuddhivṛttāntaṃ pṛcchati | tatastadāvivarṇayiṣuḥ patatrī girāṃ grathanena prabhāvatīṃ prīṇayāmāsa | pratāpapurābhidhāne nagare bharatācāryanāmadheyo nareśvaraḥ | tasyāmātyo bahubuddhināmā | tasyāmātyasya saṃgīte sarvadā vyasanamaharniśaṃ gāyakebhyo geyamākarṇayannavatiṣṭhate | ekasmindivase mātaṅgā gāyanto 'bhūvan | teṣāṃ madhye kokilānāmadheyā gāyakī gāyantyabhūdekākinī | tasyāṃ gāyantyāṃ kaścidadṛṣṭapūrvo layāvirbhāvo 'jāyata | tadgīte bharatā api tadekatānatāvasthyāvalambanā eva sarve parihṛtabahirabahirvṛttayo 'vatasthire | rājño 'pi mānasaṃ nitarāṃ samatuṣyat | tatastasyā mātaṅgyā upari pārthivasya mānasaṃ madanoditvaradīpitodbhūtadhūmasamūhādhyāsitaṃ tiraskṛtapravekavivekavigalitanijābhimānābhivyaktakaṃ taralitavilāsābhiprāyamajāyata | tasyaivaṃ sati kiṃ vidhīyate | tadāmātyo 'tyantagatyantarajño jagāda kṣitipākaśāsanam | deva vāsanānāśaḥ sarvadā bhavituṃ na dātavyaḥ | tasyāḥ pūraṇaṃ sarvadā kartavyameva | bhavanto rājānaḥ | bhavatāṃ kimatiprāṇabādhāpare vidhau vidheyaṃ kutrāpi vyavasthāpitamasti | paścādetāvata eva pārthakyena kimāpattiṣṭhatītyabhidhāya mahīpaterākāṅkṣāmapoṣayat | tadā rājā pradhānaṃ vyādideśa | pradoṣasamaye tvayaināṃ gṛhītvā samāgantavyamamuṣminpradeśaviśeṣe | tadā rājādeśaṃ śirasyādhāya niragātsacivaḥ | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati tamupāyam | kena prakāreṇa paryahārṣīdamātyaḥ | tataḥ śukoktyā prabhāvatī vicārasamarpitahṛdayābhavat | punarnāvāgacchat | tataḥ śukamaprākṣītso 'pi nyavādīt | prabhāvati tadānīṃ sacivaḥ pārthivena pūrvaṃ parihṛtāyā rājñyāḥ samīpaṃ saṃprāpya tāmavocat | adya bhavatīnāṃ viṣaye naranātho 'smābhirvijñaptaḥ saṃbhūya sarvairapi rājño 'pi mānase yathā bhavatīṣu sneha utpadyate tathaiva samāpādayāmahi | bhavatībhyaścitraśālaikā dāpitā vidyate | bhavatībhiradya kṛtaprasādhanābhiḥ pradoṣasamaye tatra gantavyam | ityabhidhāya citraśālāyāmetasyāṃ saṃdhyāsamaye tāmanaiṣīdamātyavṛddhaḥ | tasyai rājñyai mātaṅgyā iva vastrāṇi tādṛśamevālaṃkāraṃ pradāyābhidadhau | tatra rājā bhavatībhyo vasanāni bhūṣaṇāni ca dattvā prātiṣṭhipat | iti tatratyamaśeṣaṃ vidheyaviśeṣaṃ sajjīkṛtya niragādagādhabuddhiḥ | tadanu gatvā rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva śrīmatā yadādiṣṭamabhūttatsarvamapi nirvartitam | tasyāṃ citraśālāyāṃ samānītāsti | sa tadanu rājā tatra gatavān | manmathapramathitamanā manorathaistāmajahāt | tadanu madanamārgaṇamohamahormivegabhaṅge vicārapuraskṛto 'vanīśvarastadānīmeva citraśālāyā bahirniragamat | tadā sacivaṃ vyājahāra | māṃ mā sprākṣīḥ parato yāhīti | tataḥ saciva uvāca | kimetatsvāmin | tadābhāṇīddharaṇīnāthaḥ | mamaitāvānanarthaḥ samajīghaṭat | ataḥ paraṃ dehāvasānameva prāyaścittaṃ gṛhṇīmahi | iti śrutvā tadocivānsacivaḥ | mayi saṃnidhānānusāriṇi yadi mahīnāthapramāda āpatiṣyati tadānīṃ so 'mātyaḥ kīdṛkprakāraḥ | samasto 'pyupāyo nirapāyatayā parihṛtasarpaḥ | tadā jagāda rājā sacivam | *** | tadānīṃ dīpamānīya tāṃ rājñīṃ rājño locanagocarīṃ cakāra | tadālokya naranātho 'pi saṃtoṣaparavaśaḥ sthitavān | avocacca | bahubuddhināmadheyaṃ bhavata eva yujyate netarasya | tarhi prabhāvati buddhiviśeṣamevaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadānīṃ sādhaya || ityekapañcāśatkathā || 51 ||

§ 52

p.374, l.30

(p.374, l.30)punaḥ prabhāvatī pṛṣṭavatī patatriṇam | tadanvasāvapyavocat | devi vyāghramāriṇīva saṃkīrṇanistaraṇe pragalbhase
(p.374, l.31)yadi tadānīmanusaṃdhatsva | tataḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyāghrahantrīvṛttāntaṃ prabhāvatīmaśrāvayat | ākarṇaya
(p.374, l.32)prabhāvati | viśālapurābhidhānaṃ nagaram | tatra vicāravīro rājā | tasya karmakāro jagandhanāmadheyaḥ |
(p.374, l.33)tasya gṛhiṇī kalahapriyā vyāghrahantrī | sāharniśaṃ bhartrā samaṃ kalahaṃ karoti | bhartā yadā gṛhamāgacchati
(p.374, l.34)bhoktumupaviśati tāvatā tasminsamaye kiṃcidavidyamānameva kalahabījamupāsyati kṣaṇamātramapi sā
(p.374, l.35)sukhenāvasthātuṃ notsahate |

punaḥ prabhāvatī pṛṣṭavatī patatriṇam | tadanvasāvapyavocat | devi vyāghramāriṇīva saṃkīrṇanistaraṇe pragalbhase yadi tadānīmanusaṃdhatsva | tataḥ prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyāghrahantrīvṛttāntaṃ prabhāvatīmaśrāvayat | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | viśālapurābhidhānaṃ nagaram | tatra vicāravīro rājā | tasya karmakāro jagandhanāmadheyaḥ | tasya gṛhiṇī kalahapriyā vyāghrahantrī | sāharniśaṃ bhartrā samaṃ kalahaṃ karoti | bhartā yadā gṛhamāgacchati bhoktumupaviśati tāvatā tasminsamaye kiṃcidavidyamānameva kalahabījamupāsyati kṣaṇamātramapi sā sukhenāvasthātuṃ notsahate |

p.374, l.36

p.375, l.1

(p.375, l.1)ityabhidhāya sa tāṃ nirakāsayat | sa tāmapatyadvayasahitāṃ paryatyajat | parityāgavisaṃvidho na kaścana
(p.375, l.2)saṃbandho 'styataḥ paramityabhidhāya pradattavān | itthaṃ tadvisṛṣṭā sāpatyamekaṃ kaṭyāmabhiropyaikaṃ karāṅguli-
(p.375, l.3)bhirādhṛtyāpatyadvayasahitā sānyasmingrāme mātṛmandiraṃ prati nirayāsīt | tato 'raṇyamadhye madhyāhne
(p.375, l.4)pathi gacchantī pariśrāntā kasyacidviṭapinastale niṣasāda | tatastāmabhivīkṣya dūrādeva vyāghrastāṃ bhakṣa-
(p.375, l.5)yituṃ samāgatavān | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi cāru vicāraya | etādṛśe samaye kamupāyamakarotsā | tadā
(p.375, l.6)prabhāvatī vicāraṇāya prāvartata | na tadupāyaṃ kalayāmāsa | tāvatā tamasvinyapi prākṣīyata | tadā
(p.375, l.7)prabhāte prabhāvatī tadupāyāviṣkaraṇāya śukamanuyuktavatī | so 'pi tadvyāharaṇāya kṛtaprayatno 'bhavat |
(p.375, l.8)prabhāvatyākarṇaya | tadā citrakāyamāyāntaṃ lakṣīcakāra | tadā tadapatyadvayamapi peḍayā tāḍayāmāsa |
(p.375, l.9)tattāḍanapīḍitaṃ dvayamapyarudat | tatastadrodanaśamanāya svayaṃ putrāvavocat | ahaṃ tāvadvyāghrahantrī yena
(p.375, l.10)kenāpi prakāreṇa citrakāyadvayaṃ nihatya bhavatorāhārāya paryāptaṃ pūrayiṣyāmi | yāvatā dvitīyo
(p.375, l.11)dvīpī samāgacchati tāvatainamevāgacchantaṃ mayā nihataṃ vibhajya bhakṣayatamityabhidhāya tasya puṇḍarīkasya
(p.375, l.12)khaṇḍanāyākhaṇḍanavikramāpatyadvayaṃ tatra bhuvi vyavasthāpyodatiṣṭhata | tadvacanākarṇanasamanantarameva mṛgārirjīvaṃ
(p.375, l.13)gṛhītvā palāyamāno niragāt | tvamapītthaṃ jānāsi cedyadi tadānīmanusara ||
(p.375, l.14)iti dvipañcāśatkathā || 52 ||

ityabhidhāya sa tāṃ nirakāsayat | sa tāmapatyadvayasahitāṃ paryatyajat | parityāgavisaṃvidho na kaścana saṃbandho 'styataḥ paramityabhidhāya pradattavān | itthaṃ tadvisṛṣṭā sāpatyamekaṃ kaṭyāmabhiropyaikaṃ karāṅgulibhirādhṛtyāpatyadvayasahitā sānyasmingrāme mātṛmandiraṃ prati nirayāsīt | tato 'raṇyamadhye madhyāhne pathi gacchantī pariśrāntā kasyacidviṭapinastale niṣasāda | tatastāmabhivīkṣya dūrādeva vyāghrastāṃ bhakṣayituṃ samāgatavān | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi cāru vicāraya | etādṛśe samaye kamupāyamakarotsā | tadā prabhāvatī vicāraṇāya prāvartata | na tadupāyaṃ kalayāmāsa | tāvatā tamasvinyapi prākṣīyata | tadā prabhāte prabhāvatī tadupāyāviṣkaraṇāya śukamanuyuktavatī | so 'pi tadvyāharaṇāya kṛtaprayatno 'bhavat | prabhāvatyākarṇaya | tadā citrakāyamāyāntaṃ lakṣīcakāra | tadā tadapatyadvayamapi peḍayā tāḍayāmāsa | tattāḍanapīḍitaṃ dvayamapyarudat | tatastadrodanaśamanāya svayaṃ putrāvavocat | ahaṃ tāvadvyāghrahantrī yena kenāpi prakāreṇa citrakāyadvayaṃ nihatya bhavatorāhārāya paryāptaṃ pūrayiṣyāmi | yāvatā dvitīyo dvīpī samāgacchati tāvatainamevāgacchantaṃ mayā nihataṃ vibhajya bhakṣayatamityabhidhāya tasya puṇḍarīkasya khaṇḍanāyākhaṇḍanavikramāpatyadvayaṃ tatra bhuvi vyavasthāpyodatiṣṭhata | tadvacanākarṇanasamanantarameva mṛgārirjīvaṃ gṛhītvā palāyamāno niragāt | tvamapītthaṃ jānāsi cedyadi tadānīmanusara || iti dvipañcāśatkathā || 52 ||

§ 53

p.375, l.15

(p.375, l.15)punaḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ praṣṭuṃ prāvartata | śuko babhāṣe | devi tasyā vyāghramāryā ivopāyāntaraprayoge cā-
(p.375, l.16)turyamudeti bhavatyā yadi tadā gantavyaṃ bhavatyā | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntaṃ jijñāsuḥ papraccha śukam | so
(p.375, l.17)'pyavocat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | śārdūlaḥ palāyamāno gacchannasti | tadā mārge kroṣṭā dṛṣṭavān | sa ca tarakṣuṃ
(p.375, l.18)babhāṣe | vyāghra devāḥ kimiti palāyamānā vartante | tadā vyāghro na vadati | tadā kroṣṭā vacanayukti-
(p.375, l.19)bhistadbhayamapākṛtya sthirīkṛtavān citrakāyam | tava ca pṛṣṭhato na kiṃcidāgacchati | tvaṃ paśya | tvayi
(p.375, l.20)kimeṣa ākasmiko bhayaḥ samudāyamānastiṣṭhati | bhayaṃ jahīhi | matpurastādācakṣva | yatkiṃcidvaiṣamyamāti-
(p.375, l.21)ṣṭhitamasti tadahaṃ yuktiviśeṣeṇāpakariṣyāmi | ityākarṇya dhairyamālambya kṣaṇaṃ tasthivānpuṇḍarīkaḥ | tasya
(p.375, l.22)purataścaritaṃ vyāghrahantryāḥ prākṛtaṃ kṛtavān | tatastacchrutvā mṛgadhūrto narīnarti sma giram | yāhi purataḥ |
(p.375, l.23)kena tvaṃ vyāghraḥ kṛto 'si | tattvāmahaṃ mūrkhamukhyamupalakṣaye | sā tvāṃ bhīṣayāmāsa | kutra mānuṣāścitrakāyaṃ
(p.375, l.24)mārayanti | tvaṃ vṛthaiva bhītavānasi | āgaccha gacchāvastasyāḥ punarantikam | tadānīmabhyadhāddvīpī | tasmādeva
(p.375, l.25)palāyase tayāhameva dhṛtvā nihantavyaḥ | tadā kroṣṭābhāṣiṣṭa | tvaṃ yadi māṃ palāyamānaṃ bruvāṇo 'si
(p.375, l.26)tarhyātmano gale māmānahya tāvatā tavāpi matpalāyanaśaṅkā nivartiṣyate | tadanantaramātmano gale
(p.375, l.27)sṛgālaṃ pinaddhavāñchārdūlaḥ | tato mṛgārihantrī tāvapyāgacchantau vīkṣate | prabhāvati tvamapi vicārya
(p.375, l.28)vyāhara | tadānīṃ vyāghraturā kamupāyaṃ prākalpayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī prabhātaṃ pratibhāsāprabhavapratibhāvitaṃ
(p.375, l.29)vidhāya yadā taduttararahasyaṃ na kalayāmāsa tadā śukaṃ papraccha sotkaṇṭhā | avadacchukaḥ | ākarṇaya
(p.375, l.30)prabhāvati | sā dvīpijagdhinī mṛgadhūrtaṃ mṛgārimāgacchantamālokya kroṣṭāramabhāṣiṣṭa | are kroṣṭo pūrva-
(p.375, l.31)smindine tvaṃ matpurastādātmanaḥ satyasukṛtaṃ dattvā garīyasīmājñāmapi vidhāya gato 'bhūḥ | tarhīdānīṃ
(p.375, l.32)kimityekameva dvīpinaṃ tvamānaiṣīḥ | ekena vyāghreṇaikasyāpatyasyodaramāpūryate | tadā dvitīyamapatyaṃ kiṃ
(p.375, l.33)tvāṃ bhakṣayiṣyati | iti vacanaṃ vyāghro 'śrauṣīt | tadanantaraṃ palāyanamevākarot | tarhi prabhāvati tvama-
(p.375, l.34)pyupāyaviśeṣaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadānīmanuyāhi ||
(p.375, l.35)iti tripañcāśatkathā || 53 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ praṣṭuṃ prāvartata | śuko babhāṣe | devi tasyā vyāghramāryā ivopāyāntaraprayoge cāturyamudeti bhavatyā yadi tadā gantavyaṃ bhavatyā | tataḥ prabhāvatī tadvṛttāntaṃ jijñāsuḥ papraccha śukam | so 'pyavocat | śṛṇu prabhāvati | śārdūlaḥ palāyamāno gacchannasti | tadā mārge kroṣṭā dṛṣṭavān | sa ca tarakṣuṃ babhāṣe | vyāghra devāḥ kimiti palāyamānā vartante | tadā vyāghro na vadati | tadā kroṣṭā vacanayuktibhistadbhayamapākṛtya sthirīkṛtavān citrakāyam | tava ca pṛṣṭhato na kiṃcidāgacchati | tvaṃ paśya | tvayi kimeṣa ākasmiko bhayaḥ samudāyamānastiṣṭhati | bhayaṃ jahīhi | matpurastādācakṣva | yatkiṃcidvaiṣamyamātiṣṭhitamasti tadahaṃ yuktiviśeṣeṇāpakariṣyāmi | ityākarṇya dhairyamālambya kṣaṇaṃ tasthivānpuṇḍarīkaḥ | tasya purataścaritaṃ vyāghrahantryāḥ prākṛtaṃ kṛtavān | tatastacchrutvā mṛgadhūrto narīnarti sma giram | yāhi purataḥ | kena tvaṃ vyāghraḥ kṛto 'si | tattvāmahaṃ mūrkhamukhyamupalakṣaye | sā tvāṃ bhīṣayāmāsa | kutra mānuṣāścitrakāyaṃ mārayanti | tvaṃ vṛthaiva bhītavānasi | āgaccha gacchāvastasyāḥ punarantikam | tadānīmabhyadhāddvīpī | tasmādeva palāyase tayāhameva dhṛtvā nihantavyaḥ | tadā kroṣṭābhāṣiṣṭa | tvaṃ yadi māṃ palāyamānaṃ bruvāṇo 'si tarhyātmano gale māmānahya tāvatā tavāpi matpalāyanaśaṅkā nivartiṣyate | tadanantaramātmano gale sṛgālaṃ pinaddhavāñchārdūlaḥ | tato mṛgārihantrī tāvapyāgacchantau vīkṣate | prabhāvati tvamapi vicārya vyāhara | tadānīṃ vyāghraturā kamupāyaṃ prākalpayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī prabhātaṃ pratibhāsāprabhavapratibhāvitaṃ vidhāya yadā taduttararahasyaṃ na kalayāmāsa tadā śukaṃ papraccha sotkaṇṭhā | avadacchukaḥ | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | sā dvīpijagdhinī mṛgadhūrtaṃ mṛgārimāgacchantamālokya kroṣṭāramabhāṣiṣṭa | are kroṣṭo pūrvasmindine tvaṃ matpurastādātmanaḥ satyasukṛtaṃ dattvā garīyasīmājñāmapi vidhāya gato 'bhūḥ | tarhīdānīṃ kimityekameva dvīpinaṃ tvamānaiṣīḥ | ekena vyāghreṇaikasyāpatyasyodaramāpūryate | tadā dvitīyamapatyaṃ kiṃ tvāṃ bhakṣayiṣyati | iti vacanaṃ vyāghro 'śrauṣīt | tadanantaraṃ palāyanamevākarot | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyupāyaviśeṣaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadānīmanuyāhi || iti tripañcāśatkathā || 53 ||

§ 54

p.376, l.1

(p.376, l.1)punarvyājahāra patatriṇaṃ prabhāvatī | śuko 'bravīt | tasya kroṣṭoriva yadyātmana uparyāpatitasya maraṇopadravasya
(p.376, l.2)parihāropāyaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadānīmanumanyasva svakṛtyasamarthanam | tadākarṇya jagāda prabhāvatī | kroṣṭā
(p.376, l.3)kīdṛgvidhaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavān | tadvṛttāntaṃ vāvadotu bhavān | iti prabhāvatyābhihito vihago giramujja-
(p.376, l.4)gāra | ākarṇaya devi | dvīpī tu vegenātmano maraṇabhayātpalāyamāno 'bhavat | kroṣṭā tu tatkaṇṭhe nibaddhaḥ
(p.376, l.5)kaṇṭakavisaṃkaṭāyāmākṛṣyamāṇo gātrasya samagrāmapi tvacamutkṛttya caraṇābaddhabādho bhūmerupari samā-
(p.376, l.6)kṛṣyate | tadā tādṛśāvasthāmupabhuñjānaḥ kṣaṇamātrādasavo nijā nirgamiṣyantotyetādṛśīmavasthāṃ prāptavān |
(p.376, l.7)jīvaśeṣāvasthāmavalambamāno vidyate | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyabhidhehi | tadānīṃtane tādṛśe samaye sa jambuko
(p.376, l.8)dvīpigalabaddhamātmānaṃ prakāreṇa kenodamocayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī taccintayantī na viveda jambukamocanopā-
(p.376, l.9)yam | tadā dinodaye papraccha patatriṇaṃ vyājahāra kīro 'pi | tadā kaṇṭakāṭavīmadhye samutkṛṣyamāṇaḥ
(p.376, l.10)kroṣṭā vihasyāvocat | tadā vyāghro babhāṣe | sṛgāla kasmādasminsamaye hāsyāspadaṃ māṃ kṛtavānasi |
(p.376, l.11)jambuko jagāda | tvadīyaṃ maurkhyamabhivīkṣya mama hāsyamajāyata | tato vyāhārṣīccitratanuḥ | kathaṃ mayi tvaṃ
(p.376, l.12)maurkhyamāsañjasi | sṛgālo 'vadat | yatra yatra tvaṃ gamiṣyasi tatra tatra vyāghrahantrī samāgacchati | tvāmavaśyaṃ
(p.376, l.13)bhakṣayiṣyati | tadā vyāghro vyājahāra | tvamityaṃ kena jānīṣe | tadā jagāda jambukaḥ | madīyāsṛgaktaṃ mārgaṃ
(p.376, l.14)dṛṣṭvā viditavidvadgatiravaśyamāgamiṣyati vyāghraghātinī | sā samāgatyāvaśyaṃ tvāṃ mārayiṣyati | itthaṃ jā-
(p.376, l.15)nīhi | yadi bhavato jijīviṣā ca varīvartti tadānīmātmano galabaddhaṃ muñca mām | itthaṃ jambukavacanaṃ
(p.376, l.16)viśvasya puṇḍarīkastatkṣaṇaṃ galasthitaṃ mṛgadhūrtamavamucyāpāsaradanyena vartmanā | tarhi prabhāvati upāyamevaṃ-
(p.376, l.17)vidhaṃ yadi bhavatī vetti tadānīṃ gamanamaṅgīkuru ||
(p.376, l.18)iti catuḥpañcāśatkathā || 54 ||

punarvyājahāra patatriṇaṃ prabhāvatī | śuko 'bravīt | tasya kroṣṭoriva yadyātmana uparyāpatitasya maraṇopadravasya parihāropāyaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadānīmanumanyasva svakṛtyasamarthanam | tadākarṇya jagāda prabhāvatī | kroṣṭā kīdṛgvidhaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavān | tadvṛttāntaṃ vāvadotu bhavān | iti prabhāvatyābhihito vihago giramujjagāra | ākarṇaya devi | dvīpī tu vegenātmano maraṇabhayātpalāyamāno 'bhavat | kroṣṭā tu tatkaṇṭhe nibaddhaḥ kaṇṭakavisaṃkaṭāyāmākṛṣyamāṇo gātrasya samagrāmapi tvacamutkṛttya caraṇābaddhabādho bhūmerupari samākṛṣyate | tadā tādṛśāvasthāmupabhuñjānaḥ kṣaṇamātrādasavo nijā nirgamiṣyantotyetādṛśīmavasthāṃ prāptavān | jīvaśeṣāvasthāmavalambamāno vidyate | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyabhidhehi | tadānīṃtane tādṛśe samaye sa jambuko dvīpigalabaddhamātmānaṃ prakāreṇa kenodamocayat | tataḥ prabhāvatī taccintayantī na viveda jambukamocanopāyam | tadā dinodaye papraccha patatriṇaṃ vyājahāra kīro 'pi | tadā kaṇṭakāṭavīmadhye samutkṛṣyamāṇaḥ kroṣṭā vihasyāvocat | tadā vyāghro babhāṣe | sṛgāla kasmādasminsamaye hāsyāspadaṃ māṃ kṛtavānasi | jambuko jagāda | tvadīyaṃ maurkhyamabhivīkṣya mama hāsyamajāyata | tato vyāhārṣīccitratanuḥ | kathaṃ mayi tvaṃ maurkhyamāsañjasi | sṛgālo 'vadat | yatra yatra tvaṃ gamiṣyasi tatra tatra vyāghrahantrī samāgacchati | tvāmavaśyaṃ bhakṣayiṣyati | tadā vyāghro vyājahāra | tvamityaṃ kena jānīṣe | tadā jagāda jambukaḥ | madīyāsṛgaktaṃ mārgaṃ dṛṣṭvā viditavidvadgatiravaśyamāgamiṣyati vyāghraghātinī | sā samāgatyāvaśyaṃ tvāṃ mārayiṣyati | itthaṃ jānīhi | yadi bhavato jijīviṣā ca varīvartti tadānīmātmano galabaddhaṃ muñca mām | itthaṃ jambukavacanaṃ viśvasya puṇḍarīkastatkṣaṇaṃ galasthitaṃ mṛgadhūrtamavamucyāpāsaradanyena vartmanā | tarhi prabhāvati upāyamevaṃvidhaṃ yadi bhavatī vetti tadānīṃ gamanamaṅgīkuru || iti catuḥpañcāśatkathā || 54 ||

§ 55

p.376, l.19

(p.376, l.19)punaḥ prabhāvatī iyāsuruparamaṇasamīpaṃ nagaukasaṃ jagāda so 'pyavadat | devi viṣṇuvardhanavadātmanaḥ prati-
(p.376, l.20)pakṣabhūtaṃ yadi parābhavituṃ jānāsi tadā yāhi | tataḥ prabhāvatī vyāhārṣīt | tadvṛttāntamācaṣṭāmiti
(p.376, l.21)pakṣiṇam | tadanu śuko 'bravīt | kanyākubjānāmni nagare kaścidviṣṇuvardhano brāhmaṇaḥ | sa ca surato-
(p.376, l.22)pabhoge 'tilampaṭaścaṇḍaśca | tasminkanyākubje na kācana kāminī kamanīyaguṇā tadīyaṃ grāmyadharmaṃ sahate |
(p.376, l.23)tasminnetādṛśasāmarthye prathāmurīkaroti sma | etādṛśavāravilāsinīparivādapṛthuprathākāraṇajāgarūkā
(p.376, l.24)ratipradhānā kācana gaṇikā gaṇarātrāntaraṃ kasyāṃcinniśīthinyāṃ tamājuhāva | tadāhvānasamaye viṣṇu-
(p.376, l.25)vardhano 'bravīt | ratipriye tvayāsmadīyaṃ surataṃ soḍhuṃ na śakyate | yadi tvaṃ na sahase tadā rātrinivā-
(p.376, l.26)saparimitaṃ paṇaṃ dviguṇaṃ bhavatyāḥ sakāśādahaṃ grahīṣyāmi | tadā tatkuṭṭinī tadīyamiti vacanīyaṃ
(p.376, l.27)svīkṛtya rātrinivāsaparimitaṃ paṇaṃ tasmādagrahīt | sa tu tasyāṃ tamasvinyāṃ ratipriyopabhogāya nyavā-
(p.376, l.28)tsīt | tadanu rātrau garīyaḥ kaṣṭaṃ pravartamānamabhūdratipriyāyāḥ | tadanu mūtrotsarjanamiṣeṇa tacchayyāyā
(p.376, l.29)utthāya kuṭṭinīsaṃnidhānaṃ gatvā ratipriyā tāmevamavādīt | etadīyaṃ dhanametasmai pratyarpaya | mama prā-
(p.376, l.30)ṇāvasānapiśunaṃ nidhuvanametadīyaṃ nidarśanamujjṛmbhate | tadāvadatkuṭṭinī | mriyasva janakajāye | haste prāptaṃ
(p.376, l.31)paṇaṃ kathaṃ vā pratyarpyate | tarhi paṇyāṅganānāṃ madhye tava ko nāma nāma grahīṣyati | tvaṃ punastadantikaṃ
(p.376, l.32)yāhi | tatkṣaṇamātramupacāracāturyeṇa taṃ ramaya | paścādahaṃ tarumimamāruhya kukkuṭaninadaṃ bahudhā kariṣyā-
(p.376, l.33)mi | tatastvaṃ prabhātaṃ saṃjātamityabhidhāyātmanaḥ samīpāttaṃ gamaya | tata iti kṛtaniścayā ratipriyā
(p.376, l.34)viṣṇuvardhanopakaṇṭhamāgatya punaḥ suratopacāraistaṃ siṣeve | tataḥ kuṭṭinī dvāri vidyamānaṃ bilvamadhiruhya
(p.376, l.35)tāmracūḍaninādānbahudhā cakāra | tadā tanninādaśravaṇādratipriyā vyājahāra priyam | idānīṃ prabhā-
(p.376, l.36)tasamayaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | bhavantastu gacchadhvamityabhidhāya ratipriyā nirajīgamat | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapi
(p.376, l.37)vicāryabhidadhātu | viṣṇuvardhanastu tataḥ paraṃ kiṃ vyaracayat | sā tadvicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi nājñāsīt | tadā
(p.377, l.1)śukaṃ papraccha | śuko 'pi nijagāda | śṛṇu prabhāvati | viṣṇuvardhanastu dvārādbahiraṅgaṇabhāge sthitvā yā-
(p.377, l.2)vatā paśyati tāvatā rātrimapi garīyasīṃ nyaphālayat | tadānīṃ dvitīyavāraṃ kuṭṭino kukkuṭaninādaṃ
(p.377, l.3)karoti sma | tadā so 'pi taccaritamadrākṣīt | tato viṣṇuvardhanaḥ karāśmabhiḥ tarusthitāṃ kuṭṭinīṃ
(p.377, l.4)nihatya bhūtale nipātitavān | tadākrandamānā papāta | tadā ratipriyāpi taddeśamāgatavatī | sā rati-
(p.377, l.5)priyā taṃ viṣṇuvardhanaṃ kṣamasveti pādayorapatat | tvamātmīyaṃ draviṇaṃ punargṛhāṇa paramasmāsu kṛpāmutpā-
(p.377, l.6)daya | ityabhidhāya tadīyaṃ draviṇaṃ punarasmai pratyarpayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyupāyaviśeṣaṃ pariśī-
(p.377, l.7)layasi yadi tadānīṃ dhvaṃsatām ||
(p.377, l.8)iti pañcapañcāśatkathā || 55 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī iyāsuruparamaṇasamīpaṃ nagaukasaṃ jagāda so 'pyavadat | devi viṣṇuvardhanavadātmanaḥ pratipakṣabhūtaṃ yadi parābhavituṃ jānāsi tadā yāhi | tataḥ prabhāvatī vyāhārṣīt | tadvṛttāntamācaṣṭāmiti pakṣiṇam | tadanu śuko 'bravīt | kanyākubjānāmni nagare kaścidviṣṇuvardhano brāhmaṇaḥ | sa ca suratopabhoge 'tilampaṭaścaṇḍaśca | tasminkanyākubje na kācana kāminī kamanīyaguṇā tadīyaṃ grāmyadharmaṃ sahate | tasminnetādṛśasāmarthye prathāmurīkaroti sma | etādṛśavāravilāsinīparivādapṛthuprathākāraṇajāgarūkā ratipradhānā kācana gaṇikā gaṇarātrāntaraṃ kasyāṃcinniśīthinyāṃ tamājuhāva | tadāhvānasamaye viṣṇuvardhano 'bravīt | ratipriye tvayāsmadīyaṃ surataṃ soḍhuṃ na śakyate | yadi tvaṃ na sahase tadā rātrinivāsaparimitaṃ paṇaṃ dviguṇaṃ bhavatyāḥ sakāśādahaṃ grahīṣyāmi | tadā tatkuṭṭinī tadīyamiti vacanīyaṃ svīkṛtya rātrinivāsaparimitaṃ paṇaṃ tasmādagrahīt | sa tu tasyāṃ tamasvinyāṃ ratipriyopabhogāya nyavātsīt | tadanu rātrau garīyaḥ kaṣṭaṃ pravartamānamabhūdratipriyāyāḥ | tadanu mūtrotsarjanamiṣeṇa tacchayyāyā utthāya kuṭṭinīsaṃnidhānaṃ gatvā ratipriyā tāmevamavādīt | etadīyaṃ dhanametasmai pratyarpaya | mama prāṇāvasānapiśunaṃ nidhuvanametadīyaṃ nidarśanamujjṛmbhate | tadāvadatkuṭṭinī | mriyasva janakajāye | haste prāptaṃ paṇaṃ kathaṃ vā pratyarpyate | tarhi paṇyāṅganānāṃ madhye tava ko nāma nāma grahīṣyati | tvaṃ punastadantikaṃ yāhi | tatkṣaṇamātramupacāracāturyeṇa taṃ ramaya | paścādahaṃ tarumimamāruhya kukkuṭaninadaṃ bahudhā kariṣyāmi | tatastvaṃ prabhātaṃ saṃjātamityabhidhāyātmanaḥ samīpāttaṃ gamaya | tata iti kṛtaniścayā ratipriyā viṣṇuvardhanopakaṇṭhamāgatya punaḥ suratopacāraistaṃ siṣeve | tataḥ kuṭṭinī dvāri vidyamānaṃ bilvamadhiruhya tāmracūḍaninādānbahudhā cakāra | tadā tanninādaśravaṇādratipriyā vyājahāra priyam | idānīṃ prabhātasamayaḥ prāvartiṣṭa | bhavantastu gacchadhvamityabhidhāya ratipriyā nirajīgamat | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapi vicāryabhidadhātu | viṣṇuvardhanastu tataḥ paraṃ kiṃ vyaracayat | sā tadvicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi nājñāsīt | tadā śukaṃ papraccha | śuko 'pi nijagāda | śṛṇu prabhāvati | viṣṇuvardhanastu dvārādbahiraṅgaṇabhāge sthitvā yāvatā paśyati tāvatā rātrimapi garīyasīṃ nyaphālayat | tadānīṃ dvitīyavāraṃ kuṭṭino kukkuṭaninādaṃ karoti sma | tadā so 'pi taccaritamadrākṣīt | tato viṣṇuvardhanaḥ karāśmabhiḥ tarusthitāṃ kuṭṭinīṃ nihatya bhūtale nipātitavān | tadākrandamānā papāta | tadā ratipriyāpi taddeśamāgatavatī | sā ratipriyā taṃ viṣṇuvardhanaṃ kṣamasveti pādayorapatat | tvamātmīyaṃ draviṇaṃ punargṛhāṇa paramasmāsu kṛpāmutpādaya | ityabhidhāya tadīyaṃ draviṇaṃ punarasmai pratyarpayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyupāyaviśeṣaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadānīṃ dhvaṃsatām || iti pañcapañcāśatkathā || 55 ||

§ 56

p.377, l.9

(p.377, l.9)punaḥ prabhāvatī pṛcchati sma nabhaścaram | tataḥ so 'pi babhāṣe | devi priyajalpakavadāyāsanistaraṇaṃ jā-
(p.377, l.10)nīṣe yadi tadānīṃ samīhasva vidheyaviśeṣam | tadā prabhāvatī prājalpata | kiṃrūpamāyāsaṃ nistīrṇavā-
(p.377, l.11)npriyajalpakaḥ | tadāvedayatutarāṃ bhavāniti tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko babhāṣe | avadhehi prabhāvati | āśāpūrā
(p.377, l.12)nāma devatā | tatratyaḥ paricaryākaraḥ priyajalpakaḥ | tasya bhāryā karkaśānāmadheyā | sāharniśaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ
(p.377, l.13)nūtanaṃ kalahamudbhāvayati muhūrtamapi kalahavihīnā nāvatiṣṭhati | tasya dvāri pippalatarureko nivasati |
(p.377, l.14)tasmiṃstarau graha eko nivasati | sa grahastasyāḥ karkaśāyā aśrāntakalahavigrahaparigṛhītavigraho durgrahagrasta
(p.377, l.15)iva parityaktanijagṛho dhāvanamakārṣīt | tato grāmādbahiḥsthitaṃ śalmalīviṭapinamekamadhiruhya tasthivān |
(p.377, l.16)itthaṃ bahubhirahobhiḥ priyajalpakasya manasi karkaśākalahadūṣite vairāgyamudayati sma | gṛhiṇīṃ parityajya
(p.377, l.17)deśatyāgaṃ cikīrṣitavānpriyajalpakaḥ | tato 'sau nirgacchandṛṣṭavānpuradvāri tamātmano 'ṅgaṇatarusthitaṃ
(p.377, l.18)graham | sa ca grahastasya priyajalpakasya pratyakṣo babhūva priyajalpakamaprākṣīt | tvaṃ jigamiṣurasi | tadā
(p.377, l.19)priyajalpako jajalpa | ahaṃ mama brāhyahmaṇyā palāyamāno 'smi | tadā priyajalpakaśca tamavādīt | tvaṃ
(p.377, l.20)ko nāma | tato graheṇābhyadhāyi | bhavadgṛhadvāristhite pippalatarau nyavatsamaham | tatratyo 'nādisiddho
(p.377, l.21)'grajanmagrahaḥ sādhumantravādibhirapi nivāryamāṇo nāhaṃ nirgatavān | so 'haṃ bhavadbrāhmaṇībhayena palā-
(p.377, l.22)yanaparāyaṇaḥ sannatraiva nivasāmi | tarhīdaṃ bhayamajāyata | idānīṃ dvāvapi samaduḥkhinau nivasāvaḥ |
(p.377, l.23)ahamapi tavopakāraṃ kaṃcana kariṣyāmi | evaṃvidhastayoḥ satyavacananirṇayo 'jāyata | tadanu graho 'sā-
(p.377, l.24)vekasyā rājakumāryāḥ samāviveśa śarīram | tadānīṃ taccikitsārthamaneke narendrā amilan | na kaścidapi
(p.377, l.25)grahamapākartuṃ prabhavati | iti sati sa priyajalpako brāhmaṇastatrāgacchat | rājānaṃ sametyāvocat | ahaṃ
(p.377, l.26)kumārīmullāghāṃ karomi | tadānīṃ jagāda rājā | yadi tvamasmadīyāṃ kumārīṃ nirupadravāṃ vidhāsyasi
(p.377, l.27)tadānīmapi tvāṃ draviṇapūrṇamardharājyabhājaṃ vidhāsyāmi | tadāsāvabhimukhaṃ kumāryā brāhmaṇo nirī-
(p.377, l.28)kṣitavān | tasyāṃ ca yāminyāṃ catuṣkoṇāntarvartī catuḥṣaṣṭiyoginīmaṇḍalākāraṃ prakalpya ṣoḍaśabhiru-
(p.377, l.29)pacārairdīpaśreṇībhiḥ parito bhrājamānaṃ naivedyaviśeṣaiḥ samyagabhipūjya ḍamaruninādāḍambarairambaraṃ pratidhva-
(p.377, l.30)nibhirullekhya maṇimantrauṣadhavividhasāmagrīṃ vidhātuṃ prāvartata | tadā graho 'pi tasya nirmāṇāḍambaraṃ
(p.377, l.31)nirīkṣya krodhaparavaśastasthau svamanasyabhyadhācca | ayaṃ svacāturoparītamevaṃvidhaṃ saṃbhramaṃ nirmimāṇo 'sti |
(p.377, l.32)paśyāmi tāvadidametadīyaṃ sāmarthyamityabhidhāyāsau grahaḥ kenāpi prakāraviśeṣeṇa na tyajati kumā-
(p.377, l.33)rīm | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | sa brāhmaṇastadānīṃ kataramupāyamakalpayat | prabhāvatī tadvicāraṇāya bahudhā
(p.377, l.34)prasārayāmāsa mānasaṃ paraṃ nājñāsīt | tataḥ śukamapṛcchat | tadā jagāda pataṃgo 'pi | he prabhāvati |
(p.377, l.35)tadāsau brāhmaṇo grahaṃ prārthayata | ātmane satyavāgdattā tasyaiva satyatā paripālayitavyā ityevaṃvidhaṃ
(p.377, l.36)mantraṃ japannasau tiṣṭhati yāvattadā brahmagrahasyodiyāya karuṇā | tadā graho 'pyavādīt | ahamenāṃ kumārīṃ
(p.377, l.37)vihāya yāsyāmi | tannimittaṃ bhavate yatkimapi vitariṣyati rājā tadgṛhītvā tvaṃ sukhenāsva | ahamanyatra
(p.378, l.1)gatvā kasyaciccharīre saṃcariṣyāmi | tvayā tu tatra nāgantavyam | yadi tatra tvamāgamiṣyasi tadānīṃ
(p.378, l.2)tvāmeva bhakṣayiṣyāmi | ityabhidhāyaiva graho niragāt | tadānīṃ rājakumāryāḥ svāsthyamajāyata | tadā
(p.378, l.3)rājāpi taṃ priyajalpakamagrajanmānamatīva saṃbhāvayanprasthāpayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati evaṃvidhā buddhiryadi
(p.378, l.4)posphurīti bhavatyāstadā gamanamaṅgīkuru ||
(p.378, l.5)iti ṣaṭpañcāśatkathā || 56 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī pṛcchati sma nabhaścaram | tataḥ so 'pi babhāṣe | devi priyajalpakavadāyāsanistaraṇaṃ jānīṣe yadi tadānīṃ samīhasva vidheyaviśeṣam | tadā prabhāvatī prājalpata | kiṃrūpamāyāsaṃ nistīrṇavānpriyajalpakaḥ | tadāvedayatutarāṃ bhavāniti tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko babhāṣe | avadhehi prabhāvati | āśāpūrā nāma devatā | tatratyaḥ paricaryākaraḥ priyajalpakaḥ | tasya bhāryā karkaśānāmadheyā | sāharniśaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ nūtanaṃ kalahamudbhāvayati muhūrtamapi kalahavihīnā nāvatiṣṭhati | tasya dvāri pippalatarureko nivasati | tasmiṃstarau graha eko nivasati | sa grahastasyāḥ karkaśāyā aśrāntakalahavigrahaparigṛhītavigraho durgrahagrasta iva parityaktanijagṛho dhāvanamakārṣīt | tato grāmādbahiḥsthitaṃ śalmalīviṭapinamekamadhiruhya tasthivān | itthaṃ bahubhirahobhiḥ priyajalpakasya manasi karkaśākalahadūṣite vairāgyamudayati sma | gṛhiṇīṃ parityajya deśatyāgaṃ cikīrṣitavānpriyajalpakaḥ | tato 'sau nirgacchandṛṣṭavānpuradvāri tamātmano 'ṅgaṇatarusthitaṃ graham | sa ca grahastasya priyajalpakasya pratyakṣo babhūva priyajalpakamaprākṣīt | tvaṃ jigamiṣurasi | tadā priyajalpako jajalpa | ahaṃ mama brāhmaṇyā palāyamāno 'smi | tadā priyajalpakaśca tamavādīt | tvaṃ ko nāma | tato graheṇābhyadhāyi | bhavadgṛhadvāristhite pippalatarau nyavatsamaham | tatratyo 'nādisiddho 'grajanmagrahaḥ sādhumantravādibhirapi nivāryamāṇo nāhaṃ nirgatavān | so 'haṃ bhavadbrāhmaṇībhayena palāyanaparāyaṇaḥ sannatraiva nivasāmi | tarhīdaṃ bhayamajāyata | idānīṃ dvāvapi samaduḥkhinau nivasāvaḥ | ahamapi tavopakāraṃ kaṃcana kariṣyāmi | evaṃvidhastayoḥ satyavacananirṇayo 'jāyata | tadanu graho 'sāvekasyā rājakumāryāḥ samāviveśa śarīram | tadānīṃ taccikitsārthamaneke narendrā amilan | na kaścidapi grahamapākartuṃ prabhavati | iti sati sa priyajalpako brāhmaṇastatrāgacchat | rājānaṃ sametyāvocat | ahaṃ kumārīmullāghāṃ karomi | tadānīṃ jagāda rājā | yadi tvamasmadīyāṃ kumārīṃ nirupadravāṃ vidhāsyasi tadānīmapi tvāṃ draviṇapūrṇamardharājyabhājaṃ vidhāsyāmi | tadāsāvabhimukhaṃ kumāryā brāhmaṇo nirīkṣitavān | tasyāṃ ca yāminyāṃ catuṣkoṇāntarvartī catuḥṣaṣṭiyoginīmaṇḍalākāraṃ prakalpya ṣoḍaśabhirupacārairdīpaśreṇībhiḥ parito bhrājamānaṃ naivedyaviśeṣaiḥ samyagabhipūjya ḍamaruninādāḍambarairambaraṃ pratidhvanibhirullekhya maṇimantrauṣadhavividhasāmagrīṃ vidhātuṃ prāvartata | tadā graho 'pi tasya nirmāṇāḍambaraṃ nirīkṣya krodhaparavaśastasthau svamanasyabhyadhācca | ayaṃ svacāturoparītamevaṃvidhaṃ saṃbhramaṃ nirmimāṇo 'sti | paśyāmi tāvadidametadīyaṃ sāmarthyamityabhidhāyāsau grahaḥ kenāpi prakāraviśeṣeṇa na tyajati kumārīm | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | sa brāhmaṇastadānīṃ kataramupāyamakalpayat | prabhāvatī tadvicāraṇāya bahudhā prasārayāmāsa mānasaṃ paraṃ nājñāsīt | tataḥ śukamapṛcchat | tadā jagāda pataṃgo 'pi | he prabhāvati | tadāsau brāhmaṇo grahaṃ prārthayata | ātmane satyavāgdattā tasyaiva satyatā paripālayitavyā ityevaṃvidhaṃ mantraṃ japannasau tiṣṭhati yāvattadā brahmagrahasyodiyāya karuṇā | tadā graho 'pyavādīt | ahamenāṃ kumārīṃ vihāya yāsyāmi | tannimittaṃ bhavate yatkimapi vitariṣyati rājā tadgṛhītvā tvaṃ sukhenāsva | ahamanyatra gatvā kasyaciccharīre saṃcariṣyāmi | tvayā tu tatra nāgantavyam | yadi tatra tvamāgamiṣyasi tadānīṃ tvāmeva bhakṣayiṣyāmi | ityabhidhāyaiva graho niragāt | tadānīṃ rājakumāryāḥ svāsthyamajāyata | tadā rājāpi taṃ priyajalpakamagrajanmānamatīva saṃbhāvayanprasthāpayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati evaṃvidhā buddhiryadi posphurīti bhavatyāstadā gamanamaṅgīkuru || iti ṣaṭpañcāśatkathā || 56 ||

§ 57

p.378, l.6

(p.378, l.6)punarapi niśāsamaye prabhāvatī vinayakandarpaniveśanamiyāsuḥ vihaṃgamaṃ vākprasaṃgatamacīkarat | niśamya
(p.378, l.7)tadā tāṃ prati vihaṃgo 'pyagāhata girāṃ paricayam | devi tasyaiva priyajalpakasya brāhmaṇasya puro
(p.378, l.8)patitaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistarituṃ pārayasi yadi tadā gantavyam | tataḥ prabhāvatī babhāṣe | sa kathaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ
(p.378, l.9)nistīrṇavān | iti tadvṛttāntamāvedayatu nāma bhavān | so 'pyavocat | prabhāvati sa tvasau priyajalpako
(p.378, l.10)jagatīpativitīrṇavibhavasamudbhavaparipūrṇatayā sukhena sthātuṃ prāvartata | rājā ca rājyasyārdhaṃ prādāt |
(p.378, l.11)iti satyasau brāhmagraho 'nyasya rājakumārasya kalevaraṃ prāvikṣat | tadānīṃ tasya mahībhṛto manuṣyāḥ
(p.378, l.12)samāgatāstaṃ mantravādinamāhvātum | tadā sa rājā prāsthāpayattam | sa tatra gatavān | tatra tasya grahasya
(p.378, l.13)darśanamaghaṭiṣṭa | tato 'sau jagāda grahaḥ | are priyajalpaka mayā tvaṃ vārito 'pi tarhi kasmādatrāgato
(p.378, l.14)'si | idānīṃ tvāmevāhaṃ bhakṣayiṣyāmi prathamam | tarhi prabhāvati vāvadītu bhavatī | tadā kimuttaraṃ
(p.378, l.15)vidhāya grahavigrahānmocitavānātmānam | tadā vicāraṇāya pravartate sma paraṃ tu na taduttaramajñāsīt |
(p.378, l.16)tadā śukamanuyuktavatī | tadā jagāda vihagaḥ | devi tadāsau priyajalpako grahaparigṛhītavigrahaṃ grahameva
(p.378, l.17)gatvāñjaliṃ baddhvā vijñāpitumādṛtavān | prabho svāminkimiti bhavānamarṣito bhavati | ahamatraikena
(p.378, l.18)prayojanena samāgato 'smi | matpatnī karkaśā nāma māmatra sthitamākarṇya nijamandiraṃ parityajyātra
(p.378, l.19)matsaṃnidhānamāgatavatī | tarhi madīyaṃ mitrabhūtaṃ tvāmavagatya kāṃ buddhiṃ vidadhāmīti praṣṭumāgatavān |
(p.378, l.20)tarhi tvayā madvidhātavyā buddhirmahyamāvedanīyā | tadākarṇya babhāṣe grahaḥ | tvaṃ bhavaccittasamucitaṃ vidhehi |
(p.378, l.21)paramahaṃ tu sthānādetasmātpalāyya gamiṣyāmi pradeśāntaramityabhidhāya rājakumāraṃ samutthāpitavān | tadā
(p.378, l.22)so 'pi narapatistaṃ mantravādinaṃ yathārhamabhyarcayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapyetādṛśamāyāsamupāya-
(p.378, l.23)viśeṣeṇa nistarasi yadi tadā yātu bhavatī ||
(p.378, l.24)iti saptapañcāśatkathā || 57 ||

punarapi niśāsamaye prabhāvatī vinayakandarpaniveśanamiyāsuḥ vihaṃgamaṃ vākprasaṃgatamacīkarat | niśamya tadā tāṃ prati vihaṃgo 'pyagāhata girāṃ paricayam | devi tasyaiva priyajalpakasya brāhmaṇasya puro patitaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistarituṃ pārayasi yadi tadā gantavyam | tataḥ prabhāvatī babhāṣe | sa kathaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavān | iti tadvṛttāntamāvedayatu nāma bhavān | so 'pyavocat | prabhāvati sa tvasau priyajalpako jagatīpativitīrṇavibhavasamudbhavaparipūrṇatayā sukhena sthātuṃ prāvartata | rājā ca rājyasyārdhaṃ prādāt | iti satyasau brāhmagraho 'nyasya rājakumārasya kalevaraṃ prāvikṣat | tadānīṃ tasya mahībhṛto manuṣyāḥ samāgatāstaṃ mantravādinamāhvātum | tadā sa rājā prāsthāpayattam | sa tatra gatavān | tatra tasya grahasya darśanamaghaṭiṣṭa | tato 'sau jagāda grahaḥ | are priyajalpaka mayā tvaṃ vārito 'pi tarhi kasmādatrāgato 'si | idānīṃ tvāmevāhaṃ bhakṣayiṣyāmi prathamam | tarhi prabhāvati vāvadītu bhavatī | tadā kimuttaraṃ vidhāya grahavigrahānmocitavānātmānam | tadā vicāraṇāya pravartate sma paraṃ tu na taduttaramajñāsīt | tadā śukamanuyuktavatī | tadā jagāda vihagaḥ | devi tadāsau priyajalpako grahaparigṛhītavigrahaṃ grahameva gatvāñjaliṃ baddhvā vijñāpitumādṛtavān | prabho svāminkimiti bhavānamarṣito bhavati | ahamatraikena prayojanena samāgato 'smi | matpatnī karkaśā nāma māmatra sthitamākarṇya nijamandiraṃ parityajyātra matsaṃnidhānamāgatavatī | tarhi madīyaṃ mitrabhūtaṃ tvāmavagatya kāṃ buddhiṃ vidadhāmīti praṣṭumāgatavān | tarhi tvayā madvidhātavyā buddhirmahyamāvedanīyā | tadākarṇya babhāṣe grahaḥ | tvaṃ bhavaccittasamucitaṃ vidhehi | paramahaṃ tu sthānādetasmātpalāyya gamiṣyāmi pradeśāntaramityabhidhāya rājakumāraṃ samutthāpitavān | tadā so 'pi narapatistaṃ mantravādinaṃ yathārhamabhyarcayāmāsa | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapyetādṛśamāyāsamupāyaviśeṣeṇa nistarasi yadi tadā yātu bhavatī || iti saptapañcāśatkathā || 57 ||

§ 58

p.378, l.25

(p.378, l.25)punaḥ prabhāvatī śukamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyāhārṣīt | devi śakalāṭamantrivanmaticāturyaṃ caritārthayasi
(p.378, l.26)yadi tataste jigamiṣā bhavatu | tadābravītprabhāvatī | śakalāṭaḥ kiṃrūpo matimatāṃ dhuri kathaṃ ślāghanīyaḥ |
(p.378, l.27)tadvṛttāntamanalpamākalpakalitakalevaro jalpatu pratibhāvitīrṇamānasaḥ | tadā śuko 'bravīt | ākarṇaya
(p.378, l.28)karṇaviśrāntalocane | śakalāṭo 'sau mantrī nandamahīpālasya | sa tu buddhimatāṃ dhuri dhaureyaḥ | itthaṃ tasya
(p.378, l.29)tathāvidhāṃ prasiddhiṃ niśamya samyaktvāsamyaktvaparīkṣānirīkṣaṇāya vaḍabādvayaṃ na kutrāpyavayavaviśeṣe 'pi
(p.378, l.30)sādṛśyādavidyamānaṃ rūpato varṇataḥ svabhāvata ākārataśca prasthāpayāmāsa darśanapātanaṃ vidhāyānyaja-
(p.378, l.31)napadasya parivṛḍha ityabhidhāyaitayordvayormadhye kā nāma jananī tanayā ca kā | iti vivecanaṃ vidhā-
(p.378, l.32)yāsmabhyaṃ jñāpayitavyamiti | tataste āgate abhivīkṣya sarve 'pyahamahamityātmani parīkṣāvaicakṣaṇyaṃ bibhrāṇāḥ
(p.378, l.33)parivārya vīkṣituṃ prāvartiṣanta paraṃ na kaścana nirṇetumīṣṭe | rājā tadā śakalāṭanāmānamamātyaṃ vyā-
(p.378, l.34)hṛtavān | nirdhāro 'yaṃ bhavataiva vidhātavyaḥ | itarathāsmāsvetasmādetadajñānajanitaṃ mahāmandākṣamudeṣyati |
(p.378, l.35)tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi vicārya vyāhara | sa śakalāṭastadā nandanarendrasyājñāṃ śirasyādhāya kamupā-
(p.379, l.1)yamakalpayat | tadā śukoditā prabhāvatī tadvicāraṇāya cāru cāturyaṃ dadhānāpi paraṃ na vivektuṃ
(p.379, l.2)prabhavati sma | tadā śukameva punaraprākṣīt | tadā śukastadvyāharaṇāya prārambhate sma | prabhāvati maduktau
(p.379, l.3)sāvadhānā bhava | tadā sa śakalāṭastadvaḍabādvayamapi saparyāṇīkṛtavān | vyāyāmaṃ garīyāṃsaṃ ca kā-
(p.379, l.4)rayāmāsa turaṃgamādibhiḥ | tadanu paryāṇe pṛthagvidhāya dāmādibandhanamapākṛtya navatṛṇameva cakitāyāṃ
(p.379, l.5)medinyāṃ caraṇāya vyasrākṣīt | tadānīṃ jananī tanayāṃ rasanayā leḍhuṃ prāvartiṣṭa tanayā ca jananyāḥ
(p.379, l.6)stanyaṃ pātumudayata | iti nirdhāritavānsacivacūḍāmaṇiḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyevaṃvidhaṃ kartuṃ nirṇayaṃ
(p.379, l.7)pārayasi yadi tadā gamanāya yatnaṃ tanuhi ||
(p.379, l.8)ityaṣṭapañcāśatkathā || 58 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī śukamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyāhārṣīt | devi śakalāṭamantrivanmaticāturyaṃ caritārthayasi yadi tataste jigamiṣā bhavatu | tadābravītprabhāvatī | śakalāṭaḥ kiṃrūpo matimatāṃ dhuri kathaṃ ślāghanīyaḥ | tadvṛttāntamanalpamākalpakalitakalevaro jalpatu pratibhāvitīrṇamānasaḥ | tadā śuko 'bravīt | ākarṇaya karṇaviśrāntalocane | śakalāṭo 'sau mantrī nandamahīpālasya | sa tu buddhimatāṃ dhuri dhaureyaḥ | itthaṃ tasya tathāvidhāṃ prasiddhiṃ niśamya samyaktvāsamyaktvaparīkṣānirīkṣaṇāya vaḍabādvayaṃ na kutrāpyavayavaviśeṣe 'pi sādṛśyādavidyamānaṃ rūpato varṇataḥ svabhāvata ākārataśca prasthāpayāmāsa darśanapātanaṃ vidhāyānyajanapadasya parivṛḍha ityabhidhāyaitayordvayormadhye kā nāma jananī tanayā ca kā | iti vivecanaṃ vidhāyāsmabhyaṃ jñāpayitavyamiti | tataste āgate abhivīkṣya sarve 'pyahamahamityātmani parīkṣāvaicakṣaṇyaṃ bibhrāṇāḥ parivārya vīkṣituṃ prāvartiṣanta paraṃ na kaścana nirṇetumīṣṭe | rājā tadā śakalāṭanāmānamamātyaṃ vyāhṛtavān | nirdhāro 'yaṃ bhavataiva vidhātavyaḥ | itarathāsmāsvetasmādetadajñānajanitaṃ mahāmandākṣamudeṣyati | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapi vicārya vyāhara | sa śakalāṭastadā nandanarendrasyājñāṃ śirasyādhāya kamupāyamakalpayat | tadā śukoditā prabhāvatī tadvicāraṇāya cāru cāturyaṃ dadhānāpi paraṃ na vivektuṃ prabhavati sma | tadā śukameva punaraprākṣīt | tadā śukastadvyāharaṇāya prārambhate sma | prabhāvati maduktau sāvadhānā bhava | tadā sa śakalāṭastadvaḍabādvayamapi saparyāṇīkṛtavān | vyāyāmaṃ garīyāṃsaṃ ca kārayāmāsa turaṃgamādibhiḥ | tadanu paryāṇe pṛthagvidhāya dāmādibandhanamapākṛtya navatṛṇameva cakitāyāṃ medinyāṃ caraṇāya vyasrākṣīt | tadānīṃ jananī tanayāṃ rasanayā leḍhuṃ prāvartiṣṭa tanayā ca jananyāḥ stanyaṃ pātumudayata | iti nirdhāritavānsacivacūḍāmaṇiḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyevaṃvidhaṃ kartuṃ nirṇayaṃ pārayasi yadi tadā gamanāya yatnaṃ tanuhi || ityaṣṭapañcāśatkathā || 58 ||

§ 59

p.379, l.9

(p.379, l.9)punaḥ prabhāvatī papraccha śukaṃ śuko 'bhyadhāt | dharmabuddhivadupāyavivecanaṃ kartumīśiṣe yadi tadānīṃ sā-
(p.379, l.10)dhayepsitam | tataḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ dharmabuddhivṛttāntamaprākṣīt | vihago jagāda giram | kanakapurī nāma
(p.379, l.11)nagarī | tatra dharmabuddhiduṣṭabuddhisaṃjñau vaṇijau | tau sahaiva samabhāgena dravyamārjayitumekavyavasāyenaiva nirga-
(p.379, l.12)cchataḥ | tadanantaramārjayitvātmano nagaraṃ punarāgacchantau | tayoreko duṣṭabuddhirdharmabuddhiṃ babhāṣe | samagraṃ dhanaṃ
(p.379, l.13)kasmādgrāme gṛhaṃ nayāvaḥ | ardhaṃ dhanaṃ dvayoḥ samabhāgāvasthitaṃ vidhāsyāvaḥ | tadardhaṃ grāmaṃ nayāvaḥ | itya-
(p.379, l.14)bhidhāyārdhaṃ dhanaṃ tatraiva bodhivanaspatisamīpe sthāpitavantau | tadanu pāpabuddhiranyasmindine tatra gatvā
(p.379, l.15)draviṇaṃ tadājahāra | taddhanamapahṛtyāparedyurdharmabuddhiṃ babhāṇa | gatvā tatra sthāpitaṃ dravyamānayāvaḥ | tadānīṃ
(p.379, l.16)dvāvapi sahaiva niragātām | tatsthānamāsādya draviṇamālokiṣātām | tatra dravyamadṛṣṭvā tadā duṣṭabu-
(p.379, l.17)ddhirdharmabuddhimabhāṇīt | tvayāpahṛtaṃ dhanaṃ tvayāpahṛtaṃ dhanamityubhayorvivādaḥ prādurāsīt | tadānīṃ rājña
(p.379, l.18)āvedanāya gatavantau | tadā duṣṭabuddhiśca rājānaṃ nijagāda | deva dharmabuddhirayaṃ kevalayā saṃjñayaiva pari-
(p.379, l.19)gṛhītasādhutvābhimāno madapatyānāṃ grāsamagrahīt | rājā | kaḥ sākṣī | duṣṭabuddhiḥ | etasminnarthe 'raṇyasa-
(p.379, l.20)mudbhava aśvatthavṛkṣaḥ sākṣībhāve sthitaḥ | taṃ vādayitvā sarveṣāṃ pratyayamutpādayiṣyāmi | tasya tadvacanaṃ
(p.379, l.21)sarve 'pi dharmabuddhaya urarīkṛtavantaḥ | tadanu duṣṭabuddhirnijasadanamāsādya pitaraṃ pippalakoṭare prāveśayat |
(p.379, l.22)tasmai ca saṃketaṃ dattavān | tataḥ prabhātasamaye saṃjāte rājapuraḥsaraḥ samasto 'pi lokastatkautukālokanāya
(p.379, l.23)jagmivān | tadā tau vādiprativādinau samāgamatām | tadanu duṣṭabuddhirvyāhārṣīt | parameśvaraśrīmahā-
(p.379, l.24)viṣṇusvarūpapippalataro yathāsti tathaiva satyatayā vyāharatu bhavān | ko nāma tava purastātsthāpitadra-
(p.379, l.25)viṇamagrahīt | tadānīmaśvatthatarorudatiṣṭhadvarṇātmakaḥ śabdaḥ | dravyaṃ dharmabuddhinā gṛhītamiti | tadāśrutya
(p.379, l.26)sarve 'pi vismayasmitamānasā avatasthire | dharmabuddhistu nigrahasthānamāsedivān | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati |
(p.379, l.27)dharmabuddhiḥ kamupāyaṃ vidhāyātmanaḥ satyamāpādayāmāsa | tadā tadvacanātprabhāvatī tadvicāraṇāya pravṛttā
(p.379, l.28)na jānāti sma | tataḥ śukamapṛcchat | śuko 'pi jagāda | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tadānīṃ dharmabuddhirvyacā-
(p.379, l.29)rayat | na tāvadvanaspatirasatyaṃ vyāharati | ayaṃ tu pippalakoṭare kamapi mānuṣaṃ niveśya tadvacanajanito
(p.379, l.30)dhvanirayaṃ pratyayamāpādayati | yathārthaṃ madhyasthānamāmṛśya rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva kṣaṇamātramatra sthā-
(p.379, l.31)tavyam | mayā draviṇaṃ tadaśvatthakoṭare vinyastamasti | tatprabhuṇā pippalakoṭarāntaramātmīyamānuṣaṃ praveśya
(p.379, l.32)viśvāsabhūtaṃ dhanamānetavyam | iti vijñāpya janamekaṃ tadantaḥ prāveśayat | tatpraviśya sa tu duṣṭabuddhipita-
(p.379, l.33)ramapaśyat | dṛṣṭvā sa tu koṭarādavatīryāntaḥ ko vā nivasati na jāne | eka āste mānuṣaḥ | tadā rājā
(p.379, l.34)koṭarāsthitaṃ balādācakarṣa | duṣṭabuddhiṃ tarjayāmāsa dharmabuddhiṃ mānayāmāsa | tarhi devi kartumetādṛśamupā-
(p.379, l.35)yaviśeṣaṃ yadi jānīṣe tadā svacittacaritamācara ||
(p.379, l.36)ityekonaṣaṣṭikathā || 59 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī papraccha śukaṃ śuko 'bhyadhāt | dharmabuddhivadupāyavivecanaṃ kartumīśiṣe yadi tadānīṃ sādhayepsitam | tataḥ prabhāvatī śukaṃ dharmabuddhivṛttāntamaprākṣīt | vihago jagāda giram | kanakapurī nāma nagarī | tatra dharmabuddhiduṣṭabuddhisaṃjñau vaṇijau | tau sahaiva samabhāgena dravyamārjayitumekavyavasāyenaiva nirgacchataḥ | tadanantaramārjayitvātmano nagaraṃ punarāgacchantau | tayoreko duṣṭabuddhirdharmabuddhiṃ babhāṣe | samagraṃ dhanaṃ kasmādgrāme gṛhaṃ nayāvaḥ | ardhaṃ dhanaṃ dvayoḥ samabhāgāvasthitaṃ vidhāsyāvaḥ | tadardhaṃ grāmaṃ nayāvaḥ | ityabhidhāyārdhaṃ dhanaṃ tatraiva bodhivanaspatisamīpe sthāpitavantau | tadanu pāpabuddhiranyasmindine tatra gatvā draviṇaṃ tadājahāra | taddhanamapahṛtyāparedyurdharmabuddhiṃ babhāṇa | gatvā tatra sthāpitaṃ dravyamānayāvaḥ | tadānīṃ dvāvapi sahaiva niragātām | tatsthānamāsādya draviṇamālokiṣātām | tatra dravyamadṛṣṭvā tadā duṣṭabuddhirdharmabuddhimabhāṇīt | tvayāpahṛtaṃ dhanaṃ tvayāpahṛtaṃ dhanamityubhayorvivādaḥ prādurāsīt | tadānīṃ rājña āvedanāya gatavantau | tadā duṣṭabuddhiśca rājānaṃ nijagāda | deva dharmabuddhirayaṃ kevalayā saṃjñayaiva parigṛhītasādhutvābhimāno madapatyānāṃ grāsamagrahīt | rājā | kaḥ sākṣī | duṣṭabuddhiḥ | etasminnarthe 'raṇyasamudbhava aśvatthavṛkṣaḥ sākṣībhāve sthitaḥ | taṃ vādayitvā sarveṣāṃ pratyayamutpādayiṣyāmi | tasya tadvacanaṃ sarve 'pi dharmabuddhaya urarīkṛtavantaḥ | tadanu duṣṭabuddhirnijasadanamāsādya pitaraṃ pippalakoṭare prāveśayat | tasmai ca saṃketaṃ dattavān | tataḥ prabhātasamaye saṃjāte rājapuraḥsaraḥ samasto 'pi lokastatkautukālokanāya jagmivān | tadā tau vādiprativādinau samāgamatām | tadanu duṣṭabuddhirvyāhārṣīt | parameśvaraśrīmahāviṣṇusvarūpapippalataro yathāsti tathaiva satyatayā vyāharatu bhavān | ko nāma tava purastātsthāpitadraviṇamagrahīt | tadānīmaśvatthatarorudatiṣṭhadvarṇātmakaḥ śabdaḥ | dravyaṃ dharmabuddhinā gṛhītamiti | tadāśrutya sarve 'pi vismayasmitamānasā avatasthire | dharmabuddhistu nigrahasthānamāsedivān | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | dharmabuddhiḥ kamupāyaṃ vidhāyātmanaḥ satyamāpādayāmāsa | tadā tadvacanātprabhāvatī tadvicāraṇāya pravṛttā na jānāti sma | tataḥ śukamapṛcchat | śuko 'pi jagāda | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tadānīṃ dharmabuddhirvyacārayat | na tāvadvanaspatirasatyaṃ vyāharati | ayaṃ tu pippalakoṭare kamapi mānuṣaṃ niveśya tadvacanajanito dhvanirayaṃ pratyayamāpādayati | yathārthaṃ madhyasthānamāmṛśya rājānaṃ vyajijñapat | deva kṣaṇamātramatra sthātavyam | mayā draviṇaṃ tadaśvatthakoṭare vinyastamasti | tatprabhuṇā pippalakoṭarāntaramātmīyamānuṣaṃ praveśya viśvāsabhūtaṃ dhanamānetavyam | iti vijñāpya janamekaṃ tadantaḥ prāveśayat | tatpraviśya sa tu duṣṭabuddhipitaramapaśyat | dṛṣṭvā sa tu koṭarādavatīryāntaḥ ko vā nivasati na jāne | eka āste mānuṣaḥ | tadā rājā koṭarāsthitaṃ balādācakarṣa | duṣṭabuddhiṃ tarjayāmāsa dharmabuddhiṃ mānayāmāsa | tarhi devi kartumetādṛśamupāyaviśeṣaṃ yadi jānīṣe tadā svacittacaritamācara || ityekonaṣaṣṭikathā || 59 ||

§ 60

p.380, l.1

(p.380, l.1)anyedyurdināntodaye kumudakośanandinī vinayakandarpaniketanaṃ jigamiṣurdvijaṃ praśnayati | tadanvavādītpa-
(p.380, l.2)tatrī | devi jayaśrīriva buddhivaibhavaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadā yāhi | sā jayaśriyo vṛttāntamaprā-
(p.380, l.3)kṣīt | śuko 'pi vyājahāra | maṅgalavardhanābhidhāne nagare dhanadattābhidhāno dharādharaḥ | tasyāmātyasya
(p.380, l.4)kanyā jayaśrīnāmadheyā | ekadā tu tasya narapateḥ saṃnidhau vivadamānāścatvāro deśāntarādāgatāḥ
(p.380, l.5)puruṣāḥ | tadānīṃ tānapṛcchannareśvaraḥ | bhavatāṃ kiṃnibandhano vyavahāraḥ | vayaṃ deśāntaraṃ gatāḥ | ratnacatuṣṭayaṃ
(p.380, l.6)ca tatrāsmābhiralambhi | tānyekatra sthāpitāni | tato rātrāvevaitasyāṃ na jānīmaḥ kimajāyata | caturṇā-
(p.380, l.7)masmākaṃ madhye ko nāma tāni gṛhītavān | iti niśamya vyājahāra | amātya eteṣāṃ caturṇāṃ madhye
(p.380, l.8)katamo ratnānyagrahīt | tvaṃ samyagvicārya vyāharatāt | itthaṃ rājñābhihite sacivastāṃścaturo nijama-
(p.380, l.9)ndiramānayāmāsa | teṣāṃ bhojanaṃ ca viśrāmasthānaṃ ca prāyacchat | tataste pradhānasahitāścatvāro 'pyupa-
(p.380, l.10)viviśuḥ | tataḥ sacivatanayā jayaśrīsteṣāṃ vivādaṃ pṛcchati sma | ka ete kasmātpradeśātkena prayojana-
(p.380, l.11)viśeṣeṇātrāgamanamakārṣuḥ | sacivasteṣāmāgamanakāraṇaṃ sarvamavādīt | tanniśamya jagāda jayaśrīḥ | ahame-
(p.380, l.12)vāmuṣya ratnacatuṣṭayasya gṛhītāraṃ vicārayiṣyāmi | tarhi prabhāvati kenopāyena viśeṣanirṇayaṃ vidadhāti
(p.380, l.13)sma ratnānām | sā vicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi nāvāgacchat | tadā śukaṃ vakti sma | śuko babhāṣe | tatasteṣāṃ
(p.380, l.14)caturṇāṃ rātrāvabhyavahāro 'jāyata | tato nidrākaraṇāya pṛthakpṛthaksthāne caturo 'pi prāsthāpayat |
(p.380, l.15)tadanu tamasvinyāmātmānamalaṃkṛtyaikasyopakaṇṭhamājagāma jayaśrīḥ | tāvattamavocat | mama mānasaṃ bhavaddarśa-
(p.380, l.16)naprabhṛti smaraśarāhativikīrṇadhairyaṃ bhavati | bhavantaṃ vihāya na kaṃcidapyabhilaṣati sma | yadi pañcaśataṃ
(p.380, l.17)suvarṇānāṃ mahyaṃ dāsyasi tadānīmahaṃ bhavataḥ kulapālikātvamaṅgīkaromi | so 'pyavocat | paramidānīṃ
(p.380, l.18)pāṇigataṃ na kimapi dravyamasti | ahamārjayitvā bhavatyai vitariṣyāmi | tatastanniśamanātsāpi taṃ vihāya
(p.380, l.19)dvitīyamanusasāra | tamapi tathaivāvocat | tataḥ so 'pi na kimapītyavocat | tathaiva tṛtīyopakaṇṭhamā-
(p.380, l.20)seduṣī taṃ tathaivāvādīt | tataḥ saṃprati mama haste na kimapyastīti tasya vyavahāramāśrutya caturthaṃ paśyati
(p.380, l.21)sma dṛśā dhairyasarvasvahāriṇyā | taṃ ca tathaiva prājalpat | tatastvasau ahaṃ pañcāśatsuvarṇaparyāptaṃ vastuviśeṣaṃ
(p.380, l.22)dāsyāmi bhavatyā haste | ityabhidhāya pāṇau prādādratnacatuṣṭayaṃ tasyāḥ | sā ca tadratnacatuṣṭayaṃ gṛhītvā
(p.380, l.23)adya tvasādhumuhūrtaṃ dinaṃ vartate prātastvāvayorekatropaveśanāya samyaṅmuhūrtamasti | iti tamabhidhāya
(p.380, l.24)svagṛhamāgatya ratnāni janakasya haste prāyacchat | sa tu sacivastadratnacatuṣṭayaṃ gṛhītvā bhartre samarpayā-
(p.380, l.25)māsa | rājā tu tebhyo dattavān | tarhi prabhāvati upāyamevaṃ kalayasi yadi tarhi svasādhyasiddhau
(p.380, l.26)dattāvadhānā bhava ||
(p.380, l.27)iti ṣaṣṭikathā || 60 ||

anyedyurdināntodaye kumudakośanandinī vinayakandarpaniketanaṃ jigamiṣurdvijaṃ praśnayati | tadanvavādītpatatrī | devi jayaśrīriva buddhivaibhavaṃ pariśīlayasi yadi tadā yāhi | sā jayaśriyo vṛttāntamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pi vyājahāra | maṅgalavardhanābhidhāne nagare dhanadattābhidhāno dharādharaḥ | tasyāmātyasya kanyā jayaśrīnāmadheyā | ekadā tu tasya narapateḥ saṃnidhau vivadamānāścatvāro deśāntarādāgatāḥ puruṣāḥ | tadānīṃ tānapṛcchannareśvaraḥ | bhavatāṃ kiṃnibandhano vyavahāraḥ | vayaṃ deśāntaraṃ gatāḥ | ratnacatuṣṭayaṃ ca tatrāsmābhiralambhi | tānyekatra sthāpitāni | tato rātrāvevaitasyāṃ na jānīmaḥ kimajāyata | caturṇāmasmākaṃ madhye ko nāma tāni gṛhītavān | iti niśamya vyājahāra | amātya eteṣāṃ caturṇāṃ madhye katamo ratnānyagrahīt | tvaṃ samyagvicārya vyāharatāt | itthaṃ rājñābhihite sacivastāṃścaturo nijamandiramānayāmāsa | teṣāṃ bhojanaṃ ca viśrāmasthānaṃ ca prāyacchat | tataste pradhānasahitāścatvāro 'pyupaviviśuḥ | tataḥ sacivatanayā jayaśrīsteṣāṃ vivādaṃ pṛcchati sma | ka ete kasmātpradeśātkena prayojanaviśeṣeṇātrāgamanamakārṣuḥ | sacivasteṣāmāgamanakāraṇaṃ sarvamavādīt | tanniśamya jagāda jayaśrīḥ | ahamevāmuṣya ratnacatuṣṭayasya gṛhītāraṃ vicārayiṣyāmi | tarhi prabhāvati kenopāyena viśeṣanirṇayaṃ vidadhāti sma ratnānām | sā vicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi nāvāgacchat | tadā śukaṃ vakti sma | śuko babhāṣe | tatasteṣāṃ caturṇāṃ rātrāvabhyavahāro 'jāyata | tato nidrākaraṇāya pṛthakpṛthaksthāne caturo 'pi prāsthāpayat | tadanu tamasvinyāmātmānamalaṃkṛtyaikasyopakaṇṭhamājagāma jayaśrīḥ | tāvattamavocat | mama mānasaṃ bhavaddarśanaprabhṛti smaraśarāhativikīrṇadhairyaṃ bhavati | bhavantaṃ vihāya na kaṃcidapyabhilaṣati sma | yadi pañcaśataṃ suvarṇānāṃ mahyaṃ dāsyasi tadānīmahaṃ bhavataḥ kulapālikātvamaṅgīkaromi | so 'pyavocat | paramidānīṃ pāṇigataṃ na kimapi dravyamasti | ahamārjayitvā bhavatyai vitariṣyāmi | tatastanniśamanātsāpi taṃ vihāya dvitīyamanusasāra | tamapi tathaivāvocat | tataḥ so 'pi na kimapītyavocat | tathaiva tṛtīyopakaṇṭhamāseduṣī taṃ tathaivāvādīt | tataḥ saṃprati mama haste na kimapyastīti tasya vyavahāramāśrutya caturthaṃ paśyati sma dṛśā dhairyasarvasvahāriṇyā | taṃ ca tathaiva prājalpat | tatastvasau ahaṃ pañcāśatsuvarṇaparyāptaṃ vastuviśeṣaṃ dāsyāmi bhavatyā haste | ityabhidhāya pāṇau prādādratnacatuṣṭayaṃ tasyāḥ | sā ca tadratnacatuṣṭayaṃ gṛhītvā adya tvasādhumuhūrtaṃ dinaṃ vartate prātastvāvayorekatropaveśanāya samyaṅmuhūrtamasti | iti tamabhidhāya svagṛhamāgatya ratnāni janakasya haste prāyacchat | sa tu sacivastadratnacatuṣṭayaṃ gṛhītvā bhartre samarpayāmāsa | rājā tu tebhyo dattavān | tarhi prabhāvati upāyamevaṃ kalayasi yadi tarhi svasādhyasiddhau dattāvadhānā bhava || iti ṣaṣṭikathā || 60 ||

§ 61

p.380, l.28

(p.380, l.28)punaḥ prabhāvatī papraccha śukam | tadanu śuko babhāṣe | bhūdharabrāhmaṇavadāyāsanistaraṇe pragalbhase yadi
(p.380, l.29)tadā yātu bhavatī | sā bhūdharavṛttāntaṃ vyāhareti vyāhārṣīt | śuko 'pi vakti sma | devi camatkārapuryāṃ
(p.380, l.30)bhūdharanāmā brāhmaṇo nivasati | sa tu paṅguḥ | tata ekasminnavasare samastairbrāhmaṇaiḥ saha devatādarśanāya
(p.380, l.31)śakaṭārūḍho niragamat | tadanu gacchatāṃ mārge dasyava udatiṣṭhan | te sarve 'pi bāndhavā dasyūndṛṣṭvāpalā-
(p.380, l.32)yiṣata | sa tu caraṇavihīnatvātpalāyanasāmarthyamabibhrāṇastathaivāsthāt | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | sa tu bhūdharaḥ
(p.380, l.33)kamupāyaṃ parikalpya dasyubhya ātmānamudamocayat | tadā prabhāvatī vicārayantyapi na viveda | tataḥ
(p.380, l.34)pañjaragataṃ kīraṃ pṛcchati sma prabhāvatī | tato 'vadacchuko 'pi | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | sarvānsvayūthyā-
(p.380, l.35)npalāyanaparāyaṇānmalimlucaśca dhāvato dṛṣṭvā tadanvekākyeva bhūdharo vaktumupākramata dhāvamānānpunarā-
(p.380, l.36)kārayan | aho bhavantaḥ kimiti palāyanaṃ kurvanti | tatra ca na santi paścādaśītiśataparyāptāḥ paripa-
(p.380, l.37)nthikāḥ | eteṣāṃ catuḥpañcaṣāṇāṃ bhītyā kimiti dhāvantaḥ santi | iyatāmeteṣāmahamevālam | śatahanteti
(p.381, l.1)madīyaṃ virudaṃ jagati prasiddham | tadīyaṃ vacanamākarṇya corāḥ kṣaṇaṃ sthitvā taṃ vihāyaiva yathāgataṃ
(p.381, l.2)niraguḥ | tarhi prabhāvatyevaṃvidhaṃ buddhivaibhavaṃ jānāsi yadi tadā sādhaya ||
(p.381, l.3)ityekaṣaṣṭikathā || 61 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī papraccha śukam | tadanu śuko babhāṣe | bhūdharabrāhmaṇavadāyāsanistaraṇe pragalbhase yadi tadā yātu bhavatī | sā bhūdharavṛttāntaṃ vyāhareti vyāhārṣīt | śuko 'pi vakti sma | devi camatkārapuryāṃ bhūdharanāmā brāhmaṇo nivasati | sa tu paṅguḥ | tata ekasminnavasare samastairbrāhmaṇaiḥ saha devatādarśanāya śakaṭārūḍho niragamat | tadanu gacchatāṃ mārge dasyava udatiṣṭhan | te sarve 'pi bāndhavā dasyūndṛṣṭvāpalāyiṣata | sa tu caraṇavihīnatvātpalāyanasāmarthyamabibhrāṇastathaivāsthāt | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | sa tu bhūdharaḥ kamupāyaṃ parikalpya dasyubhya ātmānamudamocayat | tadā prabhāvatī vicārayantyapi na viveda | tataḥ pañjaragataṃ kīraṃ pṛcchati sma prabhāvatī | tato 'vadacchuko 'pi | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | sarvānsvayūthyānpalāyanaparāyaṇānmalimlucaśca dhāvato dṛṣṭvā tadanvekākyeva bhūdharo vaktumupākramata dhāvamānānpunarākārayan | aho bhavantaḥ kimiti palāyanaṃ kurvanti | tatra ca na santi paścādaśītiśataparyāptāḥ paripanthikāḥ | eteṣāṃ catuḥpañcaṣāṇāṃ bhītyā kimiti dhāvantaḥ santi | iyatāmeteṣāmahamevālam | śatahanteti madīyaṃ virudaṃ jagati prasiddham | tadīyaṃ vacanamākarṇya corāḥ kṣaṇaṃ sthitvā taṃ vihāyaiva yathāgataṃ niraguḥ | tarhi prabhāvatyevaṃvidhaṃ buddhivaibhavaṃ jānāsi yadi tadā sādhaya || ityekaṣaṣṭikathā || 61 ||

§ 62

p.381, l.4

(p.381, l.4)punaḥ prabhāvatī praṣṭuṃ prāvartata śukam | śuko 'bhyadhātprabhāvatīm | bhukkuṇḍavadātmano maraṇamanyathā kartuṃ
(p.381, l.5)jānīṣe yadi tadāṅgīkarotu bhavatī | tadā prabhāvatī papraccha | bhukkuṇḍa iti ko nāmāsau | kathaṃ mara-
(p.381, l.6)ṇamanyathayat | tadvṛttāntaṃ vyāharatāṃ bhavān | prabhāvatīṃ pratyavadacchukaḥ | śṛṇu prabhāvati | sarvatobhadraṃ nāma
(p.381, l.7)nagaram | tatra bhukkuṇḍanāmā kitavo nivasati sa ca sarvadā dyūtena iīpyadīvyati | ekasmindine dīvyanpra-
(p.381, l.8)tikitavaiḥ parājitaḥ | teṣāmaṅgīkṛtapaṇārpaṇāya na kimapyasti | tadānīṃ cauryāya prāyatata | tadā cauryaṃ
(p.381, l.9)kurvāṇo rātrirakṣakairvidhṛto 'sau | te ca taṃ rājasamakṣamāninyuḥ | rājā ca vadhāya bhaṭānādiṣṭavān |
(p.381, l.10)gacchatainaṃ nītvā śūlaprotaṃ kuruta | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapi vyāharatu | kena prakāreṇātmano maraṇamanyathayat |
(p.381, l.11)tadā prabhāvatī vicāravatyapi nājñāsīt | tadāprākṣīcchukam | so 'bravīt | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tadā
(p.381, l.12)tāṃstaskaro 'bhihitavān | rājā vyāpādayitumuditavānasti | yato rājñāmeva svābhāviko 'yaṃ dharmaḥ
(p.381, l.13)paripālayitavyo duṣṭāśca niyamanīyā ityetādṛśaṃ sārāsāraṃ vicārayati mahīpatiḥ | tadānīmasāvai-
(p.381, l.14)hikenāmuṣmikeṇa ca sukṛtena saṃyujyate | ata eva mayi daṇḍaṃ pātitavān | tatsamyagucitaṃ kṛtavānasi |
(p.381, l.15)paraṃ vijñaptirekā vidyate | ahaṃ ślokamekaṃ vyāharāmi tadākarṇanāyāvadhānaṃ dātavyam |

punaḥ prabhāvatī praṣṭuṃ prāvartata śukam | śuko 'bhyadhātprabhāvatīm | bhukkuṇḍavadātmano maraṇamanyathā kartuṃ jānīṣe yadi tadāṅgīkarotu bhavatī | tadā prabhāvatī papraccha | bhukkuṇḍa iti ko nāmāsau | kathaṃ maraṇamanyathayat | tadvṛttāntaṃ vyāharatāṃ bhavān | prabhāvatīṃ pratyavadacchukaḥ | śṛṇu prabhāvati | sarvatobhadraṃ nāma nagaram | tatra bhukkuṇḍanāmā kitavo nivasati sa ca sarvadā dyūtena dīvyati | ekasmindine dīvyanpratikitavaiḥ parājitaḥ | teṣāmaṅgīkṛtapaṇārpaṇāya na kimapyasti | tadānīṃ cauryāya prāyatata | tadā cauryaṃ kurvāṇo rātrirakṣakairvidhṛto 'sau | te ca taṃ rājasamakṣamāninyuḥ | rājā ca vadhāya bhaṭānādiṣṭavān | gacchatainaṃ nītvā śūlaprotaṃ kuruta | tarhi prabhāvati bhavatyapi vyāharatu | kena prakāreṇātmano maraṇamanyathayat | tadā prabhāvatī vicāravatyapi nājñāsīt | tadāprākṣīcchukam | so 'bravīt | ākarṇaya prabhāvati | tadā tāṃstaskaro 'bhihitavān | rājā vyāpādayitumuditavānasti | yato rājñāmeva svābhāviko 'yaṃ dharmaḥ paripālayitavyo duṣṭāśca niyamanīyā ityetādṛśaṃ sārāsāraṃ vicārayati mahīpatiḥ | tadānīmasāvaihikenāmuṣmikeṇa ca sukṛtena saṃyujyate | ata eva mayi daṇḍaṃ pātitavān | tatsamyagucitaṃ kṛtavānasi | paraṃ vijñaptirekā vidyate | ahaṃ ślokamekaṃ vyāharāmi tadākarṇanāyāvadhānaṃ dātavyam |

p.381, l.16

p.381, l.18

(p.381, l.18)rājā etasya padyasyārthaṃ vyākhyāhīti vyājahāra | tato dasyuravadat | śloko 'yaṃ bhaviṣyottarapurāṇe |
(p.381, l.19)etasyāyamarthaḥ | teṣāmādivarṇī bhakāraḥ teṣu nāmasu paripāṭyāmantakaḥ saṃniviṣṭaḥ | bhaṭṭācāryamapi kali-
(p.381, l.20)tavānkālaḥ | tadanu bhāravimapi nigīrṇavānkālaḥ | bhikṣuṃ tathā bhīmasenaṃ ca kalitavānkālaḥ | etāṃścaturo
(p.381, l.21)'pyagrahītkālaḥ | bhukkuṇḍa iti madīyaṃ nāma bhūpatiriti tvadīyaṃ nāma | mayi nihate tvameka evāva-
(p.381, l.22)śiṣṭo 'si | yāvadahaṃ bhavataḥ purato bhavāmi na tāvatkālakalitaṃ bhayam | yathā jānāsi tathānusaṃdhehi |
(p.381, l.23)tadanu nṛpatistadākarṇya manasyevameveti niścitya taṃ coramamocayat | tarhi prabhāvati etādṛśamupāyaviśeṣaṃ
(p.381, l.24)yadi jānīṣe tarhi vidhehi vidheyaviśeṣam ||
(p.381, l.25)iti dviṣaṣṭikathā || 62 ||

rājā etasya padyasyārthaṃ vyākhyāhīti vyājahāra | tato dasyuravadat | śloko 'yaṃ bhaviṣyottarapurāṇe | etasyāyamarthaḥ | teṣāmādivarṇī bhakāraḥ teṣu nāmasu paripāṭyāmantakaḥ saṃniviṣṭaḥ | bhaṭṭācāryamapi kalitavānkālaḥ | tadanu bhāravimapi nigīrṇavānkālaḥ | bhikṣuṃ tathā bhīmasenaṃ ca kalitavānkālaḥ | etāṃścaturo 'pyagrahītkālaḥ | bhukkuṇḍa iti madīyaṃ nāma bhūpatiriti tvadīyaṃ nāma | mayi nihate tvameka evāvaśiṣṭo 'si | yāvadahaṃ bhavataḥ purato bhavāmi na tāvatkālakalitaṃ bhayam | yathā jānāsi tathānusaṃdhehi | tadanu nṛpatistadākarṇya manasyevameveti niścitya taṃ coramamocayat | tarhi prabhāvati etādṛśamupāyaviśeṣaṃ yadi jānīṣe tarhi vidhehi vidheyaviśeṣam || iti dviṣaṣṭikathā || 62 ||

§ 63

p.381, l.26

(p.381, l.26)punarapi niśāsamaye vinayakandarpasaṃnidhānagamanāya prerayāmāsa patatriṇaṃ prabhāvatī | tadā śuko 'pya-
(p.381, l.27)bhidadhe | devi devaśarmavatsaṃkīrṇāvasarāpāte yadyuttaraṃ kartuṃ pārayasi tadā yāhi | tadā prabhāvatī babhāṣe |
(p.381, l.28)devaśarmā kathaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavānuttaraviśeṣakalpanena | vyācaṣṭāṃ bhavāniti tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyācaṣṭe |
(p.381, l.29)prabhāvati elānagaryāmelanāmadheyo rājā rājyaṃ praśāsti | tasya saṃdhivigrahakārī śiṣṭa eko 'bhavat |
(p.381, l.30)tasya tanayo devaśarmā | sa tu pitari pramīte svakīyaṃ paurvāparyamanapekṣyānirargalo yathāruci vyavahartuṃ
(p.381, l.31)prayatate | keṣāṃcidapi varṣīyasāṃ vacanaṃ na śṛṇoti | tadanvelamahīpatistamavajānāti sma | rājā tasmai na
(p.381, l.32)kimapi prayacchati | itthaṃ dhanahāribhiḥ sīdatkuṭumbo 'tīva kṣāmatāmāpannaḥ | tato 'mātyo rājānaṃ
(p.381, l.33)vijñaptavān | deva devaśarmāsau śrīmatāmamātyabhūtaḥ | etasya cintā na kartavyā | etasya kasminnapi kārya-
(p.381, l.34)viśeṣe viniyogo dātavyaḥ | yadi tadvidheyaṃ sattayā samarthitaṃ tadānīṃ purastādetadaṅgīkāraṃ puraskṛtyā-
(p.381, l.35)jīvikā kalpanīyā | tadānīmamātyavacanānnaranātho nijaprayojanasādhanāya tamādideśa | tasminpaśyati
(p.382, l.1)peśīdvayamānīya bhasmanā pūrayitvopari rājamudrayā mudrayitvā devaśarmāṇamāhūya tvayā śatrusūdaname-
(p.382, l.2)dinīpatisamīpaṃ gatvā elarājena vārṣiko daṇḍaḥ prasthāpito 'stīti abhidhāya tasmai dātavyamadaḥ
(p.382, l.3)peśīdvayamityuktvā peśike te devaśarmaṇaḥ pāṇāvarpayāmāsa | tena rājñā samaṃ saujanyamatitarāmaidhiṣṭa |
(p.382, l.4)tathā vidhātavyaṃ bhavateti vyāhṛtya devaśarmāṇaṃ vyasrākṣīdelamahīpatiḥ | tadā tadādeśācchatrusūdanamahīndraṃ
(p.382, l.5)saṃgatya tasya purastātpeśikādvayaṃ nidhāya vijñaptavān | amuṃ vārṣikakaramelamahīpatirbhavatāṃ prasthāpayā-
(p.382, l.6)māsa | ityabhidhāya mudrāmunmucya paśyati peśīdvayaṃ yāvatā tāvatā bhasitapūritāntaramālakṣya śatrusūdano
(p.382, l.7)medinīpatiḥ kopaparavaśo bhūtvā śiṣṭasya śiraśchettuṃ matimakārṣīt | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | tathāvidhe
(p.382, l.8)tasminsamaye devaśarmā kaṃ prakāramacīkarat | tatastanniśamya prabhāvatī vicāracāturyaṃ bibhrāṇāpi nā-
(p.382, l.9)vindata | tadānīmatītāyāṃ tamasvinyāṃ śukamanvayuṅkta | tataḥ śuko vyājahāra | tadānīṃ devaśarmābhidhatte |
(p.382, l.10)devāsmadīyo mahīpālo yajñamakārṣīt | tatkuṇḍasaṃbhavāṃ vibhūtiṃ bhavatāmarthe prasthāpitavān | vibhūtiriyaṃ
(p.382, l.11)yatra vidyate tatra daivadaśā rājyābhyudayaśca yugapatsaṃbhavataḥ | grahapīḍāśca naśyanti | śatravo 'pi mitrāṇi
(p.382, l.12)bhavanti | āyuśca vardhate | etāvanto guṇā vibhūterasyā ityavadhārya elāmahīpālo yuṣmatkṛte prāhiṇot |
(p.382, l.13)tadanu dūtoditaṃ niśamya samyaksamatuṣyat śatrusūdanaḥ | vavande vibhūtiṃ rājñīkumārikāṇāṃ mūrdhni prā-
(p.382, l.14)kṣipat | rājā taṃ devaśarmāṇaṃ yathāvatsaṃbhāvayāmāsa | tarhi vyāharatāt | prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśamuttaraṃ
(p.382, l.15)dātumīśiṣe yadi tadā manīṣitaṃ kuru ||
(p.382, l.16)iti triṣaṣṭikathā || 63 ||

punarapi niśāsamaye vinayakandarpasaṃnidhānagamanāya prerayāmāsa patatriṇaṃ prabhāvatī | tadā śuko 'pyabhidadhe | devi devaśarmavatsaṃkīrṇāvasarāpāte yadyuttaraṃ kartuṃ pārayasi tadā yāhi | tadā prabhāvatī babhāṣe | devaśarmā kathaṃ saṃkīrṇaṃ nistīrṇavānuttaraviśeṣakalpanena | vyācaṣṭāṃ bhavāniti tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuko vyācaṣṭe | prabhāvati elānagaryāmelanāmadheyo rājā rājyaṃ praśāsti | tasya saṃdhivigrahakārī śiṣṭa eko 'bhavat | tasya tanayo devaśarmā | sa tu pitari pramīte svakīyaṃ paurvāparyamanapekṣyānirargalo yathāruci vyavahartuṃ prayatate | keṣāṃcidapi varṣīyasāṃ vacanaṃ na śṛṇoti | tadanvelamahīpatistamavajānāti sma | rājā tasmai na kimapi prayacchati | itthaṃ dhanahāribhiḥ sīdatkuṭumbo 'tīva kṣāmatāmāpannaḥ | tato 'mātyo rājānaṃ vijñaptavān | deva devaśarmāsau śrīmatāmamātyabhūtaḥ | etasya cintā na kartavyā | etasya kasminnapi kāryaviśeṣe viniyogo dātavyaḥ | yadi tadvidheyaṃ sattayā samarthitaṃ tadānīṃ purastādetadaṅgīkāraṃ puraskṛtyājīvikā kalpanīyā | tadānīmamātyavacanānnaranātho nijaprayojanasādhanāya tamādideśa | tasminpaśyati peśīdvayamānīya bhasmanā pūrayitvopari rājamudrayā mudrayitvā devaśarmāṇamāhūya tvayā śatrusūdanamedinīpatisamīpaṃ gatvā elarājena vārṣiko daṇḍaḥ prasthāpito 'stīti abhidhāya tasmai dātavyamadaḥ peśīdvayamityuktvā peśike te devaśarmaṇaḥ pāṇāvarpayāmāsa | tena rājñā samaṃ saujanyamatitarāmaidhiṣṭa | tathā vidhātavyaṃ bhavateti vyāhṛtya devaśarmāṇaṃ vyasrākṣīdelamahīpatiḥ | tadā tadādeśācchatrusūdanamahīndraṃ saṃgatya tasya purastātpeśikādvayaṃ nidhāya vijñaptavān | amuṃ vārṣikakaramelamahīpatirbhavatāṃ prasthāpayāmāsa | ityabhidhāya mudrāmunmucya paśyati peśīdvayaṃ yāvatā tāvatā bhasitapūritāntaramālakṣya śatrusūdano medinīpatiḥ kopaparavaśo bhūtvā śiṣṭasya śiraśchettuṃ matimakārṣīt | tarhyācakṣva prabhāvati | tathāvidhe tasminsamaye devaśarmā kaṃ prakāramacīkarat | tatastanniśamya prabhāvatī vicāracāturyaṃ bibhrāṇāpi nāvindata | tadānīmatītāyāṃ tamasvinyāṃ śukamanvayuṅkta | tataḥ śuko vyājahāra | tadānīṃ devaśarmābhidhatte | devāsmadīyo mahīpālo yajñamakārṣīt | tatkuṇḍasaṃbhavāṃ vibhūtiṃ bhavatāmarthe prasthāpitavān | vibhūtiriyaṃ yatra vidyate tatra daivadaśā rājyābhyudayaśca yugapatsaṃbhavataḥ | grahapīḍāśca naśyanti | śatravo 'pi mitrāṇi bhavanti | āyuśca vardhate | etāvanto guṇā vibhūterasyā ityavadhārya elāmahīpālo yuṣmatkṛte prāhiṇot | tadanu dūtoditaṃ niśamya samyaksamatuṣyat śatrusūdanaḥ | vavande vibhūtiṃ rājñīkumārikāṇāṃ mūrdhni prākṣipat | rājā taṃ devaśarmāṇaṃ yathāvatsaṃbhāvayāmāsa | tarhi vyāharatāt | prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśamuttaraṃ dātumīśiṣe yadi tadā manīṣitaṃ kuru || iti triṣaṣṭikathā || 63 ||

§ 64

p.382, l.17

(p.382, l.17)punaḥ prabhāvatī abhāṣata nabhogaṃ śuko 'pyavadat | devi sumatiriva saṃkīrṇanistaraṇopāyaṃ yadi vetsyasi
(p.382, l.18)tadābhisāra ādriyatām | prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭastadvṛttāntaṃ śuko 'pi rarāṇa | ākarṇaya devi | maṅgalapuranāmni
(p.382, l.19)grāme sumatirnāma vipaṇiḥ | sa dhanārjanāyodyamamuddiśya pradeśaviśeṣe kutracidgato 'bhavat | tatra bhūridhana-
(p.382, l.20)mārjitavānsadhanaḥ samāgacchanmadhyamārge dasyūnadrākṣīt | tarhi prabhāvati vyāhara | tadā sa kathaṃkāramupāya-
(p.382, l.21)viśeṣaṃ viśeṣayati sma | tadā prabhāvatī vicārya nājñāsīt | tadā prātaḥ śukamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pyavocat |
(p.382, l.22)devi niśamyāvadhatsva | sa tu dasyūndṛṣṭvā samīpasthitaṃ gaṇeśaprāsādaṃ prāvikṣat | tatra gaṇeśamūrteḥ purastā-
(p.382, l.23)dupaviśya draviṇapeṭikāṃ vivṛtya tadantaḥsthitaṃ dhanaṃ bahirvidhāya pañcakīkaraṇena paṅktiṣu taddhanaṃ tyaktavān |
(p.382, l.24)tato ghaṭikāṃ gṛhītvā gaṇādhipamabhyadhādvakṣyamāṇaprakāreṇa | deva vighnarāja idamātmīyaṃ dhanaṃ gṛhāṇa |
(p.382, l.25)idametāvatprathato bhavato dhanam | ayaṃ lābho jātaḥ | anenaiva saṃcarataḥ catvāri hāyanānyajāyanta mama
(p.382, l.26)bhavadīyāṃ sevāṃ kurvāṇasya | ahaṃ ca tava vāṇijyakartā satyamasatyaṃ sevāṃ tāvajjānāno 'smi | madīyā
(p.382, l.27)sevā bhavadāyattā | etādṛśāni vacāṃsi dasyava aśrauṣuḥ | tataḥ parasparamabhidadhire | ayaṃ vaṇik devasya
(p.382, l.28)vacanakartā | enaṃ yadi nirīkṣāmaḥ tadānīṃ devo 'pyasmākamupari kamapi tādṛśaṃ vighnamāpādayiṣyati
(p.382, l.29)yādṛśenāsmākaṃ sarvanāśo bhavitā | ityabhidhāya vaṇijaṃ tatyajuḥ | yadi prabhāvati tvamapīdṛśopāya-
(p.382, l.30)karaṇavicakṣaṇāsi tadā sādhayepsitam ||
(p.382, l.31)iti catuḥṣaṣṭikathā || 64 ||
(p.382, l.32)(pañcaṣaṣṭiprabhṛtyaṣṭaṣaṣṭiprathamabhāgaparyantāḥ kathā na vidyante)

punaḥ prabhāvatī abhāṣata nabhogaṃ śuko 'pyavadat | devi sumatiriva saṃkīrṇanistaraṇopāyaṃ yadi vetsyasi tadābhisāra ādriyatām | prabhāvatyā pṛṣṭastadvṛttāntaṃ śuko 'pi rarāṇa | ākarṇaya devi | maṅgalapuranāmni grāme sumatirnāma vipaṇiḥ | sa dhanārjanāyodyamamuddiśya pradeśaviśeṣe kutracidgato 'bhavat | tatra bhūridhanamārjitavānsadhanaḥ samāgacchanmadhyamārge dasyūnadrākṣīt | tarhi prabhāvati vyāhara | tadā sa kathaṃkāramupāyaviśeṣaṃ viśeṣayati sma | tadā prabhāvatī vicārya nājñāsīt | tadā prātaḥ śukamaprākṣīt | śuko 'pyavocat | devi niśamyāvadhatsva | sa tu dasyūndṛṣṭvā samīpasthitaṃ gaṇeśaprāsādaṃ prāvikṣat | tatra gaṇeśamūrteḥ purastādupaviśya draviṇapeṭikāṃ vivṛtya tadantaḥsthitaṃ dhanaṃ bahirvidhāya pañcakīkaraṇena paṅktiṣu taddhanaṃ tyaktavān | tato ghaṭikāṃ gṛhītvā gaṇādhipamabhyadhādvakṣyamāṇaprakāreṇa | deva vighnarāja idamātmīyaṃ dhanaṃ gṛhāṇa | idametāvatprathato bhavato dhanam | ayaṃ lābho jātaḥ | anenaiva saṃcarataḥ catvāri hāyanānyajāyanta mama bhavadīyāṃ sevāṃ kurvāṇasya | ahaṃ ca tava vāṇijyakartā satyamasatyaṃ sevāṃ tāvajjānāno 'smi | madīyā sevā bhavadāyattā | etādṛśāni vacāṃsi dasyava aśrauṣuḥ | tataḥ parasparamabhidadhire | ayaṃ vaṇik devasya vacanakartā | enaṃ yadi nirīkṣāmaḥ tadānīṃ devo 'pyasmākamupari kamapi tādṛśaṃ vighnamāpādayiṣyati yādṛśenāsmākaṃ sarvanāśo bhavitā | ityabhidhāya vaṇijaṃ tatyajuḥ | yadi prabhāvati tvamapīdṛśopāyakaraṇavicakṣaṇāsi tadā sādhayepsitam || iti catuḥṣaṣṭikathā || 64 || (pañcaṣaṣṭiprabhṛtyaṣṭaṣaṣṭiprathamabhāgaparyantāḥ kathā na vidyante)

§ 68

p.382, l.32

(p.382, l.33)* * * tasminvaṭe ulūkā nivasanti | kadācana rātrau pāraṇāya niraguḥ samantataḥ | teṣāṃ madhyādekolūko
(p.382, l.33)bhrānto mārgaṃ vihāyaikasya vaṭasyopari paryapatat | tadā tatra divaso 'jāyata bhānurapyudayācalamāruroha |
(p.382, l.34)divāndho gṛhṇāti nāsau rūpaṃ cakṣurbhyām | tadā vaṭasyopari kākā abhūvan | taiḥ parābhūto 'sāvulūko
(p.382, l.35)jīvaśeṣo āpāditaḥ | tadanu mṛto 'yamityabhidhāya tatyajuste ulūkam | tataḥ śanaiḥ śanairulūko nijasthā-
(p.383, l.1)namājagāma | tadanūlūkarājānaṃ vyāhārṣīt | bhavatsu sarveṣu vidyamāneṣu vāyasāḥ saṃbhūya māṃ tarjayāmāsuḥ |
(p.383, l.2)tarhi bhavadbhisteṣāṃ mannimitto niṣkāsanaprakāraḥ pratyapakārasya kartuṃ śakyate yadi tarhi kriyatām |
(p.383, l.3)tatastadīyaṃ vacanaṃ niśamya sarve tajjātīyā bāndhavāḥ kākānnihantumudacalan | samāgatya taṃ vṛkṣamaveṣṭayan |
(p.383, l.4)tatravasatīnkākānsarvānnijaghnuḥ | tadanu sarve 'pyulūkā nirgatya nijadhānīṃ jagmuḥ | teṣāṃ madhyādeko vāyaso
(p.383, l.5)'vatatāra | sarveṣu māryamāṇeṣu kākeṣvasāveka eva kutrāpi dalagahane nilīyātmānaṃ jugopa | tadanu tadā-
(p.383, l.6)skandanaṃ dṛṣṭvā balipuṣṭānāmatikaṣṭāṃ daśāṃ manasyanubhūya kiṃciddhairyamavalambya parāmṛśya vimṛśya ca vidheya-
(p.383, l.7)viśeṣaṃ kimataḥ paraṃ kartuṃ śakyate | te 'smadvairiṇo bhūyāṃsaḥ pūrvakānāṃ ca vairaṃ kena buddhivistareṇa pratikartuṃ
(p.383, l.8)śakyeta | ityabhidhāya teṣāṃ niśādarśināmeva pārśvaṃ vavrāja | tatra gatvā teṣāṃ purastādapatat | tadā taira-
(p.383, l.9)vādi | kastvam | so 'bhyadhāt | bhavatāṃ śaraṇamāgato 'haṃ dāsānudāsaḥ | bhavatāmeva caraṇānmanasi dhṛtvā
(p.383, l.10)samāyāsiṣam | ye ca duṣṭā bhavatāṃ vairiṇo 'bhūvaṃste sarve bhavadbhistu vyāpāditāḥ | idānīmahameka eva
(p.383, l.11)dvāri sthito bhavatāṃ varivasyāṃ nirvartayiṣyāmi | nighnanti yadi nighnantu mām | yadi vā gopayanti
(p.383, l.12)tadā gopayantu | taditi tasya vacanaṃ niśamya kecidavādiṣu | arirayamasmākamatīva viṣamaḥ | * * *
(p.383, l.13)* * iti vyājahruḥ | kramamātro 'yaṃ tarhi kiṃ nāmāyaṃ varāko vai kariṣyati kāka iti teṣāṃ pṛthaṅmatīnāṃ
(p.383, l.14)vacobhirantarmāyo 'sau tatraivātiṣṭhat | tadanu tatra sthitvā tānvyāhārṣīt | madīyaḥ kaścidupacāro bhavatāṃ
(p.383, l.15)bhavitavyaḥ | ahaṃ bhavatāṃ kṛte śayyāṃ sādhīyasīṃ kalpayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya śālmalatūlena ślakṣṇena tasya
(p.383, l.16)viṭapinaḥ sarvamapi koṭaraṃ pūritavān | rātrau svayaṃ dvāri nivasati | itthaṃ tṛṇādisaṃgrahaṃ ca samyakkṛ-
(p.383, l.17)tavān | tadanu kasmiṃściddine jvalantīṃ citāṃ vilokya tatratyamalātamekamāhṛtya koṭaradvāri prākṣipat |
(p.383, l.18)koṭarāntargatatūlatṛṇādikaṃ dahanasādabhavat | samastānapi divāndhānadhākṣīt | itthamasau pūrvavairamasādhayat |
(p.383, l.19)tarhi somadatta tādṛśaprakāro mamāpi bhaviṣyati | yena samaṃ pūrvavairamasti so 'pi na viśvasanīyaḥ ||
(p.383, l.20)ityaṣṭaṣaṣṭikathā || 68 ||

* * * tasminvaṭe ulūkā nivasanti | kadācana rātrau pāraṇāya niraguḥ samantataḥ | teṣāṃ madhyādekolūko bhrānto mārgaṃ vihāyaikasya vaṭasyopari paryapatat | tadā tatra divaso 'jāyata bhānurapyudayācalamāruroha | divāndho gṛhṇāti nāsau rūpaṃ cakṣurbhyām | tadā vaṭasyopari kākā abhūvan | taiḥ parābhūto 'sāvulūko jīvaśeṣo āpāditaḥ | tadanu mṛto 'yamityabhidhāya tatyajuste ulūkam | tataḥ śanaiḥ śanairulūko nijasthānamājagāma | tadanūlūkarājānaṃ vyāhārṣīt | bhavatsu sarveṣu vidyamāneṣu vāyasāḥ saṃbhūya māṃ tarjayāmāsuḥ | tarhi bhavadbhisteṣāṃ mannimitto niṣkāsanaprakāraḥ pratyapakārasya kartuṃ śakyate yadi tarhi kriyatām | tatastadīyaṃ vacanaṃ niśamya sarve tajjātīyā bāndhavāḥ kākānnihantumudacalan | samāgatya taṃ vṛkṣamaveṣṭayan | tatravasatīnkākānsarvānnijaghnuḥ | tadanu sarve 'pyulūkā nirgatya nijadhānīṃ jagmuḥ | teṣāṃ madhyādeko vāyaso 'vatatāra | sarveṣu māryamāṇeṣu kākeṣvasāveka eva kutrāpi dalagahane nilīyātmānaṃ jugopa | tadanu tadāskandanaṃ dṛṣṭvā balipuṣṭānāmatikaṣṭāṃ daśāṃ manasyanubhūya kiṃciddhairyamavalambya parāmṛśya vimṛśya ca vidheyaviśeṣaṃ kimataḥ paraṃ kartuṃ śakyate | te 'smadvairiṇo bhūyāṃsaḥ pūrvakānāṃ ca vairaṃ kena buddhivistareṇa pratikartuṃ śakyeta | ityabhidhāya teṣāṃ niśādarśināmeva pārśvaṃ vavrāja | tatra gatvā teṣāṃ purastādapatat | tadā tairavādi | kastvam | so 'bhyadhāt | bhavatāṃ śaraṇamāgato 'haṃ dāsānudāsaḥ | bhavatāmeva caraṇānmanasi dhṛtvā samāyāsiṣam | ye ca duṣṭā bhavatāṃ vairiṇo 'bhūvaṃste sarve bhavadbhistu vyāpāditāḥ | idānīmahameka eva dvāri sthito bhavatāṃ varivasyāṃ nirvartayiṣyāmi | nighnanti yadi nighnantu mām | yadi vā gopayanti tadā gopayantu | taditi tasya vacanaṃ niśamya kecidavādiṣu | arirayamasmākamatīva viṣamaḥ | * * * * * iti vyājahruḥ | kramamātro 'yaṃ tarhi kiṃ nāmāyaṃ varāko vai kariṣyati kāka iti teṣāṃ pṛthaṅmatīnāṃ vacobhirantarmāyo 'sau tatraivātiṣṭhat | tadanu tatra sthitvā tānvyāhārṣīt | madīyaḥ kaścidupacāro bhavatāṃ bhavitavyaḥ | ahaṃ bhavatāṃ kṛte śayyāṃ sādhīyasīṃ kalpayiṣyāmītyabhidhāya śālmalatūlena ślakṣṇena tasya viṭapinaḥ sarvamapi koṭaraṃ pūritavān | rātrau svayaṃ dvāri nivasati | itthaṃ tṛṇādisaṃgrahaṃ ca samyakkṛtavān | tadanu kasmiṃściddine jvalantīṃ citāṃ vilokya tatratyamalātamekamāhṛtya koṭaradvāri prākṣipat | koṭarāntargatatūlatṛṇādikaṃ dahanasādabhavat | samastānapi divāndhānadhākṣīt | itthamasau pūrvavairamasādhayat | tarhi somadatta tādṛśaprakāro mamāpi bhaviṣyati | yena samaṃ pūrvavairamasti so 'pi na viśvasanīyaḥ || ityaṣṭaṣaṣṭikathā || 68 ||

§ 69

p.383, l.21

(p.383, l.21)punaḥ prabhāvatī praṣṭuṃ prāvartata patatriṇam | śuko 'bhyadhāt | devi tadā sā dhūrtacakorābhihitā vārttā
(p.383, l.22)somadattasya mānase na sthānamātanoti | tadanu somadattastaṃ dhūrtacakoraṃ kāmasenāsaṃnidhānaṃ nināya
(p.383, l.23)kāmasenāhaste tatpañjaraṃ prādāt | sā ca devasenāṃ kuṭṭinīṃ prati tadvṛttāntamabhyadhāt | tadanu tanniśamya
(p.383, l.24)sā jagāda | adya mama lalāṭataṭagharmaḥ parāmṛṣṭaḥ | tataḥ prabhāte kuṭṭinī rājamandiramagādasyāḥ purastā-
(p.383, l.25)dityāvedya śuko 'yaṃ nihantavyaḥ | etadīyaṃ māṃsaṃ sādhuruci paktavyam | iti tasyai nideśaṃ dattvā niragāt |
(p.383, l.26)tadanu dāsī kīramānīya keśānulluñcitumādadāra | tarhi vāvadīhi prabhāvati | sa śukaḥ kena prakāreṇā-
(p.383, l.27)tmānaṃ jugopa | tadā prabhāvatī cāru vicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi nājñāsīt | tadanu tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ punarja-
(p.383, l.28)gāda | śṛṇu prabhāvati | tadā dāsī māraṇāya tamādṛtavatī | tadanu śuko dāsīṃ jagāda | tvamatīva
(p.383, l.29)sādhīyasī | vyasanaṃ tava dharmaparameva | bhavadīyau hastau prāṇināṃ vadhe bhagnodyamau | tarhyahaṃ kimapyanāgataṃ
(p.383, l.30)jānāmi | tadbhavatyāḥ purastādāvedayāmi tavaiva hitam | tadanu tvaṃ māṃ vyāpādaya | tadanvavādīddāsī |
(p.383, l.31)tarhyācaṣṭāṃ nāma bhavān | tadābhyadhātpakṣī | tvametasya māṃsasya madhye garīyasīṃ saṃpadamavāpsyasi | tvaṃ yathā
(p.383, l.32)cārvaṅgī bhaviṣyasi tathauṣadhaṃ dāsyāmi paścādyāsyāmi tava vaśam | tulasīdalaṃ kuśadarbhāṃścānaya gomayopa-
(p.383, l.33)liptāyāṃ bhūmau kuśānāstīrya tulasīdalaṃ gṛhītvopaviśya kaṃcana mantraṃ smṛtvā tadauṣadhamākarṣayiṣyāmi |
(p.383, l.34)ātmīyamāyurakhilamapi bhavatyai vitariṣyāmi tvaṃ śucirbhūtvā samāgacchetyabhihite śukena dāsī tadbheṣajā-
(p.383, l.35)karṣadidṛkṣayā taduktaṃ sarvamanutiṣṭhati | tadanu tulasīdalādyānetuṃ gatāṃ dāsīṃ nirīkṣya śanaiḥ śanairgatvā
(p.383, l.36)snānabhūmikāyāḥ praṇālyā nirgatavān | iti bruvannanaiṣīdanaiṣīnmārjāra iti vīpsāvacanaṃ vitanvandruma-
(p.383, l.37)koṭaramājagmivān | etacchabdaśravaṇāttūrṇamāgatya dāsī kīraṃ na paśyati sma | parito dattadṛṣṭirapi
(p.384, l.1)nādrākṣīt | tadbhītyā kīrābhāvāttittirivihagamekaṃ nihatyāpākṣīdbhojanāya tasyāḥ | tarhi prabhāvati
(p.384, l.2)tvamapyetādṛśaṃ buddhivaibhavaṃ vidhātuṃ pragalbhase yadi tadā vidheyaṃ vidhehi ||
(p.384, l.3)ityekonasaptatikathā || 69 ||

punaḥ prabhāvatī praṣṭuṃ prāvartata patatriṇam | śuko 'bhyadhāt | devi tadā sā dhūrtacakorābhihitā vārttā somadattasya mānase na sthānamātanoti | tadanu somadattastaṃ dhūrtacakoraṃ kāmasenāsaṃnidhānaṃ nināya kāmasenāhaste tatpañjaraṃ prādāt | sā ca devasenāṃ kuṭṭinīṃ prati tadvṛttāntamabhyadhāt | tadanu tanniśamya sā jagāda | adya mama lalāṭataṭagharmaḥ parāmṛṣṭaḥ | tataḥ prabhāte kuṭṭinī rājamandiramagādasyāḥ purastādityāvedya śuko 'yaṃ nihantavyaḥ | etadīyaṃ māṃsaṃ sādhuruci paktavyam | iti tasyai nideśaṃ dattvā niragāt | tadanu dāsī kīramānīya keśānulluñcitumādadāra | tarhi vāvadīhi prabhāvati | sa śukaḥ kena prakāreṇātmānaṃ jugopa | tadā prabhāvatī cāru vicāraṃ kurvāṇāpi nājñāsīt | tadanu tayā pṛṣṭaḥ śukaḥ punarjagāda | śṛṇu prabhāvati | tadā dāsī māraṇāya tamādṛtavatī | tadanu śuko dāsīṃ jagāda | tvamatīva sādhīyasī | vyasanaṃ tava dharmaparameva | bhavadīyau hastau prāṇināṃ vadhe bhagnodyamau | tarhyahaṃ kimapyanāgataṃ jānāmi | tadbhavatyāḥ purastādāvedayāmi tavaiva hitam | tadanu tvaṃ māṃ vyāpādaya | tadanvavādīddāsī | tarhyācaṣṭāṃ nāma bhavān | tadābhyadhātpakṣī | tvametasya māṃsasya madhye garīyasīṃ saṃpadamavāpsyasi | tvaṃ yathā cārvaṅgī bhaviṣyasi tathauṣadhaṃ dāsyāmi paścādyāsyāmi tava vaśam | tulasīdalaṃ kuśadarbhāṃścānaya gomayopaliptāyāṃ bhūmau kuśānāstīrya tulasīdalaṃ gṛhītvopaviśya kaṃcana mantraṃ smṛtvā tadauṣadhamākarṣayiṣyāmi | ātmīyamāyurakhilamapi bhavatyai vitariṣyāmi tvaṃ śucirbhūtvā samāgacchetyabhihite śukena dāsī tadbheṣajākarṣadidṛkṣayā taduktaṃ sarvamanutiṣṭhati | tadanu tulasīdalādyānetuṃ gatāṃ dāsīṃ nirīkṣya śanaiḥ śanairgatvā snānabhūmikāyāḥ praṇālyā nirgatavān | iti bruvannanaiṣīdanaiṣīnmārjāra iti vīpsāvacanaṃ vitanvandrumakoṭaramājagmivān | etacchabdaśravaṇāttūrṇamāgatya dāsī kīraṃ na paśyati sma | parito dattadṛṣṭirapi nādrākṣīt | tadbhītyā kīrābhāvāttittirivihagamekaṃ nihatyāpākṣīdbhojanāya tasyāḥ | tarhi prabhāvati tvamapyetādṛśaṃ buddhivaibhavaṃ vidhātuṃ pragalbhase yadi tadā vidheyaṃ vidhehi || ityekonasaptatikathā || 69 ||

§ 70

p.384, l.4

(p.384, l.4)punaḥ prabhāvatī praśnīkṛtavatī patatriṇam | śuko bhaṇati sma | devi tasyaiva dhūrtacakorasya śukasyeva mati-
(p.384, l.5)ryadyātmano 'pāyamākṛṣṭumatyate tadānīmaṭatu bhavatī | tataḥ prabhāvatī provāca | tadvṛttāntaṃ vāvadītu bhavā-
(p.384, l.6)niti | tadā tajjagāda drumasadmā | tadā tu kiṃcidulluñcitapucchaḥ śuka uḍḍīya gatavān | induvāsarenduva-
(p.384, l.7)danā kāmasenā tatrenduśekharaprāsāde nṛtyati | tataḥ śukaḥ pūrvameva tatra gatvā liṅgasyāśraye karapraceyapattre
(p.384, l.8)bilvadrumakoṭare nilīya tasthau | tadanu kāmasenānṛttāvasāne saṃpūrṇe jāte śivaliṅgamahimarūpādrumamadhyā-
(p.384, l.9)dudasthātkaścana śabdaḥ | kāmasene madīyasevāṃ gatayā tvayā bahūni divasāni atītāni | tubhyaṃ bhavatyā
(p.384, l.10)bhaktyatiśayabhāvanayā prasanno 'smi | āgāmini somavāre prathamapraharasamaye kāmikavimānamāruhya kailā-
(p.384, l.11)saparvate matsaṃnidhānamavāpsyasi paśyatāṃ sakalalokānām | tāvatā bhaktyā pūrvajanane 'bhajanadurantadurita-
(p.384, l.12)nikaraparipākā dūrataḥ palāyante | tadanu saudāminītaralaṃ sakalavaibhavamarthisādvidhehi saṃbhṛtam | tadanu
(p.384, l.13)sarvaprāyaścittasya mukhyāṅgabhūtaṃ kṣauramapi dvābhyāṃ bhavatībhyāṃ vidhāya devasya mama prāsādāgrabhūmimāruhya
(p.384, l.14)sthātavyam | prathamaghaṭīcatuṣṭayādupari tatra sthitvā nṛttagītādikaṃ kurvāṇāyā yāmadvayavarivasyādatta-
(p.384, l.15)cittāyā bhavatyāḥ savidhamāpatiṣyati vimānayugalaṃ prathamayāme pūrṇe sati | tadanu sarveṣu sāścaryaṃ dattā-
(p.384, l.16)vadhāneṣu nārījaneṣu kāmasenā niśamya bilvadrumabhāṣitamāścaryacaraṇānuracitasaraṇīmavatīrṇeva parāṃ
(p.384, l.17)praharṣakoṭimaṭakiṣṭamuccaritā | tataḥ kāmasenā devasenā ca prasādarūpaṃ parameśvarasya niśamya vacanaṃ nira-
(p.384, l.18)tiśayaṃ sarvalokātiriktaṃ samutsekitamanīṣā bahumanyamānā punaḥ prāṇaṃsītpārvatīprāṇanātham | tada-
(p.384, l.19)nvīśvaravacanaṃ nānyathā bhavatīti niścitamatiḥ sarvapuraścaraṇapuraḥsaraṃ sarvāmapi saṃpadaṃ satpātrasātprakalpya
(p.384, l.20)śiromuṇḍanaṃ vidhāya kāṣāyavasanaṃ paridhāya devasenayā saha mṛdaṅgavādyādimaṅgalaghoṣanṛttagītādyanekā-
(p.384, l.21)ḍambaraprasṛmarasaṃbhramotsavā mahānandormilaharīparirabdhāntarāpaghanā ghaṭīcatuṣṭayamadhye kṛtyaśeṣaṃ saṃpūrṇaṃ vi-
(p.384, l.22)dhāya parameśvarasya mahatīṃ pūjāṃ ca nirmāya nirmaryādaṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ kṛtvā prītipūrvaṃ parameśvarasyājñāṃ
(p.384, l.23)śirasyādhāya prāsādoparitanapradeśamāruroha | samasto 'pi loka āhāranidrādikaṃ vimucya sajjībhūya
(p.384, l.24)vartate sma | muṇḍitayormuṇḍayorupari caṇḍāṃśostīvrāḥ karā vahnyaṅgāradāhagarimāṇaṃ puṣṇanti | yāmayugma-
(p.384, l.25)mapyajaniṣṭa paraṃ nāgate vimāne | tadanu bilvapādapasyopari sthitaḥ pakṣī vyājahāra giraṃ sa kīraḥ |

punaḥ prabhāvatī praśnīkṛtavatī patatriṇam | śuko bhaṇati sma | devi tasyaiva dhūrtacakorasya śukasyeva matiryadyātmano 'pāyamākṛṣṭumatyate tadānīmaṭatu bhavatī | tataḥ prabhāvatī provāca | tadvṛttāntaṃ vāvadītu bhavāniti | tadā tajjagāda drumasadmā | tadā tu kiṃcidulluñcitapucchaḥ śuka uḍḍīya gatavān | induvāsarenduvadanā kāmasenā tatrenduśekharaprāsāde nṛtyati | tataḥ śukaḥ pūrvameva tatra gatvā liṅgasyāśraye karapraceyapattre bilvadrumakoṭare nilīya tasthau | tadanu kāmasenānṛttāvasāne saṃpūrṇe jāte śivaliṅgamahimarūpādrumamadhyādudasthātkaścana śabdaḥ | kāmasene madīyasevāṃ gatayā tvayā bahūni divasāni atītāni | tubhyaṃ bhavatyā bhaktyatiśayabhāvanayā prasanno 'smi | āgāmini somavāre prathamapraharasamaye kāmikavimānamāruhya kailāsaparvate matsaṃnidhānamavāpsyasi paśyatāṃ sakalalokānām | tāvatā bhaktyā pūrvajanane 'bhajanadurantaduritanikaraparipākā dūrataḥ palāyante | tadanu saudāminītaralaṃ sakalavaibhavamarthisādvidhehi saṃbhṛtam | tadanu sarvaprāyaścittasya mukhyāṅgabhūtaṃ kṣauramapi dvābhyāṃ bhavatībhyāṃ vidhāya devasya mama prāsādāgrabhūmimāruhya sthātavyam | prathamaghaṭīcatuṣṭayādupari tatra sthitvā nṛttagītādikaṃ kurvāṇāyā yāmadvayavarivasyādattacittāyā bhavatyāḥ savidhamāpatiṣyati vimānayugalaṃ prathamayāme pūrṇe sati | tadanu sarveṣu sāścaryaṃ dattāvadhāneṣu nārījaneṣu kāmasenā niśamya bilvadrumabhāṣitamāścaryacaraṇānuracitasaraṇīmavatīrṇeva parāṃ praharṣakoṭimaṭakiṣṭamuccaritā | tataḥ kāmasenā devasenā ca prasādarūpaṃ parameśvarasya niśamya vacanaṃ niratiśayaṃ sarvalokātiriktaṃ samutsekitamanīṣā bahumanyamānā punaḥ prāṇaṃsītpārvatīprāṇanātham | tadanvīśvaravacanaṃ nānyathā bhavatīti niścitamatiḥ sarvapuraścaraṇapuraḥsaraṃ sarvāmapi saṃpadaṃ satpātrasātprakalpya śiromuṇḍanaṃ vidhāya kāṣāyavasanaṃ paridhāya devasenayā saha mṛdaṅgavādyādimaṅgalaghoṣanṛttagītādyanekāḍambaraprasṛmarasaṃbhramotsavā mahānandormilaharīparirabdhāntarāpaghanā ghaṭīcatuṣṭayamadhye kṛtyaśeṣaṃ saṃpūrṇaṃ vidhāya parameśvarasya mahatīṃ pūjāṃ ca nirmāya nirmaryādaṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ kṛtvā prītipūrvaṃ parameśvarasyājñāṃ śirasyādhāya prāsādoparitanapradeśamāruroha | samasto 'pi loka āhāranidrādikaṃ vimucya sajjībhūya vartate sma | muṇḍitayormuṇḍayorupari caṇḍāṃśostīvrāḥ karā vahnyaṅgāradāhagarimāṇaṃ puṣṇanti | yāmayugmamapyajaniṣṭa paraṃ nāgate vimāne | tadanu bilvapādapasyopari sthitaḥ pakṣī vyājahāra giraṃ sa kīraḥ |

p.384, l.26

p.384, l.28

(p.384, l.28)tarhi prabhāvati buddhiriyaṃ protsphurati yadi tadidānīṃ yātu bhavatī ||
(p.384, l.29)iti saptatikathā || 70 ||

tarhi prabhāvati buddhiriyaṃ protsphurati yadi tadidānīṃ yātu bhavatī || iti saptatikathā || 70 ||

§ kathāvadhi

p.384, l.30

(p.384, l.30)anyedyurvinayakandarpaḥ pṛthivīpatiḥ prabhāvatīmandiramiyāya | prabhāvatī ca nijamandiramāgataṃ mahīpālaṃ
(p.384, l.31)mahatā premabhareṇa saṃdarśanena saṃbhāvya tatropaveṣṭuṃ siṃhāsanamacīkarat | rājā ca siṃhāsanamadhyarukṣat | tadā
(p.384, l.32)pañjaraśāyinaṃ kīraṃ nirīkṣya taṃ jighāṃsurmārjāraḥ kriyāsamabhihāreṇa virauti sma | tato rorūyamāṇaṃ
(p.384, l.33)mārjāraṃ provāca śukaḥ |

anyedyurvinayakandarpaḥ pṛthivīpatiḥ prabhāvatīmandiramiyāya | prabhāvatī ca nijamandiramāgataṃ mahīpālaṃ mahatā premabhareṇa saṃdarśanena saṃbhāvya tatropaveṣṭuṃ siṃhāsanamacīkarat | rājā ca siṃhāsanamadhyarukṣat | tadā pañjaraśāyinaṃ kīraṃ nirīkṣya taṃ jighāṃsurmārjāraḥ kriyāsamabhihāreṇa virauti sma | tato rorūyamāṇaṃ mārjāraṃ provāca śukaḥ |

p.384, l.34

p.384, l.36

(p.384, l.36)itthaṃ kīragiramākarṇya baddhamauna eva niragādvinayakandarpaḥ ||
(p.384, l.37)iti kathākośe śukasaptatiḥ samāptā ||
(p.384, l.38)|| śrīrastu ||

itthaṃ kīragiramākarṇya baddhamauna eva niragādvinayakandarpaḥ || iti kathākośe śukasaptatiḥ samāptā || || śrīrastu ||